Page text

A REMARKABLE LICHEN FROM ARID AUSTRALIA 
by 
P. N. S. Bibby f 
(National Herbarium of Victoria) 
PARMELIA SEM1VIRID1S (F. Muell. ex. Nyl.) P. Bibby, combinatio 
nova. 
Scyphophorus (?) R. Brown, No. 5 25b; 
Parmeliopsis semivindis F. Muell. ex Nyl. Syn. Meth. Lich . 2 : 5 7 (1863) ; 
Chondropsis semivindis Nyl., in Cromb. J Linn. Soc. 17: 39 7 (1879); 
Parmelia hypoxantha Miill.-Arg., Flora 39: 85 ( 1881 ); 
Parmelia hypoxantha Miill.-Arg., var. major Mtill-Arg., Flora 66: 11 
(1883)., 
Thallus 2—6 cm. in diameter, hygrochasic, growing on arid soil, 
loose and easily blown about by the wind, lobes 2 — 3 mm. broad, 
repeatedly dichotomously branched, hardly imbricate; upper surface 
smooth, greyish-green, lower surface pale-yellow, devoid of rhizina?, 
slightly rugose; apothecium rare, sessile 2 mm., disk concave, reddish- 
brown; ascus and spores wanting. K, reddish, C, none, K+C, none. 
Localities : VICTORIA (north-west) — Murray River, F. Mueller 
(TYPE in MEL) ; Hattah Lakes, J. H. Willis; Pink Lakes near Walpeup, 
P. Bibby; Kulkyne National Forest, C. Beauglehole ; Thurla. J. H. Willis 
(?) TASMANIA— Mt. Wellington (Table Mt.), R. Brown. SOUTH 
AUSTRALIA — Mueller river, Birch; Koonamore Vegetation Reserve, 
B. S. Barrien ; Colona homestead, J. H. Willis; Nullarbor homestead, 
J. H. Willis; Loveday, E. J. Vickery. W ESTERN AUSTRALIA — 
Fraser s range, R. Helms. Nos. 43 and 73; Eucla, J. Batt. 
I have previously referred to R. Brown s specimens purporting to 
have come from Mt. Wellington | see Victorian Naturalist 67: 186 
(1951)]. Photostat copies of the types of J. Muller’s Parmelia hypo- 
xantha and Parmelia hypoxantha, var. major, prove them to be identical 
with the type of Parmelia semivindis , and I can see no reason to segregate 
the var. major. 
Parmelia hypoxantha Stirt. [Qd. agric. J. 5; 486 (1899) and 
Trans. & Proc. N.Z. Inst. 32 : 76 (1900) ] from Queensland is a different 
plant, the name of which is invalid, since J. Muller (Miill.-Arg. — of 
Argovie) published his species 18 years before Stirton. 
f While this paper was in press, the author died on 6th June, 1955, after a 
long illness. He was the only one in Australia carrying out critical taxonomic researches 
on lichens and hepatics, and his loss will be felt keenly at the Melbourne National 
Herbarium where he joined the professional staff in 1938. 
— J.H.W. 
60 

Page image

Page text

J. H. WILLIS: Systematic Notes on Victorian Composite — 1 3 1 
minor Benth. (southern coast, W.A.) closely approaches exilifoha in its 
more diminutive leaves and heads and reduced number of florets (3—5), 
but again the rays are white and longer than in the latter. 1 am 
uncertain what to do with O. revoluta ; it is neither ramulosa nor axillaris 
in the accepted sense, and is perhaps best maintained for the present as a 
convenient “half-way” species with very hazy margins. 
O. exilifoha, as represented in Victoria, conforms very well to the 
West Australian type, although the leaves are longer. It; is an erect trim 
shrub to 5 feet, with small nearly smooth leaves, small massed yellowish 
and sweetly scented capitula. The total number of florets per head is low 
(3—7). with only 1—3 pale yellow ligulate ones; each ligule is only 
about 2 mm. long and therefore quite inconspicuous. The branch indu- 
mentum consists almost entirely of appressed but rather coarse, intricate 
woolly hairs: a few glandular swellings (incipient setae?) are also present. 
Olearia frostii* (F. Muell.) J. H. Willis, combinatio nova. 
Aster frostii F. Muell. in Victorian Naturalist 6: 167 (Mar. 1890): 
O. stellulata DC., var. Frostii Ewart in FI. Viet. 1 1 14 (1930). 
VICTORIA — Summit of Mt. Hotham (6000 ft.), C. French Jun., Jan. 
1890 (LECTOTYPE & PARATYPES in MEL): various collections from the 
Bogong High Plains ( MEL) . 
The name “ Olearia frostii ” has been used by several writers and 
attributed to F. Mueller; but I can find no evidence that Mueller ever 
made use of this combination, which seems never to have been validly 
published. O. frostii is a distinctive robust shrublet (up to 2 feet high) 
with rather large heads (2—3 cm. wide), borne singly on the branches 
or a few together. The mauve-coloured rays are numerous and con- 
spicuous, while the whole plant (branches, foliage and involucre) is beset 
with a copious woolly indumentum. It is an abundant species between 
Mts. Hotham and Bogong, at elevations exceeding 5000 feet and would 
appear to be endemic in this region. This and such other large-flowered 
Victorian daisy-bushes as O. pannosa (white), O. rudis (blue) and O. 
magniflora (rich purple) are subjects worthy of garden culture. 
Olearia passerinoides (Turcz.) Benth. in FI. Aust. 3: 482 (1866). 
Diplopappus passerinoides Turcz. in Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. Mosc. 24, pt. 2: 
63 (185 1) : 
Euryhia glutescens Sonder in Linncea 25: 462 (1852): 
Aster vernicosus F. Muell. in Fragmenta Phyt. Aust. 5: 67 (Oct. 1865 ); 
Olearia toppii Ewart & White in Proc. Rcy. Soc. Viet. n.s. 21 : 543 (1908) : 
O. glutinosa sens. J. M. Black ( 1929). etiam Benth. p.p. (non Eurybia 
glutinosa Lindl., 1 8 39). 
As LECTOTYPE of O. toppii Ewart H White, I have chosen the 
specimen in Melbourne Herbarium labelled “Sandy tracts, Shire of 
Borung, F. M. Reader. 29.5.1904”, and as PARATYPES the several 
specimens (MEL) labelled “Mallee scrub, Shire of Dimboola. F. M. 
Reader. 20/12/1892”. Comparison of this Victorian type material with 

Page image

Page text

J. H. WILLIS: Systematic Notes on Victorian Composite — 1 3 1 
minor Benth. (southern coast, W.A.) closely approaches exilifoha in its 
more diminutive leaves and heads and reduced number of florets (3—5), 
but again the rays are white and longer than in the latter. 1 am 
uncertain what to do with O. revoluta ; it is neither ramulosa nor axillaris 
in the accepted sense, and is perhaps best maintained for the present as a 
convenient “half-way” species with very hazy margins. 
O. exilifoha, as represented in Victoria, conforms very well to the 
West Australian type, although the leaves are longer. It; is an erect trim 
shrub to 5 feet, with small nearly smooth leaves, small massed yellowish 
and sweetly scented capitula. The total number of florets per head is low 
(3—7). with only 1—3 pale yellow ligulate ones; each ligule is only 
about 2 mm. long and therefore quite inconspicuous. The branch indu- 
mentum consists almost entirely of appressed but rather coarse, intricate 
woolly hairs: a few glandular swellings (incipient setae?) are also present. 
Olearia frostii* (F. Muell.) J. H. Willis, combinatio nova. 
Aster frostii F. Muell. in Victorian Naturalist 6: 167 (Mar. 1890): 
O. stellulata DC., var. Frostii Ewart in FI. Viet. 1 1 14 (1930). 
VICTORIA — Summit of Mt. Hotham (6000 ft.), C. French Jun., Jan. 
1890 (LECTOTYPE & PARATYPES in MEL): various collections from the 
Bogong High Plains ( MEL) . 
The name “ Olearia frostii ” has been used by several writers and 
attributed to F. Mueller; but I can find no evidence that Mueller ever 
made use of this combination, which seems never to have been validly 
published. O. frostii is a distinctive robust shrublet (up to 2 feet high) 
with rather large heads (2—3 cm. wide), borne singly on the branches 
or a few together. The mauve-coloured rays are numerous and con- 
spicuous, while the whole plant (branches, foliage and involucre) is beset 
with a copious woolly indumentum. It is an abundant species between 
Mts. Hotham and Bogong, at elevations exceeding 5000 feet and would 
appear to be endemic in this region. This and such other large-flowered 
Victorian daisy-bushes as O. pannosa (white), O. rudis (blue) and O. 
magniflora (rich purple) are subjects worthy of garden culture. 
Olearia passerinoides (Turcz.) Benth. in FI. Aust. 3: 482 (1866). 
Diplopappus passerinoides Turcz. in Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. Mosc. 24, pt. 2: 
63 (185 1) : 
Euryhia glutescens Sonder in Linncea 25: 462 (1852): 
Aster vernicosus F. Muell. in Fragmenta Phyt. Aust. 5: 67 (Oct. 1865 ); 
Olearia toppii Ewart & White in Proc. Rcy. Soc. Viet. n.s. 21 : 543 (1908) : 
O. glutinosa sens. J. M. Black ( 1929). etiam Benth. p.p. (non Eurybia 
glutinosa Lindl., 1 8 39). 
As LECTOTYPE of O. toppii Ewart H White, I have chosen the 
specimen in Melbourne Herbarium labelled “Sandy tracts, Shire of 
Borung, F. M. Reader. 29.5.1904”, and as PARATYPES the several 
specimens (MEL) labelled “Mallee scrub, Shire of Dimboola. F. M. 
Reader. 20/12/1892”. Comparison of this Victorian type material with 

Page image

Page text

A NEW SPECIES OF ERIA (ORCHIDACE/E) 
by 
TREVOR E. Hunt, Brisbane, Queeensland. 
ERIA JOHNSONII T. E. Hunt, species nova . 
Pseudo-bulbi ovoidei, circiter ] cm. alti et 8.5 mm. lati, virides. Folia 2, 
lineari-lancelota. circ. 7 cm. longa, petiolata, coriacea, apice cmarginata. Inflore- 
scentia dense multiflora, circ. 6 mm. longa. Flos cum ovario circ. 4 mm. longus 
lutc-i-albus. pellucidus, pilosus. Sepala lanceolata. obtusa. concava, circ. 2 mm. 
longa, extus pilosa. Petala lineari-lanceolata. circ. 1.5 mm. longa concava, 
glabra. Labellum circ. 1 mm. longum et 1 mm. latum, acutum. glabrum. ad 
apicem callis minutis instructum. Columna brevis lataque. 
Pseudo-bulbs ovoid, about 1 cm. long and 8.5 mm. wide (in the 
type plant) , light-green, covered with the scarious remains of the sheath- 
ing scales. Leaves two from the apex of the pseudo-bulb, linear-lanceo- 
late, emarginate, petiolate, coriaceous, light-green. Raceme many-flowered, 
very short and stout, about 6 mm. long. Flowers crowded together, 
yellowish-white, minute; bracts scarious, about 2 mm. long, broad acute. 
Flower including ovary and pedicil about 4 mm. long, not widely 
expanding, beset with woolly hairs, all segments transparent and 
incurved. Dorsal sepal lanceolate, about 2 mm. long; lateral sepals as long 
but slightly broader. Petals linear-lanceolate about 1.5 mm. long. 
Labellum about 1 mm. long and 1 mm. wide, tapering quickly to a short 
acute tip which bears a quantity of very minute calli. Column very 
short and broad. Pollen masses hard, easily detached from the surround- 
ing dry membrane. 
QUEENSLAND — Cook District: Mt. Islay, at 3,000 feet ( Arnold 
Johnson, 7 May 1950 — TYPE in BRI; part of type plant growing in 
the author’s collection). 
Ena johnsonii is easily distinguished from the other six Australian 
Ena species by the diminutive stature of the plant and the correspondingly 
small racemes and flowers, as the following key will show: 
AN ARTIFICIAL KEY TO THE GENUS ERIA IN AUSTRALIA 
1. Pseudo-bulbs more than 2 cm. high 
2. Pseudo-bulbs 5—20 cm. high, very stout, racemes 
to 50 cm. long, flowers white or yellow 
3. Labellum ornamented with lines of calli 
4. Labellum with 3 lines of calli 
4. * Labellum with 2 lines of calli . . 
3.* Labellum not ornamented with lines of calli 
5. Sinus between mid-lobe and lateral lobes a 
deep incision, lateral lobes triangular 
5.* Sinus a broad undulation, lateral lobes 
almost orbicular 
2 * Pseudo-bulbs 4—10 cm. high, slender (almost 
terete), racemes to 8 cm. long, flowers roseate . . 
6. Flowers purplish, labellum 3-lobed 
6.* Flowers dingy-pink, labellum entire 
L* Pseudo-bulbs less than 2 cm. high, racemes less than 1 cm., 
flowers minute . . 
E. fitzalanii F. Muell. 
E. linaviHlora Rupp 
E. inornata Hunt 
E. liparoides Hunt 
E. erioides (Bail.) Rolfe 
E. queenslandica Hunt 
E. johnsonii Hunt 
21 

Page image

Page text

32 
J. H. WILLIS : Systematic Notes on Victorian Composite e — 1 
that of the Western Australian species O. passerinoides Benth. (J. Drum- 
mond, No. 371) shows it to be identical in every respect, and I have no 
hesitation in relegating O. toppii to synonymy; Bentham had already 
done so with F. Mueller’s Aster vernicosus (from Mts. Barren area, 
W.A.). The authors of O. toppii state where their plant differs from 
O. decurrens Benth. (to which it really bears little resemblance); but, 
strangely enough, they make no reference to the much more obvious affini- 
ties with O. passerinoides . 
The leaves in O. passerinoides are erect, 5—15 mm. long, narrow- 
linear, strongly revolute and with somewhat recurved tips; the heads are 
infundibuliform, rather large, and usually solitary at the extremities of 
slender virgate branches, while the ligulate florets number 6-10; the few 
short hairs on stems and foliage are completely masked by a copious 
resinous exudation. The Tasmanian and coastal Victorian O. glutinosa 
(Lindl. ) Benth. is very closely related, but differs consistently in its 
longer, more spreading leaves which are narrow-linear and Rat (never 
revolute-terete). Eurybia glutescens Sond. (from South Australia), which 
Bentham merged with this species, is in my opinion referable to O. 
passerinoides and I have never seen a South Australian specimen of the 
typical flat-leaved O. glutinosa. 
Olearia quercifolia Sieb. ex DC. in Prodr. Syst. Nat. 5: 272 
(1 836), non Auctt. var. 
This species should be deleted from Victorian floras. It was described 
from Sieber’s FI. Nov. FI oil. No. 340 which represents a plant endem'ic 
(apparently) in the Blue Mountains, N.S.W. The Victorian specimens 
assigned by Bentham, Mueller and Ewart to O. quercifolia are all refer- 
able to O. stellulata (Labill.) DC., var. rugosa (F. Muell.) Ewart, which 
differs in its more sharply dentate leaves (strongly reticulate and more 
finely stellate-hairy beneath) , in the much smaller more numerous heads 
with tomentose (not glabrous) involucral bracts, and in the shorter, less 
boldly ribbed achenes. 
Olearia phlogopappa (Labill.) DC. in Prodr. Syst. Nat. 5; 272 
(1836). 
Aster phlogopappus Labill. in Nov. Holt. PI. Specim. 2: 49. T.195 
(1806) ; 
Eurybia gunniana DC. in Prodr. Syst. Nat. 5: 268 (1836); 
Olearia gunniana (DC.) Hk. f. ex Hook, in Bot. Mag. T.463 8 (1852). 
var. FLAVESCENS (Hutch.) J. H. Willis, combinatio nova. 
Olearia Ravescens Hutchinson in Gard. Chron. 3rd. ser. 61: 23 (1917). 
O. gunniana, var. Ravescens (Hutch.) Ewart in FI. Viet. 1 1 1 3 (1930). 
var. SUBREPANDA (DC.), J. H. Willis, combinatio nova. 
Eurybia subrepanda DC. in Prodr. Syst. Nat. 5: 268 (1836); 
Olearia subrepanda (DC.) Hutch, in Gard. Chron. 3rd ser. 61: 24 (1917); 
O. gunniana, var. Ravescens (Hutch.) Ewart in FI. Viet. 1113 (1930), 

Page image

Page text

32 
J. H. WILLIS : Systematic Notes on Victorian Composite e — 1 
that of the Western Australian species O. passerinoides Benth. (J. Drum- 
mond, No. 371) shows it to be identical in every respect, and I have no 
hesitation in relegating O. toppii to synonymy; Bentham had already 
done so with F. Mueller’s Aster vernicosus (from Mts. Barren area, 
W.A.). The authors of O. toppii state where their plant differs from 
O. decurrens Benth. (to which it really bears little resemblance); but, 
strangely enough, they make no reference to the much more obvious affini- 
ties with O. passerinoides . 
The leaves in O. passerinoides are erect, 5—15 mm. long, narrow- 
linear, strongly revolute and with somewhat recurved tips; the heads are 
infundibuliform, rather large, and usually solitary at the extremities of 
slender virgate branches, while the ligulate florets number 6-10; the few 
short hairs on stems and foliage are completely masked by a copious 
resinous exudation. The Tasmanian and coastal Victorian O. glutinosa 
(Lindl. ) Benth. is very closely related, but differs consistently in its 
longer, more spreading leaves which are narrow-linear and Rat (never 
revolute-terete). Eurybia glutescens Sond. (from South Australia), which 
Bentham merged with this species, is in my opinion referable to O. 
passerinoides and I have never seen a South Australian specimen of the 
typical flat-leaved O. glutinosa. 
Olearia quercifolia Sieb. ex DC. in Prodr. Syst. Nat. 5: 272 
(1 836), non Auctt. var. 
This species should be deleted from Victorian floras. It was described 
from Sieber’s FI. Nov. FI oil. No. 340 which represents a plant endem'ic 
(apparently) in the Blue Mountains, N.S.W. The Victorian specimens 
assigned by Bentham, Mueller and Ewart to O. quercifolia are all refer- 
able to O. stellulata (Labill.) DC., var. rugosa (F. Muell.) Ewart, which 
differs in its more sharply dentate leaves (strongly reticulate and more 
finely stellate-hairy beneath) , in the much smaller more numerous heads 
with tomentose (not glabrous) involucral bracts, and in the shorter, less 
boldly ribbed achenes. 
Olearia phlogopappa (Labill.) DC. in Prodr. Syst. Nat. 5; 272 
(1836). 
Aster phlogopappus Labill. in Nov. Holt. PI. Specim. 2: 49. T.195 
(1806) ; 
Eurybia gunniana DC. in Prodr. Syst. Nat. 5: 268 (1836); 
Olearia gunniana (DC.) Hk. f. ex Hook, in Bot. Mag. T.463 8 (1852). 
var. FLAVESCENS (Hutch.) J. H. Willis, combinatio nova. 
Olearia Ravescens Hutchinson in Gard. Chron. 3rd. ser. 61: 23 (1917). 
O. gunniana, var. Ravescens (Hutch.) Ewart in FI. Viet. 1 1 1 3 (1930). 
var. SUBREPANDA (DC.), J. H. Willis, combinatio nova. 
Eurybia subrepanda DC. in Prodr. Syst. Nat. 5: 268 (1836); 
Olearia subrepanda (DC.) Hutch, in Gard. Chron. 3rd ser. 61: 24 (1917); 
O. gunniana, var. Ravescens (Hutch.) Ewart in FI. Viet. 1113 (1930), 

Page image

Page text

J. H. WILLIS: Systematic Notes on Victorian Composite — 1 3 1 
minor Benth. (southern coast, W.A.) closely approaches exilifoha in its 
more diminutive leaves and heads and reduced number of florets (3—5), 
but again the rays are white and longer than in the latter. 1 am 
uncertain what to do with O. revoluta ; it is neither ramulosa nor axillaris 
in the accepted sense, and is perhaps best maintained for the present as a 
convenient “half-way” species with very hazy margins. 
O. exilifoha, as represented in Victoria, conforms very well to the 
West Australian type, although the leaves are longer. It; is an erect trim 
shrub to 5 feet, with small nearly smooth leaves, small massed yellowish 
and sweetly scented capitula. The total number of florets per head is low 
(3—7). with only 1—3 pale yellow ligulate ones; each ligule is only 
about 2 mm. long and therefore quite inconspicuous. The branch indu- 
mentum consists almost entirely of appressed but rather coarse, intricate 
woolly hairs: a few glandular swellings (incipient setae?) are also present. 
Olearia frostii* (F. Muell.) J. H. Willis, combinatio nova. 
Aster frostii F. Muell. in Victorian Naturalist 6: 167 (Mar. 1890): 
O. stellulata DC., var. Frostii Ewart in FI. Viet. 1 1 14 (1930). 
VICTORIA — Summit of Mt. Hotham (6000 ft.), C. French Jun., Jan. 
1890 (LECTOTYPE & PARATYPES in MEL): various collections from the 
Bogong High Plains ( MEL) . 
The name “ Olearia frostii ” has been used by several writers and 
attributed to F. Mueller; but I can find no evidence that Mueller ever 
made use of this combination, which seems never to have been validly 
published. O. frostii is a distinctive robust shrublet (up to 2 feet high) 
with rather large heads (2—3 cm. wide), borne singly on the branches 
or a few together. The mauve-coloured rays are numerous and con- 
spicuous, while the whole plant (branches, foliage and involucre) is beset 
with a copious woolly indumentum. It is an abundant species between 
Mts. Hotham and Bogong, at elevations exceeding 5000 feet and would 
appear to be endemic in this region. This and such other large-flowered 
Victorian daisy-bushes as O. pannosa (white), O. rudis (blue) and O. 
magniflora (rich purple) are subjects worthy of garden culture. 
Olearia passerinoides (Turcz.) Benth. in FI. Aust. 3: 482 (1866). 
Diplopappus passerinoides Turcz. in Bull. Soc. Imp. Nat. Mosc. 24, pt. 2: 
63 (185 1) : 
Euryhia glutescens Sonder in Linncea 25: 462 (1852): 
Aster vernicosus F. Muell. in Fragmenta Phyt. Aust. 5: 67 (Oct. 1865 ); 
Olearia toppii Ewart & White in Proc. Rcy. Soc. Viet. n.s. 21 : 543 (1908) : 
O. glutinosa sens. J. M. Black ( 1929). etiam Benth. p.p. (non Eurybia 
glutinosa Lindl., 1 8 39). 
As LECTOTYPE of O. toppii Ewart H White, I have chosen the 
specimen in Melbourne Herbarium labelled “Sandy tracts, Shire of 
Borung, F. M. Reader. 29.5.1904”, and as PARATYPES the several 
specimens (MEL) labelled “Mallee scrub, Shire of Dimboola. F. M. 
Reader. 20/12/1892”. Comparison of this Victorian type material with 

Page image

Page text

32 
J. H. WILLIS : Systematic Notes on Victorian Composite e — 1 
that of the Western Australian species O. passerinoides Benth. (J. Drum- 
mond, No. 371) shows it to be identical in every respect, and I have no 
hesitation in relegating O. toppii to synonymy; Bentham had already 
done so with F. Mueller’s Aster vernicosus (from Mts. Barren area, 
W.A.). The authors of O. toppii state where their plant differs from 
O. decurrens Benth. (to which it really bears little resemblance); but, 
strangely enough, they make no reference to the much more obvious affini- 
ties with O. passerinoides . 
The leaves in O. passerinoides are erect, 5—15 mm. long, narrow- 
linear, strongly revolute and with somewhat recurved tips; the heads are 
infundibuliform, rather large, and usually solitary at the extremities of 
slender virgate branches, while the ligulate florets number 6-10; the few 
short hairs on stems and foliage are completely masked by a copious 
resinous exudation. The Tasmanian and coastal Victorian O. glutinosa 
(Lindl. ) Benth. is very closely related, but differs consistently in its 
longer, more spreading leaves which are narrow-linear and Rat (never 
revolute-terete). Eurybia glutescens Sond. (from South Australia), which 
Bentham merged with this species, is in my opinion referable to O. 
passerinoides and I have never seen a South Australian specimen of the 
typical flat-leaved O. glutinosa. 
Olearia quercifolia Sieb. ex DC. in Prodr. Syst. Nat. 5: 272 
(1 836), non Auctt. var. 
This species should be deleted from Victorian floras. It was described 
from Sieber’s FI. Nov. FI oil. No. 340 which represents a plant endem'ic 
(apparently) in the Blue Mountains, N.S.W. The Victorian specimens 
assigned by Bentham, Mueller and Ewart to O. quercifolia are all refer- 
able to O. stellulata (Labill.) DC., var. rugosa (F. Muell.) Ewart, which 
differs in its more sharply dentate leaves (strongly reticulate and more 
finely stellate-hairy beneath) , in the much smaller more numerous heads 
with tomentose (not glabrous) involucral bracts, and in the shorter, less 
boldly ribbed achenes. 
Olearia phlogopappa (Labill.) DC. in Prodr. Syst. Nat. 5; 272 
(1836). 
Aster phlogopappus Labill. in Nov. Holt. PI. Specim. 2: 49. T.195 
(1806) ; 
Eurybia gunniana DC. in Prodr. Syst. Nat. 5: 268 (1836); 
Olearia gunniana (DC.) Hk. f. ex Hook, in Bot. Mag. T.463 8 (1852). 
var. FLAVESCENS (Hutch.) J. H. Willis, combinatio nova. 
Olearia Ravescens Hutchinson in Gard. Chron. 3rd. ser. 61: 23 (1917). 
O. gunniana, var. Ravescens (Hutch.) Ewart in FI. Viet. 1 1 1 3 (1930). 
var. SUBREPANDA (DC.), J. H. Willis, combinatio nova. 
Eurybia subrepanda DC. in Prodr. Syst. Nat. 5: 268 (1836); 
Olearia subrepanda (DC.) Hutch, in Gard. Chron. 3rd ser. 61: 24 (1917); 
O. gunniana, var. Ravescens (Hutch.) Ewart in FI. Viet. 1113 (1930), 

Page image

Page text

10 R. ERICKSON & J. H. WILLIS: New Species and Varieties of Stylidium 
This specks is in the 5. petiolare group, near S. bolgartense, but 
differs in the partly connate lobes of the calyx, the presence of verti- 
cillate bracts below the inflorescence, and in the throat appendages (6 
equal in S. petiolare, 2 in S. bolgartense ). S. emarginatum, the only 
other bulb-like species with verticillate bracts, has 6 equal throat appen- 
dages and flowers yellow with red stripes on the outside, also the petals 
are more equal in length, with lobes and notches in the apical half. 
4. S. PERISCELIANTHUM Erickson 8 Willis, species nova. [Tab. II, 
1 - 8 ]. 
Annua gracilis. 6—15 cm. alta: folia rosulata. circiter 8. spathulata, circ. 
10 mm. longa: flores racemosi. circ. 10. pcdicellis brevibus. parvi (corolla circ. 
5 mm. lata, rosea) ; calyces lineares, faucis appendicular 6, ad apices sanguines ; 
labellum minutum, oblongum. valde apiculatum. 
Species valde affinis S. pulchello Sond. in Lehm. (quod, ob flores plures 
parvos corymbosos. in sectione Despeclce unicum fuerat), sed d’.ffert: calyce 
longiore angustioreque, petalis coloratis parvioribus subarqualibus, et faucis appen- 
diculis 6 (cf. 2 in S. pulchello ) . 
Small slender plant 6—15 cm. tall, with a bulb-like stock. Leaves 
basally rosetted, about 8, glabrous, spathulate, on long petioles, about 
10 mm. long. Scape racemose, bearing 10 or more flowers, slender, dark- 
reddish, usually with one or two small blunt bracts below the slightly 
glandular inflorescence, pedicels shorter than the calyces, glandular, floral 
bracts pointed and narrow, smooth, reaching as far as the minute, 
pointed, paired bracteoles near the bases of the calyces. Calyx greenish- 
red, linear, glabrous except at the base; lobes free, pointed, much shorter 
than the tube, the margins minutely serrate. Corolla small, about 5 mm. 
wide, bright pink with white throat, tube about equal to the calyx lobes; 
petals very unequal, the small upright pair narrow, a little curved, rather 
blunt, about half as long as the broad extended petals; throat appendages 
6, toothed, with crimson tips; labellum minute, fleshy, almost oblong, 
with a long point. Column dark and strong, about as long as the small 
petals. 
Pollination by the fly Comptosia cuneata Ed. (Family Bombyludce, 
Subfamily Lomatunce) . 
Epithet in allusion to the resemblance of the corolla to a figure in 
long baggy “pants”. 
Vernacular name: “Pantaloon Trigger-plant”. 
Habitat: Along wet flats by creeks or swamps, in compact colonies. 
Representative localities: WESTERN AUSTRALIA — Cranbrook 
(Oct.) : Youngs Siding (Oct.) ; Bolgart (HOLOTYPE in MEL, ISO- 
TYPES in K and PERTH — Rica Erickson , Sept. 1952). 
A very constant species over a wide area. The bulb-like stock and 
the form of the corolla apparently places it in the 5. petiolare group; but 
the new species differs markedly in its spike-like raceme and long narrow 
calyx, marking its closer affinity to S. pulchellum which has paniculate 
scape and linear-oblong calyx. This latter species, however, has small 
white flowers on long pedicels, petals almost equal, and 2 throat 
appendages. 

Page image

Page text

CHANGES IN THE NOMENCLATURE OF THREE VICTORIAN 
MONOCOTYLEDONS 
by 
J. H. Willis* and A. B. Court* 
1. POA FAX Willis & Court, nomen novum. 
P. lepida F. Muell. Ftagm. Phyt. Aust. 8: 130 (1873), non Nees ex 
Steud. Synops , Plant. Glumac. 1 : 257 (1854), nec A. Rich. Tent. 
Floe. Abyss. 2: 424 (1851). 
As a later homonym, F. Mueller’s name Poa lepida must lapse 
(Code of 1952, Art. 74). The short epithet fax is here bestowed in 
the necessary new name for this little annual grass of southern Australia 
(chiefly from coastal and/or Mallee areas) in allusion to its dense, spike- 
like inflorescence which resembles a torch with ascending tongues of flame. 
2. THYSANOTUS JUNCIFOLIUS (Salisb.) Willis 8 Court, com- 
binatio nova. 
Chlamysporum juncifolium Salisb. Paradisus Lond. T. 103 
(1807). 
Thysanotus junceus R.Br. Prodr. Flor. Nov. FI oil. 283 (1810). 
R. Brown considered Salisbury’s epithet juncifolium inappropriate 
(“bene, si ex sicco, pessime si ex recenti”), and he changed it to junceus 
when transferring Chlamysporum to the genus Thysanotus in his Pro- 
dromus. According to the present (1952) Code of Nomenclature, Art. 
72, he was not justified and the earlier basinym must be restored in a 
new combination, T. juncifohus, for this lily of coastal New South 
Wales and far eastern Victoria. 
3. CALADENIA PATERSON1I R.Br., var. CONCOLOR (FitzG.) 
Willis & Court, status novus et combinatio nova. 
Caladenia concolor FitzG. Aust. Orch. 1~, T8 (1882). 
Caladenia patersonii is an extremely variable plant. In Orchids of 
New South Wales 62 (Dec. 1943), H. M. R. Rupp retained C. arenaria 
Fitz.G. and C. concolor FitzG. as distinct, but he expressed uncertainty 
about their status as species. W. H. Nicholls (Viet. Nat. 59: 189 (Mar. 
1943) had already reduced C. arenaria to varietal rank under C. pater- 
sonii. Both C. arenaria and C. concolor are little more than colour forms 
of R. Brown’s orchid (type from the Tamar Heads, Tasmania), the 
former greyish and the latter with intense prune-purplish pigmentation. 
Accordingly, we make the above new combination which does not seem 
to have been published previously. C. patersonii, var. concolor was 
ignored in Ewarts Flora of Victoria (1930) but is known from such 
widely separated parts of Victoria as the Grampians, Castlemaine, Heath- 
cote, Port Phillip and near Albury. 
* National Herbarium of Victoria, South Yarra. 
45 

Page image

Page text

8 
R. ERICKSON 8 J. H. WILLIS: New Species and Varieties of Stylidium 
free, blunt, a little shorter than the calyx tube. Corolla whitish; tube 
longer than calyx lobes; petals very unequal, the upright pair almost 
minute, oblong, sometimes with a tooth on the outer edge, the extended 
petals about four times as long, broadly rounded at the extremities and 
narrow at the base; throat appendages variable, usually 2, prominent and 
dentiform, located at the bases of the larger petals and appearing half as 
large as the smaller petals, sometimes with two similar additional appen- 
dages; labellum about 2 mm., narrow and pointed, without appendages. 
Column short, dark and strong, somewhat taller than the small upright 
petals; stigma developing into a rolled hairy lip. 
Pollination by the fly Comptosia carculum Newm. (Family 
Bombyludce, Subfamily Lomatnnce ) . 
Epithet in allusion to the locality of collection. 
Vernacular name : “Pinafore' Trigger-plant”. 
Habitat: In a pocket of sodden, washed soil, near the bottom of a 
small gully, in open Wandoo ( Eucalyptus wandoo Blakely) forest, in 
compact colonies. 
Representative locality: WESTERN AUSTRALIA — Bolgart, in 
Colin Haynes’s “poison paddock” (HOLOTYPE and PARATYPES in 
MEL. ISOTYPES in K and PERTH — Rica Erickson , 11 Sept. 1951). 
The new species is in the 5. petiolare group of the Despectce Section 
(bulbous stock and unequal petals) differing in its exceedingly small 
upright petals (pointed and almost as long as the extended petals in 
S. petiolare) , very broadly dilated extended petals, and 2 prominent 
dentiform throat appendages (6 in S. petiolare). 
2. S. ASTEROIDEUM Erickson U Willis, species nova. |Tab. I, 8— 13J. 
Annua pusilla. gracilis, usque ad 8 cm. alta; folia rosulata, pauca, anguste 
linearia, circ. 6 mm. longa, "stellulas” formantia: flores 1 vel 2. pedicellati. com 
parate magni (corolla usque ad 10 mm. lata, pallide carnea) ; labellum anguste 
ovatum. 1.5—2 mm. longum, apice longo calycis lobos subaequante. 
Species ex affinitate S. petiolaris Sond. in Lehm., sed differt: caulibus graci- 
lioribus, foliis linearibus, calycis lobis obtusis, corolla? faucis appendiculis 2 gib- 
bosis (6 in S. petiolan) . 
Small, slender, glabrous plant up to 8 cm. tall, with a bulb-like 
stock. Leaves basally rosetted, few, narrow-linear, about 6 mm. long. 
Scape dark-coloured, very fine, 1- or 2-flowered; pedicels much longer than 
calyces, with a few glandular hairs; floral bracts and paired proleaves 
blunt, minute, a bract lower on scape, scarcely larger. Calyx greenish, 
twisted, turbinate, glabrous, about 4 mm. in length including the lobes; 
lobes free, blunt, almost as long as the tube. Corolla pale pink, fading 
quickly to whitish, tube about as long as calyx lobes; petals unequal, 
upright pair small, narrow and curved but not pointed, the extended pair 
about twice as long and broad, dilated at the extremities; throat appen- 
dages 2, forming prominent humps at the bases of the larger petals; 
labellum narrowly oval, fleshy, with a long point. Column pale, short, 
about equal to the smaller petals. 

Page image

Page text

CHANGES IN THE NOMENCLATURE OF THREE VICTORIAN 
MONOCOTYLEDONS 
by 
J. H. Willis* and A. B. Court* 
1. POA FAX Willis & Court, nomen novum. 
P. lepida F. Muell. Ftagm. Phyt. Aust. 8: 130 (1873), non Nees ex 
Steud. Synops , Plant. Glumac. 1 : 257 (1854), nec A. Rich. Tent. 
Floe. Abyss. 2: 424 (1851). 
As a later homonym, F. Mueller’s name Poa lepida must lapse 
(Code of 1952, Art. 74). The short epithet fax is here bestowed in 
the necessary new name for this little annual grass of southern Australia 
(chiefly from coastal and/or Mallee areas) in allusion to its dense, spike- 
like inflorescence which resembles a torch with ascending tongues of flame. 
2. THYSANOTUS JUNCIFOLIUS (Salisb.) Willis 8 Court, com- 
binatio nova. 
Chlamysporum juncifolium Salisb. Paradisus Lond. T. 103 
(1807). 
Thysanotus junceus R.Br. Prodr. Flor. Nov. FI oil. 283 (1810). 
R. Brown considered Salisbury’s epithet juncifolium inappropriate 
(“bene, si ex sicco, pessime si ex recenti”), and he changed it to junceus 
when transferring Chlamysporum to the genus Thysanotus in his Pro- 
dromus. According to the present (1952) Code of Nomenclature, Art. 
72, he was not justified and the earlier basinym must be restored in a 
new combination, T. juncifohus, for this lily of coastal New South 
Wales and far eastern Victoria. 
3. CALADENIA PATERSON1I R.Br., var. CONCOLOR (FitzG.) 
Willis & Court, status novus et combinatio nova. 
Caladenia concolor FitzG. Aust. Orch. 1~, T8 (1882). 
Caladenia patersonii is an extremely variable plant. In Orchids of 
New South Wales 62 (Dec. 1943), H. M. R. Rupp retained C. arenaria 
Fitz.G. and C. concolor FitzG. as distinct, but he expressed uncertainty 
about their status as species. W. H. Nicholls (Viet. Nat. 59: 189 (Mar. 
1943) had already reduced C. arenaria to varietal rank under C. pater- 
sonii. Both C. arenaria and C. concolor are little more than colour forms 
of R. Brown’s orchid (type from the Tamar Heads, Tasmania), the 
former greyish and the latter with intense prune-purplish pigmentation. 
Accordingly, we make the above new combination which does not seem 
to have been published previously. C. patersonii, var. concolor was 
ignored in Ewarts Flora of Victoria (1930) but is known from such 
widely separated parts of Victoria as the Grampians, Castlemaine, Heath- 
cote, Port Phillip and near Albury. 
* National Herbarium of Victoria, South Yarra. 
45 

Page image

Page text

160 J. H. Willis: Systematic Notes on the Indigenous Australian Flora 
CASSINIA UNCATA A. Cunn. ex DC. Prodr. 6: 156 (1838) 
C. complanata J. M. Black in Trans, roy. Soc. S. Aust. 52: 230 (1928) 
Duplicates of type Cassinia uncata (Liverpool Plains, N.S.W.) 
and of C. complanata (Murray Scrub, S. Aust.) are in Melbourne 
Herbarium, and the differences purporting to separate them are a 
matter of degree alone. In general, the former has more strongly 
uncate scabrid leaves that may attain lengths up to 5 cm., while 
those of the latter are often smooth, wrinkled and less than 3 cm. 
long; but these features are no more than might be expected to occur 
with a change of habitat — rocky montane tracts in the case of 
C. uncata, and mallee sand-hills frequently in C. complanata. Both 
extremes occur in Victoria, also intermediate populations, and neither 
involucres nor florets display any reliable distinguishing character. 
If, as now considered, the taxa are conspecific, then the first- 
published name C. uncata must take precedence. 
APALOCHLAMYS SPECTABILIS ( Labill .) J. H. Willis comb. nov. 
Calea spectabilis Labill. Nov. Holl. Plant. Specim. 2: 42, t. 186 (1806); 
Cassinia spectabilis (Labill.) R. Br. in Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. 12: 128 
(1817); 
A. Billardierii DC. Prodr. 6: 157 (1838). 
This tall, tobacco-like and highly aromatic biennial of sandy, 
near-coastal habitats in south-eastern Australia holds quite an isolated 
position, if included in the genus Cassinia to which it has generally 
been referred by all Australian systematists during the past century 
and a half. A. H. G. Cassini in Diet. Sci. nat. 56: 223 (1828) had 
proposed for it a distinct genus, and following is a translation of his 
reasons for erecting Apalochlamys : 
“ This genus or sub-genus, founded on Cassinia spectabilis of Mr. 
Brown, is distinguished by 3 characters: 1. by its involucre formed 
of very slender, soft, diaphanous, almost colourless scales, a little 
coriaceous at base; 2. by its pappus of entirely filiform scalelets, very 
fine and very barbellate; 3. by its herbaceous stem with decurrent 
leaves ”, 
The name signifies “ soft envelope ” and was chosen in allusion 
to the texture of the involucre. Cassini did not use the binomial 
A. spectabilis nor make it clear that he was publishing a combined 
generic-specific description to cover a single species, Labillardiere’s 
Calea spectabilis. Thus, according to Article 33 (Montreal revision 
of International Code) , it would appear that a formal new combination 
is obligatory with acceptance of Cassini’s genus. De Candolle (I.c.) 
did accept Apalochlamys and described three species thereunder, 
citing Calea spectabilis as a synonym of the first one, A. billardierii. 
However, he should have retained for it the validly published epithet 
spectabilis, and his binomial is illegitimate. Bentham subsequently 
(1866) reduced all three Candollean names to synonymy under 
Cassinia spectabilis. Believing that C. spectabilis is worthy of 
distinction at generic level from other members of Cassinia, and 
constitutes a natural monotypic genus, the writer has established 
(above) the required nomenclatural combination under Apalochlamys , 

Page image

Page text

118 J. H. Willis: Systematic Notes on the Indigenous Australian Flora 
inside (toward base), pale green but assuming reddish-purple tints in 
drying, d= 5 mm. high and 3-4 mm. broad at the dilated base, recurved 
through a semicircle above, the cucullate antheriferous laminae 
dz 2 mm. long and wide; torus straight, 1 -5 mm. wide, 0-3 mm. thick; 
hypogynal gland semicircular, pale at first, contrasting with darker 
torus to which it is equal in width and thickness. Ovary sessile, 
purplish, 4-5 mm. long, loosely white-villous with hairs 1 -5 mm. long; 
style relatively thick, 5-7 mm. long, purplish, glabrous toward apex; 
stigmatic disc green, lateral, 2 mm. wide, scutelliform with short 
central nipple. Anthers pale yellow, 0*7 mm. long. Follicle dull 
brown, with scattered soft hairs, broadly ellipsoid, 10-15 x 4-7 mm., 
0-4 mm. thick, the style and stigma persisting. Seed resembling a 
click-beetle, date brown, narrowly ellipsoid, plano-convex, 8-10 x 2-3 
mm., with whitish aril 1-5 mm. long. 
Affinities of the new species are with Grevillea lanigera A. Cunn. 
which differs in its non-verticillate branching, more spreading 
narrower leaves that are hairy on both surfaces, never becoming 
glaucous beneath and lacking a ± pungent mucro, also in the longer 
racemes of coloured flowers (chiefly reddish) with longer styles. 
Up to the present, G. jephcottii is known only from the south- 
western portion and summit area of Pine Mountain, where locally 
abundant; but its occurrence on similar granitic ranges along the 
Upper Murray, both in Victoria and New South Wales, may be 
anticipated. 
The epithet was chosen as a mark of respect to the Jephcott 
family of Ournie, on the Upper Murray River above Jingellic, N.S.W., 
especially to Sydney Wheeler Jephcott who discovered the plant 
when only fourteen (in 1878) and who died at the age of 86 on 
3rd July 1951. His father, Edwin Jephcott, had taken up land at 
Ournie during 1864. There he gradually established a magnificent 
arboretum of exotic trees, and was in early contact with Baron von 
Mueller who visited him in January 1874. Father and son also 
maintained a lifelong interest in the native flora, delighting to ramble 
over Pine Mountain on the opposite side of the Murray. They were 
the first to collect specimens on this floristically rich granite range. 
BANKSIA CANEI J. H. Willis spec. nov. 
ad B. marginatam Cav. (cum qua olim confusus est) et B. integri 
foliam L.f. evidenter proxime accedens; sed a formis omnibus prioris 
differt costa folii subter ± hirsuta, valvis capsulae magmoribus 
spisse tomentosis, et praecipue perianthiis stylisque post anthesm 
omnino deciduis; a B. integrifolia recedit statura multo minore, foliis 
angustioribus, seminibus comparate latioribus; a his speciebus duobus 
foliis constanter pungentibus (in statu maturo interdum dentatis) 
distinguitur. 
HOLOTYPE: Mt. Seldom Seen track, Wulgulmerang, E. Victoria, in 
montane forest at ± 900 m. (2,900 feet) alt. — J. H. Willis, 
27 Nov. 1962 (MEL). ISOTYPES at MEL, NSW, AD, K. 

Page image

Page text

J. H. Willis: Systematic Notes on the Indigenous Australian Flora 163 
(1841), based upon a Chilean type. Brunonis and brunonianus, 
however, are not etymological variants but different epithets, and 
they may be used simultaneously for two species in the same genus. 
Under the existing International Code it becomes obligatory to adopt 
the name S. brunonis, for which the above new combination was 
required. 
Senecio brunonis is at once the largest, most interesting and 
one of the most localized groundsels in Australia, being endemic on 
Mts. Wellington and Dromedary in southern Tasmania at altitudes 
between 2,500 and 3,800 feet. There it forms a small pyramidal tree 
6-12 feet high, with spreading, linear, aromatic, rather viscid leaves 
(2-4 inches long) and laminating papery bark. In far southern New 
Zealand, S. reinoldii and S. stewartiae also attain tree size (to 19 feet 
or more) , as does the related S. huntii on Chatham Islands. 
BEDFORDIA SALICINA ( Labill. ) DC. Prodr. 6: 441 (1838). 
G. Bentham’s observations on thousands of species of Australian 
plants are amazing for their meticulous attention to detail and general 
accuracy, especially when one bears in mind that this savant worked 
almost solely from limited amounts of dry herbarium material. It is 
the more curious, therefore, that in Flor. aust . 3: 673 (1866) he 
should have initiated a major error of description, blindly perpetuated 
by succeeding authors to the present day. Bentham states that the 
genus Bedfordia comprises “ shrubs more or less stellate-tomentose ”, 
commenting also: “ F. Mueller has proposed to unite it with Senecio, 
but the stellate tomentum and axillary inflorescence are quite 
unknown in that extensive genus. In Mueller’s Key Syst. Viet. Plant. 
1: 340 (1888), Senecio Bedfordi [= Bedfordia salicina ] is said to be 
“ invested with whitish or greyish stellular hairlets ”. Similar state- 
ments occur in C. Moore’s Handb. Flor. N.S.W. 298 (1893) and 
A. J. Ewart’s Flor. Viet. 1178 (1931). As recently as 1963, Dr. 
Winifred Curtis (Student’s Flor. Tasm. 2: 287) has made its “ stellate 
indumentum ” the main key character separating Bedfordia from 
Senecio. 
Examination of a wide range of Bedfordia specimens in Melbourne 
Herbarium has failed to reveal a single stellate hair, either on the 
branchlets, foliage or inflorescences, and this criterion is now 
considered to be no more than an illusion. The whitish, thickly woolly 
vestiture in Bedfordia consists entirely of simple, but highly cirriform 
hairs; sometimes, as on the upper surfaces of young leaves, these 
hairs may arise and intricately intertwine in little groups, and such a 
characteristic could perhaps have misled Bentham into interpreting 
them as true stellulae. In general, mainland examples of B. salicina 
have rather longer looser hairs than their Tasmanian counterparts. 
Another inexplicable feature is Labillardiere’s choice of epithet, 
when describing his Cacalia salicina — surely few plants could be less 
like a willow than the Australian “ blanket-leaf ”! 

Page image

Page text

160 J. H. Willis: Systematic Notes on the Indigenous Australian Flora 
CASSINIA UNCATA A. Cunn. ex DC. Prodr. 6: 156 (1838) 
C. complanata J. M. Black in Trans, roy. Soc. S. Aust. 52: 230 (1928) 
Duplicates of type Cassinia uncata (Liverpool Plains, N.S.W.) 
and of C. complanata (Murray Scrub, S. Aust.) are in Melbourne 
Herbarium, and the differences purporting to separate them are a 
matter of degree alone. In general, the former has more strongly 
uncate scabrid leaves that may attain lengths up to 5 cm., while 
those of the latter are often smooth, wrinkled and less than 3 cm. 
long; but these features are no more than might be expected to occur 
with a change of habitat — rocky montane tracts in the case of 
C. uncata, and mallee sand-hills frequently in C. complanata. Both 
extremes occur in Victoria, also intermediate populations, and neither 
involucres nor florets display any reliable distinguishing character. 
If, as now considered, the taxa are conspecific, then the first- 
published name C. uncata must take precedence. 
APALOCHLAMYS SPECTABILIS ( Labill .) J. H. Willis comb. nov. 
Calea spectabilis Labill. Nov. Holl. Plant. Specim. 2: 42, t. 186 (1806); 
Cassinia spectabilis (Labill.) R. Br. in Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. 12: 128 
(1817); 
A. Billardierii DC. Prodr. 6: 157 (1838). 
This tall, tobacco-like and highly aromatic biennial of sandy, 
near-coastal habitats in south-eastern Australia holds quite an isolated 
position, if included in the genus Cassinia to which it has generally 
been referred by all Australian systematists during the past century 
and a half. A. H. G. Cassini in Diet. Sci. nat. 56: 223 (1828) had 
proposed for it a distinct genus, and following is a translation of his 
reasons for erecting Apalochlamys : 
“ This genus or sub-genus, founded on Cassinia spectabilis of Mr. 
Brown, is distinguished by 3 characters: 1. by its involucre formed 
of very slender, soft, diaphanous, almost colourless scales, a little 
coriaceous at base; 2. by its pappus of entirely filiform scalelets, very 
fine and very barbellate; 3. by its herbaceous stem with decurrent 
leaves ”, 
The name signifies “ soft envelope ” and was chosen in allusion 
to the texture of the involucre. Cassini did not use the binomial 
A. spectabilis nor make it clear that he was publishing a combined 
generic-specific description to cover a single species, Labillardiere’s 
Calea spectabilis. Thus, according to Article 33 (Montreal revision 
of International Code) , it would appear that a formal new combination 
is obligatory with acceptance of Cassini’s genus. De Candolle (I.c.) 
did accept Apalochlamys and described three species thereunder, 
citing Calea spectabilis as a synonym of the first one, A. billardierii. 
However, he should have retained for it the validly published epithet 
spectabilis, and his binomial is illegitimate. Bentham subsequently 
(1866) reduced all three Candollean names to synonymy under 
Cassinia spectabilis. Believing that C. spectabilis is worthy of 
distinction at generic level from other members of Cassinia, and 
constitutes a natural monotypic genus, the writer has established 
(above) the required nomenclatural combination under Apalochlamys , 

Page image

Page text

162 J. H. Willis: Systematic Notes on the Indigenous Australian Flora 
Haeckeria F. Muell. — woody perennials having stiff, linear, rather 
ericoid leaves (clustered or even imbricate) and the white or yellow 
heads forming compact corymbs. In habit, species of Haeckeria 
strongly resemble those of Cassinia, but differ in the total absence 
of both pappus and receptacular scales. H. cassiniiformis F. Muell. 
(the type species, endemic on Eyre Peninsuala, S.A.) and H. 
ozothamnoides F. Muell. (Vic. & N.S.W) need no change of name; 
but new combinations under Haeckeria are required for Humea 
punctulata F. Muell. (S.A. only) and H. pholidota (F. Muell.) J. M. 
Black of mallee tracts in S.A., Vic. and N.S.W. These transfers are 
effected hereunder: 
HAECKERIA PHOLIDOTA (F. Muell.) J. H. Willis comb. nov. 
Ozothamnus pholidotus F. Muell. Fragm. Phyt. Aust. 2: 131 (1861); 
Humea pholidota (F. Muell.) J. M. Black in Trans, roy Soc. S. Aust. 
43: 43 (1919). 
HAECKERIA PUNCTULATA (F. Muell.) J. H. Willis comb. nov. 
Humea punctulata F. Muell. Fragm. Phyt. Aust. 3: 137 (1863); 
Cassinia punctulata (F. Muell.) F. Muell. & R. Tate ex R. Tate Handb. 
Flor. extratrop. S. Aust. 241 (1890). 
In Hj. Eichler’s Suppl. J. M. Black’s Flor. S. Aust. 316 & 323 
(1965), both Humea punctulata F. Muell. and Cassinia complanata 
J. M. Black are synonymized under the name C. punctulata ( J.c .) — 
a procedure with which the present writer cannot agree. The type 
of H. punctulata (MEL) from Flinders and Elders Ranges supports its 
complete separation from C. complanata [= C. uncata A. Cunn. ex 
DC.], as set out by Black in his Flor. S. Aust. ed 2: 919 (1957): the 
former is totally glabrous, but has prominent resin-glands in the 
trigonal straight-pointed leaves, and extremely narrow, single-flowered 
capitula; the latter is more or less scabrid-hairy (especially on axes 
of the inflorescence) , with flattened but revolute leaves that are 
uncate at their tips and with broader capitula each bearing several 
florets. Certainly, capitula on the type of H. punctulata are very 
immature, but their minute florets fail to show any vestige of a 
pappus, the bristles of which are always discernible on Cassinia at 
comparable stages of development. Reasons have been advanced 
elsewhere in this paper for the writer’s action in relegating Cassinia 
complanata to synonymy under C. uncata A. Cunn. ex DC. 
SENECIO BRUNONIS (Hook, f.) J. H. Willis comb. nov. 
Centropappus Brunonis Hook. f. in Lond. J. Bot. 6: 124 (1847); 
Senecio centropappus F. Muell. Annu. Rev. Govt. Bot. 1858: 26 (1858) 
atque in Benth. Flor. aust. 3: 666 (1866) — nom. illegit. 
In transferring the only known species of Centropappus Hook. f. 
to Senecio L., F. Mueller (l.c.) should have retained its specific 
epithet “ brunonis ”. He may have been dissuaded from so doing 
by pre-existence of the similar name S. brunonianus Hook. & Arn. 

Page image

Page text

TYPIFICATION OF EIGHT VICTORIAN SPECIES NAMES IN 
EUCALYPTUS 
by 
J. H. Willis* 
The names for at least eight Victorian eucalypts have never been 
typified by a specimen and/or illustration. No type collection was 
cited with the original diagnoses (seven by F. Mueller and one by 
A. W. Howitt) , under which were given merely the known habitats 
and distributional ranges of these species. It is desirable that, for 
each entity, a specimen as representative as possible be designated 
LECTOTYPE from amongst the material examined by the author, 
used in drawing up his original description and still housed at the 
National Herbarium of Victoria. A particular desideratum is typifica- 
tion of the name Eucalyptus regnans (Mountain Ash) , referring to 
the tallest and largest flowering plant in the world. Unfortunately, 
many of the collections eligible and available for selection as type 
are in a rather fragmentary and unsatisfactory state; no juvenile 
foliage accompanies any of them. In some instances, two or more 
loose labels accompany several unmounted specimens, and it is not 
now possible to say which element rightly belongs to any label. The 
writer has made what he believes to be the best possible choice of 
type specimens, details of which are set out hereunder. Binomials 
are arranged alphabetically as to epithet, and explanatory notes are 
given in each instance. 
1. Eucalyptus behriana F. Muell. in Trans. Viet. Inst. 34 (1855). 
LECTOTYPE: Near Bacchus Marsh, Victoria — “ In montibus petraeis 
sterilibus tractus Bacchus Marsh ”. F. Mueller, Jan. 1853 (MEL 
n. 10388). 
Geographical data cited with original description : “In arid plains and 
on stony bare hills near the Avoca, Murray, Gawler River and in 
Bacchus Marsh ” 
Of existing material from these four regions, that of the last and 
easternmost locality is in reasonable condition, consisting of an ample 
spray of adult leaves with buds and flowers; a few detached fruits are 
in an accompanying envelope. This collection, now chosen as lectotype, 
most probably came from the high ridge between Djerriwarrh Creek 
and Anthony’s Cutting (about 3 miles east of Bacchus Marsh) where 
the species continues to grow in fair quantity. 
2. Eucalyptus bosistoana F. Muell. in Aust. J. Pharm. 10: 293 (Oct. 
1895). 
LECTOTYPE: Between the Nicholson and Tambo Rivers, Victoria. 
Schlipalius (MEL n. 10389). 
Geographical data cited with original description : Following his diagnosis, 
Mueller lists no less than nine collections from between Port Jackson 
(N.S.W.) and Wilson’s Promontory (Vic.), viz — Cabramatta (Rev. 
Dr. W. Woolls), County of Camden (Rev. Dr. W. Woods), near Mt. 
Dromedary (Miss M. Bate), near Twofold Bay (L. Morton), near 
* National Herbarium of Victoria. 
165 

Page image

Page text

TYPIFICATION OF EIGHT VICTORIAN SPECIES NAMES IN 
EUCALYPTUS 
by 
J. H. Willis* 
The names for at least eight Victorian eucalypts have never been 
typified by a specimen and/or illustration. No type collection was 
cited with the original diagnoses (seven by F. Mueller and one by 
A. W. Howitt) , under which were given merely the known habitats 
and distributional ranges of these species. It is desirable that, for 
each entity, a specimen as representative as possible be designated 
LECTOTYPE from amongst the material examined by the author, 
used in drawing up his original description and still housed at the 
National Herbarium of Victoria. A particular desideratum is typifica- 
tion of the name Eucalyptus regnans (Mountain Ash) , referring to 
the tallest and largest flowering plant in the world. Unfortunately, 
many of the collections eligible and available for selection as type 
are in a rather fragmentary and unsatisfactory state; no juvenile 
foliage accompanies any of them. In some instances, two or more 
loose labels accompany several unmounted specimens, and it is not 
now possible to say which element rightly belongs to any label. The 
writer has made what he believes to be the best possible choice of 
type specimens, details of which are set out hereunder. Binomials 
are arranged alphabetically as to epithet, and explanatory notes are 
given in each instance. 
1. Eucalyptus behriana F. Muell. in Trans. Viet. Inst. 34 (1855). 
LECTOTYPE: Near Bacchus Marsh, Victoria — “ In montibus petraeis 
sterilibus tractus Bacchus Marsh ”. F. Mueller, Jan. 1853 (MEL 
n. 10388). 
Geographical data cited with original description : “In arid plains and 
on stony bare hills near the Avoca, Murray, Gawler River and in 
Bacchus Marsh ” 
Of existing material from these four regions, that of the last and 
easternmost locality is in reasonable condition, consisting of an ample 
spray of adult leaves with buds and flowers; a few detached fruits are 
in an accompanying envelope. This collection, now chosen as lectotype, 
most probably came from the high ridge between Djerriwarrh Creek 
and Anthony’s Cutting (about 3 miles east of Bacchus Marsh) where 
the species continues to grow in fair quantity. 
2. Eucalyptus bosistoana F. Muell. in Aust. J. Pharm. 10: 293 (Oct. 
1895). 
LECTOTYPE: Between the Nicholson and Tambo Rivers, Victoria. 
Schlipalius (MEL n. 10389). 
Geographical data cited with original description : Following his diagnosis, 
Mueller lists no less than nine collections from between Port Jackson 
(N.S.W.) and Wilson’s Promontory (Vic.), viz — Cabramatta (Rev. 
Dr. W. Woolls), County of Camden (Rev. Dr. W. Woods), near Mt. 
Dromedary (Miss M. Bate), near Twofold Bay (L. Morton), near 
* National Herbarium of Victoria. 
165 

Page image

Page text

166 J. H. Willis: Typification of Eight Victorian Species names in Eucalyptus 
the Genoa (Barnard), on the summit of Tantowango Mountains 
[ = Tantawanglo Mtn. between Bega and Bombala] (A. W. Howitt), 
near the Mitchell River (A. W. Howitt), between the Tambo and 
Nicholson Rivers (Schlipalius) , near the Strezlecki Ranges 
[= Strzelecki] (Olsen) . 
Although the specimen chosen (a flowering spray collected by one 
Schlipalius , without date) is not accompanied by the name E. 
hosistoana in Mueller’s hand, the folder does contain a slip of paper 
on which he has made pencil drawings of longitudinal flower-sections 
and anther details. Unfortunately no fruits are present. 
3. Eucalyptus fasciculosa F. Muell. in Trans. Viet. Inst. 34 (1855). 
LECTOTYPE: Bugle Range (between Mount Barker and Strathalbyn) , 
South Australia — “ Locis lapidosis sterilioribus montium Bugle range ”. 
F. Mueller , Aug. 1850 (MEL n. 10390). 
Geographical data cited with original description : “ On barren ridges along 
St. Vincent’s Gulf, on the Gawler River, in the Mount Lofty Ranges 
and Bugle Ranges, and on Encounter Bay ”. 
The sheet selected for type bears Mueller’s early handwriting 
under the name E. fasciculosa, and contains a leafy branch with 
relatively large fruits (8x6 mm.), but neither flowers nor buds. 
4. Eucalyptus gracilis F. Muell. in Trans. Viet. Inst. 35 (1855). 
LECTOTYPE: Murray Scrub, South Australia. F. Mueller, Dec. 1848 
(MEL n. 10391). 
Geographical data cited with original description: “In the desert on the 
Murray River ”. 
There is but a single collection in Melbourne Herbarium, coming 
from this region and labelled (as above) by its discoverer. Inevitably 
it must be denominated type, although it consists of only a small 
broken branchlet bearing leaves, buds and flowers, but no capsules. 
The material from which mature fruits were described seems to have 
disappeared. Why Dr. Behr’s name should also have been written 
by Mueller against this specimen is rather puzzling, for Herman Behr 
left South Australia and returned to Germany in 1847 — before 
Mueller’s arrival in Adelaide. 
5. Eucalyptus largiflorens F. Muell. in Trans. Viet. Inst. 34 (1855). 
LECTOTYPE: Murray River above Moorundie, South Australia — 
“ Murray Scrub supera Morunde ”. F. Mueller, 1 Feb. 1851 (MEL 
n. 10392). 
Geographical data cited with original description : “In bushy barren 
localities on the Murray, Avoca, Wimmera, and on St. Vincent’s 
Gulf ”. 
The Murray River specimen (from near Moorundie) has leaves, 
buds and flowers but no fruits; it is the best of the four possible type 
collections examined by Mueller and has been chosen as lectotype. 
This name replaces E. bicolor A. Cunn. ex Hook. (1848) which, until 
recent years, was universally applied to the B)ack Box tree through- 
out eastern Australia. A. K. Cameron, in Viet. Nat. 63: 42 (June 

Page image

Page text

166 J. H. Willis: Typification of Eight Victorian Species names in Eucalyptus 
the Genoa (Barnard), on the summit of Tantowango Mountains 
[ = Tantawanglo Mtn. between Bega and Bombala] (A. W. Howitt), 
near the Mitchell River (A. W. Howitt), between the Tambo and 
Nicholson Rivers (Schlipalius) , near the Strezlecki Ranges 
[= Strzelecki] (Olsen) . 
Although the specimen chosen (a flowering spray collected by one 
Schlipalius , without date) is not accompanied by the name E. 
hosistoana in Mueller’s hand, the folder does contain a slip of paper 
on which he has made pencil drawings of longitudinal flower-sections 
and anther details. Unfortunately no fruits are present. 
3. Eucalyptus fasciculosa F. Muell. in Trans. Viet. Inst. 34 (1855). 
LECTOTYPE: Bugle Range (between Mount Barker and Strathalbyn) , 
South Australia — “ Locis lapidosis sterilioribus montium Bugle range ”. 
F. Mueller , Aug. 1850 (MEL n. 10390). 
Geographical data cited with original description : “ On barren ridges along 
St. Vincent’s Gulf, on the Gawler River, in the Mount Lofty Ranges 
and Bugle Ranges, and on Encounter Bay ”. 
The sheet selected for type bears Mueller’s early handwriting 
under the name E. fasciculosa, and contains a leafy branch with 
relatively large fruits (8x6 mm.), but neither flowers nor buds. 
4. Eucalyptus gracilis F. Muell. in Trans. Viet. Inst. 35 (1855). 
LECTOTYPE: Murray Scrub, South Australia. F. Mueller, Dec. 1848 
(MEL n. 10391). 
Geographical data cited with original description: “In the desert on the 
Murray River ”. 
There is but a single collection in Melbourne Herbarium, coming 
from this region and labelled (as above) by its discoverer. Inevitably 
it must be denominated type, although it consists of only a small 
broken branchlet bearing leaves, buds and flowers, but no capsules. 
The material from which mature fruits were described seems to have 
disappeared. Why Dr. Behr’s name should also have been written 
by Mueller against this specimen is rather puzzling, for Herman Behr 
left South Australia and returned to Germany in 1847 — before 
Mueller’s arrival in Adelaide. 
5. Eucalyptus largiflorens F. Muell. in Trans. Viet. Inst. 34 (1855). 
LECTOTYPE: Murray River above Moorundie, South Australia — 
“ Murray Scrub supera Morunde ”. F. Mueller, 1 Feb. 1851 (MEL 
n. 10392). 
Geographical data cited with original description : “In bushy barren 
localities on the Murray, Avoca, Wimmera, and on St. Vincent’s 
Gulf ”. 
The Murray River specimen (from near Moorundie) has leaves, 
buds and flowers but no fruits; it is the best of the four possible type 
collections examined by Mueller and has been chosen as lectotype. 
This name replaces E. bicolor A. Cunn. ex Hook. (1848) which, until 
recent years, was universally applied to the B)ack Box tree through- 
out eastern Australia. A. K. Cameron, in Viet. Nat. 63: 42 (June 

Page image

Page text

166 J. H. Willis: Typification of Eight Victorian Species names in Eucalyptus 
the Genoa (Barnard), on the summit of Tantowango Mountains 
[ = Tantawanglo Mtn. between Bega and Bombala] (A. W. Howitt), 
near the Mitchell River (A. W. Howitt), between the Tambo and 
Nicholson Rivers (Schlipalius) , near the Strezlecki Ranges 
[= Strzelecki] (Olsen) . 
Although the specimen chosen (a flowering spray collected by one 
Schlipalius , without date) is not accompanied by the name E. 
hosistoana in Mueller’s hand, the folder does contain a slip of paper 
on which he has made pencil drawings of longitudinal flower-sections 
and anther details. Unfortunately no fruits are present. 
3. Eucalyptus fasciculosa F. Muell. in Trans. Viet. Inst. 34 (1855). 
LECTOTYPE: Bugle Range (between Mount Barker and Strathalbyn) , 
South Australia — “ Locis lapidosis sterilioribus montium Bugle range ”. 
F. Mueller , Aug. 1850 (MEL n. 10390). 
Geographical data cited with original description : “ On barren ridges along 
St. Vincent’s Gulf, on the Gawler River, in the Mount Lofty Ranges 
and Bugle Ranges, and on Encounter Bay ”. 
The sheet selected for type bears Mueller’s early handwriting 
under the name E. fasciculosa, and contains a leafy branch with 
relatively large fruits (8x6 mm.), but neither flowers nor buds. 
4. Eucalyptus gracilis F. Muell. in Trans. Viet. Inst. 35 (1855). 
LECTOTYPE: Murray Scrub, South Australia. F. Mueller, Dec. 1848 
(MEL n. 10391). 
Geographical data cited with original description: “In the desert on the 
Murray River ”. 
There is but a single collection in Melbourne Herbarium, coming 
from this region and labelled (as above) by its discoverer. Inevitably 
it must be denominated type, although it consists of only a small 
broken branchlet bearing leaves, buds and flowers, but no capsules. 
The material from which mature fruits were described seems to have 
disappeared. Why Dr. Behr’s name should also have been written 
by Mueller against this specimen is rather puzzling, for Herman Behr 
left South Australia and returned to Germany in 1847 — before 
Mueller’s arrival in Adelaide. 
5. Eucalyptus largiflorens F. Muell. in Trans. Viet. Inst. 34 (1855). 
LECTOTYPE: Murray River above Moorundie, South Australia — 
“ Murray Scrub supera Morunde ”. F. Mueller, 1 Feb. 1851 (MEL 
n. 10392). 
Geographical data cited with original description : “In bushy barren 
localities on the Murray, Avoca, Wimmera, and on St. Vincent’s 
Gulf ”. 
The Murray River specimen (from near Moorundie) has leaves, 
buds and flowers but no fruits; it is the best of the four possible type 
collections examined by Mueller and has been chosen as lectotype. 
This name replaces E. bicolor A. Cunn. ex Hook. (1848) which, until 
recent years, was universally applied to the B)ack Box tree through- 
out eastern Australia. A. K. Cameron, in Viet. Nat. 63: 42 (June 

Page image

Page text

J. H. Willis: Typification of Eight Victorian Species names in Eucalyptus 167 
1946), again drew attention to the opinion of Dr. T. A. Sprague that 
the original description of E. bicolor was too vague, brief and 
insufficient to legitimize the name — it was a nomen subnudum. 
6. Eucalyptus leucoxylon F. Mueil. in Trans. Viet. Inst. 33 (1855). 
LECTOTYPE: “Towards the apex of St. Vincent’s Gulf”, South 
Australia. F. Mueller, 7 Nov. 1851 (MEL n. 10393). 
Geographical data cited with original description: “In grassy plains 
from the Avoca to St. Vincent’s and Spencer’s Gulf ”. 
There is abundant early and reasonably good material in Melbourne 
Herbarium from which to select a type; 12 sheets from the herbarium 
of O. Sonder (all labelled by Mueller) are included. The writer has 
fixed upon a well-preserved collection from near the head of St. 
Vincent’s Gulf, showing glaucescent branchlets, adult foliage, mature 
buds and flowers, and smallish almost semi-globoid capsules. 
7. Eucalyptus muelleriana A. W. Howitt in Trans, roy. Soc. Viet. 
2: 89, tt. 12 & 13 (1891). 
LECTOTYPE: “Nine Mile Creek, South Gippsland ” [near Hedley], 
Victoria. A. W. Howitt, n. 6 (MEL n. 10394). 
Geographical data cited with original description: Howitt (l.c.) remarks 
as follows concerning his newly described eucalypt — “ It is a littoral 
species, and is principally found between the Hoddle Ranges and 
the sea coast. There it forms the bulk of the forest, growing upon 
sands and sandy clays, from Monkey Creek (20 miles from Sale) to 
Shady Creek (west of Alberton), in an east and west direction, and 
from Carrajung southwards to the coast. The area thus covered by 
this tree is about 300 square miles ”. 
In Melbourne Herbarium there are five possible sheets of type, 
bearing Howitt’s undated locality labels, but most of these are 
miserable fragments. Only one collection (from Nine Mile Creek) 
carries the name Eucalyptus muelleriana in Howitt’s handwriting, and 
this is now chosen as lectotype; it consists of several small branch- 
tips of adult leaves and unopened flower-buds, with two detached 
fruits in an envelope. Apart from occurrences now known at nearby 
Wilson’s Promontory, Nine Mile Creek approaches the most westerly 
point (Hoddle Creek area) attained by Yellow Stringybark. Records 
for the Grampians and Mt. Lofty Range are the result of mis- 
identified E. baxteri , and Howitt was apparently unaware in 1891 
that the species also extended well into south-eastern New South 
Wales. 
8. Eucalyptus regnans F. Mueil. Key. Syst . Viet. Plants 1: 236 (1888). 
LECTOTYPE: Dandenong [i.e. Dandenong Ranges], Victoria — “ Eucalyptus 
of the tall trees measured by Mr. D. Boyle in March 1867 ” 
(MEL n. 10168). 
Geographical data cited with original description: Nil. 
Until making his entry in the Systematic Census of Australian 
Plants 57 (1882), F. Mueller consistently referred this taxon to the 
name Eucalyptus amygdalina Labill. for which he allowed an 
extremely wide circumscription. The first appearance of the name 

Page image

Page text

J. H. Willis: Typification of Eight Victorian Species names in Eucalyptus 167 
1946), again drew attention to the opinion of Dr. T. A. Sprague that 
the original description of E. bicolor was too vague, brief and 
insufficient to legitimize the name — it was a nomen subnudum. 
6. Eucalyptus leucoxylon F. Mueil. in Trans. Viet. Inst. 33 (1855). 
LECTOTYPE: “Towards the apex of St. Vincent’s Gulf”, South 
Australia. F. Mueller, 7 Nov. 1851 (MEL n. 10393). 
Geographical data cited with original description: “In grassy plains 
from the Avoca to St. Vincent’s and Spencer’s Gulf ”. 
There is abundant early and reasonably good material in Melbourne 
Herbarium from which to select a type; 12 sheets from the herbarium 
of O. Sonder (all labelled by Mueller) are included. The writer has 
fixed upon a well-preserved collection from near the head of St. 
Vincent’s Gulf, showing glaucescent branchlets, adult foliage, mature 
buds and flowers, and smallish almost semi-globoid capsules. 
7. Eucalyptus muelleriana A. W. Howitt in Trans, roy. Soc. Viet. 
2: 89, tt. 12 & 13 (1891). 
LECTOTYPE: “Nine Mile Creek, South Gippsland ” [near Hedley], 
Victoria. A. W. Howitt, n. 6 (MEL n. 10394). 
Geographical data cited with original description: Howitt (l.c.) remarks 
as follows concerning his newly described eucalypt — “ It is a littoral 
species, and is principally found between the Hoddle Ranges and 
the sea coast. There it forms the bulk of the forest, growing upon 
sands and sandy clays, from Monkey Creek (20 miles from Sale) to 
Shady Creek (west of Alberton), in an east and west direction, and 
from Carrajung southwards to the coast. The area thus covered by 
this tree is about 300 square miles ”. 
In Melbourne Herbarium there are five possible sheets of type, 
bearing Howitt’s undated locality labels, but most of these are 
miserable fragments. Only one collection (from Nine Mile Creek) 
carries the name Eucalyptus muelleriana in Howitt’s handwriting, and 
this is now chosen as lectotype; it consists of several small branch- 
tips of adult leaves and unopened flower-buds, with two detached 
fruits in an envelope. Apart from occurrences now known at nearby 
Wilson’s Promontory, Nine Mile Creek approaches the most westerly 
point (Hoddle Creek area) attained by Yellow Stringybark. Records 
for the Grampians and Mt. Lofty Range are the result of mis- 
identified E. baxteri , and Howitt was apparently unaware in 1891 
that the species also extended well into south-eastern New South 
Wales. 
8. Eucalyptus regnans F. Mueil. Key. Syst . Viet. Plants 1: 236 (1888). 
LECTOTYPE: Dandenong [i.e. Dandenong Ranges], Victoria — “ Eucalyptus 
of the tall trees measured by Mr. D. Boyle in March 1867 ” 
(MEL n. 10168). 
Geographical data cited with original description: Nil. 
Until making his entry in the Systematic Census of Australian 
Plants 57 (1882), F. Mueller consistently referred this taxon to the 
name Eucalyptus amygdalina Labill. for which he allowed an 
extremely wide circumscription. The first appearance of the name 

Page image

Page text

148 J. H. Willis: Systematic Notes on the Indigenous Australian Flora 
he described three new species, E. gibbsiae (series Striatce ) showing 
distinctly subdigitate leaves, but the Tasmanian endemics E. gunnii 
and E. milliganii (series Collince ) having leaves that are not distinctly 
subdigitate. The type form of E. gibbsiae , with subcapitate clusters 
of white flowers, was from rocks on the summit plateau of Mt. Field 
East, near Lake Fenton. A collection from Mt. Mueller (5,000 feet) 
on the Victorian Baw Baws, by J. G. Luehmann and C. French Jnr. 
in Dec. 1892, was published simultaneously as E. gibbsiae forma 
subglabrifolia — the only known extension of the species to mainland 
Australia. In Melbourne Herbarium is a duplicate type specimen of 
this form which differs from the normal Tasmanian population in 
having the leaves almost glabrous , the floral bracts and calyces 
bearing predominantly eglandular hairs. What may be only a very 
reduced form of E. gibbsiae , with congested leaves on branches no 
more than 2 cm. high, has been collected at the Cobboras, far eastern 
Victoria. E. gibbsiae seems to differ from E. striata R. Br. (type 
from Mt. Wellington, Tas.) only in being glandular, while R. Brown’s 
E. alpina (the name antedated by E. alpina Lam., 1788) is probably 
no more than a glabrescent alpine form of E. gibbsiae. 
An interesting Victorian collection of this group in Melbourne 
Herbarium comes from the summit of Mt. Speculation, Barry 
Mountains at 5,600 feet (leg. J. H. Willis, 2 Jan. 1945). It has a 
markedly glandular indumentum; obovate-flabellate leaves to 10 mm. 
long are boldly cut into 5-7 finger-like lobes in the apical half, and 
the large purplish flowers are attractively veined. This conforms 
fairly well to the circumscription of du Rietz’s E. gibbsiae forma 
comberi and is comparable with material from K. Col. on the track 
to Mt. Field West (Mt. Field National Park) , Tasmania. 
EUPHRASIA SCABRA R. Br. Prodr. Flor. Nov. Holl. 437 (1810) 
var. ALSA (F. Muell.) J. H. Willis comb. & stat. nov. 
E. alsa F. Muell. in Trans, phil. Soc. Viet. 1: 107 (1855); 
E. antarctica sens. Benth. Flor. aust. 4: 522 (1868), non Benth. in DC. 
Prodr. 10: 555 (1846). 
G. Bentham’s identification (l.c.) of the Australian alpine 
Euphrasia alsa F. Muell. with his own E. antarctica (published 22 
years previously) can hardly be justified, despite the adoption of this 
view in F. Mueller’s Key Syst. Viet. Plant. 1: 392 (1888) and A. J. 
Ewart’s Flor. Viet. 1024 (1931). Type material of the former name 
differs from typical Magellanian E. antarctica in the following 
respects: 
Indumentum glandular. 
Leaf-lobes pinnate (not trident-shaped). 
Calyx segments not revolute. 
Ovary pubescent (not glabrous). 
On the other hand, E. alsa is very closely related to annual 
E. scabra , from the typical form of which it diverges in its diminutive 
size and congested whitish flowers with conspicuous veins. It is here 

Page image

Page text

128 J. H. Willis: Systematic Notes on the Indigenous Australian Flora 
open soon after the winter snow has melted. It may form extensive 
societies on open alpine or subalpine heaths and woodlands at from 
4,500 to 6,500 feet alt.; a white-flowered state, growing with the 
normal purple form, has been collected on Mt. Buffalo, Vic. (Nov. 
1965), and Mt. Gingera, A.C.T. (Nov. 1962). F. Mueller had labelled 
a collection from the summit of Mt. Wellington, Vic., “ Hovea gelida ”, 
but apparently he never published this name. 
GALACTIA MEGALOPHYLLA (F. Muell.) J. H. Willis comb. nov. 
Lamprolobium megalophyllum F. Muell. Fragm. Phyt. Aust. 9: 67 
(1875). 
F. Mueller (Lc.) described his Lamprolobium megalophyllum in the 
absence of pods, and cited “ Galactia megalophylla F. M. coll.” in 
synonymy immediately under the name, thereby indicating some 
uncertainty as to the correct generic placement of the species 
concerned. The chief difference between Lamprolobium Benth. 
(assigned to tribe Galegeae) and Galactia R. Br. (tribe Phaseoleae) 
appears to be in the non-strophiolate seeds of the latter, chiefly 
American genus, whereas the endemic Lamprolobium is defined as 
having seeds with a fleshy strophiole. 
The writer was recently enabled to examine excellent fruiting 
material of L. megalophyllum from near Darwin, agreeing well with 
the type collection (Schultz n. 527) from the same area. The former 
collection had broad-linear, delicately pubescent, fawn-coloured pods 
40 x 4-5 mm., sharply mucronate at apex, with thickened sutures 
and 4-6 transverse seeds. There was no vestige of a strophiole on 
the black flattened seeds (±2x1-5 mm.) and, despite the erect 
shrubby habit of this plant (± 1-5 m. high), it ought surely be 
referred to Galactia, not to Lamprolobium. Species of Galactia are 
commonly scandent, with 3 leaflets, but in Brazil the sub-section 
Collaearia Benth. of section Collaea DC. contains several unifoliolate 
species, e.g., G. benthamiana Micheli which bears a striking resem- 
blance to the Darwin population. The binary Galactia megalophylla 
does not seem to have been published, except in synonymy by 
Mueher and thereby illegitimate; so the transfer is now formally 
made in order to validate this name. 
Known collections of G. megalophylla are: 
Port Darwin, North Aust. — Schultz n. 527 (TYPE, in MEL) ; 
Shoal Bay Road near Darwin, N. Terr., “ in open eucalypt 
forest”, flowers pink — H. S. McKee n. 8392, 11 Feb. 1961 
(CANB, MEL) ; Batchelor, N. Terr. — G. Chippendale n. 7742, 
Mar. 1961 (NT, CANB). 
Rutaceae 
BORONIA ANEMONIFOLIA A. Gunn, in Field Geogr. Mem. N.S.W. 
330 (1825). 
var. VARIABILIS (Hook.) Benth. Flor. aust. I: 321 (1863). 

Page image

Page text

SYSTEMATIC NOTES ON THE INDIGENOUS AUSTRALIAN FLORA 
by 
J. H. Willis* 
SUMMARY 
In this paper: 11 species and 5 varieties are described as new, 
with some discussion on their affinities and distributions; 20 new 
nomenclatural combinations are effected, with appropriate comments; 
6 synonymies of specific names are established; the ranges of 10 
other species are extended into Victoria, and noteworthy extensions 
are made to the distribution within that State of 5 very localized 
taxa. Arrangement of families is according to the system of Engler 
and Prantl. 
Proteaceae 
GREVILLEA JEPHCOTTII J. H. Willis spec. nov. 
ex affinitate G. lanigerae A. Cunn. a qua praecipue differt: statura 
majore (1-3 m.); ramis manifeste verticillatis; foliis suberectis 
latioribus (3-6 mm.) subpungentibus, supra laete viridibus scabrisque, 
subter glaucescentibus glabrisque; floribus pallide viridibus, in racemis 
perbrevibus densis; stylis comparate brevibus (5-7 mm.). 
HOLOTYPE : S.W. slopes of Pine Mountain (±7 miles S.E. of 
Walwa) , Upper Murray region, Victoria, among granite rocks 
in dryish eucalypt forest at ± 620 m. (2,000 feet) alt. — 
J. H. Willis , 17 Nov. 1964 (MEL). ISOTYPES at Mel, 
NSW, BRI, AD, CANB, K. 
PARATYPE: Ibidem — J. H. Willis, 15 Jan. 1964 (MEL, cum fructibus). 
Also examined (all in MEL): Pine Mountain, N.E. Victoria — Jeanie 
H. Harvey, Aug. 1963; ibidem — Carl Walter, Nov. 1891, S. W. 
Jephcott, 1878; Hume River— S. W. Jephcott, 1883 & Oct. 
1887; Upper Murray — C. French Jr., Nov. 1886. 
Shrub 1-3 m. (3-9 feet) high, rigidly erect, dense, leafy, low and 
bushy in exposed rocky situations but tall in more shaded 
forest, the branching conspicuously and often distantly verti- 
cillate; branchlets (also young foliage) loosely hairy. Leaves 
— erect, ovate-lanceolate to lanceolate or somewhat oblanceolate, 
1*5-3 -5 cm. long, 3-6 mm. (sometimes 8 mm.) wide, bright green, 
paler beneath, chiefly flat but the entire margins d= revolute, 
terminating in a fine ± pungent point 1—2 mm. long; upper surfaces 
somewhat shining, but scabrid and minutely tuberculate all over; 
under surfaces glabrous, dull blue-green, appearing almost glaucous 
in dried state, the narrow mid-rib conspicuous but other veins obscure. 
Flowers 6-9 in dense, terminal, leafy clusters (very reduced racemes) 
and rather inconspicuous amongst the foliage, on glabrous glaucescent 
pedicels 4-6 mm. long. Perianth glabrous externally but white-villous 
* National Herbarium of Victoria. 

Page image

Page text

162 J. H. Willis: Systematic Notes on the Indigenous Australian Flora 
Haeckeria F. Muell. — woody perennials having stiff, linear, rather 
ericoid leaves (clustered or even imbricate) and the white or yellow 
heads forming compact corymbs. In habit, species of Haeckeria 
strongly resemble those of Cassinia, but differ in the total absence 
of both pappus and receptacular scales. H. cassiniiformis F. Muell. 
(the type species, endemic on Eyre Peninsuala, S.A.) and H. 
ozothamnoides F. Muell. (Vic. & N.S.W) need no change of name; 
but new combinations under Haeckeria are required for Humea 
punctulata F. Muell. (S.A. only) and H. pholidota (F. Muell.) J. M. 
Black of mallee tracts in S.A., Vic. and N.S.W. These transfers are 
effected hereunder: 
HAECKERIA PHOLIDOTA (F. Muell.) J. H. Willis comb. nov. 
Ozothamnus pholidotus F. Muell. Fragm. Phyt. Aust. 2: 131 (1861); 
Humea pholidota (F. Muell.) J. M. Black in Trans, roy Soc. S. Aust. 
43: 43 (1919). 
HAECKERIA PUNCTULATA (F. Muell.) J. H. Willis comb. nov. 
Humea punctulata F. Muell. Fragm. Phyt. Aust. 3: 137 (1863); 
Cassinia punctulata (F. Muell.) F. Muell. & R. Tate ex R. Tate Handb. 
Flor. extratrop. S. Aust. 241 (1890). 
In Hj. Eichler’s Suppl. J. M. Black’s Flor. S. Aust. 316 & 323 
(1965), both Humea punctulata F. Muell. and Cassinia complanata 
J. M. Black are synonymized under the name C. punctulata ( J.c .) — 
a procedure with which the present writer cannot agree. The type 
of H. punctulata (MEL) from Flinders and Elders Ranges supports its 
complete separation from C. complanata [= C. uncata A. Cunn. ex 
DC.], as set out by Black in his Flor. S. Aust. ed 2: 919 (1957): the 
former is totally glabrous, but has prominent resin-glands in the 
trigonal straight-pointed leaves, and extremely narrow, single-flowered 
capitula; the latter is more or less scabrid-hairy (especially on axes 
of the inflorescence) , with flattened but revolute leaves that are 
uncate at their tips and with broader capitula each bearing several 
florets. Certainly, capitula on the type of H. punctulata are very 
immature, but their minute florets fail to show any vestige of a 
pappus, the bristles of which are always discernible on Cassinia at 
comparable stages of development. Reasons have been advanced 
elsewhere in this paper for the writer’s action in relegating Cassinia 
complanata to synonymy under C. uncata A. Cunn. ex DC. 
SENECIO BRUNONIS (Hook, f.) J. H. Willis comb. nov. 
Centropappus Brunonis Hook. f. in Lond. J. Bot. 6: 124 (1847); 
Senecio centropappus F. Muell. Annu. Rev. Govt. Bot. 1858: 26 (1858) 
atque in Benth. Flor. aust. 3: 666 (1866) — nom. illegit. 
In transferring the only known species of Centropappus Hook. f. 
to Senecio L., F. Mueller (l.c.) should have retained its specific 
epithet “ brunonis ”. He may have been dissuaded from so doing 
by pre-existence of the similar name S. brunonianus Hook. & Arn. 

Page image

Page text

162 J. H. Willis: Systematic Notes on the Indigenous Australian Flora 
Haeckeria F. Muell. — woody perennials having stiff, linear, rather 
ericoid leaves (clustered or even imbricate) and the white or yellow 
heads forming compact corymbs. In habit, species of Haeckeria 
strongly resemble those of Cassinia, but differ in the total absence 
of both pappus and receptacular scales. H. cassiniiformis F. Muell. 
(the type species, endemic on Eyre Peninsuala, S.A.) and H. 
ozothamnoides F. Muell. (Vic. & N.S.W) need no change of name; 
but new combinations under Haeckeria are required for Humea 
punctulata F. Muell. (S.A. only) and H. pholidota (F. Muell.) J. M. 
Black of mallee tracts in S.A., Vic. and N.S.W. These transfers are 
effected hereunder: 
HAECKERIA PHOLIDOTA (F. Muell.) J. H. Willis comb. nov. 
Ozothamnus pholidotus F. Muell. Fragm. Phyt. Aust. 2: 131 (1861); 
Humea pholidota (F. Muell.) J. M. Black in Trans, roy Soc. S. Aust. 
43: 43 (1919). 
HAECKERIA PUNCTULATA (F. Muell.) J. H. Willis comb. nov. 
Humea punctulata F. Muell. Fragm. Phyt. Aust. 3: 137 (1863); 
Cassinia punctulata (F. Muell.) F. Muell. & R. Tate ex R. Tate Handb. 
Flor. extratrop. S. Aust. 241 (1890). 
In Hj. Eichler’s Suppl. J. M. Black’s Flor. S. Aust. 316 & 323 
(1965), both Humea punctulata F. Muell. and Cassinia complanata 
J. M. Black are synonymized under the name C. punctulata ( J.c .) — 
a procedure with which the present writer cannot agree. The type 
of H. punctulata (MEL) from Flinders and Elders Ranges supports its 
complete separation from C. complanata [= C. uncata A. Cunn. ex 
DC.], as set out by Black in his Flor. S. Aust. ed 2: 919 (1957): the 
former is totally glabrous, but has prominent resin-glands in the 
trigonal straight-pointed leaves, and extremely narrow, single-flowered 
capitula; the latter is more or less scabrid-hairy (especially on axes 
of the inflorescence) , with flattened but revolute leaves that are 
uncate at their tips and with broader capitula each bearing several 
florets. Certainly, capitula on the type of H. punctulata are very 
immature, but their minute florets fail to show any vestige of a 
pappus, the bristles of which are always discernible on Cassinia at 
comparable stages of development. Reasons have been advanced 
elsewhere in this paper for the writer’s action in relegating Cassinia 
complanata to synonymy under C. uncata A. Cunn. ex DC. 
SENECIO BRUNONIS (Hook, f.) J. H. Willis comb. nov. 
Centropappus Brunonis Hook. f. in Lond. J. Bot. 6: 124 (1847); 
Senecio centropappus F. Muell. Annu. Rev. Govt. Bot. 1858: 26 (1858) 
atque in Benth. Flor. aust. 3: 666 (1866) — nom. illegit. 
In transferring the only known species of Centropappus Hook. f. 
to Senecio L., F. Mueller (l.c.) should have retained its specific 
epithet “ brunonis ”. He may have been dissuaded from so doing 
by pre-existence of the similar name S. brunonianus Hook. & Arn. 

Page image

Page text

158 J. H. Willis: Systematic Notes on the Indigenous Australian Flora 
(10-25 cm.), its large solitary golden to orange flower-heads (3-5 
cm. wide when expanded) and especially by the long acuminate- 
lanceolate intermediate bracts (always ± obtuse in the case of 
H. bracteatum ) . No previous record for Victoria would seem to 
have been published. 
HELICHRYSUM DEALBATUM Labill. Nov. Holl. Plant. Specim. 2: 
45, t. 190 (1806). 
This rhizomatous herb is widespread and often abundant in 
Tasmania, but of very limited and scattered distribution on the 
northern side of Bass Strait. The only mainland localities known, 
until quite recently, were Wilson’s Promontory, Foster, Nine Mile 
Creek near Hedley, Bruthen and Bennison High Plains. Then, on 
29 Nov. 1964, Mr. A. C. Beauglehole found a small, very isolated 
colony on wet heathland of the Lower Glenelg watershed, about 
6 miles north of Mt. Kincaid in far S.W. Victoria — a noteworthy 
extension of range and the most westerly locality to be recorded. 
Specimens from his collection, n. 6511, have been lodged at Melbourne 
Herbarium; they have comparatively large flower-heads (±3 cm. wide, 
with intermediate bracts of the involucre beautifully crimson-tinted 
and plicate when dry. 
HELICHRYSUM ROGERSIANUM J. H. Willis spec. nov. 
ad H. ledifolium (DC.) Benth. atque H. ericetum W. M. Curtis 
Tasmaniae proxime accedit; a priore differt habitu virgato, statura 
altiore (1 -5-2-5 m.), foliis angustioribus (0-5-2 mm.), capitulis 
angustioribus flosculos pauciores (3-7) continentibus; a secundo 
foliis multo longioribus angustioribusque inflorescentiis majoribus et 
involucri squamis nunquam purpureis distinguitur. 
HOLOTYPE & ISOTYPE (with mature achenes) : Brumby Point, 
N.E. sector of Nunniong Plateau, E. Victoria, at ± 1,080 m. 
(=3,500 feet) alt. in montane forest on shaded southerly 
slopes above Little Reedy River — K. C. Rogers , 10 Mar. 1964 
(MEL) . 
PARATYPES: Ibidem— K. C. Rogers , 18 Apr. 1964 (MEL, NSW); 
Laver’s Hill road 2 -5-3 -5 miles S. of Chappie Vale, Otway 
Ranges, S. Vic., at ± 155 m. (= 500 ft.) alt. — Helen I. 
Aston n. 813, 16 Nov. 1960 (MEL, CANB, NSW, BRI, AD, 
HO, K, BM, L, G). 
Also examined (all in MEL) : Ibidem (viz Laver’s Hill road, &c.) 
— Mrs. Winifred Denny, 19 Nov. 1960 (duplicates to be 
distributed to other herbaria) ; Chappie Vale road 4-5 miles 
N.W. of Laver’s Hill, Otway Ranges, S. Vic. — J. H. Willis, 
26 Nov. 1961 (also NSW); Gable End Track ± 0-5 miles S. 
of Miller’s Hut, in Mt. Wellington region at ± 1,400 m. 
(= 4,600 ft.) alt., only a single bush noted — J. H. Willis, 
12 Mar. 1966. 

Page image

Page text

162 J. H. Willis: Systematic Notes on the Indigenous Australian Flora 
Haeckeria F. Muell. — woody perennials having stiff, linear, rather 
ericoid leaves (clustered or even imbricate) and the white or yellow 
heads forming compact corymbs. In habit, species of Haeckeria 
strongly resemble those of Cassinia, but differ in the total absence 
of both pappus and receptacular scales. H. cassiniiformis F. Muell. 
(the type species, endemic on Eyre Peninsuala, S.A.) and H. 
ozothamnoides F. Muell. (Vic. & N.S.W) need no change of name; 
but new combinations under Haeckeria are required for Humea 
punctulata F. Muell. (S.A. only) and H. pholidota (F. Muell.) J. M. 
Black of mallee tracts in S.A., Vic. and N.S.W. These transfers are 
effected hereunder: 
HAECKERIA PHOLIDOTA (F. Muell.) J. H. Willis comb. nov. 
Ozothamnus pholidotus F. Muell. Fragm. Phyt. Aust. 2: 131 (1861); 
Humea pholidota (F. Muell.) J. M. Black in Trans, roy Soc. S. Aust. 
43: 43 (1919). 
HAECKERIA PUNCTULATA (F. Muell.) J. H. Willis comb. nov. 
Humea punctulata F. Muell. Fragm. Phyt. Aust. 3: 137 (1863); 
Cassinia punctulata (F. Muell.) F. Muell. & R. Tate ex R. Tate Handb. 
Flor. extratrop. S. Aust. 241 (1890). 
In Hj. Eichler’s Suppl. J. M. Black’s Flor. S. Aust. 316 & 323 
(1965), both Humea punctulata F. Muell. and Cassinia complanata 
J. M. Black are synonymized under the name C. punctulata ( J.c .) — 
a procedure with which the present writer cannot agree. The type 
of H. punctulata (MEL) from Flinders and Elders Ranges supports its 
complete separation from C. complanata [= C. uncata A. Cunn. ex 
DC.], as set out by Black in his Flor. S. Aust. ed 2: 919 (1957): the 
former is totally glabrous, but has prominent resin-glands in the 
trigonal straight-pointed leaves, and extremely narrow, single-flowered 
capitula; the latter is more or less scabrid-hairy (especially on axes 
of the inflorescence) , with flattened but revolute leaves that are 
uncate at their tips and with broader capitula each bearing several 
florets. Certainly, capitula on the type of H. punctulata are very 
immature, but their minute florets fail to show any vestige of a 
pappus, the bristles of which are always discernible on Cassinia at 
comparable stages of development. Reasons have been advanced 
elsewhere in this paper for the writer’s action in relegating Cassinia 
complanata to synonymy under C. uncata A. Cunn. ex DC. 
SENECIO BRUNONIS (Hook, f.) J. H. Willis comb. nov. 
Centropappus Brunonis Hook. f. in Lond. J. Bot. 6: 124 (1847); 
Senecio centropappus F. Muell. Annu. Rev. Govt. Bot. 1858: 26 (1858) 
atque in Benth. Flor. aust. 3: 666 (1866) — nom. illegit. 
In transferring the only known species of Centropappus Hook. f. 
to Senecio L., F. Mueller (l.c.) should have retained its specific 
epithet “ brunonis ”. He may have been dissuaded from so doing 
by pre-existence of the similar name S. brunonianus Hook. & Arn. 

Page image

Page text

128 J. H. Willis: Systematic Notes on the Indigenous Australian Flora 
open soon after the winter snow has melted. It may form extensive 
societies on open alpine or subalpine heaths and woodlands at from 
4,500 to 6,500 feet alt.; a white-flowered state, growing with the 
normal purple form, has been collected on Mt. Buffalo, Vic. (Nov. 
1965), and Mt. Gingera, A.C.T. (Nov. 1962). F. Mueller had labelled 
a collection from the summit of Mt. Wellington, Vic., “ Hovea gelida ”, 
but apparently he never published this name. 
GALACTIA MEGALOPHYLLA (F. Muell.) J. H. Willis comb. nov. 
Lamprolobium megalophyllum F. Muell. Fragm. Phyt. Aust. 9: 67 
(1875). 
F. Mueller (Lc.) described his Lamprolobium megalophyllum in the 
absence of pods, and cited “ Galactia megalophylla F. M. coll.” in 
synonymy immediately under the name, thereby indicating some 
uncertainty as to the correct generic placement of the species 
concerned. The chief difference between Lamprolobium Benth. 
(assigned to tribe Galegeae) and Galactia R. Br. (tribe Phaseoleae) 
appears to be in the non-strophiolate seeds of the latter, chiefly 
American genus, whereas the endemic Lamprolobium is defined as 
having seeds with a fleshy strophiole. 
The writer was recently enabled to examine excellent fruiting 
material of L. megalophyllum from near Darwin, agreeing well with 
the type collection (Schultz n. 527) from the same area. The former 
collection had broad-linear, delicately pubescent, fawn-coloured pods 
40 x 4-5 mm., sharply mucronate at apex, with thickened sutures 
and 4-6 transverse seeds. There was no vestige of a strophiole on 
the black flattened seeds (±2x1-5 mm.) and, despite the erect 
shrubby habit of this plant (± 1-5 m. high), it ought surely be 
referred to Galactia, not to Lamprolobium. Species of Galactia are 
commonly scandent, with 3 leaflets, but in Brazil the sub-section 
Collaearia Benth. of section Collaea DC. contains several unifoliolate 
species, e.g., G. benthamiana Micheli which bears a striking resem- 
blance to the Darwin population. The binary Galactia megalophylla 
does not seem to have been published, except in synonymy by 
Mueher and thereby illegitimate; so the transfer is now formally 
made in order to validate this name. 
Known collections of G. megalophylla are: 
Port Darwin, North Aust. — Schultz n. 527 (TYPE, in MEL) ; 
Shoal Bay Road near Darwin, N. Terr., “ in open eucalypt 
forest”, flowers pink — H. S. McKee n. 8392, 11 Feb. 1961 
(CANB, MEL) ; Batchelor, N. Terr. — G. Chippendale n. 7742, 
Mar. 1961 (NT, CANB). 
Rutaceae 
BORONIA ANEMONIFOLIA A. Gunn, in Field Geogr. Mem. N.S.W. 
330 (1825). 
var. VARIABILIS (Hook.) Benth. Flor. aust. I: 321 (1863). 

Page image

Page text

AQUATIC ANGIOSPERMS 
Records of four introduced species new to Victoria 
by 
Helen I. Aston.* 
In recent years the author has been working on the distribution 
of aquatic species within Victoria, and the upgrowth of interest in this 
field has led to the discovery of naturalized occurrences of four 
species of aquatic angiosperms previously unrecorded for this State. 
These are: Lilaea scilloides (Poir.) Haum., Ludwigia palustris (L.) 
Ell., Myriophyllum brasiliense Cambess., and Sagittaria graminea 
Michx. var. weatherbiana (Fernald) Bogin. With the exception of 
Myriophyllum brasiliense all these discoveries also constitute new 
records of these species for Australia. 
Details of the finding and distribution of these species, and various 
salient notes on each, are now given. 
Lilaea scilloides (Poir.) Haum. 
On 12 October 1961, Mr. Fred Swindley, then an officer of the 
Fisheries and Wildlife Department, Melbourne, located this species at 
a point approximately \ mile N.E. of Laverton, Victoria, which is 
about 13 miles W.S.W. of Melbourne. Here a small creek flows 
intermittently across the basalt plain, emptying eventually into 
temporary swamps at Altona, and the species concerned was found 
present at one of the few pools of permanent water along the creek. 
Plants were in about 1 foot of water, with the top few inches 
emergent, and lined the edges of the pool but did not extend into 
deeper water. All floral and fruiting stages were present, both with 
the bisexual flower-spikes and the sessile female organs. As far as 
can be ascertained, this is the first known Australian occurrence of 
this North and South American species, and it is regarded as a recent 
accidental introduction to this State. Portion of Swindley’s collection 
is housed at the National Herbarium of Victoria. 
On 16 October 1962, the author visited the Laverton site and 
found the species still prevalent at the original precise location. 
Further material (Aston No. 839) was collected from a depth of 
9 inches of water at the pool-edge, and again it was noticed that the 
plant did not extend into deeper waters. Flowering and fruiting 
were well evident. On 28 September 1964, I again visited the site 
and found the situation much as in the previous instance. In 
addition, plants were located 100 yards downstream, on damp mud 
left above the receding water-level, and specimens of these were 
taken (Aston No. 1223). Plants in this situation were thriving well, 
with all floral and fruiting stages present. 
* National Herbarium of Victoria. 
169 

Page image

Page text

AQUATIC ANGIOSPERMS 
Records of four introduced species new to Victoria 
by 
Helen I. Aston.* 
In recent years the author has been working on the distribution 
of aquatic species within Victoria, and the upgrowth of interest in this 
field has led to the discovery of naturalized occurrences of four 
species of aquatic angiosperms previously unrecorded for this State. 
These are: Lilaea scilloides (Poir.) Haum., Ludwigia palustris (L.) 
Ell., Myriophyllum brasiliense Cambess., and Sagittaria graminea 
Michx. var. weatherbiana (Fernald) Bogin. With the exception of 
Myriophyllum brasiliense all these discoveries also constitute new 
records of these species for Australia. 
Details of the finding and distribution of these species, and various 
salient notes on each, are now given. 
Lilaea scilloides (Poir.) Haum. 
On 12 October 1961, Mr. Fred Swindley, then an officer of the 
Fisheries and Wildlife Department, Melbourne, located this species at 
a point approximately \ mile N.E. of Laverton, Victoria, which is 
about 13 miles W.S.W. of Melbourne. Here a small creek flows 
intermittently across the basalt plain, emptying eventually into 
temporary swamps at Altona, and the species concerned was found 
present at one of the few pools of permanent water along the creek. 
Plants were in about 1 foot of water, with the top few inches 
emergent, and lined the edges of the pool but did not extend into 
deeper water. All floral and fruiting stages were present, both with 
the bisexual flower-spikes and the sessile female organs. As far as 
can be ascertained, this is the first known Australian occurrence of 
this North and South American species, and it is regarded as a recent 
accidental introduction to this State. Portion of Swindley’s collection 
is housed at the National Herbarium of Victoria. 
On 16 October 1962, the author visited the Laverton site and 
found the species still prevalent at the original precise location. 
Further material (Aston No. 839) was collected from a depth of 
9 inches of water at the pool-edge, and again it was noticed that the 
plant did not extend into deeper waters. Flowering and fruiting 
were well evident. On 28 September 1964, I again visited the site 
and found the situation much as in the previous instance. In 
addition, plants were located 100 yards downstream, on damp mud 
left above the receding water-level, and specimens of these were 
taken (Aston No. 1223). Plants in this situation were thriving well, 
with all floral and fruiting stages present. 
* National Herbarium of Victoria. 
169 

Page image

Page text

170 
H. I. Aston: Aquatic Angiosperms 
The above observations are in agreement with Mason (1957) who 
describes the species as an annual, either terrestrial on wet soil or 
aquatic. Subject to man’s non-interference (the main pool is directly 
alongside the Melbourne-Geelong Highway) the colony at Laverton 
shows every sign of persisting. Downstream spread will probably be 
limited as the creek waters soon become saline, but dispersal to other 
areas may be effected by such agents as waterfowl, for fruits are 
produced in considerable quantity. At present the species shows no 
sign of being a pernicious spreader. 
A botanical description and illustration is available in Mason 
(1957, p. 101 and fig. 42). 
Ludwigia palustris (L.) Ell. 
On 2 June 1964, the author collected flowering and fruiting 
material (Aston No. 1202) of this species from a lagoon of the Ovens 
River, about 1^ miles N.E. of Wangaratta, in north-eastern Victoria. 
This seems to be the first record of this species occurring naturalized 
within Australia. 
Since this date I have carried out extensive sampling along rivers, 
creeks, lakes, lagoons, swamps, and farm stock-tanks throughout the 
north-east of the State, from the Corryong district west to Barmah 
Forest (north-west of Nathalia) and south to Nagambie and Eildon. 
During this searching, L. palustris has been located in ten areas, all 
restricted to the valleys of the Ovens and the Kiewa Rivers. No. trace 
of it has yet been found in any other area visited, including the nearby 
Mitta Mitta River which was sampled along its lower reaches from 
Tallandoon to Tallangatta. Along the Ovens River the species occurs 
either frequently or abundantly from Myrtleford to the Murray Valley 
Highway (about 2 miles short of the confluence of the Ovens and 
Murray Rivers) , a direct distance of some 49 miles. Along the Kiewa 
River it occurs similarly from Upper Gundowring north to the Murray 
Valley Highway, about 5 miles east of Wodonga, and again only 
2 miles short of the confluence of the Kiewa with the Murray River. 
This is a distance of approximately 26 miles. At present, therefore, 
the species is known to extend along approximately 75 miles (direct 
line) of river valley, and probably extends still farther as the rivers 
upstream from Myrtleford and Upper Gundowring have not yet been 
searched. 
In an endeavour to locate the origin of the occurrences, an 
approach was made to the State Electricity Commission of Victoria, 
as it was thought that the plant might have deliberately been 
introduced as a mud-binder around pondages of the Kiewa Hydro- 
electric Scheme. However, the Commission has informed us that 
they have not used this species, so that its origin in the area is still 
unknown. 
L. palustris grows as a non-flowering aquatic in water up to 1 foot 
deep, but is at its best as a terrestrial on wet or saturated mud 
beside water. Here the plant spreads by rooting stolons to form a 

Page image

Page text

144 J. H. Willis: Systematic Notes on the Indigenous Australian Flora 
Labiatae 
MENTHA DIEMENICA Spreng. Syst. Veg. 2: 724 (1825) 
var. SERPYLLIFOLIA ( Benth .) J. H. Willis comb. nov. 
Mentha serpyllifolia Benth. in DC. Prodr. 12: 174 (1848); 
M. gracilis R. Br. var. serpyllifolia (Benth.) Ewart Flor. Viet. 989 (1931). 
The long-applied name for Slender Mint, Mentha gracilis R. Br. 
Prodr . Flor. Nov. Holl 505 (1810), is a later homonym of the validly 
published M. gracilis Sole Menthae Britannicae 37, 1. 16 (1798) and 
therefore illegitimate. M. diemenica Spreng. is the correct binomial 
for the Australian plant, having only recently been adopted in Beadle, 
Evans and Carolin’s Handb. vase. Plant. Sydney District 418 (1962) 
and also in Hj. Eichler’s Suppl. J. M. Black’s Flor. S. Aust. 268 (1965). 
Eichler lists M. serpyllifolia Benth. as a synonym, but this variant is 
smaller in all its parts (rarely exceeding 15 cm. in height, the almost 
sessile ovate leaves less than 10 mm. long and flowers up to 6 per 
axil — often only 1) and is worthy of some recognition. A new 
combination is required upon transfer of the varietal epithet to the 
name M. diemenica. 
The variety serpyllifolia is scattered on damp near-coastal heaths 
in Victoria (Foster and Wilson’s Prom., Cape Nelson, but also with 
inland occurrences near Mt. Disappointment and on the King River) , 
extending to South Australia (Guichen Bay and Torrens River) and 
Tasmania where apparently much more frequent. 
PROSTANTHERA CRUCIFLORA J. H. Willis spec. nov. 
ob corollam parvam albam subrotatam cruciformemque unica. 
Frutex densa, erecta, glabra, 1-5-2 m. alta. Folia sordide griseovirens, ovata, 
integra, obtusa, ± 15 x 10 mm., minute papillosa. Flores in axillis superioribus, 
± 8 per racemum brevissimum. Calycis labia 2 subaequalia, paene rotunda, ± 3 
mm. longa. Corolla albida, tubo 4-5 mm. longo, limbo 8-10 mm. lato et subito 
horizontaliter expanso; lobis 5 subaequalibus (3-5 x 2-4 mm.) perobtusis, tribus 
inferioribus cruciforrmter divergentibus. Stamina ad apicem tubi affixa. Antherae 
roseae, 1-1-3 mm. longae, loculi appendicibus perminutis praediti. 
HOLOTYPE: Mt. Kaputar, N.E. New South Wales, on coarse 
sandstone at base of mount (zb 900 m. alt.) — G. W. Althofer , 
Oct. 1962 (MEL). 
Also examined: specimen cultivated at W Tree near Buchan, E.; 
Victoria, by Leo Ffodge , 5 Dec. 1962 (MEL): specimen 
grown by cuttings from type plant, at Dripstone, N.S.W. — 
G. W. Althofer, 18th Nov. 1964 (MEL). 
A rather dense, grey-green, virtually glabrous, erect shrub 1-5-2 
m. (5-6 feet) high, but sometimes less than 1 m.; branchlets papillose, 
and with minute hairs restricted to 2 pairs of ridges that are 
decurrent from the margins of each petiole. Leaves only slightly 
odorous, dull greyish-green from a fine papillose indumentum (as in 

Page image

Page text

J. H. Willis: Systematic Notes on the Indigenous Australian Flora 141 
S. MUCRONATA ( Hook.f .) J. H. Willis comb. nov. 
Pentachondra mucronata Hook. f. in Hook. Lond. J. Bot. 6: 270 (1847); 
Leucopogon fraseri quoad Benth. Flor. aust. 4: 218 (1868) atque auctt. 
var., non A. Cunn. in Ann. nat. Hist. 2: 47 (1838) — N.Z. endem. 
S. NEUROPHYLLA (F. Muell.) J. H. Willis comb. nov. 
Leucopogon neurophyllus F. Muell. Fragm. Phyt. Aust. 1: 37 (1858). 
S. PILIBUNDA (A. Cunn ex DC) J. H. Willis comb. nov. 
Leucopogon pilibundus A. Cunn. ex DC. Prodr. 7: 746 (1839). 
S. PILIFERA (N. A. Wakefield) J. H. Willis comb. nov. 
Leucopogon piliferus N. A. Wakefield in Viet. Nat. 73: 58 (1956). 
S. RIPARIA (N. A. Wakefield) J. H. Willis comb. nov. 
Leucopogon riparius N. A. Wakefield in Viet. Nat. 73: 59 (1956). 
MONOTOCA ROTUNDIFOLIA J. H. Willis spec. nov. 
unica ob folia rotunda (marginibus ± recurvis) atque petala intus 
manifeste papillosa. 
Fruticulus prostratus ramis tenuibus sparsim pubescentibus. Foliorum lamina 
± rotunda (3-5 mm. longa), tamen ob margines saepe arete recurvos (paene 
revolutos) ephippiformem esse videtur, petiolo manifesto purpurascenti (1-1*5 mm. 
longo) praedita, supra minute scabrida, infra albida atque a venulis 15-25 
flabellate-divaricatis prominenter lineata, distanter ciliolata, ad apicem obtusa aut 
mucrone perbrevi indurato. Flores 5-partib, in axillis superis solitarii, pedicellis 
robustis pubescentibus praediti; calyx pallide viridis, ± 1 mm. longus, eius lobi 
arete imbricati perlate ovati obtusi albido-ciliati, ad basin a bracteis duabus 
similibus (sed brevioribus — 0*7 mm.) subtendentes; corolla pallide ochracea, ± 
2 mm. longa, eius tubus sepala non excedens, lobis 5 valvatis ovato-lanceolatis 
vel fusiformibus, ± 1*5 mm. longis, extus glabris, intus breviter sed prominenter 
papillosis, primum incurvatis deinde pigre expandentibus, marginibus anguste 
incurvis atque apicibus obtusis induratisque. Antherce ochraceae subsessiles, 
corollae tubi apicem versus affixae, late ellipsoideae, comparate magnae (0-7-1 
mm. longae), per totum fertiles. Stylus glaber brevis crassusque, profunde 
5-angulatus, ± 0-6 mm. longus (summitate stigmatica conica ± 0-1 mm. alta); 
ovarium uniloculare, oblate-globoideum, ± 0-4 mm. altum, disci squamulis 5 
(quaque 0*3 mm. longa) viridibus ovatis amplexum. Fructus ignotus. 
HOLOTYPE: Brumby Point, N.E. portion of Nunniong Plateau, East 
Gippsland, Victoria, in montane mallee heath overlooking 
Reedy River gorge, at dz 1,250 m. (4,100 feet) alt. — K. C. 
Rogers , 10 Mar. 1964 (MEL). ISOTYPES at MEL, NSW, 
AD, CANB, K. 
PARATYPES: Ibidem— K. C. Rogers , 30 Jan. 1964 (MEL). 
Small prostrate or ascending semi-shrub with slender sparsely 
pubescent branches. Leaf-blades 3-5 mm. long and broad, rotund 
but often appearing saddle-shaped through the tightly recurved 

Page image

Page text

H. I. Aston: Aquatic Angiosperms 
171 
prostrate mat, and becomes an excellent mud-binder. Flowers and 
fruits are produced abundantly, and would presumably be easily 
transported by water. Once established beside a river system, it 
would spread rapidly, and this seems to have been the case along the 
Ovens and Kiewa Rivers. It will be surprising if the species does not 
extend down the Murray River within a short number of years, and 
it can also be expected that it will establish itself in adjacent areas. 
Dr. Barbara Briggs (pers. comm.) has informed me that it is not yet 
recorded for New South Wales. 
The ability of the species to spread rapidly is well-recorded for 
New Zealand. Raven (1963, p. 403) writes “ The earliest record for 
New Zealand seems to be from about 1929 (Allan, N.Z. J. Agr. 47: 
311-313, 1933), when it was recorded from a few stations on the 
North Island; it has spread explosively and now is found over the 
entire North Island and locally on the South Island as well (Miss 
Ruth Mason, pers. comm.) . Probably it was introduced into New 
Zealand from Europe ”. 
L. palustris is a native of North and Central America, Colombia, 
and of much of Eurasia east to the Caspian Sea and northern Iran 
and south through Spain, Italy, and Greece to northern Africa. As 
well as Australia and New Zealand, it is also introduced in Hawaii 
and southern Africa. See Raven (1963, p. 400). 
A botanical description and illustration is available in Mason 
(1957, p. 611 and fig. 279). 
Myriophyllum brasiliense Cambess. 
This South American species has now become naturally established 
in Victoria in four areas within the vicinity of Melbourne, and has not 
previously been recorded for the State. All four occurrences have 
been located and kept under observation by Mr. Ian Tankard, a 
teacher at Albion State School, who brought specimens to the 
National Herbarium for identification and who has supplied full 
information concerning them. These occurrences are: 
(a) Studley Park, Kew, approx. 3 miles E.N.E. of Melbourne 
G.P.O. — in the Yarra River just upstream from its junction with 
the Merri Creek. In 1961 three large clumps each approximately 
30 x 10 feet in area, plus minor areas of growth, were located 
growing luxuriantly in water from 1 to 5 feet deep. Visits 
during the summer months of January and February 1963 and 
1964, showed the clumps to be persisting. Winter visits during 
1964 showed marked alteration in growth, the emergent foliage 
vanishing between March and September visits, leaving only bare 
submerged stems. A further November visitation showed new 
growth emergent, and re-covering of the original areas. 
(b) Royal Park, approximately 2\ miles N. of Melbourne G.P.O. 
— immediately west of the Zoological Gardens. In March 1963, 
many small, dense patches were located along a small tributary 
of the Moonee Ponds Creek. In March 1964 this luxuriant 
growth was again present, but between then and September the 

Page image

Page text

156 J. H. Willis: Systematic Notes on the Indigenous Australian Flora 
Composite 
OLEARIA ALLENDERAE J. H. Willis spec. nov. 
ex affinitate O. stellulatae (Labill.) DC. et O. rugosae (F. Muell. ex 
Archer) Hutchinson, sed a priore differt foliis comparate latioribus, 
ad apicem obtusis, irregularius dentatis, eius marginibus anguste 
revolutis, in superficie sine pilis stellatis atque subter manifeste 
reticulatis; a his speciebus duabus recedit habitu gracili, foliis multo 
parvioribus (1-3 cm. longis) auriculatisque, inflorescentiis non 
paniculatis, pedunculis brevioribus (5-10 mm.) atque acheniis omnino 
glabris. 
HOLOTYPE : Wilson’s Promontory, S. Victoria, in swampy depression 
± 2 miles north of Darby River crossing — Marie Allender, 
27 Oct. 1964 (MEL). ISOTYPES at MEL, NSW, AD, K. 
PARATYPE : Ibidem — Marie Allender , 24 Oct. 1961 (MEL). 
Shrub slender, sparingly branched, 1-2 m. (= 3-6 feet) high, with 
elongated, leafy, purplish, costate branches that push up through 
dense paludal shrubberies. Leaves rigidly coriaceous, ovate-lanceolate 
to oblong, 1-3 cm. long, 5-12 mm. wide, obtuse at apex, auriculate 
at base, with petiole only 1-2 mm. long; margins narrowly revolute, 
crenate to coarsely and bluntly toothed; upper-surfaces shining, 
deeply wrinkled with small bullate sections, asperate or almost 
smooth; under-surfaces reticulate, whitish from a fine mat of minute 
stellate hairs. Inflorescence 3-8 cm. long, leafy throughout, consisting 
of mostly solitary capitula in the upper axils. Capitula on short 
peduncles 5-10 mm. long (rarely exceeding the floral leaves), 
broadly funnel-shaped, 6-8 mm. wide at anthesis; phyllaries 2- to 
3-seriate, zb 20 (dz 8 outer bracts being shorter) , lanceolate to 
oblanceolate and broadly acute, the innermost 4-5 mm. long, purplish 
but colour at first masked by a woolly-white stellate indumentum 
that persists at base and on the apical dorsum. Ray-florets dz 10-12, 
female, with white ligules 6-9 mm. long and 1-2 mm. wide. Disk- 
florets 13-17, bisexual, purplish at first then yellow, with narrowly 
funnel-shaped corolla 4-5 mm. long; anthers pale, 2 mm. long; style- 
arms narrowly elliptic, purple, pruinose, dz 1 mm. long. Achene 
elliptic, flattened, glabrous, with zb 5 prominent vertical ribs, 2-2-5 
mm. long, =b 0-8 mm. wide; pappus-bristles 30-40, zb 5 mm. long, 
white-silky, minutely scabrid and slightly thicker at acuminate tips, 
fused into a short corona at base. 
The affinities of the new species are closest to O. stellulata 
(Labill.) DC. and O. rugosa (E. Muell. ex Archer) Hutchinson; it 
differs from the former in having no stellate hairs on the upper- 
surfaces of leaves (which are relatively narrower, more regularly 
toothed, acute at apices, without revolute margins and less reticulate 
in O. stellulata) , and from both these species it departs in its slender 
habit, much smaller auriculate leaves, non-paniculate inflorescences, 
shorter peduncles and quite glabrous achenes. 

Page image

Page text

162 J. H. Willis: Systematic Notes on the Indigenous Australian Flora 
Haeckeria F. Muell. — woody perennials having stiff, linear, rather 
ericoid leaves (clustered or even imbricate) and the white or yellow 
heads forming compact corymbs. In habit, species of Haeckeria 
strongly resemble those of Cassinia, but differ in the total absence 
of both pappus and receptacular scales. H. cassiniiformis F. Muell. 
(the type species, endemic on Eyre Peninsuala, S.A.) and H. 
ozothamnoides F. Muell. (Vic. & N.S.W) need no change of name; 
but new combinations under Haeckeria are required for Humea 
punctulata F. Muell. (S.A. only) and H. pholidota (F. Muell.) J. M. 
Black of mallee tracts in S.A., Vic. and N.S.W. These transfers are 
effected hereunder: 
HAECKERIA PHOLIDOTA (F. Muell.) J. H. Willis comb. nov. 
Ozothamnus pholidotus F. Muell. Fragm. Phyt. Aust. 2: 131 (1861); 
Humea pholidota (F. Muell.) J. M. Black in Trans, roy Soc. S. Aust. 
43: 43 (1919). 
HAECKERIA PUNCTULATA (F. Muell.) J. H. Willis comb. nov. 
Humea punctulata F. Muell. Fragm. Phyt. Aust. 3: 137 (1863); 
Cassinia punctulata (F. Muell.) F. Muell. & R. Tate ex R. Tate Handb. 
Flor. extratrop. S. Aust. 241 (1890). 
In Hj. Eichler’s Suppl. J. M. Black’s Flor. S. Aust. 316 & 323 
(1965), both Humea punctulata F. Muell. and Cassinia complanata 
J. M. Black are synonymized under the name C. punctulata ( J.c .) — 
a procedure with which the present writer cannot agree. The type 
of H. punctulata (MEL) from Flinders and Elders Ranges supports its 
complete separation from C. complanata [= C. uncata A. Cunn. ex 
DC.], as set out by Black in his Flor. S. Aust. ed 2: 919 (1957): the 
former is totally glabrous, but has prominent resin-glands in the 
trigonal straight-pointed leaves, and extremely narrow, single-flowered 
capitula; the latter is more or less scabrid-hairy (especially on axes 
of the inflorescence) , with flattened but revolute leaves that are 
uncate at their tips and with broader capitula each bearing several 
florets. Certainly, capitula on the type of H. punctulata are very 
immature, but their minute florets fail to show any vestige of a 
pappus, the bristles of which are always discernible on Cassinia at 
comparable stages of development. Reasons have been advanced 
elsewhere in this paper for the writer’s action in relegating Cassinia 
complanata to synonymy under C. uncata A. Cunn. ex DC. 
SENECIO BRUNONIS (Hook, f.) J. H. Willis comb. nov. 
Centropappus Brunonis Hook. f. in Lond. J. Bot. 6: 124 (1847); 
Senecio centropappus F. Muell. Annu. Rev. Govt. Bot. 1858: 26 (1858) 
atque in Benth. Flor. aust. 3: 666 (1866) — nom. illegit. 
In transferring the only known species of Centropappus Hook. f. 
to Senecio L., F. Mueller (l.c.) should have retained its specific 
epithet “ brunonis ”. He may have been dissuaded from so doing 
by pre-existence of the similar name S. brunonianus Hook. & Arn. 

Page image

Page text

144 J. H. Willis: Systematic Notes on the Indigenous Australian Flora 
Labiatae 
MENTHA DIEMENICA Spreng. Syst. Veg. 2: 724 (1825) 
var. SERPYLLIFOLIA ( Benth .) J. H. Willis comb. nov. 
Mentha serpyllifolia Benth. in DC. Prodr. 12: 174 (1848); 
M. gracilis R. Br. var. serpyllifolia (Benth.) Ewart Flor. Viet. 989 (1931). 
The long-applied name for Slender Mint, Mentha gracilis R. Br. 
Prodr . Flor. Nov. Holl 505 (1810), is a later homonym of the validly 
published M. gracilis Sole Menthae Britannicae 37, 1. 16 (1798) and 
therefore illegitimate. M. diemenica Spreng. is the correct binomial 
for the Australian plant, having only recently been adopted in Beadle, 
Evans and Carolin’s Handb. vase. Plant. Sydney District 418 (1962) 
and also in Hj. Eichler’s Suppl. J. M. Black’s Flor. S. Aust. 268 (1965). 
Eichler lists M. serpyllifolia Benth. as a synonym, but this variant is 
smaller in all its parts (rarely exceeding 15 cm. in height, the almost 
sessile ovate leaves less than 10 mm. long and flowers up to 6 per 
axil — often only 1) and is worthy of some recognition. A new 
combination is required upon transfer of the varietal epithet to the 
name M. diemenica. 
The variety serpyllifolia is scattered on damp near-coastal heaths 
in Victoria (Foster and Wilson’s Prom., Cape Nelson, but also with 
inland occurrences near Mt. Disappointment and on the King River) , 
extending to South Australia (Guichen Bay and Torrens River) and 
Tasmania where apparently much more frequent. 
PROSTANTHERA CRUCIFLORA J. H. Willis spec. nov. 
ob corollam parvam albam subrotatam cruciformemque unica. 
Frutex densa, erecta, glabra, 1-5-2 m. alta. Folia sordide griseovirens, ovata, 
integra, obtusa, ± 15 x 10 mm., minute papillosa. Flores in axillis superioribus, 
± 8 per racemum brevissimum. Calycis labia 2 subaequalia, paene rotunda, ± 3 
mm. longa. Corolla albida, tubo 4-5 mm. longo, limbo 8-10 mm. lato et subito 
horizontaliter expanso; lobis 5 subaequalibus (3-5 x 2-4 mm.) perobtusis, tribus 
inferioribus cruciforrmter divergentibus. Stamina ad apicem tubi affixa. Antherae 
roseae, 1-1-3 mm. longae, loculi appendicibus perminutis praediti. 
HOLOTYPE: Mt. Kaputar, N.E. New South Wales, on coarse 
sandstone at base of mount (zb 900 m. alt.) — G. W. Althofer , 
Oct. 1962 (MEL). 
Also examined: specimen cultivated at W Tree near Buchan, E.; 
Victoria, by Leo Ffodge , 5 Dec. 1962 (MEL): specimen 
grown by cuttings from type plant, at Dripstone, N.S.W. — 
G. W. Althofer, 18th Nov. 1964 (MEL). 
A rather dense, grey-green, virtually glabrous, erect shrub 1-5-2 
m. (5-6 feet) high, but sometimes less than 1 m.; branchlets papillose, 
and with minute hairs restricted to 2 pairs of ridges that are 
decurrent from the margins of each petiole. Leaves only slightly 
odorous, dull greyish-green from a fine papillose indumentum (as in 

Page image

Page text

J. H. Willis: Systematic Notes on the Indigenous Australian Flora 125 
P. mollis (from Mt. Sturgeon area at the southern extremity of the 
Grampians) certainly has coarser, broader (to 1*5 mm. wide) leaves 
and larger more congested heads of almost sessile flowers than any 
form of P. angustifolia, but in Portland district there appears to be a 
complete gradation from one extreme to the other. As certain other 
species (e.g., Pultencea scabra, Epacris impressa, Prostanthera 
lasianthos, Westringia glabra ) also exhibit distinctive forms on the 
Grampians, there is no reason to regard the type form of P. mollis 
there as specifically different from the more usual narrow-leaved 
condition (“ P. angustifolia ”) in various parts of Victoria. Consider- 
able diversity exists amongst material from the four syntype localities 
— Grampians, Mt. Macedon, Gembrook Ranges, Bairnsdale — cited by 
Williamson in his description of P. angustifolia . 
PULTEN/EA WILLIAMSONIANA J. H. Willis spec. nov. 
P. angustifolia H. B. Williamson var. vis cos a H. B. Williamson in 
Proc. roy. Soc . Viet, new ser: 40: 58 (1928). 
Ut varietas P. angustifoliae Williamson olim publicata, sed a formis 
omnibus P. mollis Lindl. (P. angustifoliam includens) differt: foliis 
dispersioribus, late et rigide diffusis, glabris, subpungentibus; calyce 
resinoso-nitido, subglabro, in pedicello gracili (3-4 mm. longo); atque 
bracteolis brevibus subrotundis. 
HOLOTYPE : Mt. Zero, northern extremity of Grampians, Victoria — 
H. B. Williamson , early Oct. 1927, cum floribus (MEL). 
ISOTYPE at NSW. 
Also examined: Between Mts. Zero & Stapylton, where frequent on 
heathland around gully-heads ± 1^ miles east of Mt. Zero 
quarry — J. H. Willis, 27 July 1950, cum fructibus (MEL). 
The species was observed by R. V. Smith of Melbourne 
Herbarium, in Oct. 1945, growing along the track to Mt. 
William (personal communication) . 
Slender rigid shrub 1-2 cm. (3-6 feet) high, the young branches 
beset with short pale appressed hairs. Leaves glabrous or sparsely 
sprink’ed with hairs, spreading at right angles to stem or even 
slightly reflexed (the petiole remaining =b erect) and never over- 
lapping, 7-10 mm. long, 0-2-0 -4 mm. wide, narrow-linear, involutely 
terete, rigidly acicular with short pungent mucro; stipules dark, 
setaceous, decurved, 2-3 mm. long. Flowers 2-4 together at ends of 
short lateral branchlets that may eventually grow out beyond flowers 
into leafy shoots; bracts stipule-like and inconspicuous at base of the 
hairy pedicels (3-4 mm. long) . Calyx red-brown, resinous and shiny, 
campanulate, 5 mm. long, split to about £ into broad subacute lobes, 
sparsely hairy to almost glabrous except for a short marginal fringe 
of white cilia on the lobes; bracteoles attached at base of calyx, 
2-2-5 mm. long, broadly ovate to almost orbicular, dark reddish- 
brown, glabrous and highly resinous (stuck to calyx-tube) . Corolla 
to 10 mm. long; standard 8-10 mm. wide, with ± rotund lamina, 
clear yellow but suffused with red towards claw; wings and keel 
almost as long as standard, the former yellow, the latter dark purplish 

Page image

Page text

H. I. Aston: Aquatic Angiosperms 
173 
may become a trouble to navigation”; Byron Bay, 11.1940; Gosford, 
5.1941; Hannam Vale via Taree, 10.1951, “Blocking up a creek”; 
Armidale, 4.1964, “Growing on edge of dam,” and also cultivated 
specimens from the Botanic Gardens, Sydney. These localities cover 
the eastern near-coastal areas of the State from Sydney northwards 
to the Queensland border, and from the comments quoted from the 
herbarium labels there is an indication that in warmer waters the 
species can become troublesome. This is supported by information 
forwarded by Mr. S. L. Everist, Government Botanist at the Brisbane 
Herbarium, regarding occurrences in Queensland. Mr. Everist advises 
in correspondence that it is known to occur in Currumbin Creek and 
Upper Tallebudgera Creek in the extreme south-eastern corner of 
Queensland, and in a couple of places in the Mooleolah River west of 
Caloundra, i.e., 40-50 miles north of Brisbane. It is quite an 
agressive plant at these localities. 
A botanical description and illustration is available in Mason (1957, 
p. 615 and fig. 280) . 
Sagittaria graminea Michx. var. weatherbiana (Fernald) Bogin. 
During 1964 almost simultaneous collections of a species of 
Sagittaria were made in Victoria and in New South Wales. As 
material within Australian herbaria is inadequate for the determination 
of members of such a difficult genus, identifications were made by 
reference to Bogin (1955), who published a complete revision of the 
genus. New South Wales collections were determined by Dr. Barbara 
Briggs of the N.S.W. National Herbarium, and the Victorian collection 
by myself. In each case the collection proved to be North American 
S. graminea var. weatherbiana, both the species and variety previously 
being unrecorded for Australia. Details of occurrence are: 
Aston No. 1215, collected by the author on 5 June 1964, in Nine 
Mile Creek at Wunghnu (5 miles south of Numurkah) in north- 
central Victoria. Here the species was growing, flowering and 
fruiting abundantly, for 50 yards both up and downstream from the 
road bridge at Wunghnu. A search was made for any further 
colonies along the stream, and sampling done in nearby areas along 
creeks which form an interconnecting system with the Nine Mile 
Creek. The species was not located elsewhere and would seem to 
be well-established but localized at Wunghnu. However, further 
searching may produce fresh colonies. 
N.S.W. No. 65392, collected B. Briggs, 20 July 1964, at Casula, 
on the banks of the Georges River and near the railwav station, 
i.e., ca. 20 miles W.S.W. of Sydney. It occurs also at Liverpool, 
about 3-4 miles N.E. of Casula, and further searching may lead to its 
location in other areas along the river. 
Acknowledgements 
Those people who have helped in the gathering of material or of 
data necessary for the completion of this account are mentioned 
where appropriate in the text, and I would like to extend my gratitude 

Page image

Page text

162 J. H. Willis: Systematic Notes on the Indigenous Australian Flora 
Haeckeria F. Muell. — woody perennials having stiff, linear, rather 
ericoid leaves (clustered or even imbricate) and the white or yellow 
heads forming compact corymbs. In habit, species of Haeckeria 
strongly resemble those of Cassinia, but differ in the total absence 
of both pappus and receptacular scales. H. cassiniiformis F. Muell. 
(the type species, endemic on Eyre Peninsuala, S.A.) and H. 
ozothamnoides F. Muell. (Vic. & N.S.W) need no change of name; 
but new combinations under Haeckeria are required for Humea 
punctulata F. Muell. (S.A. only) and H. pholidota (F. Muell.) J. M. 
Black of mallee tracts in S.A., Vic. and N.S.W. These transfers are 
effected hereunder: 
HAECKERIA PHOLIDOTA (F. Muell.) J. H. Willis comb. nov. 
Ozothamnus pholidotus F. Muell. Fragm. Phyt. Aust. 2: 131 (1861); 
Humea pholidota (F. Muell.) J. M. Black in Trans, roy Soc. S. Aust. 
43: 43 (1919). 
HAECKERIA PUNCTULATA (F. Muell.) J. H. Willis comb. nov. 
Humea punctulata F. Muell. Fragm. Phyt. Aust. 3: 137 (1863); 
Cassinia punctulata (F. Muell.) F. Muell. & R. Tate ex R. Tate Handb. 
Flor. extratrop. S. Aust. 241 (1890). 
In Hj. Eichler’s Suppl. J. M. Black’s Flor. S. Aust. 316 & 323 
(1965), both Humea punctulata F. Muell. and Cassinia complanata 
J. M. Black are synonymized under the name C. punctulata ( J.c .) — 
a procedure with which the present writer cannot agree. The type 
of H. punctulata (MEL) from Flinders and Elders Ranges supports its 
complete separation from C. complanata [= C. uncata A. Cunn. ex 
DC.], as set out by Black in his Flor. S. Aust. ed 2: 919 (1957): the 
former is totally glabrous, but has prominent resin-glands in the 
trigonal straight-pointed leaves, and extremely narrow, single-flowered 
capitula; the latter is more or less scabrid-hairy (especially on axes 
of the inflorescence) , with flattened but revolute leaves that are 
uncate at their tips and with broader capitula each bearing several 
florets. Certainly, capitula on the type of H. punctulata are very 
immature, but their minute florets fail to show any vestige of a 
pappus, the bristles of which are always discernible on Cassinia at 
comparable stages of development. Reasons have been advanced 
elsewhere in this paper for the writer’s action in relegating Cassinia 
complanata to synonymy under C. uncata A. Cunn. ex DC. 
SENECIO BRUNONIS (Hook, f.) J. H. Willis comb. nov. 
Centropappus Brunonis Hook. f. in Lond. J. Bot. 6: 124 (1847); 
Senecio centropappus F. Muell. Annu. Rev. Govt. Bot. 1858: 26 (1858) 
atque in Benth. Flor. aust. 3: 666 (1866) — nom. illegit. 
In transferring the only known species of Centropappus Hook. f. 
to Senecio L., F. Mueller (l.c.) should have retained its specific 
epithet “ brunonis ”. He may have been dissuaded from so doing 
by pre-existence of the similar name S. brunonianus Hook. & Arn. 

Page image

Page text

J. H. Willis: Systematic Notes on the Indigenous Australian Flora 131 
Malvaceae 
SIDA AMMOPHILA F. Muell. ex J. H. Willis spec. nov. 
S. trichopodam F. Muell. et S. fibuliferam Lindl. proxime appropin- 
quans. A priore differt: foliis densius stellato-pilosis venas laterales 
conspicuiores subter exhibentibus, pedunculis brevioribus (5-15 mm.) 
calycis-lobis omnino acutis, et praecipue fructus nuculis glabris multo 
minus curvatis atque in faciebus planis duabus multo profundius 
faveolatis. A S. fibulifera recedit: foliis multo angustioribus 
(attenuate-oblongis vel linearibus), stipulis setaceis brevioribus 
(2-3 mm.), calycis-lobis acutis, pedunculis unifloris (raro bifloris) 
et fructus nuculis glabris quarum faciei planae duae favellam 
cristatam etiam dentatam exhibet. 
HOLOTYPE: “ In arena mobili riparum fluvii Murray inter Morundam 
& versuram orientalem ”, South Aust. — F. Mueller, 1 Feb. 
1851 (MEL). 
Also examined (all in MEL) : 
S.A.: Murray River — F. Mueller; Nilpena H. S. (10 miles 
W. of Warrina Ry. Stn.) — R. Helms, Elder Exped., 
3 May 1891; North of Lake Eyre — Hon. Newham, 
June 1887. 
VIC.: Sand-banks along S.W. side of Lake Hattah (Nat. 
Park) , far N.W. Mallee — J. H. Willis & A. C. 
Beauglehole, 15 Oct. 1960; ibidem — N. H. E. 
McDonald, 10 Jan. 1966 (an excellent collection — 
also in NSW) . 
N.S.W.: Darling River — J. Dallachy & T. H. Goodwin, 
Nov. 1858; Lower Darling River near Wentworth 
— Mrs. Helena Forde, 1865; “ Nangavera to 
Yellowinchee ” (i.e. immediately north of Mt. 
Koonenberry) , far N.W. region — H. Beckler, Viet. 
Explor. Exped., 29 Dec. 1860; “ Duroodoo ” (i.e. 
Torowoto Swamp ± 44 miles E.S.E. of Mil- 
parinka) , far N.W. region — H. Beckler, Viet. 
Explor. Exped., 27 Dec. 1860. 
Q’LAND: Bulloo River, S.W. Region — R. S. Moore, 1878. 
CENT. AUST.: Great Stony Desert — J. M. Bechervaise, 25 
Aug. 1947; Tempe Downs — R. F. Thornton, 1891. 
Low but upright semishrub 15-45 cm. tall. Leaves narrowly oblong 
to linear, 1-4 cm. x 2-6 mm., on petioles 3-6 mm. long, rather densely 
stellate-hairy on both surfaces which are sage-grey, the lateral veins 
conspicuous beneath, the almost parallel margins broken into blunt 
forward-pointing teeth; stipules subulate, caducous, 2-3 mm. long, 
stellate-hairy. Peduncles 5-15 mm. long, stellate-hairy throughout, 
rarely ,2-flowered. Calyx 3-4 mm. long, the lobe$ ovate to broadly 
lanceolate, acute, about as long as tube, densely stellate. Petals 
yellow, broad and rounded, only slightly longer than calyx, villous 
on margins of short claws; gynandrophore 1 -5-2 mm. long. Fruitlets 

Page image

Page text

J. H. Willis: Systematic Notes on the Indigenous Australian Flora 153 
(1912), five West Australian localities being cited — from Swan River 
to Cape Riche — but none from elsewhere. J. M. Black, Flor. S. Aust. 
554 (1929), retained this taxon at specific level and accorded it a 
wide distribution in South Australia (Eyre and Yorke Peninsulas, 
Murray lands and northward to the Flinders Range), remarking: 
“ The leaves of the West Australian specimens are usually broader, 
more obtuse, and more regularly crenate than ours 
Black correctly emphasized the distinctive indumentum of G. 
affinis — both surfaces of the leaves being more or less silky-woolly 
with long, white, appressing simple hairs that mask a close mat of 
smaller stellate hairs beneath. In this character, which Krause (I.c.) 
failed to mention, G. affinis differs manifestly from the related taxa 
G. geniculata and G. primulacea , leaves of which are much less hairy 
(usually appearing green on the upper surfaces) and without any 
stellate vestiture. A largely co-extensive range in South Australia is 
given to all three species by Black. It is questionable whether G. 
primulacea Schlechtendal should be maintained as a species distinct 
from G. geniculata, and Bentham (I.c.) had reduced it to a variety 
of the latter; the principal difference lies in the w hite-tomentose under 
surfaces of its leaves — in typical G. geniculata these are uniformly 
pubescent and greenish on both faces. 
Throughout sand-hill country of the Victorian Mallee, from the 
Little Desert to extreme north-western parts of Millewa County, is a 
silvery-leaved rosulate Goodenia that has been consistently identified 
either with G. geniculata or its variety primulacea. Leaves of this 
frequent Mallee plant do often exhibit a greenish upper surface that 
is less hairy than the underside; but they are also felted with 
abundant stellate hairs. Desert material from N.W. Victoria was 
forwarded to Dr. H. Werner in Halle, East Germany, for careful 
comparison with Schlechtendal’s type of G. primulacea (“ in sandigem 
Boden bei Bethanien ”, S. Aust.); he pronounced (11/5/1955) the 
former as quite distinct in its patently hairier foliage with a basic 
stellate indumentum. For the present, it is considered that this 
population would be much better referred to a form of G. affinis than 
to G. geniculata or G. primulacea — J. Ros Garnet’s reference in The 
Vegetation of Wyperfeld National Park 83 (1965) would seem to be 
the first published record of G. affinis for Victoria. Revisional studies 
in the series Rosulatae Krause (of Goodenia ) , involving re-assessment 
of the importance of diagnostic criteria in current use and realignment 
of some taxa, are certainly a desideratum. 
Stylidiaceae 
STYLIDIUM BEAUGLEHOLEI J. H. Willis spec. nov. 
ob staturam, habitum. calycem et verticillum foliorum radicalium S. 
brachyphyllum Sond. [ = S. inundatum R. Br.] accedit, sed sic differt: 
corolla plus minus flabellata (ut in S. rhipidio Erickson & Willis), eius 
segmentis non lateraliter geminatis intus pallide roseis quoque extrinsecus 
a linea lata saturate rosea notato: petalis 2 posterioribus quam paribus 
anterioribus paene duplo longioribus ( cf . par posterius brevius in S. 
brachyphyllo ); gibbulis 6 minutis (aut appendiculis inchoatis) in fauce 
faciliter distinguendis. 

Page image

Page text

J. H. Willis: Systematic Notes on the Indigenous Australian Flora 155 
found to accompany but to remain perfectly distinct from S. 
brachyphyllum [= S. inundatum R. Br.], differing constantly thus: 
Corolla ± fan-shaped, its segments not laterally paired, pale 
pink with deep rose stripe along under-surface of each lobe; 
2 posterior petals almost twice as long as anterior flanking 
pair (c/. shorter posterior pair in S. brachyphyllum ) ; 6 
minute humps or rudimentary appendages easily discernible 
in throat. 
In the fan-like orientation of corolla-lobes it recalls the West 
Australian S. rhipidium , but that rare plant differs in having a rather 
wiry glandular-hairy scape, much longer white posterior petals 
(5-6 mm.) and well-developed capitate throat-appendages. Other 
associated pygmy plants at various places are Isoetes drummondii, 
Scirpus 8c Schoenus spp., Trithuria submersa, Mitrasacme distylis, 
Utricularia violacea and Stylidium perpusillum. 
The specific epithet is bestowed as a token of honour to Mr. A. 
Cliff. Beauglehole, of Gorae West near Portland, an assiduous observer 
of pygmy plants (including cryptogams), who discovered the present 
species, recognized its distinctiveness and made the only collections 
known to date. Mr. Beauglehole has built up a large, valuable private 
herbarium and possesses an unrivalled knowledge of the floristics of 
far south-western Victoria. 
STYLIDIUM INUNDATUM R. Br. Prodr. Flor. Nov. Holl. 571 (1810). 
S. brachyphyllum Sond. in Lehmann Plant. Preiss 1 : 386 (1845). 
Stylidium brachyphyllum , described originally from Western 
Australia and restricted to that State by Bentham in his Flor. aust. 
4: 25 (1868), was recorded by the present writer in Viet. Nat. 73: 
44 (1956) as having also a wide distribution over south-eastern 
Australia. In her monograph, Triggerplants 54 (1958), Mrs. Rica 
Erickson cites a number of localities in S. Aust., N.S.W., Vic. and 
Tas. The only locality given by her for the closely related but 
imperfectly known S. inundatum R. Br. is that of its type collection 
— the vague “ South Coast ” which doubtless refers to some part of 
South Australia. 
Apart from the concentration of leaves into a basal rosette in 
S. brachyphyllum and their dispersal along the base of the scape in S. 
inundatum, the circumscriptions of these two taxa are virtually 
identical and there seems to be no other constant feature to 
distinguish them. The laterally-paired orientation of delicate, 
glistening, very pale pink to white corolla-lobes (the upper posterior 
pair being shorter than the curved anterior) is precisely the same in 
both, as is the bare throat. After examining hundreds of specimens 
throughout Victoria, the writer is now convinced that the criterion 
of the basal rosette is an unstable one; presence or absence of a 
rosette depends on the speed of elongation of the swollen stem-base. 
He therefore advocates the reduction to synonymy of S. brachyphyllum 
under S. inundatum — the older-published name. 

Page image

Page text

140 J. H. Willis: Systematic Notes on the Indigenous Australian Flora 
under B. gunniana. Bentham (i.c.) did likewise, and this concept 
has been maintained by all Australian botanists during the past 
century. The writer is indebted to Dr. Nancy T. Burbidge, Division 
of Plant Industry, C.S.I.R.O. at Canberra, for pointing out the 
differences between these two distinct populations of Baeckea in the 
A.C.T. and for suggesting the probability that one of them may be 
referable to Mueller’s long-submerged B. utilis. He now agrees that 
separation at the specific level is desirable. 
Smaller-leaved and -flowered B. gunniana appears to occur only 
around or within sphagnum bogs at the higher altitudes (e.g. Mts. 
Baw Baw, Wellington, Buller and Buffalo, Bogong High Plains and 
the Cobboras) , whereas B. utilis extends from the moss-beds into 
subalpine woodlands or mountain forest, and has been found at much 
lower altitudes along Maramingo Creek in far East Gippsland (less 
than 400 feet above sea-level) . The two species overlap on the Baw 
Baws and the Buffalo Plateau. In the Lake Mountain-Baw Baw 
region is an endemic variant of B. utilis, having much larger obovate 
to elliptic leaves 2-6 mm. wide (cf. 1—1 5 mm. in the typical form). 
This was published by Bentham (I.c.) as B. gunniana var. latifolia ; 
so the varietal epithet now needs to be associated with its correct 
specific name — a transfer effected above. 
Epacridacese 
In the course of revisionary studies on Malesian representatives of 
E pacridacece, H. Sleumer has remodelled the existing classification 
of Australian genera in the tribe Stypheliece. His scheme, following 
closely that proposed by F. Mueller in Fragm. Phyt. Aust. 6: 50-57 
(1867), is set out convincingly in Blumea 12: 146-169 (1963), and 
the relevant portions are also adopted in his monograph for Flora 
Malesiana 6: 422-444 (1964). The Victorian genera M onotoca, 
Brachyloma, Acrotriche, Pentachondra, Trochocarpa and Choristemon 
retain their status; Leucopogon, Cyathodes and Lissanthe are reduced 
to three subgenera of Styphelia, while Melichrus and Astroloma are 
merged with Styphelia (sens, strict.) in the subgenus Styphelia. This 
view has much to commend it, and makes for a more satisfactory 
delimitation of genera. Its acceptance would involve relatively few 
changes in nomenclature, since most species in the large subgenus 
Leucopogon have previously had binomials under Styphelia (sens, 
lat.) . As far as Victoria is concerned, the following seven new 
combinations are required: 
STYPHELIA CLELANDII (E. Cheel) J. H. Willis comb. nov. 
Leucopogon clelandii E. Cheel in Trans, roy. Soc. S. Aust. 39: 98 (1915). 
S. GELIDA (F. Muell. ex Benth.) J. H. Willis comb. nov. 
Leucopogon lanceolatus (Sm.) R. Br. var. gelidus F. Muell. ex Benth. 
Flor. aust. 4: 186 (1868); 
L. gelidus (F. Muell. ex Benth.) N. A. Wakefield in Viet. Nat. 73: 59 
(1956). 

Page image

Page text

38 Helen 1. Aston: The Genus Villarsia ( Menyanthaceae ) in Australia 
Manjimup, M. E. Phillips, 12.10.1962 (CBG) “‘In wetland patch in swamp. 
Sandy peat.” “yellow”; (Sd) Cape Augusta, A. R. Fairall 813, 18.10.1962 
(PERTH) “Herb 18". Flowers yellow”; (Sd) Albany-Denmark road, 18 miles 
W. cf Albany, T. E. H. Aplin 2179 , 20.10.1962 (PERTH) “swampy soil”; 
23 miles E. of Esperance, M. E. Phillips, 4.11.1962 (CBG) ‘T ft. high, in sandy 
soil.” 
10. Villarsia exaltata (Soland. ex Sims) G. Don Gen. Syst. 4 * 169 
(1838). 
Menyanthes exaltata Soland. ex Sims in Curtis's hot. Map. 26 : 
sub. 1. 1029 (1807), icone excluso. 
Erect, usually robust, tufted perennial, without stolons. Radical 
leaves rising erect, never floating, on petioles (3^-) 5-16 (-24) in. long; 
blades usually ovate-elliptic, broad-lanceolate, narrow-ovate or broad- 
ovate and longer than broad to rarely rhomboid or sub-rotund and 
length zb equal breadth, to very rarely the breadth slightly > length, 
outline often somewhat irregular, (4-) 6-12 (-13-5) cm. long x (1 -5-) 
3-8 (—9 5) cm. broad, apex acute to obtuse or rounded, base mostly 
rounded to shallowly cordate, occasionally truncate or oblique, edge 
entire or sometimes slightly to zb strongly crenate-dentate, often un- 
dulate, surfaces matt and zb uniform in coloration or upper surface 
slightly darker, texture thick and at times almost semi-succulent, veins 
not markedly pronounced. Culms 1 -several, 18 in.-5 ft. high, standing 
erect well above the radical leaves; cauline leaves 1 -several, solitary at 
each node or several together, usually subtending a panicle branch but 
the lower ones not always doing so, lowest leaf arising at about the level 
of the blades of the radical leaves, in larger plants at least the lower 2 
cauline leaves similar to the radical leaves, on petioles ( 1-) 2-7 (-1 1 ) in. 
long and semi-sheathed at the base. Inflorescence an open, many- 
flowered panicle; final bracts ovate, acute, (2-) 4-5 mm. long; pedicels 
(of mature capsules) 4-13 (-18) mm. long, remaining erect. Flowers 
heterostylous; calyx-lobes 4 5-8 mm. long, lanceolate-ovate, acute, 
(-3—) %-j (-§) length of the corolla; corolla yellow, 9 5—1 8 mm. long, 
1 6—30 (average 22) mm. span, lobes 5 or sometimes 4, 7 5—12 mm. 
broad, variable in shape and apex (Fig. 2), without a longitudinal keel 
on the inner surface or very rarely having a reduced portion of one 
(Fig. 28); gynoecium normally with 2 placentas and 2 stigmas but 
occasionally 3 of each, ovules 10-19 per placenta. Long-styled flower 
with style slender, (3-) 4-6 mm. long; stigmas papillose, longer than 
broad, erect, zb ovate and with recurved edges, 1—2 5 mm. long, held 
well above the anthers; anthers 1 -6—2-2 mm. long, on short incon- 
spicuous filaments (ca. 1 mm.). Short-styled flower with style thicker, 
0 5-2 mm. long; stigmas papillose, broader than long, semi-erect to 
broadly-spreading, irregularly rounded, somewhat undulate, 1-18 mm. 
broad, held below the level of the anthers; anthers 2-3 mm. long, on 
noticeable filaments 2-3 mm. long. Capsule 5-13 mm. long, from a 
little < to slightly > the calyx-lobes, thickly chartaceous, sub-globular 
to broad-ellipsoid, the lower -J — \ adnate to the calyx tube, dehiscing at 
the summit into 4 acute, slightly-recurved valves. Seed large, ( 1 5—) 
1 7—2 6 (-3) mm. long, light cream-fawn to pale grey-brown to dark 

Page image

Page text

A NEW COMBINATION IN THE GENUS BOSSIAEA VENT. 
(PAPILIONACEAE) 
by 
A. B. Court* 
Bossiaea bossiaeoides (A. Cunn. ex Bench.) A. B. Court comb. nov. 
Acacia bossiaeoides A. Cunn. ex Benth. in Hook. Land. 
J. Bot . 1 : 323 (1842), non sens. Seemann Europ. 
Eingef. Acac. 7 t.l (1852). 
Bossiaea phylloclada F. Muell. in Trans, phil. Inst. Viet. 
3:52 (1859). 
During studies on Australian Acacias, the author elucidated the 
identity of A. bossiaeoides which, hitherto, has been regarded as an 
Acacia known only from sterile specimens. Since it is conspecific with 
Bossiaea phylloclada , a younger name, the new combination B. bossi- 
aeoides becomes necessary and B. phylloclada is regulated to synonymy 
accordingly. 
Bossiaea bossiaeoides is widely distributed in northern Australia 
and ranges from the Isdell River in the Western Kimberleys to West- 
moreland Station in far north-west Queensland. All known occur- 
rences of this species lie to the north of 18°S. 
LECTOTYPE OF ACACIA BOSSIAEOIDES 
Specimens of A. bossiaeoides were first collected near the mouth 
of the Liverpool River ( ca . 12° 15'S and 134° 12'E) on the north 
coast of Australia by Allan Cunningham on 7 August 1819 under the 
number 405/1819. Cunningham thought his specimens represented 
an Acacia for he wrote the following remarks in his diary: — 
“ 405. 
Acacia bossiaeoides. caule aphylloalato glaucescens, denticulis alternis 
patentibus decurrentibus rigidis mucronatis, margine inferirore. subuni- 
glandicluo (sic!), bracteis imbricatis exterioribus persistentibus. A tall 
shrub (witht. fructn.) in dry barren elevated Deserty Banks, Liverpool 
River 7 Augt.” 
George Bentham subsequently described this material as Acacia bos- 
siaeoides on Cunningham’s authority and added the following comment: 
— “ Though I have not seen the flower, this is so remarkable a species 
and so evidently allied to A. alata, that I was unwilling to have it 
unnoticed.” 
* National Herbarium of Victoria. 
139 

Page image

Page text

A NEW COMBINATION IN THE GENUS BOSSIAEA VENT. 
(PAPILIONACEAE) 
by 
A. B. Court* 
Bossiaea bossiaeoides (A. Cunn. ex Bench.) A. B. Court comb. nov. 
Acacia bossiaeoides A. Cunn. ex Benth. in Hook. Land. 
J. Bot . 1 : 323 (1842), non sens. Seemann Europ. 
Eingef. Acac. 7 t.l (1852). 
Bossiaea phylloclada F. Muell. in Trans, phil. Inst. Viet. 
3:52 (1859). 
During studies on Australian Acacias, the author elucidated the 
identity of A. bossiaeoides which, hitherto, has been regarded as an 
Acacia known only from sterile specimens. Since it is conspecific with 
Bossiaea phylloclada , a younger name, the new combination B. bossi- 
aeoides becomes necessary and B. phylloclada is regulated to synonymy 
accordingly. 
Bossiaea bossiaeoides is widely distributed in northern Australia 
and ranges from the Isdell River in the Western Kimberleys to West- 
moreland Station in far north-west Queensland. All known occur- 
rences of this species lie to the north of 18°S. 
LECTOTYPE OF ACACIA BOSSIAEOIDES 
Specimens of A. bossiaeoides were first collected near the mouth 
of the Liverpool River ( ca . 12° 15'S and 134° 12'E) on the north 
coast of Australia by Allan Cunningham on 7 August 1819 under the 
number 405/1819. Cunningham thought his specimens represented 
an Acacia for he wrote the following remarks in his diary: — 
“ 405. 
Acacia bossiaeoides. caule aphylloalato glaucescens, denticulis alternis 
patentibus decurrentibus rigidis mucronatis, margine inferirore. subuni- 
glandicluo (sic!), bracteis imbricatis exterioribus persistentibus. A tall 
shrub (witht. fructn.) in dry barren elevated Deserty Banks, Liverpool 
River 7 Augt.” 
George Bentham subsequently described this material as Acacia bos- 
siaeoides on Cunningham’s authority and added the following comment: 
— “ Though I have not seen the flower, this is so remarkable a species 
and so evidently allied to A. alata, that I was unwilling to have it 
unnoticed.” 
* National Herbarium of Victoria. 
139 

Page image

Page text

A NEW COMBINATION IN THE GENUS BOSSIAEA VENT. 
(PAPILIONACEAE) 
by 
A. B. Court* 
Bossiaea bossiaeoides (A. Cunn. ex Bench.) A. B. Court comb. nov. 
Acacia bossiaeoides A. Cunn. ex Benth. in Hook. Land. 
J. Bot . 1 : 323 (1842), non sens. Seemann Europ. 
Eingef. Acac. 7 t.l (1852). 
Bossiaea phylloclada F. Muell. in Trans, phil. Inst. Viet. 
3:52 (1859). 
During studies on Australian Acacias, the author elucidated the 
identity of A. bossiaeoides which, hitherto, has been regarded as an 
Acacia known only from sterile specimens. Since it is conspecific with 
Bossiaea phylloclada , a younger name, the new combination B. bossi- 
aeoides becomes necessary and B. phylloclada is regulated to synonymy 
accordingly. 
Bossiaea bossiaeoides is widely distributed in northern Australia 
and ranges from the Isdell River in the Western Kimberleys to West- 
moreland Station in far north-west Queensland. All known occur- 
rences of this species lie to the north of 18°S. 
LECTOTYPE OF ACACIA BOSSIAEOIDES 
Specimens of A. bossiaeoides were first collected near the mouth 
of the Liverpool River ( ca . 12° 15'S and 134° 12'E) on the north 
coast of Australia by Allan Cunningham on 7 August 1819 under the 
number 405/1819. Cunningham thought his specimens represented 
an Acacia for he wrote the following remarks in his diary: — 
“ 405. 
Acacia bossiaeoides. caule aphylloalato glaucescens, denticulis alternis 
patentibus decurrentibus rigidis mucronatis, margine inferirore. subuni- 
glandicluo (sic!), bracteis imbricatis exterioribus persistentibus. A tall 
shrub (witht. fructn.) in dry barren elevated Deserty Banks, Liverpool 
River 7 Augt.” 
George Bentham subsequently described this material as Acacia bos- 
siaeoides on Cunningham’s authority and added the following comment: 
— “ Though I have not seen the flower, this is so remarkable a species 
and so evidently allied to A. alata, that I was unwilling to have it 
unnoticed.” 
* National Herbarium of Victoria. 
139 

Page image

Page text

A NEW COMBINATION IN THE GENUS BOSSIAEA VENT. 
(PAPILIONACEAE) 
by 
A. B. Court* 
Bossiaea bossiaeoides (A. Cunn. ex Bench.) A. B. Court comb. nov. 
Acacia bossiaeoides A. Cunn. ex Benth. in Hook. Land. 
J. Bot . 1 : 323 (1842), non sens. Seemann Europ. 
Eingef. Acac. 7 t.l (1852). 
Bossiaea phylloclada F. Muell. in Trans, phil. Inst. Viet. 
3:52 (1859). 
During studies on Australian Acacias, the author elucidated the 
identity of A. bossiaeoides which, hitherto, has been regarded as an 
Acacia known only from sterile specimens. Since it is conspecific with 
Bossiaea phylloclada , a younger name, the new combination B. bossi- 
aeoides becomes necessary and B. phylloclada is regulated to synonymy 
accordingly. 
Bossiaea bossiaeoides is widely distributed in northern Australia 
and ranges from the Isdell River in the Western Kimberleys to West- 
moreland Station in far north-west Queensland. All known occur- 
rences of this species lie to the north of 18°S. 
LECTOTYPE OF ACACIA BOSSIAEOIDES 
Specimens of A. bossiaeoides were first collected near the mouth 
of the Liverpool River ( ca . 12° 15'S and 134° 12'E) on the north 
coast of Australia by Allan Cunningham on 7 August 1819 under the 
number 405/1819. Cunningham thought his specimens represented 
an Acacia for he wrote the following remarks in his diary: — 
“ 405. 
Acacia bossiaeoides. caule aphylloalato glaucescens, denticulis alternis 
patentibus decurrentibus rigidis mucronatis, margine inferirore. subuni- 
glandicluo (sic!), bracteis imbricatis exterioribus persistentibus. A tall 
shrub (witht. fructn.) in dry barren elevated Deserty Banks, Liverpool 
River 7 Augt.” 
George Bentham subsequently described this material as Acacia bos- 
siaeoides on Cunningham’s authority and added the following comment: 
— “ Though I have not seen the flower, this is so remarkable a species 
and so evidently allied to A. alata, that I was unwilling to have it 
unnoticed.” 
* National Herbarium of Victoria. 
139 

Page image

Page text

142 
A. B. Court: A New Combination in the Genus Bossiciea Vent. 
( Papilionaceae ) 
Two Cunningham specimens are filed at K. One of these (illustrated 
here by Plate 18) is from Cunningham’s personal herbarium written 
up by Robert Heward and referring directly to Cunningham’s manu- 
script. This specimen is chosen as the lectotype of Acacia bossiaeoides 
A. Cunn. ex Benth. The second specimen, although almost certainly 
part of the same collection originally filed in the Hooker Herbarium, 
bears no definite indication that it is part of Cunningham’s number 
405/1819. A duplicate of Cunningham’s 405/1819 is filed in BM and 
should be regarded as an isotype. 
LECTOTYPE OF BOSSIAEA PHYLLOCLADA 
No part of the type collection of this species can be found in the 
Melbourne Herbarium. However, two specimens that may be regarded 
as types are filed in K. One of these, chosen here as lectotype (illus- 
trated in Plate 19), is labelled “ Bossiaea phylloclada, F. Muell. In 
rupibus ad fluv. Fitzmaurice. Oct. 1855 ferd. Mueller.” in Mueller’s 
own hand. The other, also labelled in his hand, bears the following 
data “ Bossiaea platyclada ferd. Mueller. Rocks on the Fitzmaurice 
river. Oct 55 ferd. Mueller ” is almost certainly part of the same 
collection but it should not be taken as the lectotype. 
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 
The author wishes to acknowledge the kind assistance rendered to 
him by the Director of the Royal Botanic Gardens, Kew, and the 
Keeper of the Herbarium, Museum of Natural History, London. 

Page image

Page text

J. R. Maconochie & N. Byrnes: Additions to the Flora of the 135 
Northern Territory 
Kochia radiata P. G. Wilson 
A. E. Orchard 872, Gibson Creek ca. 56 Km. N. of Tennant Creek, 19 
July 1968. 
Malacocera tricornis (Benth.) R. H. Anderson 
F. C. Vassek 680918-13, 2 miles E. of Victory Downs, 18 September 
1968 ; A. Nicholls 935, 18 September 1968. 
Suaeda australis (R. Br.) Moq. 
N. Byrnes 1687, 5 miles N. of Finnis River, West Coast, 27 August 1969. 
Combretaceae 
Terminalia crassi folia Exell 
N. Byrnes 1864, Fletcher Creek, 8 April 1970; N. Byrnes 1868, Wearyan 
River, 8 April 1970. 
Terminalia fitzgeraldii C. A. Gardner 
N. Byrnes 1251, Elizabeth River, 19 December 1968 ; N. Byrnes 1630, 
Reynolds River, 14 May 1969. 
Compositae 
Brachycome tesquorum J. M. Black 
G. Chippendale , 17 miles S.W. of Huckitta Homestead, 13 August 1959 
(N.T. 6511); J. H. Willis s.n., Gosse’s Bluff, 26 July 1966 (MEL). 
CraSvSulaceae 
Crassula color ata (Nees) Ostenfeld 
A. C. Beauglehole 27991, 31 miles E. of Andado Homestead, Simpson 
Desert, 29 July 1968 ; A. C. Beauglehole 28051, Granite Knobs, 29 miles 
S.E. of Kulgera, 30 July 1968. 
Dicrastylidiaceae 
Newcastelia cladotricha F. Muell. 
J. R. Maconochie 930, ca. 1 mile N. of False Mt. Russell, 2 August 1970. 
Euphorbiaceae 
Omalanthus populifolius Grah. 
N. Byrnes 1678, 8 miles N.E. of Wangi Homestead, 26 August 1969. 
Goodeniaceae 
Leschenaultia helmsii Krause 
J. R. Maconochie 1071, i mile S. E. of Chilla Well, 29 July 1970. 
Mimosaceae 
Acacia pachyacra Maiden & Blakely 
J. R. Maconochie 754, 10 miles W. of Chirnside Creek, Petermann Ranees 
18 September 1969. b ’ 

Page image

Page text

134 J. R. Maconochie & N. Byrnes: Additions to the Flora of the 
Northern Territory 
Orchidaceae 
Nervilia discolor (Bl.) Schltr. 
N. Byrnes 1698, Green Ant Creek, 6 March 1970. 
Nervilia holochila (F. Muell.) Schltr. 
N. Byrnes 1700, Mt. Bundy, 6 March 1970. 
Pontederiaceae 
Monochoria hastata (L.) Solms. 
N. Byrnes 669, 5 miles E. of Litchfield Homestead, 3 May 1968. 
Typhaceae 
Typha orientalis Presl 
TV. Byrnes 1667, West Coast, opposite Peron Isle, 26 August 1969. 
DICOTYLEDONEAE 
Amaranthaceae 
Ptilotus royceanus E. Beni 
J. R. Maconochie 780, in a gorge i mile E. of Ewalinga Rockhole, Peter- 
mann Ranges, 19 September 1969. 
Ptilotus leucocoma (Moq.) F. Muell. 
E. C. Black s.n. near Granites, September 1936 (AD 96215257). 
Boraginaceae 
Amsinckia hispida (Ruiz, et Pav.) I. M. Johnston 
F. C. Vassek 680914-29, 53 miles W. of Alice Springs, 14 September 1968. 
Chenopodiaceae 
A triplex suberecta I. C. Verdoorn 
R. A. Perry 5464, 5 miles S.E. of Ringwood Station, 9 September 1955. 
Bassia astrocarpa F. Muell. 
P. K. Latz 595, 4 miles S. of Sangster’s Bore, Tanami Sanctuary, 27 May 
1970; J. R. Maconochie 1074, 23 miles N. of Chilla Well, 29 July 1970. 
Bassia articulata J. M. Black 
A. C. Beauglehole 10298, 13 miles S. of Henbury Craters, 4 July 1965. 
Bassia brachyptera (F. Muell.) R. H. Anderson 
A. Nicholls 934, 3 miles E. of Victory Downs Homestead, 18 September 
1968. 
Bassia georgei E. H. Ising 
P. K. Latz 946, approx. 55 miles S.E. of Docker River — Pottoyu Hills. 
3 November 1970. 
Bassia minuta E. H. Ising 
J. R. Maconochie 1093, in a rock-hole 58 miles S.E. of False Mt. Russell, 31 
July 1970. 

Page image

Page text

136 J. R. Maconochie & N. Byrnes: Additions to the Flora of the 
Northern Territory 
Myoporaceae 
Eremophila polyclada (F. Muell.) F. Muell. 
P. K. Latz 154, 5 miles W. of Tarlton Downs Homestead, 11 February 
1968. 
Eremophila turtonii F. Muell. 
J. R. Maconochie 801, H miles W. of Docker River Settlement, Petermann 
Ranges, 20 September 1969. 
Papilionaceae 
C rot alar ia alata Flam. 
N . Byrnes 603, Tortilla Flats, Adelaide River, 9 May 1968 ; N. Byrnes 
784, Pine Creek-Oenpelli Road, 4 miles E. of Mary River, 16 May 1968. 
Crotalaria quinquifolia L. 
N. Byrnes 205, Beatrice Hill, 15 March 1967. 
Crotalaria verrucosa L. 
C. S. Robinson 55, Katherine, 9 June 1968. 
Cyclocarpa stellaris Afz. ex J. G. Baker 
N. Byrnes 1915, ca. 10 miles N. of Mudginberri [This is the first record 
for mainland N.T. ; Specht (1958) in Records of the American- Austra- 
lian Scientific Expedition to Arnhem Land 3: 42 recorded it from 
Bickerton Island.] 
Mucuna urens DC var. papuana F. M. Bailey 
N. Byrnes 1901, Adelaide River-Daly River Road on river bank, 15 April 
1970 ; N. Byrnes 217, loc. ipse, 4 April 1967; N. Byrnes 1802, Green 
Ant Creek, Stuart Highway, 6 March 1970. 
Smithia conferta Sm. 
E. S. Robinson 24, Humpty Doo, 28 April 1967. 
Portulacaceae 
Anacampseros australiana J. M. Black 
P. K. Latz 407, Valley of Eagle, Alice Springs area, 28 December 1968 
[Noted by J. H. Willis at S. foot of Mt. Sonder and in George Gill Range, 
July 1966.] 
C aland rinia disperma J. M. Black 
A. Weidemann s.n. 15 miles N. of Andado Station, 12 August 1968 ; 
J. Must 113, 17 miles N.W. of Andado Station, 11 July 1968; R. Carotin 
5213, ca. 15 miles E. of Curtin Springs. 
Proteaceae 
Grevillea erythroclada W. V. Fitzg. 
N. Byrnes 472. Daly River near crossing, 23 August 1967 ; G. F. Hill 
s.n., 20 miles S.W. of Borroloola, 7 September 1911. 
Grevillea pterosperma F. Muell. 
G. Chippendale, 18 miles S.W. of Glen Edith, 24 June 1959 (N.T. 6272); 
A. C. Beauglehole 26551, 1 mile N.E. of Reedy Rockhole, George Gill 
Range, 11 July 1968; A. C. Beauglehole 26942 Kathleen Spring, George 
Gill Range, 15 July 1968. 

Page image

Page text

134 J. R. Maconochie & N. Byrnes: Additions to the Flora of the 
Northern Territory 
Orchidaceae 
Nervilia discolor (Bl.) Schltr. 
N. Byrnes 1698, Green Ant Creek, 6 March 1970. 
Nervilia holochila (F. Muell.) Schltr. 
N. Byrnes 1700, Mt. Bundy, 6 March 1970. 
Pontederiaceae 
Monochoria hastata (L.) Solms. 
N. Byrnes 669, 5 miles E. of Litchfield Homestead, 3 May 1968. 
Typhaceae 
Typha orientalis Presl 
TV. Byrnes 1667, West Coast, opposite Peron Isle, 26 August 1969. 
DICOTYLEDONEAE 
Amaranthaceae 
Ptilotus royceanus E. Beni 
J. R. Maconochie 780, in a gorge i mile E. of Ewalinga Rockhole, Peter- 
mann Ranges, 19 September 1969. 
Ptilotus leucocoma (Moq.) F. Muell. 
E. C. Black s.n. near Granites, September 1936 (AD 96215257). 
Boraginaceae 
Amsinckia hispida (Ruiz, et Pav.) I. M. Johnston 
F. C. Vassek 680914-29, 53 miles W. of Alice Springs, 14 September 1968. 
Chenopodiaceae 
A triplex suberecta I. C. Verdoorn 
R. A. Perry 5464, 5 miles S.E. of Ringwood Station, 9 September 1955. 
Bassia astrocarpa F. Muell. 
P. K. Latz 595, 4 miles S. of Sangster’s Bore, Tanami Sanctuary, 27 May 
1970; J. R. Maconochie 1074, 23 miles N. of Chilla Well, 29 July 1970. 
Bassia articulata J. M. Black 
A. C. Beauglehole 10298, 13 miles S. of Henbury Craters, 4 July 1965. 
Bassia brachyptera (F. Muell.) R. H. Anderson 
A. Nicholls 934, 3 miles E. of Victory Downs Homestead, 18 September 
1968. 
Bassia georgei E. H. Ising 
P. K. Latz 946, approx. 55 miles S.E. of Docker River — Pottoyu Hills. 
3 November 1970. 
Bassia minuta E. H. Ising 
J. R. Maconochie 1093, in a rock-hole 58 miles S.E. of False Mt. Russell, 31 
July 1970. 

Page image

Page text

A NEW SPECIES OF MOUNTAIN HEATH FROM TASMANIA 
by 
A. M. Gray* 
Richea curtisiae sp. nov. 
Frutex erectus vel decumbens, intcrdum diffusus, 30-1 50cm. altus, 
fortasse originis hybridae, R. scoparium Hook. f. atque R. dracophyllam 
R.Br. maxime accedit, sed differt: a R. scoparia foliis multo majoribus 
(10-20cm. longis) mollioribus vix pungentibus atque usitate recurvatio- 
ribus, spatiis inter pedunculos inferiores elongatos quam his inter 
pedunculos superiores sessiles congestos majoribus, corolla parviore 
(6— 8mm. longa) aliquanto deplanata; a R. dracophylla habitatione 
omnino alpina vel subalpina, foliis rigidioribus persistentibus (in caulibus 
omnibus, non apud extremitates rami restrictis) sed in parte § inferiore 
caulis mortuis et putrescentibus, corolla rosea usque ad aurantiam 
parviore aliquanto deplanata atque multo minus congesta. 
Holotypus: Lake Fenton, Mt. Field National Park, Tasmania, 
Alan M. Gray , 11.1.1970 (HO— ISOTYPI in MEL). 
An erect, spreading or decumbent shrub 30-1 50cm. high. Branches 
few, divaricate, clothed with persistent leaves, those on the lower § of 
the stem dead and decaying. Leaves 10-20cm. long, narrow-lanceolate 
to lanceolate, spreading, recurved or somewhat erect, flexuous; the base 
broad, sheathing and imbricate; margins cartilaginous, minutely and 
sharply serrate; apex tapering to a long acuminate point. Lower bracts 
of inflorescence similar to the foliage leaves although usually somewhat 
smaller and more erect, the base broadening widely and with narrow, 
membranous wings. Upper bracts with a broad base and membranous 
wings, the apex tapering suddenly to an erect, acute point. Inflorescence 
a terminal panicle 10— 20cm. long; fertile flowers occuring only on the 
upper $ of the floral axis, absent on the lower (or minute, vestigial 
and abortive); fertile and abortive flowers subtended by 3 to 4 small 
caducous bracteoles 6-9mm. long, the outer ones with a broad base, 
the inner ones narrower and somewhat smaller, the apices of these 
bracteoles minutely hooked. Peduncles 5- to 10-flowered, short, 2-4mm. 
long, longest peduncles at the base of the fertile portion of the 
inflorescence and becoming progressively shorter towards the apex. 
Internodes between the lower peduncles lengthening slightly after the 
outer bracts have fallen. Individual flowers borne on very short pedicels 
and subtended by 2-3 (4) small linear bracteoles or 1 or 2 larger 
ovate-lanceolate bracteoles, all of which are caducous, the base and 
middle of the larger bracteoles expanded and half-enclosing each 
flower. Sepals 5, broadly triangular, obtuse, 1-3 mm. long. Corolla 
pink to orange in colour. Operculum 6— 8mm. long, narrowly obovoid 
to cylindrical-conical, occasionally somewhat flattened, its apex obtuse 
* Fern Tree, Tasmania. 
143 

Page image

Page text

134 J. R. Maconochie & N. Byrnes: Additions to the Flora of the 
Northern Territory 
Orchidaceae 
Nervilia discolor (Bl.) Schltr. 
N. Byrnes 1698, Green Ant Creek, 6 March 1970. 
Nervilia holochila (F. Muell.) Schltr. 
N. Byrnes 1700, Mt. Bundy, 6 March 1970. 
Pontederiaceae 
Monochoria hastata (L.) Solms. 
N. Byrnes 669, 5 miles E. of Litchfield Homestead, 3 May 1968. 
Typhaceae 
Typha orientalis Presl 
TV. Byrnes 1667, West Coast, opposite Peron Isle, 26 August 1969. 
DICOTYLEDONEAE 
Amaranthaceae 
Ptilotus royceanus E. Beni 
J. R. Maconochie 780, in a gorge i mile E. of Ewalinga Rockhole, Peter- 
mann Ranges, 19 September 1969. 
Ptilotus leucocoma (Moq.) F. Muell. 
E. C. Black s.n. near Granites, September 1936 (AD 96215257). 
Boraginaceae 
Amsinckia hispida (Ruiz, et Pav.) I. M. Johnston 
F. C. Vassek 680914-29, 53 miles W. of Alice Springs, 14 September 1968. 
Chenopodiaceae 
A triplex suberecta I. C. Verdoorn 
R. A. Perry 5464, 5 miles S.E. of Ringwood Station, 9 September 1955. 
Bassia astrocarpa F. Muell. 
P. K. Latz 595, 4 miles S. of Sangster’s Bore, Tanami Sanctuary, 27 May 
1970; J. R. Maconochie 1074, 23 miles N. of Chilla Well, 29 July 1970. 
Bassia articulata J. M. Black 
A. C. Beauglehole 10298, 13 miles S. of Henbury Craters, 4 July 1965. 
Bassia brachyptera (F. Muell.) R. H. Anderson 
A. Nicholls 934, 3 miles E. of Victory Downs Homestead, 18 September 
1968. 
Bassia georgei E. H. Ising 
P. K. Latz 946, approx. 55 miles S.E. of Docker River — Pottoyu Hills. 
3 November 1970. 
Bassia minuta E. H. Ising 
J. R. Maconochie 1093, in a rock-hole 58 miles S.E. of False Mt. Russell, 31 
July 1970. 

Page image

Page text

NO I ES ON Al S I RAUAN ACAC IAS I 
by 
A. B. Court* 
SUMMARY 
Acacia hakeoides A. Cunn. ex Bcnth. var. angiistijolia (H. B. 
Williamson) J. H. Willis is raised to specific rank; A. fnmteriana N. A. 
Wakefield is formally relegated to synonymy under A. hoormanii 
Maiden, A. diffusa Lindl. to synonymy under A. genistijolia Link, A. 
vomcriformis A. Cunn. ex Bcnth. to synonymy under A. gutwii Bcnth. 
and A. diptera to synonymy under A. willdcnowiana H. Wcndl. ; the 
confusion between A. hrownii (Poir.) Stcud. and A. pugionijormis H. 
Wendl. is resolved and A. quadrilatcralis DC. brought out of 
synonymy ; the identity of A. hynoeana has been established and shown 
to be an endemic New South Wales species, A. pumila Maiden et R. 
T. Baker is relegated to synonymy under A. hynoeana and A. 
wilhelmiana F. Mucll. replaces A. hynoeana as the correct name applied 
to South Australian, New South Wales and Victorian material formerly 
referred to A. hynoeana; A. difformis R. T. Baker is added to the 
Victorian flora and Choretrum oxycladuni F. Mucll. is added as a 
synonym to A. spinescens Benth. 
NOMENCLATURAL AND TAXONOMIC NOTES 
Acacia hoormanii Maiden in J. Roy. Soc. N.S.W. 49 : 489 (1916). 
SYN.: Acacia hunteriana N. A. Wakefield in Viet. Nat. 
72 : 92 (1955). 
Acacia hoormanii is a common species in eastern Victoria and the 
far south-east of New South Wales and seems to be confined mainly 
to the Snowy River watershed. The author has examined material col- 
lected throughout its range and can find no reason to regard A. 
hunteriana as specifically distinct and accordingly the latter name is 
relegated to synonymy. 
Acacia hrownii (Poir.) Steud. Norn. Rot. 2 (1821). 
SYN.: Acacia acicularis R. Br. in Ait. f. Hort. Kew. ed. 2 
5:460 (1813), non Humb. et Bonpl. ex Willd. 
(1809). 
Mimosa Brownei Poir. in Encxcl. Meth. {Bot.) Suppl 
5 : 530 (1817). 
Acacia pugioniformis H. Wendl. in Flora 2 : 139 
(1819). 
Acacia Arceuthos Spreng. Syst. Veg. 3 : 134 (1826). 
Acacia juniperina (Vent.) Willd. var. Brownei (Poir) 
Benth. Flor. Aust. 2 : 332 ( 1864). 
• National Herbarium of Victoria. 
155 

Page image

Page text

NO I ES ON Al S I RAUAN ACAC IAS I 
by 
A. B. Court* 
SUMMARY 
Acacia hakeoides A. Cunn. ex Bcnth. var. angiistijolia (H. B. 
Williamson) J. H. Willis is raised to specific rank; A. fnmteriana N. A. 
Wakefield is formally relegated to synonymy under A. hoormanii 
Maiden, A. diffusa Lindl. to synonymy under A. genistijolia Link, A. 
vomcriformis A. Cunn. ex Bcnth. to synonymy under A. gutwii Bcnth. 
and A. diptera to synonymy under A. willdcnowiana H. Wcndl. ; the 
confusion between A. hrownii (Poir.) Stcud. and A. pugionijormis H. 
Wendl. is resolved and A. quadrilatcralis DC. brought out of 
synonymy ; the identity of A. hynoeana has been established and shown 
to be an endemic New South Wales species, A. pumila Maiden et R. 
T. Baker is relegated to synonymy under A. hynoeana and A. 
wilhelmiana F. Mucll. replaces A. hynoeana as the correct name applied 
to South Australian, New South Wales and Victorian material formerly 
referred to A. hynoeana; A. difformis R. T. Baker is added to the 
Victorian flora and Choretrum oxycladuni F. Mucll. is added as a 
synonym to A. spinescens Benth. 
NOMENCLATURAL AND TAXONOMIC NOTES 
Acacia hoormanii Maiden in J. Roy. Soc. N.S.W. 49 : 489 (1916). 
SYN.: Acacia hunteriana N. A. Wakefield in Viet. Nat. 
72 : 92 (1955). 
Acacia hoormanii is a common species in eastern Victoria and the 
far south-east of New South Wales and seems to be confined mainly 
to the Snowy River watershed. The author has examined material col- 
lected throughout its range and can find no reason to regard A. 
hunteriana as specifically distinct and accordingly the latter name is 
relegated to synonymy. 
Acacia hrownii (Poir.) Steud. Norn. Rot. 2 (1821). 
SYN.: Acacia acicularis R. Br. in Ait. f. Hort. Kew. ed. 2 
5:460 (1813), non Humb. et Bonpl. ex Willd. 
(1809). 
Mimosa Brownei Poir. in Encxcl. Meth. {Bot.) Suppl 
5 : 530 (1817). 
Acacia pugioniformis H. Wendl. in Flora 2 : 139 
(1819). 
Acacia Arceuthos Spreng. Syst. Veg. 3 : 134 (1826). 
Acacia juniperina (Vent.) Willd. var. Brownei (Poir) 
Benth. Flor. Aust. 2 : 332 ( 1864). 
• National Herbarium of Victoria. 
155 

Page image

Page text

NO I ES ON Al S I RAUAN ACAC IAS I 
by 
A. B. Court* 
SUMMARY 
Acacia hakeoides A. Cunn. ex Bcnth. var. angiistijolia (H. B. 
Williamson) J. H. Willis is raised to specific rank; A. fnmteriana N. A. 
Wakefield is formally relegated to synonymy under A. hoormanii 
Maiden, A. diffusa Lindl. to synonymy under A. genistijolia Link, A. 
vomcriformis A. Cunn. ex Bcnth. to synonymy under A. gutwii Bcnth. 
and A. diptera to synonymy under A. willdcnowiana H. Wcndl. ; the 
confusion between A. hrownii (Poir.) Stcud. and A. pugionijormis H. 
Wendl. is resolved and A. quadrilatcralis DC. brought out of 
synonymy ; the identity of A. hynoeana has been established and shown 
to be an endemic New South Wales species, A. pumila Maiden et R. 
T. Baker is relegated to synonymy under A. hynoeana and A. 
wilhelmiana F. Mucll. replaces A. hynoeana as the correct name applied 
to South Australian, New South Wales and Victorian material formerly 
referred to A. hynoeana; A. difformis R. T. Baker is added to the 
Victorian flora and Choretrum oxycladuni F. Mucll. is added as a 
synonym to A. spinescens Benth. 
NOMENCLATURAL AND TAXONOMIC NOTES 
Acacia hoormanii Maiden in J. Roy. Soc. N.S.W. 49 : 489 (1916). 
SYN.: Acacia hunteriana N. A. Wakefield in Viet. Nat. 
72 : 92 (1955). 
Acacia hoormanii is a common species in eastern Victoria and the 
far south-east of New South Wales and seems to be confined mainly 
to the Snowy River watershed. The author has examined material col- 
lected throughout its range and can find no reason to regard A. 
hunteriana as specifically distinct and accordingly the latter name is 
relegated to synonymy. 
Acacia hrownii (Poir.) Steud. Norn. Rot. 2 (1821). 
SYN.: Acacia acicularis R. Br. in Ait. f. Hort. Kew. ed. 2 
5:460 (1813), non Humb. et Bonpl. ex Willd. 
(1809). 
Mimosa Brownei Poir. in Encxcl. Meth. {Bot.) Suppl 
5 : 530 (1817). 
Acacia pugioniformis H. Wendl. in Flora 2 : 139 
(1819). 
Acacia Arceuthos Spreng. Syst. Veg. 3 : 134 (1826). 
Acacia juniperina (Vent.) Willd. var. Brownei (Poir) 
Benth. Flor. Aust. 2 : 332 ( 1864). 
• National Herbarium of Victoria. 
155 

Page image

Page text

156 
A. B. Court: Notes on Australian Acacias I 
The author in Viet. Nat. 73 : 173 (1957) followed G. Bentham’s 
synonymy [Flor. Aiist. 2 : 332 (1864)] but queried A. piigioniforrnis 
H. Wendl. (1819). Since then the author has been able to examine all 
the relevant literature and has established that Wendland published A. 
pugionijormis as a substitute name for A. acicularis R. Br. The full 
synonymy of A. hrownii is given above together with the corrected 
author citation and spelling of the epithet. This species is known from 
only New South Wales and Victoria. In 1820, Wendland published 
another description of A. pugiomformis [Comment. Acac. 5, 38 t.9 
(1820)] and figured a specimen that he considered represented the 
same species as Brown’s A. acicularis. It is quite clear that Wendland 
had confounded two distinct species, one of which is now known as 
A. hrownii and the other hitherto called A. pugionijormis. This latter 
species should now be called A. quadrilateralis DC. (Sec p. 158). 
Acacia bynoeana Benth. in Linnaea 26 : 614 (1855). 
SYN.: Acacia pumila Maiden et R. T. Baker in Proc. Linn. 
Soc. N.S.W. Ser. 2 10 ; 385 t.28 (1895). 
Hitherto the name Acacia bynoeana has been applied to a popula- 
tion now known correctly as A. wilhelmiana F. Muell. and a full dis- 
cussion of the confusing history of the former name and its relationship 
to the latter appears later in this paper. The author has compared a 
fragment of the holotypc of A. bynoeana with the holotype of A. pumila 
and has no hesitation in asserting that these two names represent the 
same species. No significant differences of any kind can be found 
between them and accordingly A. pumila is relegated to synonymy 
under A. bynoeana. 
The specimen on which Bentham based A. bynoeana was gathered 
by Benjamin Bynoe and it was evidently labelled simply “ Australia ’ 
with no other data. It is clear now that it must have been collected 
in the vicinity of Port Jackson by Bynoe during his stay there from 24 
July until 11 November 1838. 
A. bynoeana is now regarded as an endemic New South Wales 
species. 
Acacia difVormis R. T. Baker in Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 22 : 154 t.9 
(1897). 
This species has been known in Victoria for many years but 
remained unidentified until several years ago. It is well known to the 
author who has observed it in several places in north-central Victoria, 
especially near Wytchitella, north of Bendigo, west of Graytown and 
south of Benalla. A. difformis was wrongly placed in A. relinodes 
Schlechtendal and was known as ‘‘ Mystery Wattle ” in the Bendigo 
district. It is a species that rarely sets fruit and no fruiting material has 
been noted in this State. A. diljormis has been gathered at a number 
of stations in New South Wales where it often forms extensive thickets, 
e.g. in the vicinity of Merrygoen. It is confined to New South Wales 
and Victoria. 

Page image

Page text

A. B. Court: Notes on Australian Acacias I 
159 
Acacia suhlanata Bcnlh. in Hncll. ct al. Enitm. Plant. Huci>. 42 ( 1837). 
SYN.: Acacia luehmannii I-'. Mucll. Pra^m. Phyt. Aust. 
11:116 ( 1881 ). 
G. Bcntham cited a Bauer specimen in his original description of 
A. suhlanata and gave simply "Australia" as its locality. Later, in 
Flor. Aust. 2 : 378 (1864), he asserted that Robert Brown collected 
this species along the south coast of Australia but he did not specifically 
mention Bauer's specimen. At the same time he wrongly relegated 
A. pravifolia F. Muell. to synonymy under A. suhlanata thus causing 
confusion which has persisted until the present time. The author has 
examined the holotype of A. suhlanata and also two Brown specimens 
representing the same species in the Kew herbarium. One of Brown's 
specimens is clearly labelled " Arnheim Bay " and the other " New 
Holland North Coast ” and it seems likely that Bentham misread 
" North Coast ” as “ South Coast 
The author has compared an isolype of A. luehmannii (a specimen 
gathered along the Liverpool River by B. Gulliver and filed in the Kew 
herbarium) with the holotype of A. suhlanata and has no hesitation in 
reducing the former name to a synonym of the latter. 
A. suhlanata has been recorded from Western Australia, Northern 
Territory and Queensland but A. pravifolia is known only from South 
Australia and New South Wales. 
Acacia wilhelmiana F. Muell in Trans. Phil. Soc. Viet. 1 : 37 ( 1855). 
SYN.: Acacia Bynoeana sens. Benth. Plor. Aust. 2 : 337 
(1864) atque auett. cum subseq., non quoad Benth. 
( 1855). 
Acacia leptophxlla F. Muell. Frat^ni. Ph\t. Aust. 4 : 9 
(1863). 
Acacia calamifolia Sweet ex Lindi. var. wilhelmiana ( F. 
Mucll.) Benth. Flor. Aust. 2 : 339 (1864) — ut var. 
Wilhelmsiana. 
Acacia Bynoeana Benth. var. latifolia J. M. lilack Flor. 
S. Aust. cd. 2 2:418 f.576 (1948), anglice. 
For more than a century uncertainty has surrounded the identity 
of an Acacia common to parts of South Australia, New South Wale's 
and Victoria and hitherto called A. hynoeana Benth. Some of this 
confusion has been due to incorrect data on labels accompanying speci- 
mens transmitted to Bentham by Mueller, and it is the author’s inten- 
tion to review this situation and present an account of all pertinent 
literature (much of which is rare and generally unavailable to botanists) 
together with comments on the original specimens cited in Bentham’s 
and Mueller’s descriptions. 
A. hynoeana was originally described by Bentham in Linnaea 
26 : 614 (1855) from material collected by Benjamin Bynoe who was 
Surgeon on the Beagle during Commander J. Lort Stokes’ expedition 

Page image

Page text

A. B. Court: Notes on Australian Acacias / 
157 
Acacia ^enistifolia Unk Enitm. Plant. Hart. Berol. 2 : 442 ( 1822). 
SYN.; Acacia (lifjusa Lindi. in Edwards Bat. Re^. 8 : t.634 
(1822).' 
Acacia prostrata Lodd. Bot. Cah. 7:t.631 (1822), 
nonicn nudum. 
PhvUodoce ^cnistijolia (Link) Link Handh. Erk. 2 : 133 
'(1831). 
Acacia ciispidata A. Cunn. cx Bcnlh. in Hook. Land. J. 
Bot. 1 : 337 (1842), non Schlcchtcndal (1838). 
Acacia cuspidata A. Cunn. cx Benth. var. lon^ifolia 
Bcnth. in Linnaea 26 : 610 ( 1855). 
Acacia difju.sa Lindi. var. cuspidata (A. Cunn. ex 
Benth.) Benth. Flor. Aust. 2 : 333 (1864). 
In Viet. Nat. 74 : 12 (1957), the author discussed the fact that 
three dilferent names were proposed during 1822 for material hitherto 
referred to A. diffusa but refrained from altering its name. The posi- 
tion with regard to these names can be clarified now. A. prostrata 
Lodd. is little more than a nomen nudum and was published during 
August 1822. A. genistifolia Link was published during the first half 
of that year while A. diffusa Lindi., according to the date on the plate, 
was published on July 1, 1822. 
Recently a genuine Link specimen of A. genistifolia was located in 
the Melbourne Herbarium (MEL 39790) and it bears a label that 
reads “Acacia genistifolia Lk ! Original A. diffusa Lindicy 
Hort Bot. reg. Berolin. comm. Museum bot. Berolin. Schumann ”. 
This specimen can be taken to be part of the type and leaves no doubt 
that A. genistifolia and A. diffusa are conspecitic. 
Link's specimen represents the typical form of the population of 
individuals included in that species. Lindley's concept of this species 
does not represent the typical form as it is understood at pre.scnt 
but refers to a more or less flattened phyllodc form frequently found in 
Tasmania. Loddiges illustration of A. prostrata indicates that he had 
the same variant in mind. 
A. genistifolia has been recorded from New South Wales, Victoria 
and Tasmania. 
Acacia gunnii Benth. in Hook. Lond. J. Bot. 1 : 332 (1842). 
SYN.: Acacia vomerifonnis A. Cunn. ex Benth. in /. c. 
Acacia gititnii and A. vo/neriforniis were described simultaneously 
and maintained as distinct species until 1859 when Mueller [in J. Linn. 
Soc. (Bot.) 3: 119 (1859)] placed the latter name as a synonym 
under the former. Although Mueller is here eredited with making this 
decision, it is possible that Bentham who edited Mueller’s manuscript 
was responsible for regarding the two species as conspecific. In a 
note at the beginning of Mueller’s article (/. c. 114) Bentham wrote ; 

Page image

Page text

A. B. Court: Notes on Australian Acacias / 
157 
Acacia ^enistifolia Unk Enitm. Plant. Hart. Berol. 2 : 442 ( 1822). 
SYN.; Acacia (lifjusa Lindi. in Edwards Bat. Re^. 8 : t.634 
(1822).' 
Acacia prostrata Lodd. Bot. Cah. 7:t.631 (1822), 
nonicn nudum. 
PhvUodoce ^cnistijolia (Link) Link Handh. Erk. 2 : 133 
'(1831). 
Acacia ciispidata A. Cunn. cx Bcnlh. in Hook. Land. J. 
Bot. 1 : 337 (1842), non Schlcchtcndal (1838). 
Acacia cuspidata A. Cunn. cx Benth. var. lon^ifolia 
Bcnth. in Linnaea 26 : 610 ( 1855). 
Acacia difju.sa Lindi. var. cuspidata (A. Cunn. ex 
Benth.) Benth. Flor. Aust. 2 : 333 (1864). 
In Viet. Nat. 74 : 12 (1957), the author discussed the fact that 
three dilferent names were proposed during 1822 for material hitherto 
referred to A. diffusa but refrained from altering its name. The posi- 
tion with regard to these names can be clarified now. A. prostrata 
Lodd. is little more than a nomen nudum and was published during 
August 1822. A. genistifolia Link was published during the first half 
of that year while A. diffusa Lindi., according to the date on the plate, 
was published on July 1, 1822. 
Recently a genuine Link specimen of A. genistifolia was located in 
the Melbourne Herbarium (MEL 39790) and it bears a label that 
reads “Acacia genistifolia Lk ! Original A. diffusa Lindicy 
Hort Bot. reg. Berolin. comm. Museum bot. Berolin. Schumann ”. 
This specimen can be taken to be part of the type and leaves no doubt 
that A. genistifolia and A. diffusa are conspecitic. 
Link's specimen represents the typical form of the population of 
individuals included in that species. Lindley's concept of this species 
does not represent the typical form as it is understood at pre.scnt 
but refers to a more or less flattened phyllodc form frequently found in 
Tasmania. Loddiges illustration of A. prostrata indicates that he had 
the same variant in mind. 
A. genistifolia has been recorded from New South Wales, Victoria 
and Tasmania. 
Acacia gunnii Benth. in Hook. Lond. J. Bot. 1 : 332 (1842). 
SYN.: Acacia vomerifonnis A. Cunn. ex Benth. in /. c. 
Acacia gititnii and A. vo/neriforniis were described simultaneously 
and maintained as distinct species until 1859 when Mueller [in J. Linn. 
Soc. (Bot.) 3: 119 (1859)] placed the latter name as a synonym 
under the former. Although Mueller is here eredited with making this 
decision, it is possible that Bentham who edited Mueller’s manuscript 
was responsible for regarding the two species as conspecific. In a 
note at the beginning of Mueller’s article (/. c. 114) Bentham wrote ; 

Page image

Page text

162 
A. B. Court: Notes on Australian Acacias / 
Evidently Mueller never admitted A. hynoeana to the tloras of south- 
eastern Australia as reference to his Systematic Census of Australian 
Plants (1882), Key to Victorian Plants ( 1888) and Second Systematic 
Census of Australian Plants (1889) show. It seems obvious that he 
concluded Bentham was correct in assigning A. wilhelmiana to 
synonymy under A. calamifolia. 
Maiden in J. Roy. Soc. N.S.W. 49 ; 501-2 (1916) noted that A. 
hynoeana had been recorded for north-west Australia and from the 
Gulf of Carpentaria but added South Australia, New South Wales and 
Victoria as additional localities on the basis of specimens gathered by 
St. Eloy D'Alton, Walter Gill, P. E. Lewis and F. E. Haviland. Un- 
doubtedly Maiden’s conclusions were accepted without question by J. 
M. Black in his Flora of South Australia and by H. B. Williamson who 
wrote up the Leguminosae for A. J. Ewart’s Flora of Victoria. 
Both A. hynoeana (as A. pumila) and A. wilhelmiana (as A. 
hynoeana) have been adequately described in modern treatments of 
Acacia, the former by key characters [Beadle et al. Flandb. Vase. Plant. 
Sydney Distr. Blue Mount. 222-224 (1962)] and the latter by 
description and illustration [J. M. Black Flor. S. Aust. ed. 2 418 t.576 
(1948)1 and therefore these species will not be described here. 
Acacia willdcMiowiaiia H. L. Wendland in Verzeichniss voti 1 reih- 
Clashaus-Bosquet-Pflaniten, Stauden-Gewdehsen und Georginen, 
welche im Koniglichen Berggarten zn Herrenhausen hei Hannover 
fiir heigesetzte Preise z.u hahen sind. Hannover. 5 (1845). 
SYN.; Acacia diptera Lindl. in Fulw'ards' Bot. Reg. 23 : Swan 
Riv. Append, xv (1839), non Humb. et Bonpl. ex 
Wind. (1809). 
Acacia diptera Lindl. var. erioptera Benth. in Hook. 
Lond. J. Bot. 1 : 325 (1842). 
Acacia diptera Lindl. var. erioptera R. Graham in 
Curtis's Bot. Mag. 68 : t.3939 (1842). 
Acacia diptera Lindl. var. angustior Meisn. in Lehm. 
Plant. Preiss. 1 : 5 (1 842 ) . 
Acacia diptera Lindl. var. latior Meisn. in /. c. 4. 
Acacia diptera Lindl. var. eriocarpa W. V. Fitzg. in J. 
W. Au.st. Nat. Hist. Soc. 1 ; 44 (1904). 
Acacia willdenowiana H. Wendl. must replace A. diptera Lindl. as 
the name for a well-known Western Australian species recorded 
from the south-west regions of that State. The confusion that sur- 
rounded the application of Wendland's name for many years started 
when B. Seemann drew attention to the existence of A. willdenowiana 
on page 72 of Verhandlungen der k. k. Gartenhaugesellschaft in Wien im 
Jahre 1846 where he erroneously relegated it to synonymy under A. 
diptera Humb. et Bonpl. ex Willd. Seemann later [Fiurop. Eingef. Acac. 

Page image

Page text

A. B. Court: Notes on Australian Acacias / 
157 
Acacia ^enistifolia Unk Enitm. Plant. Hart. Berol. 2 : 442 ( 1822). 
SYN.; Acacia (lifjusa Lindi. in Edwards Bat. Re^. 8 : t.634 
(1822).' 
Acacia prostrata Lodd. Bot. Cah. 7:t.631 (1822), 
nonicn nudum. 
PhvUodoce ^cnistijolia (Link) Link Handh. Erk. 2 : 133 
'(1831). 
Acacia ciispidata A. Cunn. cx Bcnlh. in Hook. Land. J. 
Bot. 1 : 337 (1842), non Schlcchtcndal (1838). 
Acacia cuspidata A. Cunn. cx Benth. var. lon^ifolia 
Bcnth. in Linnaea 26 : 610 ( 1855). 
Acacia difju.sa Lindi. var. cuspidata (A. Cunn. ex 
Benth.) Benth. Flor. Aust. 2 : 333 (1864). 
In Viet. Nat. 74 : 12 (1957), the author discussed the fact that 
three dilferent names were proposed during 1822 for material hitherto 
referred to A. diffusa but refrained from altering its name. The posi- 
tion with regard to these names can be clarified now. A. prostrata 
Lodd. is little more than a nomen nudum and was published during 
August 1822. A. genistifolia Link was published during the first half 
of that year while A. diffusa Lindi., according to the date on the plate, 
was published on July 1, 1822. 
Recently a genuine Link specimen of A. genistifolia was located in 
the Melbourne Herbarium (MEL 39790) and it bears a label that 
reads “Acacia genistifolia Lk ! Original A. diffusa Lindicy 
Hort Bot. reg. Berolin. comm. Museum bot. Berolin. Schumann ”. 
This specimen can be taken to be part of the type and leaves no doubt 
that A. genistifolia and A. diffusa are conspecitic. 
Link's specimen represents the typical form of the population of 
individuals included in that species. Lindley's concept of this species 
does not represent the typical form as it is understood at pre.scnt 
but refers to a more or less flattened phyllodc form frequently found in 
Tasmania. Loddiges illustration of A. prostrata indicates that he had 
the same variant in mind. 
A. genistifolia has been recorded from New South Wales, Victoria 
and Tasmania. 
Acacia gunnii Benth. in Hook. Lond. J. Bot. 1 : 332 (1842). 
SYN.: Acacia vomerifonnis A. Cunn. ex Benth. in /. c. 
Acacia gititnii and A. vo/neriforniis were described simultaneously 
and maintained as distinct species until 1859 when Mueller [in J. Linn. 
Soc. (Bot.) 3: 119 (1859)] placed the latter name as a synonym 
under the former. Although Mueller is here eredited with making this 
decision, it is possible that Bentham who edited Mueller’s manuscript 
was responsible for regarding the two species as conspecific. In a 
note at the beginning of Mueller’s article (/. c. 114) Bentham wrote ; 

Page image

Page text

NO I ES ON Al S I RAUAN ACAC IAS I 
by 
A. B. Court* 
SUMMARY 
Acacia hakeoides A. Cunn. ex Bcnth. var. angiistijolia (H. B. 
Williamson) J. H. Willis is raised to specific rank; A. fnmteriana N. A. 
Wakefield is formally relegated to synonymy under A. hoormanii 
Maiden, A. diffusa Lindl. to synonymy under A. genistijolia Link, A. 
vomcriformis A. Cunn. ex Bcnth. to synonymy under A. gutwii Bcnth. 
and A. diptera to synonymy under A. willdcnowiana H. Wcndl. ; the 
confusion between A. hrownii (Poir.) Stcud. and A. pugionijormis H. 
Wendl. is resolved and A. quadrilatcralis DC. brought out of 
synonymy ; the identity of A. hynoeana has been established and shown 
to be an endemic New South Wales species, A. pumila Maiden et R. 
T. Baker is relegated to synonymy under A. hynoeana and A. 
wilhelmiana F. Mucll. replaces A. hynoeana as the correct name applied 
to South Australian, New South Wales and Victorian material formerly 
referred to A. hynoeana; A. difformis R. T. Baker is added to the 
Victorian flora and Choretrum oxycladuni F. Mucll. is added as a 
synonym to A. spinescens Benth. 
NOMENCLATURAL AND TAXONOMIC NOTES 
Acacia hoormanii Maiden in J. Roy. Soc. N.S.W. 49 : 489 (1916). 
SYN.: Acacia hunteriana N. A. Wakefield in Viet. Nat. 
72 : 92 (1955). 
Acacia hoormanii is a common species in eastern Victoria and the 
far south-east of New South Wales and seems to be confined mainly 
to the Snowy River watershed. The author has examined material col- 
lected throughout its range and can find no reason to regard A. 
hunteriana as specifically distinct and accordingly the latter name is 
relegated to synonymy. 
Acacia hrownii (Poir.) Steud. Norn. Rot. 2 (1821). 
SYN.: Acacia acicularis R. Br. in Ait. f. Hort. Kew. ed. 2 
5:460 (1813), non Humb. et Bonpl. ex Willd. 
(1809). 
Mimosa Brownei Poir. in Encxcl. Meth. {Bot.) Suppl 
5 : 530 (1817). 
Acacia pugioniformis H. Wendl. in Flora 2 : 139 
(1819). 
Acacia Arceuthos Spreng. Syst. Veg. 3 : 134 (1826). 
Acacia juniperina (Vent.) Willd. var. Brownei (Poir) 
Benth. Flor. Aust. 2 : 332 ( 1864). 
• National Herbarium of Victoria. 
155 

Page image

Page text

A. B. Court: Notes on Australian Acacias I 
159 
Acacia suhlanata Bcnlh. in Hncll. ct al. Enitm. Plant. Huci>. 42 ( 1837). 
SYN.: Acacia luehmannii I-'. Mucll. Pra^m. Phyt. Aust. 
11:116 ( 1881 ). 
G. Bcntham cited a Bauer specimen in his original description of 
A. suhlanata and gave simply "Australia" as its locality. Later, in 
Flor. Aust. 2 : 378 (1864), he asserted that Robert Brown collected 
this species along the south coast of Australia but he did not specifically 
mention Bauer's specimen. At the same time he wrongly relegated 
A. pravifolia F. Muell. to synonymy under A. suhlanata thus causing 
confusion which has persisted until the present time. The author has 
examined the holotype of A. suhlanata and also two Brown specimens 
representing the same species in the Kew herbarium. One of Brown's 
specimens is clearly labelled " Arnheim Bay " and the other " New 
Holland North Coast ” and it seems likely that Bentham misread 
" North Coast ” as “ South Coast 
The author has compared an isolype of A. luehmannii (a specimen 
gathered along the Liverpool River by B. Gulliver and filed in the Kew 
herbarium) with the holotype of A. suhlanata and has no hesitation in 
reducing the former name to a synonym of the latter. 
A. suhlanata has been recorded from Western Australia, Northern 
Territory and Queensland but A. pravifolia is known only from South 
Australia and New South Wales. 
Acacia wilhelmiana F. Muell in Trans. Phil. Soc. Viet. 1 : 37 ( 1855). 
SYN.: Acacia Bynoeana sens. Benth. Plor. Aust. 2 : 337 
(1864) atque auett. cum subseq., non quoad Benth. 
( 1855). 
Acacia leptophxlla F. Muell. Frat^ni. Ph\t. Aust. 4 : 9 
(1863). 
Acacia calamifolia Sweet ex Lindi. var. wilhelmiana ( F. 
Mucll.) Benth. Flor. Aust. 2 : 339 (1864) — ut var. 
Wilhelmsiana. 
Acacia Bynoeana Benth. var. latifolia J. M. lilack Flor. 
S. Aust. cd. 2 2:418 f.576 (1948), anglice. 
For more than a century uncertainty has surrounded the identity 
of an Acacia common to parts of South Australia, New South Wale's 
and Victoria and hitherto called A. hynoeana Benth. Some of this 
confusion has been due to incorrect data on labels accompanying speci- 
mens transmitted to Bentham by Mueller, and it is the author’s inten- 
tion to review this situation and present an account of all pertinent 
literature (much of which is rare and generally unavailable to botanists) 
together with comments on the original specimens cited in Bentham’s 
and Mueller’s descriptions. 
A. hynoeana was originally described by Bentham in Linnaea 
26 : 614 (1855) from material collected by Benjamin Bynoe who was 
Surgeon on the Beagle during Commander J. Lort Stokes’ expedition 

Page image

Page text

A. B. Court: Notes on Australian Acacias I 
159 
Acacia suhlanata Bcnlh. in Hncll. ct al. Enitm. Plant. Huci>. 42 ( 1837). 
SYN.: Acacia luehmannii I-'. Mucll. Pra^m. Phyt. Aust. 
11:116 ( 1881 ). 
G. Bcntham cited a Bauer specimen in his original description of 
A. suhlanata and gave simply "Australia" as its locality. Later, in 
Flor. Aust. 2 : 378 (1864), he asserted that Robert Brown collected 
this species along the south coast of Australia but he did not specifically 
mention Bauer's specimen. At the same time he wrongly relegated 
A. pravifolia F. Muell. to synonymy under A. suhlanata thus causing 
confusion which has persisted until the present time. The author has 
examined the holotype of A. suhlanata and also two Brown specimens 
representing the same species in the Kew herbarium. One of Brown's 
specimens is clearly labelled " Arnheim Bay " and the other " New 
Holland North Coast ” and it seems likely that Bentham misread 
" North Coast ” as “ South Coast 
The author has compared an isolype of A. luehmannii (a specimen 
gathered along the Liverpool River by B. Gulliver and filed in the Kew 
herbarium) with the holotype of A. suhlanata and has no hesitation in 
reducing the former name to a synonym of the latter. 
A. suhlanata has been recorded from Western Australia, Northern 
Territory and Queensland but A. pravifolia is known only from South 
Australia and New South Wales. 
Acacia wilhelmiana F. Muell in Trans. Phil. Soc. Viet. 1 : 37 ( 1855). 
SYN.: Acacia Bynoeana sens. Benth. Plor. Aust. 2 : 337 
(1864) atque auett. cum subseq., non quoad Benth. 
( 1855). 
Acacia leptophxlla F. Muell. Frat^ni. Ph\t. Aust. 4 : 9 
(1863). 
Acacia calamifolia Sweet ex Lindi. var. wilhelmiana ( F. 
Mucll.) Benth. Flor. Aust. 2 : 339 (1864) — ut var. 
Wilhelmsiana. 
Acacia Bynoeana Benth. var. latifolia J. M. lilack Flor. 
S. Aust. cd. 2 2:418 f.576 (1948), anglice. 
For more than a century uncertainty has surrounded the identity 
of an Acacia common to parts of South Australia, New South Wale's 
and Victoria and hitherto called A. hynoeana Benth. Some of this 
confusion has been due to incorrect data on labels accompanying speci- 
mens transmitted to Bentham by Mueller, and it is the author’s inten- 
tion to review this situation and present an account of all pertinent 
literature (much of which is rare and generally unavailable to botanists) 
together with comments on the original specimens cited in Bentham’s 
and Mueller’s descriptions. 
A. hynoeana was originally described by Bentham in Linnaea 
26 : 614 (1855) from material collected by Benjamin Bynoe who was 
Surgeon on the Beagle during Commander J. Lort Stokes’ expedition 

Page image

Page text

A. B. Court: Notes on Australian Acacias / 
157 
Acacia ^enistifolia Unk Enitm. Plant. Hart. Berol. 2 : 442 ( 1822). 
SYN.; Acacia (lifjusa Lindi. in Edwards Bat. Re^. 8 : t.634 
(1822).' 
Acacia prostrata Lodd. Bot. Cah. 7:t.631 (1822), 
nonicn nudum. 
PhvUodoce ^cnistijolia (Link) Link Handh. Erk. 2 : 133 
'(1831). 
Acacia ciispidata A. Cunn. cx Bcnlh. in Hook. Land. J. 
Bot. 1 : 337 (1842), non Schlcchtcndal (1838). 
Acacia cuspidata A. Cunn. cx Benth. var. lon^ifolia 
Bcnth. in Linnaea 26 : 610 ( 1855). 
Acacia difju.sa Lindi. var. cuspidata (A. Cunn. ex 
Benth.) Benth. Flor. Aust. 2 : 333 (1864). 
In Viet. Nat. 74 : 12 (1957), the author discussed the fact that 
three dilferent names were proposed during 1822 for material hitherto 
referred to A. diffusa but refrained from altering its name. The posi- 
tion with regard to these names can be clarified now. A. prostrata 
Lodd. is little more than a nomen nudum and was published during 
August 1822. A. genistifolia Link was published during the first half 
of that year while A. diffusa Lindi., according to the date on the plate, 
was published on July 1, 1822. 
Recently a genuine Link specimen of A. genistifolia was located in 
the Melbourne Herbarium (MEL 39790) and it bears a label that 
reads “Acacia genistifolia Lk ! Original A. diffusa Lindicy 
Hort Bot. reg. Berolin. comm. Museum bot. Berolin. Schumann ”. 
This specimen can be taken to be part of the type and leaves no doubt 
that A. genistifolia and A. diffusa are conspecitic. 
Link's specimen represents the typical form of the population of 
individuals included in that species. Lindley's concept of this species 
does not represent the typical form as it is understood at pre.scnt 
but refers to a more or less flattened phyllodc form frequently found in 
Tasmania. Loddiges illustration of A. prostrata indicates that he had 
the same variant in mind. 
A. genistifolia has been recorded from New South Wales, Victoria 
and Tasmania. 
Acacia gunnii Benth. in Hook. Lond. J. Bot. 1 : 332 (1842). 
SYN.: Acacia vomerifonnis A. Cunn. ex Benth. in /. c. 
Acacia gititnii and A. vo/neriforniis were described simultaneously 
and maintained as distinct species until 1859 when Mueller [in J. Linn. 
Soc. (Bot.) 3: 119 (1859)] placed the latter name as a synonym 
under the former. Although Mueller is here eredited with making this 
decision, it is possible that Bentham who edited Mueller’s manuscript 
was responsible for regarding the two species as conspecific. In a 
note at the beginning of Mueller’s article (/. c. 114) Bentham wrote ; 

Page image

Page text

NO I ES ON Al S I RAUAN ACAC IAS I 
by 
A. B. Court* 
SUMMARY 
Acacia hakeoides A. Cunn. ex Bcnth. var. angiistijolia (H. B. 
Williamson) J. H. Willis is raised to specific rank; A. fnmteriana N. A. 
Wakefield is formally relegated to synonymy under A. hoormanii 
Maiden, A. diffusa Lindl. to synonymy under A. genistijolia Link, A. 
vomcriformis A. Cunn. ex Bcnth. to synonymy under A. gutwii Bcnth. 
and A. diptera to synonymy under A. willdcnowiana H. Wcndl. ; the 
confusion between A. hrownii (Poir.) Stcud. and A. pugionijormis H. 
Wendl. is resolved and A. quadrilatcralis DC. brought out of 
synonymy ; the identity of A. hynoeana has been established and shown 
to be an endemic New South Wales species, A. pumila Maiden et R. 
T. Baker is relegated to synonymy under A. hynoeana and A. 
wilhelmiana F. Mucll. replaces A. hynoeana as the correct name applied 
to South Australian, New South Wales and Victorian material formerly 
referred to A. hynoeana; A. difformis R. T. Baker is added to the 
Victorian flora and Choretrum oxycladuni F. Mucll. is added as a 
synonym to A. spinescens Benth. 
NOMENCLATURAL AND TAXONOMIC NOTES 
Acacia hoormanii Maiden in J. Roy. Soc. N.S.W. 49 : 489 (1916). 
SYN.: Acacia hunteriana N. A. Wakefield in Viet. Nat. 
72 : 92 (1955). 
Acacia hoormanii is a common species in eastern Victoria and the 
far south-east of New South Wales and seems to be confined mainly 
to the Snowy River watershed. The author has examined material col- 
lected throughout its range and can find no reason to regard A. 
hunteriana as specifically distinct and accordingly the latter name is 
relegated to synonymy. 
Acacia hrownii (Poir.) Steud. Norn. Rot. 2 (1821). 
SYN.: Acacia acicularis R. Br. in Ait. f. Hort. Kew. ed. 2 
5:460 (1813), non Humb. et Bonpl. ex Willd. 
(1809). 
Mimosa Brownei Poir. in Encxcl. Meth. {Bot.) Suppl 
5 : 530 (1817). 
Acacia pugioniformis H. Wendl. in Flora 2 : 139 
(1819). 
Acacia Arceuthos Spreng. Syst. Veg. 3 : 134 (1826). 
Acacia juniperina (Vent.) Willd. var. Brownei (Poir) 
Benth. Flor. Aust. 2 : 332 ( 1864). 
• National Herbarium of Victoria. 
155 

Page image

Page text

156 
A. B. Court: Notes on Australian Acacias I 
The author in Viet. Nat. 73 : 173 (1957) followed G. Bentham’s 
synonymy [Flor. Aiist. 2 : 332 (1864)] but queried A. piigioniforrnis 
H. Wendl. (1819). Since then the author has been able to examine all 
the relevant literature and has established that Wendland published A. 
pugionijormis as a substitute name for A. acicularis R. Br. The full 
synonymy of A. hrownii is given above together with the corrected 
author citation and spelling of the epithet. This species is known from 
only New South Wales and Victoria. In 1820, Wendland published 
another description of A. pugiomformis [Comment. Acac. 5, 38 t.9 
(1820)] and figured a specimen that he considered represented the 
same species as Brown’s A. acicularis. It is quite clear that Wendland 
had confounded two distinct species, one of which is now known as 
A. hrownii and the other hitherto called A. pugionijormis. This latter 
species should now be called A. quadrilateralis DC. (Sec p. 158). 
Acacia bynoeana Benth. in Linnaea 26 : 614 (1855). 
SYN.: Acacia pumila Maiden et R. T. Baker in Proc. Linn. 
Soc. N.S.W. Ser. 2 10 ; 385 t.28 (1895). 
Hitherto the name Acacia bynoeana has been applied to a popula- 
tion now known correctly as A. wilhelmiana F. Muell. and a full dis- 
cussion of the confusing history of the former name and its relationship 
to the latter appears later in this paper. The author has compared a 
fragment of the holotypc of A. bynoeana with the holotype of A. pumila 
and has no hesitation in asserting that these two names represent the 
same species. No significant differences of any kind can be found 
between them and accordingly A. pumila is relegated to synonymy 
under A. bynoeana. 
The specimen on which Bentham based A. bynoeana was gathered 
by Benjamin Bynoe and it was evidently labelled simply “ Australia ’ 
with no other data. It is clear now that it must have been collected 
in the vicinity of Port Jackson by Bynoe during his stay there from 24 
July until 11 November 1838. 
A. bynoeana is now regarded as an endemic New South Wales 
species. 
Acacia difVormis R. T. Baker in Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 22 : 154 t.9 
(1897). 
This species has been known in Victoria for many years but 
remained unidentified until several years ago. It is well known to the 
author who has observed it in several places in north-central Victoria, 
especially near Wytchitella, north of Bendigo, west of Graytown and 
south of Benalla. A. difformis was wrongly placed in A. relinodes 
Schlechtendal and was known as ‘‘ Mystery Wattle ” in the Bendigo 
district. It is a species that rarely sets fruit and no fruiting material has 
been noted in this State. A. diljormis has been gathered at a number 
of stations in New South Wales where it often forms extensive thickets, 
e.g. in the vicinity of Merrygoen. It is confined to New South Wales 
and Victoria. 

Page image

Page text

158 
A. B. Court: Notes on Australian Acacias / 
“ In so far as the specimens have admitted of it, I have, at Dr. Mueller’s 
request, carefully compared his species with those nearly allied to them, 
and added any remarks which suggested themselves, at the end of his 
descriptions. In the few cases where 1 have clearly identified them with 
others previously described, I have given the published names, adding his 
manuscript ones for the purpose of reference, and retaining his characters 
as completing our previous knowledge of the plants.” 
There is an implication here that Bentham relegated A. vomerijormis 
to a synonym of A. gimnii but this is opposed to his treatment of these 
two names in Flor. aiist. 2 : 350 ( 1864) where he considered that A. 
gimnii was a synonym of the former name. 
A. gimnii has been recorded from all Australian states excepting 
Western Australia. 
Acacia quadrilateralis DC. Prodr. 2 ; 45 1 (1825). 
SYN.; Acacia pugionijormis H. Wendl. Comment. Acac. 5, 38 
t.9 ( 1820), pro parte non H. Wendl. in Flora 2 ; 139 
(1819). 
Reference has already been made under Acacia brownii (Poir.) 
Steud. above concerning the confusion that has surrounded the appli- 
cation of A. pugionijormis in the past. It is necessary to reject A. 
pugionijormis as a name that can be applied to material hitherto known 
under that name and replace it with A. qiiardilateralis. Candolle’s 
name was based on Sicber FI. Novae Holl. No. 442 which is represented 
by two replicates in the Melbourne Herbarium and it undoubtedly 
represents the same material as indicated by the erroneous interpreta- 
tion given to A. pugionijormis in the past. 
A. quadrilateralis is well-known from Queensland and New South 
Wales. 
Acacia spinescens Benth. in Hook. Lond. J. Bot. 1 : 323 (1842). 
SYN.: Choretrum o.xvcladum F. Muell. Fragm. Phxt. Aust. 
I : 121 (1858). 
When the late H. U. Stauffer of the Botanic Museum of the Univer- 
sity of Zurich visited the Melbourne Herbarium in December 1963, 
he drew the author’s attention to the existence the name Choretrum 
oxyciadum and indicated that this name should be relegated to 
synonymy under Acacia spinescens. The author agreed fully with this 
assertion. The holotype of Choretrum oxyciadum, a specimen collected 
at Port Lincoln (South Australia) by C. Wilhelmi, is filed in the 
Melbourne Herbarium (MEL 2308), G. Bentham, Flor. Aust. 6 : 218 
( 1873), was unable to satisfactorily place Choretrum oxyciadum in any 
genus and suggested that the llowers “ . . . may all possibly be in a 
monstrous state. If not, the plant must belong to some very different 
Order.” J. M. Black made no mention of Choretrum oxyciadum in 
either edition of his Flora oj South Australia. 
A. spinescen is indigenous to South Australia, New South Wales 
and Victoria. 

Page image

Page text

158 
A. B. Court: Notes on Australian Acacias / 
“ In so far as the specimens have admitted of it, I have, at Dr. Mueller’s 
request, carefully compared his species with those nearly allied to them, 
and added any remarks which suggested themselves, at the end of his 
descriptions. In the few cases where 1 have clearly identified them with 
others previously described, I have given the published names, adding his 
manuscript ones for the purpose of reference, and retaining his characters 
as completing our previous knowledge of the plants.” 
There is an implication here that Bentham relegated A. vomerijormis 
to a synonym of A. gimnii but this is opposed to his treatment of these 
two names in Flor. aiist. 2 : 350 ( 1864) where he considered that A. 
gimnii was a synonym of the former name. 
A. gimnii has been recorded from all Australian states excepting 
Western Australia. 
Acacia quadrilateralis DC. Prodr. 2 ; 45 1 (1825). 
SYN.; Acacia pugionijormis H. Wendl. Comment. Acac. 5, 38 
t.9 ( 1820), pro parte non H. Wendl. in Flora 2 ; 139 
(1819). 
Reference has already been made under Acacia brownii (Poir.) 
Steud. above concerning the confusion that has surrounded the appli- 
cation of A. pugionijormis in the past. It is necessary to reject A. 
pugionijormis as a name that can be applied to material hitherto known 
under that name and replace it with A. qiiardilateralis. Candolle’s 
name was based on Sicber FI. Novae Holl. No. 442 which is represented 
by two replicates in the Melbourne Herbarium and it undoubtedly 
represents the same material as indicated by the erroneous interpreta- 
tion given to A. pugionijormis in the past. 
A. quadrilateralis is well-known from Queensland and New South 
Wales. 
Acacia spinescens Benth. in Hook. Lond. J. Bot. 1 : 323 (1842). 
SYN.: Choretrum o.xvcladum F. Muell. Fragm. Phxt. Aust. 
I : 121 (1858). 
When the late H. U. Stauffer of the Botanic Museum of the Univer- 
sity of Zurich visited the Melbourne Herbarium in December 1963, 
he drew the author’s attention to the existence the name Choretrum 
oxyciadum and indicated that this name should be relegated to 
synonymy under Acacia spinescens. The author agreed fully with this 
assertion. The holotype of Choretrum oxyciadum, a specimen collected 
at Port Lincoln (South Australia) by C. Wilhelmi, is filed in the 
Melbourne Herbarium (MEL 2308), G. Bentham, Flor. Aust. 6 : 218 
( 1873), was unable to satisfactorily place Choretrum oxyciadum in any 
genus and suggested that the llowers “ . . . may all possibly be in a 
monstrous state. If not, the plant must belong to some very different 
Order.” J. M. Black made no mention of Choretrum oxyciadum in 
either edition of his Flora oj South Australia. 
A. spinescen is indigenous to South Australia, New South Wales 
and Victoria. 

Page image

Page text

A. B. Court: Notes on Australian Acacias I 
159 
Acacia suhlanata Bcnlh. in Hncll. ct al. Enitm. Plant. Huci>. 42 ( 1837). 
SYN.: Acacia luehmannii I-'. Mucll. Pra^m. Phyt. Aust. 
11:116 ( 1881 ). 
G. Bcntham cited a Bauer specimen in his original description of 
A. suhlanata and gave simply "Australia" as its locality. Later, in 
Flor. Aust. 2 : 378 (1864), he asserted that Robert Brown collected 
this species along the south coast of Australia but he did not specifically 
mention Bauer's specimen. At the same time he wrongly relegated 
A. pravifolia F. Muell. to synonymy under A. suhlanata thus causing 
confusion which has persisted until the present time. The author has 
examined the holotype of A. suhlanata and also two Brown specimens 
representing the same species in the Kew herbarium. One of Brown's 
specimens is clearly labelled " Arnheim Bay " and the other " New 
Holland North Coast ” and it seems likely that Bentham misread 
" North Coast ” as “ South Coast 
The author has compared an isolype of A. luehmannii (a specimen 
gathered along the Liverpool River by B. Gulliver and filed in the Kew 
herbarium) with the holotype of A. suhlanata and has no hesitation in 
reducing the former name to a synonym of the latter. 
A. suhlanata has been recorded from Western Australia, Northern 
Territory and Queensland but A. pravifolia is known only from South 
Australia and New South Wales. 
Acacia wilhelmiana F. Muell in Trans. Phil. Soc. Viet. 1 : 37 ( 1855). 
SYN.: Acacia Bynoeana sens. Benth. Plor. Aust. 2 : 337 
(1864) atque auett. cum subseq., non quoad Benth. 
( 1855). 
Acacia leptophxlla F. Muell. Frat^ni. Ph\t. Aust. 4 : 9 
(1863). 
Acacia calamifolia Sweet ex Lindi. var. wilhelmiana ( F. 
Mucll.) Benth. Flor. Aust. 2 : 339 (1864) — ut var. 
Wilhelmsiana. 
Acacia Bynoeana Benth. var. latifolia J. M. lilack Flor. 
S. Aust. cd. 2 2:418 f.576 (1948), anglice. 
For more than a century uncertainty has surrounded the identity 
of an Acacia common to parts of South Australia, New South Wale's 
and Victoria and hitherto called A. hynoeana Benth. Some of this 
confusion has been due to incorrect data on labels accompanying speci- 
mens transmitted to Bentham by Mueller, and it is the author’s inten- 
tion to review this situation and present an account of all pertinent 
literature (much of which is rare and generally unavailable to botanists) 
together with comments on the original specimens cited in Bentham’s 
and Mueller’s descriptions. 
A. hynoeana was originally described by Bentham in Linnaea 
26 : 614 (1855) from material collected by Benjamin Bynoe who was 
Surgeon on the Beagle during Commander J. Lort Stokes’ expedition 

Page image

Page text

A. B. Court: Notes on Australian Acacias / 
157 
Acacia ^enistifolia Unk Enitm. Plant. Hart. Berol. 2 : 442 ( 1822). 
SYN.; Acacia (lifjusa Lindi. in Edwards Bat. Re^. 8 : t.634 
(1822).' 
Acacia prostrata Lodd. Bot. Cah. 7:t.631 (1822), 
nonicn nudum. 
PhvUodoce ^cnistijolia (Link) Link Handh. Erk. 2 : 133 
'(1831). 
Acacia ciispidata A. Cunn. cx Bcnlh. in Hook. Land. J. 
Bot. 1 : 337 (1842), non Schlcchtcndal (1838). 
Acacia cuspidata A. Cunn. cx Benth. var. lon^ifolia 
Bcnth. in Linnaea 26 : 610 ( 1855). 
Acacia difju.sa Lindi. var. cuspidata (A. Cunn. ex 
Benth.) Benth. Flor. Aust. 2 : 333 (1864). 
In Viet. Nat. 74 : 12 (1957), the author discussed the fact that 
three dilferent names were proposed during 1822 for material hitherto 
referred to A. diffusa but refrained from altering its name. The posi- 
tion with regard to these names can be clarified now. A. prostrata 
Lodd. is little more than a nomen nudum and was published during 
August 1822. A. genistifolia Link was published during the first half 
of that year while A. diffusa Lindi., according to the date on the plate, 
was published on July 1, 1822. 
Recently a genuine Link specimen of A. genistifolia was located in 
the Melbourne Herbarium (MEL 39790) and it bears a label that 
reads “Acacia genistifolia Lk ! Original A. diffusa Lindicy 
Hort Bot. reg. Berolin. comm. Museum bot. Berolin. Schumann ”. 
This specimen can be taken to be part of the type and leaves no doubt 
that A. genistifolia and A. diffusa are conspecitic. 
Link's specimen represents the typical form of the population of 
individuals included in that species. Lindley's concept of this species 
does not represent the typical form as it is understood at pre.scnt 
but refers to a more or less flattened phyllodc form frequently found in 
Tasmania. Loddiges illustration of A. prostrata indicates that he had 
the same variant in mind. 
A. genistifolia has been recorded from New South Wales, Victoria 
and Tasmania. 
Acacia gunnii Benth. in Hook. Lond. J. Bot. 1 : 332 (1842). 
SYN.: Acacia vomerifonnis A. Cunn. ex Benth. in /. c. 
Acacia gititnii and A. vo/neriforniis were described simultaneously 
and maintained as distinct species until 1859 when Mueller [in J. Linn. 
Soc. (Bot.) 3: 119 (1859)] placed the latter name as a synonym 
under the former. Although Mueller is here eredited with making this 
decision, it is possible that Bentham who edited Mueller’s manuscript 
was responsible for regarding the two species as conspecific. In a 
note at the beginning of Mueller’s article (/. c. 114) Bentham wrote ; 

Page image

Page text

A. B. CouRi: Notes on Australian Acacias I 
163 
9] changed his mind and placed A. willdcnowiana under A. dipteni 
Undl. as a synonym and, at the same time, asserted (/. c. 66) that A. 
diptcra Mumb. ct Honpl. cx Willd. was a synonym of Prosopis juliflora 
(Sw.) DC, a native of the Americas. Ci. Bentham, Flor. Anst. 2 : 321 
(1864), followed Scemann’s latter assertion and repeated it again in 
Irons. Linn. Sac. Lond. 35 ; 447 (1875). 
Through the courtesy of Professor G. Wagenitz of the Systematic- 
Geobotanical Institute of the University of Gottingen, the author has 
been able to examine Wendland’s original publication where his notes 
appear as a footnote to A. diptera Humb. et Bonpl. ex Willd. Because 
of the extreme rarity of this publication, these notes are now quoted in 
full 
“ Diese Acacia diptera Humb. et Bonpl. in Willdenow’s Hnumeratio 
Plantarum horti bolanici Berolinensis 1809 Pars II. pag. 1051, deren Vater- 
land in America meridionali angegeben ist und ziir Abtheilung Foliis 
conjugato-pinnalis gehdrt, darf nicht verwcchselt werden mit der Acacia 
diptera l.indl. Bot. Reg. 1839, welche am Swan River wachsl und nach 
Meissner in Plantae Preissianae pag. 4. zur Abtheilung II. Alatae gehdrt. 
Ich erlaube mir daher diese letzlere als Acacia Willdenowiana H. Wendl. 
zu bezeichnen." 
Acacia williamsonii A. B. Court comb. nov. 
SYN.: Acacia li^^ulafa A. Cunn. ex Benth. var. an^ustifolia H 
B. Williamson in A. J. Ewart Flor. Viet. 594 (1931 ). 
Acacia hakeoides A. Cunn. ex Benth. var. angnstijolia 
(H. B. Williamson) J. H. Willis in Viet. Nat. 73 : 156 
( 1957). 
Acacia williamsonii is undoubtedly a distinct species almost entirely 
confined to the Whipstick scrub near Bendigo in the north-central region 
of the State. It is characterized by its small narrow phyllodes (less than 
3 mm wide), small distinctly moniliform pods (less than 4 mm wide), 
and small flower-heads with fewer than 30 flowers. A. hakeoides has 
phyllodes always wider than 3 mm, pods which are hardly constricted 
between the seeds and certainly wider than 4 mm, and rather large 
llowcr-heads with more than 30 flowers. A. williamsonii is known locally 
as Whirrakce Wattle and is endemic to this State. 
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS 
The author expresses his appreciation of the kind assistance given 
to him by the directors and staffs of the Kew Herbarium and the 
National Herbarium of New South Wales and the Keeper and staff 
of the Department of Botany, British Museum, and also the Chief 
Librarian of the State Library of Victoria. Drs Hj Eichler and L. A. 
S. Johnson secured data relevant to obscure descriptions and the author 
extends his thanks to them. Professor G. Wagenitz of Gottingen kindly 
provided valuable information on the whereabouts of H. 1-. Wendland's 
original description of Acacia willdenowiana. The author also gratefully 
acknowledges comments concerning Choretrum oxycladnm passed onto 
him by the late H. U. Stauffer of Zurich. 

Page image

Page text

158 
A. B. Court: Notes on Australian Acacias / 
“ In so far as the specimens have admitted of it, I have, at Dr. Mueller’s 
request, carefully compared his species with those nearly allied to them, 
and added any remarks which suggested themselves, at the end of his 
descriptions. In the few cases where 1 have clearly identified them with 
others previously described, I have given the published names, adding his 
manuscript ones for the purpose of reference, and retaining his characters 
as completing our previous knowledge of the plants.” 
There is an implication here that Bentham relegated A. vomerijormis 
to a synonym of A. gimnii but this is opposed to his treatment of these 
two names in Flor. aiist. 2 : 350 ( 1864) where he considered that A. 
gimnii was a synonym of the former name. 
A. gimnii has been recorded from all Australian states excepting 
Western Australia. 
Acacia quadrilateralis DC. Prodr. 2 ; 45 1 (1825). 
SYN.; Acacia pugionijormis H. Wendl. Comment. Acac. 5, 38 
t.9 ( 1820), pro parte non H. Wendl. in Flora 2 ; 139 
(1819). 
Reference has already been made under Acacia brownii (Poir.) 
Steud. above concerning the confusion that has surrounded the appli- 
cation of A. pugionijormis in the past. It is necessary to reject A. 
pugionijormis as a name that can be applied to material hitherto known 
under that name and replace it with A. qiiardilateralis. Candolle’s 
name was based on Sicber FI. Novae Holl. No. 442 which is represented 
by two replicates in the Melbourne Herbarium and it undoubtedly 
represents the same material as indicated by the erroneous interpreta- 
tion given to A. pugionijormis in the past. 
A. quadrilateralis is well-known from Queensland and New South 
Wales. 
Acacia spinescens Benth. in Hook. Lond. J. Bot. 1 : 323 (1842). 
SYN.: Choretrum o.xvcladum F. Muell. Fragm. Phxt. Aust. 
I : 121 (1858). 
When the late H. U. Stauffer of the Botanic Museum of the Univer- 
sity of Zurich visited the Melbourne Herbarium in December 1963, 
he drew the author’s attention to the existence the name Choretrum 
oxyciadum and indicated that this name should be relegated to 
synonymy under Acacia spinescens. The author agreed fully with this 
assertion. The holotype of Choretrum oxyciadum, a specimen collected 
at Port Lincoln (South Australia) by C. Wilhelmi, is filed in the 
Melbourne Herbarium (MEL 2308), G. Bentham, Flor. Aust. 6 : 218 
( 1873), was unable to satisfactorily place Choretrum oxyciadum in any 
genus and suggested that the llowers “ . . . may all possibly be in a 
monstrous state. If not, the plant must belong to some very different 
Order.” J. M. Black made no mention of Choretrum oxyciadum in 
either edition of his Flora oj South Australia. 
A. spinescen is indigenous to South Australia, New South Wales 
and Victoria. 

Page image

Page text

NO I ES ON Al S I RAUAN ACAC IAS I 
by 
A. B. Court* 
SUMMARY 
Acacia hakeoides A. Cunn. ex Bcnth. var. angiistijolia (H. B. 
Williamson) J. H. Willis is raised to specific rank; A. fnmteriana N. A. 
Wakefield is formally relegated to synonymy under A. hoormanii 
Maiden, A. diffusa Lindl. to synonymy under A. genistijolia Link, A. 
vomcriformis A. Cunn. ex Bcnth. to synonymy under A. gutwii Bcnth. 
and A. diptera to synonymy under A. willdcnowiana H. Wcndl. ; the 
confusion between A. hrownii (Poir.) Stcud. and A. pugionijormis H. 
Wendl. is resolved and A. quadrilatcralis DC. brought out of 
synonymy ; the identity of A. hynoeana has been established and shown 
to be an endemic New South Wales species, A. pumila Maiden et R. 
T. Baker is relegated to synonymy under A. hynoeana and A. 
wilhelmiana F. Mucll. replaces A. hynoeana as the correct name applied 
to South Australian, New South Wales and Victorian material formerly 
referred to A. hynoeana; A. difformis R. T. Baker is added to the 
Victorian flora and Choretrum oxycladuni F. Mucll. is added as a 
synonym to A. spinescens Benth. 
NOMENCLATURAL AND TAXONOMIC NOTES 
Acacia hoormanii Maiden in J. Roy. Soc. N.S.W. 49 : 489 (1916). 
SYN.: Acacia hunteriana N. A. Wakefield in Viet. Nat. 
72 : 92 (1955). 
Acacia hoormanii is a common species in eastern Victoria and the 
far south-east of New South Wales and seems to be confined mainly 
to the Snowy River watershed. The author has examined material col- 
lected throughout its range and can find no reason to regard A. 
hunteriana as specifically distinct and accordingly the latter name is 
relegated to synonymy. 
Acacia hrownii (Poir.) Steud. Norn. Rot. 2 (1821). 
SYN.: Acacia acicularis R. Br. in Ait. f. Hort. Kew. ed. 2 
5:460 (1813), non Humb. et Bonpl. ex Willd. 
(1809). 
Mimosa Brownei Poir. in Encxcl. Meth. {Bot.) Suppl 
5 : 530 (1817). 
Acacia pugioniformis H. Wendl. in Flora 2 : 139 
(1819). 
Acacia Arceuthos Spreng. Syst. Veg. 3 : 134 (1826). 
Acacia juniperina (Vent.) Willd. var. Brownei (Poir) 
Benth. Flor. Aust. 2 : 332 ( 1864). 
• National Herbarium of Victoria. 
155 

Page image

Page text

A np:w spkcies of orchidaceae from victoria 
by 
David L. Jones* 
Pterostylis aestiva sp. nov. 
ex affinitate Pterostylis decurvae R. S. Rogers, differt: floris colore 
(saturate aeruginoso), floris basi perbulbosa, antherae rostro prominenti 
(ca. 1mm. longo), labello longiore ( 14-5-I90mm.) atque columna 
longiore (14- 16mm.). 
Plant very slender, 12—35 cm tall. Radical leaves absent during 
anthesis, app>caring as a rosette on non-flowering plants. Stem-hracts 
1-3, well developed, up to 4 cm long, linear-lanceolate with long 
acuminate tips, the margins entire and often revolute. Flower solitary, 
rarely two, variable in size, translucent-white with dark bluish-green 
longitudinal stripes, often reddish towards apex. Galea 22-27 mm 
long (measured in a straight line from the base of the flower to the 
petal tips), erect at base, then curving forward through a semi-circle 
and ending in a filiform point 10-16 mm long. Lateral sepals 40-52 
mm long, conjoined for three-quarters of their length to form an erect 
lower lip which is cuneate and notched at the centre of upper mar^ns, 
the latter internally revolute and forming a wide very gibbous sinus, 
contracting suddenly into filiform points which rise 25-40 mm above 
the galea. Labellum 14-5-19 mm long, linear-oblong, on an irritable 
claw, upright for two-thirds of its length then curving forwards, reddish 
brown in colour, with a longitudinal ridge running along the centre and 
expanding at the tip ; apex obtuse, the point protruding conspicuously 
through the sinus and in some specimens still visible when retracted into 
the galea ; appendage relatively large, curved, trifid, penicillate. Column 
14-16 mm long, the upper angle of the wings produced into an acute 
linear tooth about 1-5 mm long, the lower lobes attenuated, slender, 
almost linear-obtuse with very few cilia visible from the exterior but 
densely packed on the inner margins. Stigma central, elliptical, 7-10 
mm long. Anther about 2-5 mm long, usually with a small rostrum 
about 01 mm long. Pollinia four, linear-oblong, about 1-8 mm long. 
Flowering Time : 
January — early April. 
Distribution : 
At present apparently restricted to Victoria where it is confined to 
the highlands of the north-east and is often locally abundant. Its 
appearance in the highlands and tablelands of southern New South 
• Bayswater. Victoria. 
151 

Page image

Page text

I. G. Stone: Two New Species of Archidium from Victoria 
199 
Archiclium stellatum which has small quadrangular to shortly rect- 
angular leaf cells and short subjulaceous innovations appears closest to 
the South American species A. arechavaletae C. Muell., A. amplexicaule 
C. Muell. and the very similar A. gibertii Mitt. It differs from A. 
arechavaletae in the more regular and narrower leaf cells (8-10/x), a 
narrower nerve and perichaetial leaves with a narrow insertion. It has 
much wider leaves (about 0-4 mm) than A. gibertii and lacks the 
golden excurrent nerve of the perichaetial leaves of A . amplexicaule. 
Archidium clavatum I. G. Stone sp. nov. 
ob cellulas foliorum parvas atque innovationes perjulaceas ut videtur 
A. julaceum C. Muell. ex America Australi et A. julicaulem C. Muell. 
ex Africa Australi proxime appropinquans; a priore habitu cladautoecio, 
foliis caulis latioribus et proportionibus cellulae difFert ; ab A. julicaule 
apicibus foliorum truncatis et marginibus eorum cristato-denticulatis 
recedit. 
Holotype : Mount Tarrengower, near Maldon, on hard gravel 
in a depression in granitic rock and half buried in gelatinous algae, 
lichens and bryophytes, /. G. Stone 7033 , 17. x. 1971, in Herb. MEL 
101 1756 ; Isotypes in Herbaria MELU and of the author. 
Plants 3-5 mm high, cladautoecious, yellowish to brownish green. 
All plants so far found growing in the field were scattered and half- 
buried among gelatinous algae, lichens and bryophytes on hard gravelly 
detritus in depressions in granitic rock (Plate 25B). 
Stems julaceous erect, usually arising from old buried stems or 
robust underground rhizoidal systems, with rhizoids at the base of stem 
and in leaf axils, simple at first with a terminal perichaetium of larger 
leaves, branching from between the upper long perichaetial leaves and 
the lower shorter ones by one or two short clavate strongly julaceous 
innovations which are bare at the base and usually with a characteristic 
bend just below the club-shaped apex (Fig. 58a, Plate 25A). 
Stem leaves broadly ovate, concave, closely appressed and over- 
lapping, nerve broadest at the base, finishing below the apex ; lower 
leaves scale-like 150-200 p. long, wider than long, with ratio of length 
to width about 1 : 1-5, margin slightly crenulate-denticulate above, 
Fig. 57. Archidium stellatum sp. nov. 
a. - Optical section of archegonium (upper part of neck not shown), cleared 
in lactic acid; b. - optical section of young embryo in enlarged archegonium, 
ha. hair, pe. perichaetical leaf; c. - L. S. lower part of immature capsule, 
foot and vaginula; sp. immature spore, a-sp, air space; d. - T. S. immature 
capsule showing air space between capsule wall and spore sac, inner cells of 
spore sac with large nuclei, smc, spore mother cell at late telophase 2; e. - 
male branch with perigonial bracts enclosing antheridia; f. - tip of bract en- 
larged; g, h. - perigonial bracts; i. -dark exothecial cells from apex of cap- 
sule, surface view; j. - mature capsule with foot enclosed in vaginula. sp, 
spore, ca, calyptra; k. - spore with large and small oil globules, mounted in 
water. 

Page image

Page text

192 
I. G. Stone: Two New Species of Archidium from Victoria 
Descriptions of Archidium species are often incomplete and draw- 
ings in most cases do not give enough detail, but as far as can be 
determined from the type and other "descriptions by Mueller (1882, 
1888, 1899), Mitten (1887), Roth (1911, 1914), Britton (1913), 
Cain (1936), and others, and without actually examining the type 
specimens which I have been unable to obtain (unfortunately many of 
Mueller’s specimens were destroyed at Berlin), the two Victorian species 
appear to be undescribed. 
The genus is in need of revision on a world-wide basis, a task which 
it is understood is being undertaken by Mr. J. Snider of Duke Univer- 
sity, North Carolina, U.S.A. 
DESCRIPTIONS AND DIAGNOSES 
Archidium stellatum I. G. Stone sp. nov. 
ob cellulas foliorum parvas quadratas (usque ad breviter rectangulares) 
atque ob innovationes breves subjulaceas ex affinitate A. arechavaletae 
C. Muell., A. amplexicaulis C. Muell. et A. gibertii Mitt, (persimilis) — 
omnia ex America Australi; ab A. arechavaletae differt cellulis foliorum 
angustioribus paene regularibus (8-10 /*), nervo angustiore et foliis 
perichaetialibus anguste insertis; ab A. gibertii foliis multo latioribus (circa 
0-4mm) atque ab A. amplexicauli in absentia nervi aurei excurrentis 
recedit; ab A. amplexicauli et A. gibertii ambodus in praesentia vittae 
latae cellularum laxarum pellucidarum (ad marginem basalem foliorum 
perichaetialium) atque innovationium (intra perichaetium emergentes) 
amplius distinguitur. 
Holotype : Mallee country near Neilborough on bare light brown 
earth at roadside, /. G. Stone 30, 14. ix. 1968, in Herb. MEL 1011755 ; 
Isotypes in Herbaria MELU and of the author. 
Plants perennial, very small, cladautoecious, yellowish green, form- 
ing very low turfs about 3mm high on bare earth or scattered among 
other bryophytes and lichens. 
Stems erect, simple at first with a terminal Phascum-\\ko perichae- 
tium, branching within the perichaetium by 1-7 (frequently 1-3) 
innovations (Plate 23B), usually one at the base of each of the inner- 
most large perichaetial leaves, rarely just below the capsule (Fig. 55 
a,c). Innovations short, erect, julaceous to subjulaceous, radiating to 
give a stellate appearance when the perichaetial leaves spread at 
maturity, eventually becoming fertile at the apex and repeating the 
Fig. 55. Archidium stellatum sp. nov. 
a. - Innovation and associated perichaetial leaf (abaxial surface); b. - branch 
from main stem, rhizoids near base; c. - young innovation with 2-celled hair 
at base; d. - innovation leaf (abaxial surface) at insertion with stem, margin 
torn and enrolled above tear; e. - the same, enlarged to show cell detail; 
f, g. — enlarged stem leaves from (/>); f. — side view; g. — abaxial; h. — T. S. 
stem; i-m.-T.S. innovation leaves at various levels. 

Page image

Page text

Taxonomy and Distribution of Ruhus fruticosus L. agg. 
47 
Victorian Distribution [Fig. 17]: Otway Ranges, Ballarat, 
Clunes, Erica, South Gippsland Hills, East Gippsland. 
Specimens Examined: Victoria — Beech Forest. R. L. Amor 
RA20, i.l967 (KTRS; MEL 500024, 500025, 500026); Lome, 
R. L. Amor RA17, i.l967 (KTRS; MEL 500027, 500028, 500029); 
Daylesford, H. Balde HB4, ii.l967 (CGE; KTRS; MEL 500030); 
Warragul, R. L. Amor RA4, i.l967 (KTRS; MEL 500031, 500032, 
500033); Erica, R. L. Amor RAG, i.l967 (KTRS; MEL 500034, 
500035) . 
4. Rubus cissburiensis Barton & Riddelsd. in Journ. Bot. 
(London) 69: 238 (1931). R. erythrinus forma glandulosus 
Rogers in Rep. Bot. Soc. Exch. Cl Brit. Isles 1 : 542 (1898 pro 
Fig. 17. — Distribution of R. polyanthemus in Victoria, based on presence in 
Lands Department Inspectors’ Districts. 
1897). R. separinus sensu W. C. R. Watson Handb. Rubi Gt. 
Britain Ireland 93 (1958), non Genev. in Mem. Soc. Acad 
(Angers) 8:90 (1860). [Fig. 18.] 
Stem purplish to very deep blackish-purple, becoming scaly 
as it gets older, glabrous or nearly so, eglandular, not tomentose; 
faces flat or sometimes convex; prickles mostly deflexed, some 
more or less patent or slightly falcate. Leaves most 5-partite; 
petioles and petiolules subglabrous, very sparsely tomentose, 
sometimes with a very few glands, armed with falcate, deflexed 
prickles; upper surface of leaflets glabrous; lower surface green 
to greyish tomentose and thinly pilose below; terminal leaflet 
elliptical, rarely obovate, apex acuminate, base rounded. 

Page image

Page text

44 
Taxonomy and Distribution of Ruhus fruticosus L. agg. 
R. selmeri Lindeb. (1884) was relegated to the synonymy of 
R. nemoralis P. J. Muell. (1858) by W. C. R. Watson (1958, 
p. 66). R. selmeri has been used by nearly all European botanists 
for this common and well-known species of N.W. Europe. 
However, this name has been used for several different species 
and its correct application is in doubt. 
2. Rubus laciniatus Willd. in Hort. BeroL 2 (7): pi. Ixxxii 
(1806); Rogers Handb. Brit. Rubi vii (1900); Sudre Rubi Eur. 
55 (1909); Focke in Biblthca Bot. 83: 134 (1914); W. C. R. 
Watson Handb. Rubi Gt. Britain Ireland 67 (1958); Y. Heslop- 
Harrison in Tutin et al. FL Europaea 2 : 13 (1968). [Fig. 14.] 
Stem and leaves as in R. selmeri, but leaflets deeply laciniate, 
often divided to midrib. Inflorescence variable in outline, often 
more or less cylindrical, all branches armed with strong, large- 
based, deflexed, falcate prickles. Sepals with long (up to 4mm) 
linear tips (the tips sometimes greatly enlarged into leafy 
structures) their outer surfaces densely pilose and tomentose, 
with numerous tiny pricklets. Petals pink or white, longer than 
in R. selmeri (up to 15mm), obovate, very variable at apex, 
sometimes deeply notched, sometimes rounded, sometimes 
mucronate. Anthers at same level as stigmas; filaments often 
pinkish at base. Carpels glabrous or slightly pilose. 
European Distribution: Cultivated for ornament and widely 
naturalized in many areas. Origin unknown. 
Victorian Distribution [Fig. 15]: Otway Ranges, Central 
Victoria, Dandenong Ranges, Gippsland, North-eastern Victoria. 
Widespread, but not abundant, characteristically occurring as 
widely spaced, bird-sown plants. 
Specimens Examined: Victoria — Lavers Hill, R. L. Amor s. n., 
i.l969 (CGE; KTRS; MEL 500019); Ballarat, H. Balde HB3 
(KTRS; MEL 500020, 500021); Balook, R. L. Amor RA8, i,1967 
(KTRS; MEL 500022, 500023). 
3. Rubus polyanthemus Lindeb. Herb. Rub. Scand. 1: no. 16 
(1882) et in Bot. Not. 1883: 105 (1883); Neuman in Kongl. 
Vetensk. Akad. Fork. Stockholm 1883 (8): 65 (1883); Sudre 
Rubi Eur. 61 (1909); W. C. R. Watson Handb. Rubi Gt. Britain 
Ireland 89 (1958); Y. Heslop-Harrison in Tutin et al. El. 
Europaea 2 : 14 (1968). R. pulcherrimus Neuman in Lunds. Bot. 
Foreningsbyteskatalog (1882); Rogers Handb. Brit. Rubi 32 
(1900) ; Focke in Biblthca Bot. 83 : 125 (1914) ; non W. J. Hooker 
in leones PI. 8: dexxx (1848). R. neumanii Focke in Potonie 
Illust. FI. Nord- und Mittel-Deutschl. 257 (1886); Frider & 
Gelert in Bot. Tideskr. 16: 79 (1888). [Fig. 16.] 

Page image

Page text

Studies in Antarctic Lichens V 
149 
The thallus of A. chlorophana is thin, flat to slightly hemis- 
pheric. It cracks and divides into areolae 0-2 — 0*4 mm diam. 
On the other hand the thallus of A. gwynnii is thick and pulvin- 
ate. This condition is consistant with specimens found in open 
exposed positions as well as those growing under rocks where 
they would be sheltered from all wind-blown sand and ice. The 
thallus is closely appressed, radiate, up to 3 mm diam. and does 
not divide into separate areolae. 
No. 2. Acarospora williamsii R. Filson 
in AN ARE Sci. Rep. Ser. B (II) Bot. 82: 31. 1966 
ANTARCTICA. MAC. ROBERTSON LAND: West side of Mawson 
Rock, growing along cracks in the granite and on rock adjacent to 
the cracks in sheltered position. 
1 February 1974 Rex Filson 14823 
Discussion: The relationship of this species with others in 
section Phaeothallia (H. Magn.) Ras. found in the Antarctic 
needs further investigation. The three species reported in Dodge 
(1973: 146) appear to be similar and eventually all may prove 
to be conspecific with A. badiofusca Th. Fr. The type specimen 
of A. williamsii was collected growing over and between fine 
gravels. This habitat gave rise to a more bullate form than the 
specimens presented here, most of which are growing on the 
rock surface. 
No. 3. Alectoria minuscula (Nyl. ex Arnold) Degel. 
in Nytt Mag. Naturv. 78: 286. 1938. Imbricaria lanata var. minus- 
cula Nyl. ex Arnold, Verb, zool-bot. Ges. Wien, 28: 293. 1878. 
ANTARCTICA. MAC. ROBERTSON LAND: Fischere Nunatak, on 
small pebbles on the summit. 
6 February 1974 Rex Filson 14838 & Craig Austin 
Discussion: The specimens included in this exsiccata are 
tending towards f. congesta (Zahlbr.) M. Lamb and f. Crustacea 
(Lynge et Schol.) Degel. The present author agrees with Lamb 
(1964:28) and Lindsay (1972:10) that these forms do not have 
taxonomic significance and are only modifications caused by the 
harsh Antarctic environment. 
No. 4. Biatorella cerebriformis (Dodge) R. Filson comb, 
nov. 
Candelariella cerebriformis Dodge in BANZ Antarct. Res. Exped. 
Rep. 7: 184. 1948. Biatorella antarctica J. Murray, Trans. Roy. 
Soc. N.Z. Bot. 2: 60. 1963. 
ANTARCTICA. MAC. ROBERTSON LAND: Fischer Nunatak, 
abundant on pebbles along the summit. 
6 February 1974 Rex Filson 14837 & Craig Austin 
Discussion: It seems fairly obvious from the descriptions 
that Biatorella antarctica J. Murray and Candelariella cerebri- 
formis Dodge are the same taxon. Whilst the author feels that 
this species is more robust than others in the genus Biatorella he 

Page image

Page text

152 
Rex B. Filson 
Discussion: Caloplaca elegant var. pulvinata is a very 
variable lichen in the Mac. Robertson Land region. So much so 
that it has previously been recorded as four separate species in 
two genera. Gasparrinia harrisoni Dodge, “ Gasparrinia citrina 
Dodge ”, Polycauliona sparsa Dodge & Baker and Polycauliona 
johnstoni Dodge. The colour of the thallus grades from greenish- 
yellow in shaded situations to bright red-orange when exposed 
to direct sunlight. Depending on the environment the thallus 
is either radiate and continuous or discontinuous and scattered. 
This species when growing under the harsh Antarctic condi- 
tions always appears more pulvinate than similar specimens 
found growing elsewhere. In order to separate this form from 
the typical, the author prefers to uphold the “ var. pulvinata ” 
even though it is perhaps only a modification caused by environ- 
ment. 
Some authors place this species in Xanthoria but this author 
prefers to retain it in Caloplaca sect. Gasparrinia because of its 
close adnation to the substrate and the texture of the upper 
cortex. 
No. 11. Candelariella antarctica R. Filson comb. & nom. 
nov. 
Protoblastenia citrina Dodge, in BANZ. Antarct. Res. Exped. Rep. 
7: 222. 1948. 
ANTARCTICA. MAC. ROBERTSON LAND: West side of Mawson 
Rock, growing over moss cushions. 
1 February 1974 Rex Filson 14817 
Discussion: The species has a granulose sorediose, non- 
radiate thallus which has a negative reaction with KOH. The 
apothecial disk is greenish-yellow which also has a negative re- 
action with KOH. The genus Protoblastenia Steiner belongs in 
the family Caloplacaceae, all members of which have a positive 
reaction with KOH on the apothecial disk. 
As the chemistry of this species is more consistant with 
Candelariella Mull. Arg. a new combination is warranted and as 
C. citrina is an earlier homonym used by B. de Lesd. in Ann. 
Cryptog. Exot. 5: 120. 1932, it has been necessary to find a new 
name for this entity. 
No. 12. Lecanora melanophthalma (Ram.) Ram. 
in Memoir. Acad. Roy. Sc. de VInstit. de France 6: 133 (1823) 
1827. Lichen melanophthalmus Ram. apud Lam. et DC., Flore 
Frangaise edit. 3, 2: 376. 1805. Lecanora rubina Ach. var. mela- 
nophthalma (Ram.) Zahlbr. forma exsulans (Th. Fr.) Zahlbr., in 
Cat. Lich. Univ. 5: 660. 1928. Squamaria chrysoleuca (Sm.) Ach. 
var. melanophthalma (Ram.) Zahlbr. forma exsulans Th. Fr., in 
Nytt. Mag. Naturv. 40: 208. 1902. Lecanora exsulans (Th. Fr.) 
Dodge & Baker, in Ann. Miss. Bot. Gard. 25: 570. 1938. 
ANTARCTICA. MAC. ROBERTSON LAND: West side of Mawson 
Rock, on small stones scattered amongst moss cushions in depres- 
sions along melt water run-offs. 
1 February 1974 
Rex Filson 14814 

Page image

Page text

A NEW GREVILLEA SPECIES FROM WESTERN VICTORIA 
by 
W. M. Molyneux* 
Grevillea microstegia. W. M. Molyneux spec. nov. 
Frutex usque ad 60 cm altus, sed 200-400 cm tatus, densus interdum 
vagans; caulis principalis breviter ascendens, mox paene prostratus; 
rami prope prostrati, saepe implicate vel eorum extremitates oblique 
arcuatae; folia bipinnatipartita, in lobos numerosos angustos spinosos 
divisa, in superficiebus mature glabra sed subter pilos paucos breves 
disperses gerentia: racemi secundi, varie deflexi vel penduli, 
pendunculis tenuibus pubescentibus praediti; perianthium parvum 
(ca. 10 mm longum); bracteae florales minutae (ca. 0-25 mm longae), 
aut praemature deciduae aut interdum persistentes; stipes ex toro 
obliquo paene centraliter emergens; fructus oblique ellipsoideus, 
stylo persistenti. 
Holotype: Victoria, Mount Cassel, central eastern ranges of 
the Grampians Mountains, 14-5 kilometres west-north-west of 
Moyston, W. M. Molyneux, M. Tonkin and R. Tonkin, 27. ix 1970 
(MEL 501440). 
Isotypes: at MEL, NSW, CANB, K. 
Also Examined: Mount Cassel, lower and higher ridges and 
slopes, W. M. Molyneux and R. V. Smith, 17.xi.1970; Mount 
Cassel, W. M. Molyneux, ii.1972, 12.xii.1972, 2.xii.l973. 
A dense or sometimes straggling shrub to 0-6 m high, 2-4 
m wide; main stem shortly ascending, soon becoming almost 
prostrate; branches intertwined, building up densely upon each 
other, ends often curving sideways in an arc, or ascending, glab- 
rous or scarcely hairy (except when young) . Leaves bipinnati- 
partite, petiolate, narrowly cuneate up to the ± deltoid laminae 
30-40 m long, 20-40 m wide, divided into 5-11 prickly lobes 
each 1-2 mm wide and 4-5 mm apart, either entire or again 
divided into mostly 2-3 short secondary lobes, rarely lobed 
again; margins revolute; upper surfaces glabrous, dark green, 
mid vein inconspicuous; under surfaces light green, glabrous, 
or with few scattered hairs; primary veins prominent, secondary 
veins obscure; new leaves pink, pubescent on both surfaces, 
t Inflorescences arising from lateral branchlets, subterminal, or 
occasionally terminal, on pubescent peduncles, 13-20 mm long; 
rachis 20-30 mm long, densely pubescent; racemes ca. 30- 
flowered, secund, variously deflexed or pendulous, 20-30 mm 
long, ca. 19 mm wide at anthesis; Floral bracts inconspicuous, 
0-25 mm long, 0-5-1 mm wide, variously concave, broadly 
* Belfast Road, Montrose. 
t All observations were made from fresh material. 
Muelleria 3 (2): 141-145 (1975). 
141 

Page image

Page text

GREVILLEA WILLISII (PROTEACEAE) 
A NEW VICTORIAN SPECIES 
by 
R. V. Smith* * and D. J. McGillivrayI 
SUMMARY 
G. willisii is described, and its affinities with related taxa 
discussed. Habitat and other notes are given. 
Grevillea willisii R. V. Smith et D. J. McGillivray, sp. nov. 
Frutex erectus autem diffusus, 2-5 m altus X 3 m latus. Rami fusco-grisei 
vel griseo-brunnei; ramuli angulari-rotundati, saturate nigro-grisei, 
a pilis brevibus cirriformibus atque torquatis dense tomentosi. 
Laminae foliorum maturorum basin versus contractae, breviter sed 
anguste cuneatae, petiolis brevibus (3-6 mm longis) praeditae, 
rigidae, superne laete virentes, subter inter venas primarias dense 
contexto-tomentosae ob indumentum luteo-griseum usque fuligineum 
(venis mediis laminae atque loborum primariorum dense vel sparse 
pilosis ob tomentum laxiorem), lineamento — si lobis absentibus — 
plus minus ovato, 3-5 cm longae X 2-4 cm latae, profunde 
pinnatifidae in 3-9 lobos primarios; lobi primarii a simplicibus et 
oblongo-lanceolatis (vel anguste deltoideis) usque ad ± oblongo- 
cuneatos et apices versus trilobatos (interdum bilobatos) variantes 
— si quando trilobatus, lobus primarius infra medium usitate 
constrictus deinde in partem superiorem trilobatum dilatatus, lobulis 
ultimis ± triangularibus et ad apices breviter rigide pungentibus; 
margo folii firme recurvatus vel refractus; venae mediae folii atque 
eius lobi primarii infra fortiter prominentes, in superficie tenuiter 
sed clare notatae (praeterea, in superficie vena intramarginalis 
subtilis est sed ob recurvatum marginis folii aliquantum obscurata); 
folia juvenilia in superficie fortiter pubescentia (cf. folia veteriora 
sparse pilosa vel paene glabra). Inflorescentia 2-4 cm longa, dense 
spicata horizontalis cylindrata vel subsecunda, plerumque ramulum 
brevem foliatum terminans vel in axillis foliorum superiorum locata; 
rhachis lanata; bracteae florales breves (1-1*5 mm longae) crassae 
late ovato-rhomboideae concavae acutae, utrimque dense pilosae. 
Flores pedicellis dense pilosis brevibus (± 1*5 mm longis) praediti; 
perianthium plerumque fulvum vel paululum purpureo-brunneum, 
tamen ad summas laborum saturate purpureo-brunneum, extrinsecus 
a pilis appressis vel paulo expansis argenteis usque luteo-griseis 
instructum; tubus perianthii interne glaber, eius parte recta (usque 
ad summam arci) 4-5 mm longa et limbo 2 mm longo; antherae 
oblongo-lineares, ±0*5 mm longae; torus paene rectus usque paulo 
obliquus; glans hypogyna semi-annularis glabra conspicue elevata, 
eius margine irregulariter lobato vel dentato; stylus 9-11 mm longus, 
perconspicuus glaber flavidus, parte inferiori plus minus recta sed 
parte superiori varie curvata vel arcuata, ad anthesin longitudinaliter 
canaliculatus, ad fructificationem teretior; discus stigmaticus 
perobliquus margine crenulato, stigmate conum humilem (±0*5 mm 
altum) ad centrum terminanti; ovarium sessile vel subsessile 
± 1 mm longum, a pilis longis erectis argenteo-albis dense obtectum. 
Fructus immaturi 4-5 mm longi, X 2-3 mm lati, oblique ovoideo- 
ellipsoidei, extrinsecus a pilis plus minus erectis vel expansis 
argenteo-griseis usque pallide luteo-griseis dense obtecti, atque vittis 
t National Herbarium of New South Wales. 
* National Herbarium of Victoria. 
Muelleria 3 (2): 102-111 (1975). 
102 

Page image

Page text

100 
J. H. Willis 
EPACRIDACE/E 
Leucopogon sonderensis J. H. Willis, sp. nov. 
(Sect. Pleuranthus. Ser. Planifoliae — fide G. Bentham in Flor. Aust., 
1869) 
Ex affinitate L. mitchellii Benth. (quocum olim confusa) sed differt sic: 
superficiebus foliorum siccorum haud nitidis, bracteis et sepalis 
manifeste albo-ciliolatis, corollae-tubo quam lobis saltern duplo 
longiore, ovario 4— loculari (cf. 5-loculari in L. mitchellii) , stylo a 
pilis minutis sparse obtecto (non glabro), staminum filamentis a 
corolla liberis non plus quam 1 mm (cf. ±. 2 mm in L. mitchellii) , 
atque antheris 1- 5-2 0 mm longis. 
Frutex erectus vel diffusus ramulosus, 150-200 cm altus, ramulis glabris 
sed sensim pertenuiter canescentibus. Folia late expansa usque 
subimbricata (in surculis), glabra, 10-15 mm longa et 2-5-40 mm 
lata, elliptico-lanceolata, ad basin subito contracta in petiolum 
perbrevem, ad apicem gradatim angustantia in acumen pungentem 
it 2 mm longum; superficies leniter concava, sine nitore atque 
perobscure venulosa; folium contra (subter) a venulis 30-40 flabellate 
expansis tenuiter lineatum, venis 5 majoribus interioribus paene 
parallelis. Flores pentameri, inter folia superiora collecti, praecipue 
uno per axillam; pedicellus pubescens, 1-2 mm longus. Calyx sat 
angusta, 4-5 mm longa, lobis obtusis minute ciliolatis stricte 
imbricatis, ad basin a bracteis vaginata; bracteae circa 5, perlate 
ovatae vel rotundae, albo-ciliolatae, pare superiore majore 1-5 mm 
longo. Corolla albida vel pallide viridis, 7-10 mm longa (quam 
calyx paene duplo longior); corollae-lobi acuminati, 3 mm longi, 
intus breviter et sparse albo-hirsuti. Antherae ellipsoideae, 
it 1 -5-2-0 mm lcngae, subsessiles in summa corollae tubi ex quo 
protrudentes. Ovarium angustum, ± 3 mm longum, glabrum, 
quadriloculare; stylus gracilis, sparse pubescens, 5-6 mm longus, 
stigmate capitato 0-2-0-4 mm lato; ovula 2 per loculum, 2-3 mm 
longa, Drupa coccinea, nitida, late ovoidea, ±6X5 mm. 
Holotype: Mt. Sonder, W. Macdonnell Ranges, Central 
Australia, among rocks near head of long steep gorge, at 
1330 m alt. and ± 0-4 km N.N.E. of cairn on summit (23° 34'S, 
132° 35'E) — J. H. Willis & H. A. Morrison s.n., 20.vii.1966 (MEL 
501453). 
Isotypes: (MEL 501452, and AD, NT, NSW). 
Other Collections Examined: At high elevations on Mt. 
Sonder— R. Tate (Horn Exped.) , June 1894 (MEL 501454). 
Shrub slender, erect or spreading to 150 or even 200 cm tall, 
the branches glabrous but faintly canescent. Leaves widely 
spreading to subimbricate (on younger shoots), glabrous, 10-15 
mm long, 2 *5-4-0 mm wide, elliptic-lanceolate (sometimes 
almost ovate on young shoots) , suddenly contracting at the base 
into a very short petiole and at the apex tapering into a fine 
pungent point it 2 mm long; the upper slightly concave surface 
dull and very faintly nerved, the lower surface finely lined with 
30-40 flabellately spreading veins of which the inner major 5 
are almost parallel. Flowers pentamerous, concentrated in the 
upper axils where mostly solitary, on pubescent pedicels 1-2 mm 
long. Calyx rather narrow, 4-5 mm long, the blunt minutely 

Page image

Page text

FOUR NEW SPECIES OF PLANTS ENDEMIC 
IN THE MACDONNELL AND GEORGE GILL RANGES, 
CENTRAL AUSTRALIA 
by 
J. H. Willis* 
SUMMARY 
The dicotyledonous species Portulaca filsonii (Portul- 
acaceae) , Euphorbia sarcostemmoid.es (Euphorbiaceae) , 
Ricinocarpos g loria-medii (Euphorbiaceae) and Leucopogon 
sonderensis (Epacridaceae) are described as new, and their 
affinities discussed. 
As far as known, all are endemic in the Macdonnell and 
George Gill Ranges of Central Australia where they are restricted 
to rocky habitats. Descriptions of at least 15 other endemic 
seed-bearing plants have been published from time to time for 
this rich botanical province, the most remarkable being Macroz- 
amia macdonnellii (a cycad) and Livistona mariae (a lofty 
palm) : several other entities, e.g. Goodenia spp., still await 
publication. Some of these endemics would undoubtedly be 
categorized as relic populations, persisting from the wetter 
Pleistocene period in refugial niches of the central mountain 
mass long after their obliteration elsewhere through excessive 
aridity of some 4000-6000 years ago (see Chippendale, 1963) .f 
PORTULACACE/E 
Portulaca filsonii J. H. Willis, sp. nov. 
(Sect. Siphonopetalum — fide F. Mueller in Fragm. Phyt. Aust., 1877.) 
P. armitii F. Muell. (Queenslandiae Borealis) maxime accedens, sed 
differt sic: foliis bullatis papillosis, pedicellis brevioribus, parte 
inferiore calycis dilatat multo latioreque, corollae tubo breviore et 
minus exserto, petalis dimidio brevioribus (3-4 mm longis) atque 
seminibus asperioribus duplo latioribus (1 mm). 
Herba perennis, parva, prostrata, succulenta, rubescens, rhizomate 
tuberiformi praedita, iterum atque iterum dichotome egerminans, 
tegetes (5-10 cm latas) formare. Rami carnosi, roseo-brunnei, 
minute papillosi, 1-2 mm lati, ramulis ultimis 10-20 mm expedite 
disarticulans, sine appendiculatis stipularibus. Folia opposita, 
perbeviter petiolata, rotunda vel reniformia, plerumque 5-8 mm 
longa et lata, carnosa, rufoviridia, tenuiter et acute papillosa, 
super manifeste bullata venis paucis immersis, subter plana vel 
paulo rugulosa plus minus purpurea, marginibus integris paululum 
recurvis. Flores breviter pedicellati, in axillis terminalibus bracteae 
foliaceae, a bracteolis minutis subulatis subtensi; pedicellus crassus, 
— .1 rnm longus, in calycis-basin (hemisphaericam usque late 
pyriformem) repente dilatans. Calyx tubulata, rubra, dense 
* 102 Male Street, Brighton, Vic., 3186. 
t O. M Chippendale, “ The relic nature of some Central Australian Plants ”, Trans. Roy. 
Soc. S. Aust. 86: 31-34 (1963). 
M uelleria 3 (2): 89-101 (1975). 
89 

Page image

Page text

152 
Rex B. Filson 
Discussion: Caloplaca elegant var. pulvinata is a very 
variable lichen in the Mac. Robertson Land region. So much so 
that it has previously been recorded as four separate species in 
two genera. Gasparrinia harrisoni Dodge, “ Gasparrinia citrina 
Dodge ”, Polycauliona sparsa Dodge & Baker and Polycauliona 
johnstoni Dodge. The colour of the thallus grades from greenish- 
yellow in shaded situations to bright red-orange when exposed 
to direct sunlight. Depending on the environment the thallus 
is either radiate and continuous or discontinuous and scattered. 
This species when growing under the harsh Antarctic condi- 
tions always appears more pulvinate than similar specimens 
found growing elsewhere. In order to separate this form from 
the typical, the author prefers to uphold the “ var. pulvinata ” 
even though it is perhaps only a modification caused by environ- 
ment. 
Some authors place this species in Xanthoria but this author 
prefers to retain it in Caloplaca sect. Gasparrinia because of its 
close adnation to the substrate and the texture of the upper 
cortex. 
No. 11. Candelariella antarctica R. Filson comb. & nom. 
nov. 
Protoblastenia citrina Dodge, in BANZ. Antarct. Res. Exped. Rep. 
7: 222. 1948. 
ANTARCTICA. MAC. ROBERTSON LAND: West side of Mawson 
Rock, growing over moss cushions. 
1 February 1974 Rex Filson 14817 
Discussion: The species has a granulose sorediose, non- 
radiate thallus which has a negative reaction with KOH. The 
apothecial disk is greenish-yellow which also has a negative re- 
action with KOH. The genus Protoblastenia Steiner belongs in 
the family Caloplacaceae, all members of which have a positive 
reaction with KOH on the apothecial disk. 
As the chemistry of this species is more consistant with 
Candelariella Mull. Arg. a new combination is warranted and as 
C. citrina is an earlier homonym used by B. de Lesd. in Ann. 
Cryptog. Exot. 5: 120. 1932, it has been necessary to find a new 
name for this entity. 
No. 12. Lecanora melanophthalma (Ram.) Ram. 
in Memoir. Acad. Roy. Sc. de VInstit. de France 6: 133 (1823) 
1827. Lichen melanophthalmus Ram. apud Lam. et DC., Flore 
Frangaise edit. 3, 2: 376. 1805. Lecanora rubina Ach. var. mela- 
nophthalma (Ram.) Zahlbr. forma exsulans (Th. Fr.) Zahlbr., in 
Cat. Lich. Univ. 5: 660. 1928. Squamaria chrysoleuca (Sm.) Ach. 
var. melanophthalma (Ram.) Zahlbr. forma exsulans Th. Fr., in 
Nytt. Mag. Naturv. 40: 208. 1902. Lecanora exsulans (Th. Fr.) 
Dodge & Baker, in Ann. Miss. Bot. Gard. 25: 570. 1938. 
ANTARCTICA. MAC. ROBERTSON LAND: West side of Mawson 
Rock, on small stones scattered amongst moss cushions in depres- 
sions along melt water run-offs. 
1 February 1974 
Rex Filson 14814 

Page image

Page text

204 
P. M. Kloot 
TAXONOMIC DESCRIPTION 
Adonis microcarpus DC. Syst. 1 : 223 (1817) 
A. cupaniana Guss. FI. Sic. Syn. 2(1) : 37 (1843); A. dentatus 
Del. subsp. intermedius (Webb et Berth.) Riedl in Ann. Nat. 
Mus. Wien 66: 72 (1963); A. dentatus subsp. microcarpus 
(DC.) Riedl op. cit .: 73 (1963). 
Annual erect to 55 cm high, often multi-branched; stem 
striate, sparsely villose towards base but glabrous above; stem 
hairs simple, colourless; leaves alternate, to 6 cm long and 4 
cm broad obovate in outline upper leaves gradually diminishing, 
glabrous, bright green, deeply dissected, bi- or tripinnate with 
more or less linear segments, each segment to 4 mm long, 1 mm 
broad, terminal segment to 8 mm long, acuminate, lower leaves 
petiolate, upper leaves subsessile; leaf-like cauline bracts subtend- 
ing the base of each petiole (lower leaves) or leaf (upper leaves) . 
Flowers (8-) 15-25 (-30) mm diam., solitary, terminal, borne 
on a peduncle which lengthens as the flower matures to be ± 4 
times length of mature carpellary spike; calyx appressed to the 
spreading corolla, but reflexing when mature; sepals 5 to 12 mm 
long, 6 mm broad, obovate, sparsely villose towards base and on 
lower margins (hairs similar to stem hairs) , glabrous elsewhere, 
purple, petaloid, apex obtuse, slightly undulate; corolla, suberect 
initially, but spreading flat as flowers mature; petals (5-) 6-8 
(-10), to 15 mm long, 8 mm broad, obovate, glabrous, bright 
scarlet (also crimson and occasionally yellow) with black basal 
spot, drying to yellow in herbarium specimens, apex obtuse, 
sinuate to crenate, remainder of petal margin entire; stamens 
numerous, hypogynous consisting of dark purple anthers 1 mm 
long borne on filaments to 4 mm long; gynoecium of 10-50 
superior carpels each with single-celled ovary containing one 
anatropous, pendulous ovule. 
Achenes 10-50, conferted, maturing acropetally along the 
spike which is 1-0-2 -5 cm long, the uppermost achenes rarely 
maturing; immature achenes ovoid to globose, little ornamenta- 
tion if any, beak lying parallel to rhachis, colour varying from 
blue-green to off-white, individual achenes clinging firmly to 
rhachis; mature achenes 2-5— 4-0 mm long with a short beak to 
1 mm long protruding from the posterior-dorsel surface ± per- 
pendicularly to the rhachis, globose, rugose, with transverse 
ridge, often toothed in specimens from arid situations, but the 
ridge tending to be obscure in plants obtained from favoured 
sites, keel tooth always present at bottom of transverse ridge, 
rugose surface, sandy-brown to off-white, occasionally dull 
shades of green; seed to 1-5 mm diam. round, plump, blackish- 
green. 
Flowering from July to November. 

Page image

Page text

MUELLERI A 
An Australian Journal of Botany 
Vol. 3 
15 December, 1976 
No. 3 
A NEW CORYBAS SPECIES FROM SOUTH AUSTRALIA 
by 
D. L. Jones* and R. C. Nash! 
ABSTRACT 
A new species of Corybas (Orchidaceae) from South Aus- 
tralia is described and illustrated. The new taxon has affinities 
with both C. diemenicus (Lindl.) H.M.R. Rupp and C. dilatatus 
(H.M.R. Rupp and W. H. Nicholls) H.M.R. Rupp. A table set- 
ting out the contrasting characters between these three species is 
provided. 
Corybas despectans D. L. Jones and R. C. Nash, spec. nov. 
ex affinitate C. dilatati et C. diemenici, sed a priore differt tubo labelli 
laminam aequanti et a secundo marginibus labelli expansis (nunquam 
incurvatis) distinguitur; a his ambobus recedit sic — sepalo dorsali 
nec late spathulato nec cucullato, callo labelli costis parallelibus 
depressis praedito (nec integro nec dentibus brevibus scabridis 
instructo) atque auriculis in tubo labelli inconspicuis (foramen 
minutum facientibus) . 
Holotype: Lower Coorong, South Australia. R. C. Nash, 
8.viii.l967 (AD 96815018). 
Isotypes: AD, Herb. Nash 308. 
Paratype: Yorke Peninsula, Marion Bay Rd., ± 25 miles 
south of Warooka, in Mallee scrub. R. C. Nash, 16.viii.1967 
(AD 96815021). 
Leaf 8-25 x 12-30 mm, cordate to orbicular, occasionally 
lobed, apiculate, green on both surfaces. Flower 7-12 mm long, 
reddish-purple, dominated by the lamina of the labellum, sessile 
or almost so. Ovary 3-5 mm long, narrow, subtended by a small 
narrow bract. Dorsal sepal 6-11 x 3-4 mm when flattened out, 
greenish-grey with some purple striations, spathulate-oblong, 
concave, carinate, erect in the lower half then curving gently 
through about 60°, the apex acute or obtuse, often irregularly 
notched. Petals about 2-0 x 0-8 mm, slightly falcate, winged 
* Horticultural Research Institute, Knoxfield, Victoria, 
f Coromandel Parade, Blackwood, South Australia. 
Muelleria 3 (3): 165-168 (1976) 
165 
5970/76. 

Page image

Page text

198 
A. M. Gray 
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 
I wish to thank the following for their valuable assistance, for 
useful criticism of the manuscript and, or, their contribution of 
much useful advice and help with the matter contained therein. 
Mr. G. M. Chippendale, CSIRO, Division of Forest Research, 
Canberra. Dr. J. H. Wilis, one time acting Director, National 
Herbarium, Melbourne, and assistant Government Botanist, Dr. 
L. A. S. Johnson, Director and Government Botanist, National 
Herbarium, Sydney. Mr. F. D. Podger, CSIRO, Division of Forest 
Research, Tasmanian Research Station, Hobart. 
REFERENCES 
Pryor, L. D. and L. A. S. Johnson (1971) — A Classification of the Eucalypts. 
(The Australian National University: Canberra). 
Willis, J. H. (1967) — Systematic Notes on the Indigenous Australian Flora. 
Muelleria 1 (3): 117-163. 
A NEW COMBINATION IN FLEMINGIA W. T. AITON 
(PAPILIONACEAE) 
by 
J. R. Maconochie* 
Flemingia schultzii (F. Muell.) J. R. Maconochie comb. nov. 
Psoralea schultzii F. Muell. in Fragmenta 9: 155 (1875). 
Flemingia racemosa Domin in Bibliotheca Botanica 14 (89) : 
230-31 (1926). 
Moghania racemosa (Domin) Li in American J. of Botany 31: 
277 (1944). 
In his original description of Psoralea schultzii Mueller cited 
457 indicating that he had only seen fragmentary material but 
considered it to be readily distinguishable from other members 
of this genus. An examination of the type sheet (MEL 54413) 
in the National Herbarium of Victoria, Melbourne, shows the 
collector and locality as “ Schultz ” and “ Port Darwin ” respec- 
tively This sheet only has inflorescences and a fragment of a 
leaf but lacks fruits (F. Mueller noted “ fructus mini ignoti ”) . 
An examination of the flowers shows that it belongs to Flemingia 
and not Psoralea (wings adherent to keel and ovary subsessile) . 
An isotype in the Kew Herbarium, England (Schultz 457) has 
complete leaves, fruits and flowers (photo seen) . 
K. Domin (1926) cited F. Schultz 457 and W. Hann 233 and 
244 as syntypes of Flemingia racemosa Domin. 
* Herbarium of the Northern Territory, Arid Zone Research Institute. 
Muelleria 3 (3): 198 (1976) 
198 

Page image

Page text

198 
A. M. Gray 
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 
I wish to thank the following for their valuable assistance, for 
useful criticism of the manuscript and, or, their contribution of 
much useful advice and help with the matter contained therein. 
Mr. G. M. Chippendale, CSIRO, Division of Forest Research, 
Canberra. Dr. J. H. Wilis, one time acting Director, National 
Herbarium, Melbourne, and assistant Government Botanist, Dr. 
L. A. S. Johnson, Director and Government Botanist, National 
Herbarium, Sydney. Mr. F. D. Podger, CSIRO, Division of Forest 
Research, Tasmanian Research Station, Hobart. 
REFERENCES 
Pryor, L. D. and L. A. S. Johnson (1971) — A Classification of the Eucalypts. 
(The Australian National University: Canberra). 
Willis, J. H. (1967) — Systematic Notes on the Indigenous Australian Flora. 
Muelleria 1 (3): 117-163. 
A NEW COMBINATION IN FLEMINGIA W. T. AITON 
(PAPILIONACEAE) 
by 
J. R. Maconochie* 
Flemingia schultzii (F. Muell.) J. R. Maconochie comb. nov. 
Psoralea schultzii F. Muell. in Fragmenta 9: 155 (1875). 
Flemingia racemosa Domin in Bibliotheca Botanica 14 (89) : 
230-31 (1926). 
Moghania racemosa (Domin) Li in American J. of Botany 31: 
277 (1944). 
In his original description of Psoralea schultzii Mueller cited 
457 indicating that he had only seen fragmentary material but 
considered it to be readily distinguishable from other members 
of this genus. An examination of the type sheet (MEL 54413) 
in the National Herbarium of Victoria, Melbourne, shows the 
collector and locality as “ Schultz ” and “ Port Darwin ” respec- 
tively This sheet only has inflorescences and a fragment of a 
leaf but lacks fruits (F. Mueller noted “ fructus mini ignoti ”) . 
An examination of the flowers shows that it belongs to Flemingia 
and not Psoralea (wings adherent to keel and ovary subsessile) . 
An isotype in the Kew Herbarium, England (Schultz 457) has 
complete leaves, fruits and flowers (photo seen) . 
K. Domin (1926) cited F. Schultz 457 and W. Hann 233 and 
244 as syntypes of Flemingia racemosa Domin. 
* Herbarium of the Northern Territory, Arid Zone Research Institute. 
Muelleria 3 (3): 198 (1976) 
198 

Page image

Page text

HYPECOUM PENDULUM L. (PAPAVERACEAE) IN 
AUSTRALIA— A NEW INTRODUCTION 
by 
Helen I. Aston* 
SUMMARY 
The discovery of the introduced weed Hypecoum pendulum 
L. (sensu lato) at Lake Boga, Victoria, is described. This appears 
to be the first record of any species of Hypecoum naturalized in 
Australia. A taxonomic account of Hypecoum pendulum and 
closely related taxa is given. 
OCCURRENCE 
On 29 September 1970 Hypecoum pendulum L. (sensu lato) 
was collected by T. W. Donaldson from the property of E. R. 
Mitchell (allotment 10, section 2, parish of Kunat Kunat) 
approximately 2-5 km direct line west north west of the town- 
ship of Lake Boga, in northern Victoria. Lake Boga is between 
Kerang and Swan Hill. The collection had flowers and early 
fruits, and the species was growing wild over several acres of 
a wheat crop. On 11 December 1970 W. J. Anderson collected 
material with ripe fruits from the same locality. Both collectors 
are officers of the Vermin and Noxious Weeds Destruction Board, 
Victorian Department of Crown Lands and Survey, and forwarded 
their collections (KTRS 222/70; KTRS 320/70) through the 
Keith Turnbull Research Station to the National Herbarium of 
Victoria for identification. Specimens are retained at MEL. 
This is apparently the first record of any species of Hypecoum 
naturalized in Australia. 
The species was not noted in the district during 1971 and 
1972, but in 1973 a second infestation of Hypecoum was found 
in a sandy, windblown, roadside area and adjacent cropland. 
This was approximately 4-5 km direct line west of Lake Boga 
Township along the Lake Boga to Goschen road and about 2-5 km 
west south west of the 1970 locality. Material gathered in 1973 
from this second site was not retained at the National Herbarium. 
However, the species is persisting and further material (flowers 
and developing fruits 30 September and 1 October 1975; immature 
to mature fruits 19 November 1975) has been collected by W. J. 
Anderson from both sites. Specimens are lodged in the National 
Herbarium of Victoria, Melbourne; State Herbarium of South 
Australia, Adelaide; National Herbarium of New South Wales, 
Sydney; Herbarium Australiense, Canberra; Western Australian 
Herbarium, Perth. 
* National Herbarium of Victoria. 
Muelleria 3 (3): 177-182 (1976) 
177 

Page image

Page text

HYPECOUM PENDULUM L. (PAPAVERACEAE) IN 
AUSTRALIA— A NEW INTRODUCTION 
by 
Helen I. Aston* 
SUMMARY 
The discovery of the introduced weed Hypecoum pendulum 
L. (sensu lato) at Lake Boga, Victoria, is described. This appears 
to be the first record of any species of Hypecoum naturalized in 
Australia. A taxonomic account of Hypecoum pendulum and 
closely related taxa is given. 
OCCURRENCE 
On 29 September 1970 Hypecoum pendulum L. (sensu lato) 
was collected by T. W. Donaldson from the property of E. R. 
Mitchell (allotment 10, section 2, parish of Kunat Kunat) 
approximately 2-5 km direct line west north west of the town- 
ship of Lake Boga, in northern Victoria. Lake Boga is between 
Kerang and Swan Hill. The collection had flowers and early 
fruits, and the species was growing wild over several acres of 
a wheat crop. On 11 December 1970 W. J. Anderson collected 
material with ripe fruits from the same locality. Both collectors 
are officers of the Vermin and Noxious Weeds Destruction Board, 
Victorian Department of Crown Lands and Survey, and forwarded 
their collections (KTRS 222/70; KTRS 320/70) through the 
Keith Turnbull Research Station to the National Herbarium of 
Victoria for identification. Specimens are retained at MEL. 
This is apparently the first record of any species of Hypecoum 
naturalized in Australia. 
The species was not noted in the district during 1971 and 
1972, but in 1973 a second infestation of Hypecoum was found 
in a sandy, windblown, roadside area and adjacent cropland. 
This was approximately 4-5 km direct line west of Lake Boga 
Township along the Lake Boga to Goschen road and about 2-5 km 
west south west of the 1970 locality. Material gathered in 1973 
from this second site was not retained at the National Herbarium. 
However, the species is persisting and further material (flowers 
and developing fruits 30 September and 1 October 1975; immature 
to mature fruits 19 November 1975) has been collected by W. J. 
Anderson from both sites. Specimens are lodged in the National 
Herbarium of Victoria, Melbourne; State Herbarium of South 
Australia, Adelaide; National Herbarium of New South Wales, 
Sydney; Herbarium Australiense, Canberra; Western Australian 
Herbarium, Perth. 
* National Herbarium of Victoria. 
Muelleria 3 (3): 177-182 (1976) 
177 

Page image

Page text

198 
A. M. Gray 
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 
I wish to thank the following for their valuable assistance, for 
useful criticism of the manuscript and, or, their contribution of 
much useful advice and help with the matter contained therein. 
Mr. G. M. Chippendale, CSIRO, Division of Forest Research, 
Canberra. Dr. J. H. Wilis, one time acting Director, National 
Herbarium, Melbourne, and assistant Government Botanist, Dr. 
L. A. S. Johnson, Director and Government Botanist, National 
Herbarium, Sydney. Mr. F. D. Podger, CSIRO, Division of Forest 
Research, Tasmanian Research Station, Hobart. 
REFERENCES 
Pryor, L. D. and L. A. S. Johnson (1971) — A Classification of the Eucalypts. 
(The Australian National University: Canberra). 
Willis, J. H. (1967) — Systematic Notes on the Indigenous Australian Flora. 
Muelleria 1 (3): 117-163. 
A NEW COMBINATION IN FLEMINGIA W. T. AITON 
(PAPILIONACEAE) 
by 
J. R. Maconochie* 
Flemingia schultzii (F. Muell.) J. R. Maconochie comb. nov. 
Psoralea schultzii F. Muell. in Fragmenta 9: 155 (1875). 
Flemingia racemosa Domin in Bibliotheca Botanica 14 (89) : 
230-31 (1926). 
Moghania racemosa (Domin) Li in American J. of Botany 31: 
277 (1944). 
In his original description of Psoralea schultzii Mueller cited 
457 indicating that he had only seen fragmentary material but 
considered it to be readily distinguishable from other members 
of this genus. An examination of the type sheet (MEL 54413) 
in the National Herbarium of Victoria, Melbourne, shows the 
collector and locality as “ Schultz ” and “ Port Darwin ” respec- 
tively This sheet only has inflorescences and a fragment of a 
leaf but lacks fruits (F. Mueller noted “ fructus mini ignoti ”) . 
An examination of the flowers shows that it belongs to Flemingia 
and not Psoralea (wings adherent to keel and ovary subsessile) . 
An isotype in the Kew Herbarium, England (Schultz 457) has 
complete leaves, fruits and flowers (photo seen) . 
K. Domin (1926) cited F. Schultz 457 and W. Hann 233 and 
244 as syntypes of Flemingia racemosa Domin. 
* Herbarium of the Northern Territory, Arid Zone Research Institute. 
Muelleria 3 (3): 198 (1976) 
198 

Page image

Page text

198 
A. M. Gray 
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 
I wish to thank the following for their valuable assistance, for 
useful criticism of the manuscript and, or, their contribution of 
much useful advice and help with the matter contained therein. 
Mr. G. M. Chippendale, CSIRO, Division of Forest Research, 
Canberra. Dr. J. H. Wilis, one time acting Director, National 
Herbarium, Melbourne, and assistant Government Botanist, Dr. 
L. A. S. Johnson, Director and Government Botanist, National 
Herbarium, Sydney. Mr. F. D. Podger, CSIRO, Division of Forest 
Research, Tasmanian Research Station, Hobart. 
REFERENCES 
Pryor, L. D. and L. A. S. Johnson (1971) — A Classification of the Eucalypts. 
(The Australian National University: Canberra). 
Willis, J. H. (1967) — Systematic Notes on the Indigenous Australian Flora. 
Muelleria 1 (3): 117-163. 
A NEW COMBINATION IN FLEMINGIA W. T. AITON 
(PAPILIONACEAE) 
by 
J. R. Maconochie* 
Flemingia schultzii (F. Muell.) J. R. Maconochie comb. nov. 
Psoralea schultzii F. Muell. in Fragmenta 9: 155 (1875). 
Flemingia racemosa Domin in Bibliotheca Botanica 14 (89) : 
230-31 (1926). 
Moghania racemosa (Domin) Li in American J. of Botany 31: 
277 (1944). 
In his original description of Psoralea schultzii Mueller cited 
457 indicating that he had only seen fragmentary material but 
considered it to be readily distinguishable from other members 
of this genus. An examination of the type sheet (MEL 54413) 
in the National Herbarium of Victoria, Melbourne, shows the 
collector and locality as “ Schultz ” and “ Port Darwin ” respec- 
tively This sheet only has inflorescences and a fragment of a 
leaf but lacks fruits (F. Mueller noted “ fructus mini ignoti ”) . 
An examination of the flowers shows that it belongs to Flemingia 
and not Psoralea (wings adherent to keel and ovary subsessile) . 
An isotype in the Kew Herbarium, England (Schultz 457) has 
complete leaves, fruits and flowers (photo seen) . 
K. Domin (1926) cited F. Schultz 457 and W. Hann 233 and 
244 as syntypes of Flemingia racemosa Domin. 
* Herbarium of the Northern Territory, Arid Zone Research Institute. 
Muelleria 3 (3): 198 (1976) 
198 

Page image

Page text

198 
A. M. Gray 
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 
I wish to thank the following for their valuable assistance, for 
useful criticism of the manuscript and, or, their contribution of 
much useful advice and help with the matter contained therein. 
Mr. G. M. Chippendale, CSIRO, Division of Forest Research, 
Canberra. Dr. J. H. Wilis, one time acting Director, National 
Herbarium, Melbourne, and assistant Government Botanist, Dr. 
L. A. S. Johnson, Director and Government Botanist, National 
Herbarium, Sydney. Mr. F. D. Podger, CSIRO, Division of Forest 
Research, Tasmanian Research Station, Hobart. 
REFERENCES 
Pryor, L. D. and L. A. S. Johnson (1971) — A Classification of the Eucalypts. 
(The Australian National University: Canberra). 
Willis, J. H. (1967) — Systematic Notes on the Indigenous Australian Flora. 
Muelleria 1 (3): 117-163. 
A NEW COMBINATION IN FLEMINGIA W. T. AITON 
(PAPILIONACEAE) 
by 
J. R. Maconochie* 
Flemingia schultzii (F. Muell.) J. R. Maconochie comb. nov. 
Psoralea schultzii F. Muell. in Fragmenta 9: 155 (1875). 
Flemingia racemosa Domin in Bibliotheca Botanica 14 (89) : 
230-31 (1926). 
Moghania racemosa (Domin) Li in American J. of Botany 31: 
277 (1944). 
In his original description of Psoralea schultzii Mueller cited 
457 indicating that he had only seen fragmentary material but 
considered it to be readily distinguishable from other members 
of this genus. An examination of the type sheet (MEL 54413) 
in the National Herbarium of Victoria, Melbourne, shows the 
collector and locality as “ Schultz ” and “ Port Darwin ” respec- 
tively This sheet only has inflorescences and a fragment of a 
leaf but lacks fruits (F. Mueller noted “ fructus mini ignoti ”) . 
An examination of the flowers shows that it belongs to Flemingia 
and not Psoralea (wings adherent to keel and ovary subsessile) . 
An isotype in the Kew Herbarium, England (Schultz 457) has 
complete leaves, fruits and flowers (photo seen) . 
K. Domin (1926) cited F. Schultz 457 and W. Hann 233 and 
244 as syntypes of Flemingia racemosa Domin. 
* Herbarium of the Northern Territory, Arid Zone Research Institute. 
Muelleria 3 (3): 198 (1976) 
198 

Page image

Page text

A NEW SPECIES OF LASTREOPSIS (ASPIDIACEAE) 
FROM NORTH-EAST QUEENSLAND 
by 
David L. Jones* 
SYNOPSIS 
Lastreopsis grayi is described as a new species from the 
rainforests of the Atherton Tableland in north-eastern Queens- 
land. Its closest congener is another as yet undescribed Las- 
treopsis. 
INTRODUCTION 
Tindale (1957, 1961a, 1961b, 1965) has revised the genus 
Lastreopsis and discussed in detail the species which occur in 
Australia. 
In August 1971 the author collected Lastreopsis species in 
the Tinaroo Hills on the Atherton Tableland of north-eastern 
Queensland. Among the specimens were several of a slender 
undescribed species with deeply dissected fronds and a solitary 
specimen of a similar but coarser species. Further specimens of 
both species were located in subsequent trips into the area during 
May 1972 and November 1974. The slender species will be des- 
cribed by Tindale in a forthcoming issue of Telopea. The coarser 
species is here described as new. 
Lastreopsis grayi D. L. Jones, sp. nov. 
Rhizoma erectum, 1-0-2 -5 cm crassum, paleis sparse praeditum (plantis 
vetustioribus rhizomates secundaria axillares generantibus) ; paleae 
1-0-2 -5 mm longae, plerumque anguste lanceolatae badiaeque, ad 
marginem et basin rotundatam versus pallidiores, earum marginibus 
fimbriis expansis irregularibus sparse praeditis, apice obtuso vel 
attenuato; stipites 10-40 cm longi, circiter 3 mm lati, erecti, virides 
vel viridi-brunnei, nitidi, ad basin flexuosi, pilis parvis appressis sparse 
ornati (praesertim in canaliculo), ad basin paleis sparsis similibus 
illis in rhizomati; rhachides patenter alatae, virides vel viridi-brunneae, 
leves, in canaliculo a pilis parvis ornatae; lamina anguste triangularis, 
15-40 cm longa, 10-35 cm lata, tripinnatifide vel quadripinnate dissecta, 
pallide vel saturate viridis, glabra, nitens; pinnae primariae infimae 
maximaeque 8-16 cm longae, 3-10 cm latae, ad rhachidem primam 
oblique inclinantes, basiscopice dilatatae, apice attenuato dentato- 
serratoque; pinnae secondariae ad rhachidem secundariam obliquae, 
illis basalibus anguste alatis, illis superioribus late alatis adnatisque! 
apice attenuato dentato-serratoque; segmenta ultima pedicellis alatis 
praedita, alternantia, oblonga, aliquando falcata, non congesta, apice 
obtuso, subter glabra vel a glandibus flavis ornata; venae in superficie 
submersae et non prominentes, infra clariores liberae simplices vel 
unifurcatae; costae et costulae glabrae vel a pilis parvis atque glan- 
dibus flavis sparse vestitae; venulae similes; sori exindusiati, orbi- 
culares, 0-5-10 mm lati, marginales (in parte interiore loborum) ad 
apicem venularum gesti, juveniliter albi, mature ferruginei vel fusco- 
brunnei; sporangia 90-140 per sorum, eorum annulo c.12-15 cellulas 
induratas et 6-10 cellulas tenues comprehendenti, pedicello c.5-cellulari 
pilum stipitatum oblongum aurantiacum glandulosumque gerenti* 
sporae bilaterales, globoso-ellipsoidales, fulvae. 
* Horticultural Research Institute, Knoxfield, Victoria 
Muelleria 3 (4): 245-249 (1977). 
245 

Page image

Page text

POMATOCALPA MARSUPIALE (ORCHIDACEAE), 
A NEW RECORD FOR AUSTRALIA 
by 
B. GRAY* 
Pomatocalpa marsupiale (Kraenzlin) J. J. Sm. in Natiiurk. Tijdschr. Ned.- Indie 
72:32(1912). 
Basionym: Cleisostoma marsupiale Kraenzlin in K. Schum. & Hollr., ‘Die Flora 
von Kaiser Wilhelms Land' 34 ( 1889). 
Synonyms may be obtained from Schiechter, 'Die Orchidaceen von Deutsh- 
Neu-Guinea’ 988-989 (1914). 
Plant large with upright stems to 50 cm long. Leaves 20-30 X 4-5 cm, linear, rigid, 
leathery, yellowish-green, deeply channelled, clasping the stem at the base and 
unequally emarginate at the apex. Inflorescences erect, 30-45 cm tall, exceeding 
the leaves, branched in the upper third, the branches short, with 15-50 flowers 
on pedicels 8-10 mm long: the flowers all face upwards around the spike, with 
labellum innermost, and open successively as the spike extends, few flowers being 
open at any one time. Flo\s'ers 12-15 mm diameter: sepals and petals widely 
spreading at the base but incurved towards the apex, thick in texture, green. 
Sepals 6-8 X 2*5-3 mm, narrow-obovate to spathulate. Petals 5-6 X 2-2*5 mm, sub- 
falcate, narrow obovate. Labellum 4-5 X 3-4 X 3-4 mm, cream or yellowish: lateral 
lobes about 1 X 3 mm, erect and slightly incurved on the distal end: midlobe about 
1-5X2 mm. deltoid, recurved, thick and fleshy: spur 4X3X3 mm, pyriform, 
the callus, linear to narrow oblong, valvular, almost covering the orifice. Column 
about 2-5 X 2 mm, narrowed toward the base: columu-foot short, at right angles 
to the column. Rostellum about 0*6 mm long. Anther with a short upturned rostrum. 
Pollinia 4, in two closely appressed pairs forming almost globose bodies. Stipe about 
0-8 mm long, slender, margins recurved. Retinaculum about 0*5 mm long. 
VOUCHER Specimen: 
Queensland— CapQ York Peninsula, Mcllwraith Range, 12 km NE of Coen, 
13°52' S: 143°15^ E. B.Gray 26.xi.1973 (BRI 220908). 
Previously recorded from New Guinea, P. marsupiale occurs in Australia in 
the Mcllwraith and Iron Range areas of Cape York Peninsula where it is an 
uncommon species. First found in 1973 at the southern extremity of the Mcllwraith 
Range (elevation 500 m), the species is now known to occur throughout its range 
at elevations below 100 m. 
P. marsupiale is a robust epiphyte or lithophyte that occurs in tall semi-deciduous 
rainforest where it usually grows high up in the canopy or occasionally on exposed 
rocks. 
Flowering usually begins in November and continues to April or May. Flower 
spikes extend by 20 cm or more as flowering continues. 
P. marsupiale is readily distinguished from the other Australian member of the 
genus, P. macphersonii (F. Muell.) T.E. Hunt. A comparison of the main dis- 
tinguishing features is given in the following table: 
* Forest Research Unit. CSIRO, Atherton. North Queensland 4883. 
Muellena 4 (2): 201-203 (1979). 
201 

Page image

Page text

236 
Macaranga fimbriata S. Moore. See Kew Bull. 31: 395 (1976). 
Queensland. Cook District — T.R. 14, 13° 45' S. . 143° 20' E. . rain-forest, ait. 450 m, tree, 20 cm d.b.h., 
buttressed, 25. ix. 1975, Hyland 3327 RFK (QRS). 
This is not far from the Rocky River locality where Hyland 2860 RFK, recorded in 
1976, l.c., was collected. 
Macaranga inamoena F. Muell. ex Benth., FI. Austr. 6: 145 (1873); Bailey, Queensl. FI. 
5: 1451 (1902); Pax & Hoffm. in Engler , Pflanzenreich IV. vii: 360 (1914); Airy Shaw in 
Kew Bull. 31: 396(1976), inclavi. Type: Rockingham Bay, n.d., Dallachy s.n. (MEL, K). 
Queensland (early collection). Cook District — Upper Russell River, 30 ft, ( 8 flower and fallen fruit), 
1887, Sayer 222 (MEL). 
Macaranga inamoena seems to be a relatively frequent species in the rain-forests of the 
Atherton Tableland. There are numerous recent collections in QRS and BRI, and about ten 
in K. 
Macaranga inermis Pax & Hoffm. See Kew Bull. 31: 395 (1976). 
Queensland (early collections). Cook District — Innisfail, ? 19 18, Rev. N. Michael 206 (NSW); Johnstone 
River, n.d.. Rev. N. Michael s.n. (NSW) (type of M. multiflora C.T. White; cf. Kew Bull. l.c.). North Kennedy 
District — Rockingham Bay, n.d., Dallachy s.n. (MEL); King Ranch, in Tully River Valley, very common in 
swamps, with Melaleuca quinquenervia and Archontophoenix alexandriae in the high rainfall areas of North-east 
Queensland, n.d., collector? (NSW). 
This is another of Dallachy’s collections that failed to find a place in Bentham (FI. 
Austr. (1873)). 
Macaranga involucrata var. mallotoides (F. Muell.) Perry. See Kew Bull. 31: 394(1976). 
Queensland. (early collection). Cook District — New Holland I Endeavour River] , 1 770, Banks & Solander 
(MEL). 
Macaranga subdentata Benth., FI. Austr. 6: 145 (1873); Bailey, Queensl. FI. 5: 1451 
(1902); Pax & Hoffm. in Engler, Pflanzenreich IV. 147. vii: 361 (1914); White & Francis, 
Contrib. Queensl. FI., in Queensl. Dept. Agric. & Stock , Bot. Bull . 22: 36 (1920); Airy 
Shaw in Kew Bull . 31: 396 (1976), in clavi. Type: Rockingham Bay, n.d., Dallachy s.n. 
(K). 
Queensland. Cook District — Johnstone River, 1885, Dr. Bancroft jun. Barron River, not a very large tree, 
about 35 feet [ 10.5 m] high, 1891 , Stephen Johnson (MEL); Gap Creek, 38 km S. by E. of Cooktown (9.5 km by 
road from Rossville), 15° 43' S., 145° 14' E.. alt. 230 m, 7.ix.l960, L.S. Smith 1 1121 (BRI, K); Ridge of 
McDowal Range, 16 miles [26 km] NNW of Daintree, 16° 03' S., 145° 13' E., mesophyll vine-forest, red clay 
soil, 17. xi. 1967, tree 6 m. d.b.h. 7.5 cm, leaves dark shiny green above, paler beneath, fruits yellowish-green, 
Boyland(& Gillieatt) 4 18 (BRI, K); Danbulla, Stony Creek logging area, 17° 09' S., 145° 35' E., small tree, male 
spikes terminated [occasionally] by a female flower, 2. ix. 1957, L.S. Smith 10122 (BRI, K) (Apparently growing 
with M. dallachyana, q.v., supra); Pine Creek forestry road, Murray Prior Range, nr. Cairns, in complex 
mesophyll vine-forest in gully, on soils derived from granite, alt. 200 m, small tree to 15 m, x.1973, Webb & 
Tracey 10776 (NSW). North Kennedy District — Mount Macalister, deal of this in the scrub; small yellow flower; 
has been sent before, 3.iv.l867, Dallachy s.n. (MEL); Telegraph Line [Rockingham Bay area], 2. viii . 1 870, 
Dallachy s .n . (MEL); Ibid., shrub or small tree, leaves very long, light or dark green, fls. [9] brown or brownish, 
2 & 23. xi. 1870, Dallachy s.n. (MEL). 
Acalypha L. 
(P. & H. 158) 
Acalypha wilkesiana Muell. Arg. in DC., Prodr. 15 (2): 817 (1866); Pax & Hoffm. in 
Engler, Pflanzenreich IV. 147. xvi: 153 (1924). 
Queensland. Cook District — Murray's Island, Torres Strait, 1878, Rev. Chalmers s.n. (MEL). South 
Kennedy District — Port Mackay, no date or collector's name (MEL 69829) (a single leaf only). 
New South Wales (north-east). Richmond River, n.d., Ramsay s.n. (MEL). 
Native of Polynesia; doubtless introduced into Australia as an ornamental garden 
plant. 

Page image

Page text

Actephila B1 . 
(P. & H. 36) 
217 
Actephila sessilifolia Benth., FI., Austr. 6: 90 (1873); Bailey, Queensl. FI. 5: 1414 (1902); 
Pax & Hoffm. in Engler, Pflanzenreich IV. 147. xv: 194 (1922). 
Queensland. North Kennedy District — Seaview Range, 18° 55' S., 146° 10' E., alt. 915 m, 5.iv. 1947. 
Flecker in N. Qld. Herb. 10880 (QRS); Lower western slopes of Mt. Dryander, 20° 15' S.. 148° 33' E., rain-forest 
on soil derived from granite, alt. 250 m, 21 . vii. 1974, Moriarty 1866 (QRS). Port Curtis District — "Shrub of 
4-6 ft at the Caves Mountain, 5 miles west of Morinish", n.d. . Thozet s.n. (MEL. lectotype, here chosen; K). 
The two specimens from North Kennedy District cited above appear to be the only 
collections made of this very distinct species since it was first described. In October 1 976 B . 
Hyland and the writer attempted to rediscover the plant on and around the Caves Mountain, 
north of Rockhampton, but without success. Some uncertainty attaches to the data on 
Thozet’s label. He implies that the locality Morinish (which he elsewhere — e.g. in field 
note to Croton acronychioides F. Muell. — terms “Morinish Digging’ and Bentham, l.c., 
erroneously cites as ‘Morinisi’) lies 5 miles (8 km) east of Caves Mountain, but no such 
place can be found in that area, whereas a locality Morinish is clearly marked on modern 
maps some 35 kilometres north-west of the Caves. It is possible that Thozet inadvertently 
wrote ‘west’ instead of ‘east’, or that 100 years ago there was in fact another Morinish to the 
east of Caves Mountain. 
Actephila sessilifolia has a curiously disjunct distribution. It has only been collected at 
three isolated spots within its range from Caves Mountain to its northernmost locality 
(Seaview Range) some 685 kilometres north of Rockhampton. 
Actephila petiolaris Benth., FI. Austr. 6: 89 (1873); Bailey, Queensl. FI. 5: 1414 (1902); 
Pax & Hoffm. in Engler, Pflanzenreich IV. 147. xv: 194 (1922); Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 
25: 498 (1971), in obs. 
Queensland. Cook District — State Forest Reserve 675, Mulgrave Logging Area, 17° 05' S., 145° 40' E., 
rain-forest, alt. 160 m, small tree 5 m tall, 5.vi.l974, Hyland 7243 ; Ibid., alt. 100 m, tree 10 cm d.b.h.. 
nondescript bark, buttresses absent, blaze odour freshly shelled peas. 25. xi. 1976, Hvland 3481-2-3 RFK; East 
Mulgrave Logging Area, alt. 100 m, small slender tree 6 m x 10 cm d.b.h., flower buds f 6 1 white, 22.xii. 1976, 
Hyland 9249. 
These collections, agreeing perfectly with the rather scrappy syntype material at Kew, 
are apparently the only collections of this scarce or extremely local species made since 
Dallachy obtained the type in the Rockingham Bay area over 100 years ago. They dispose of 
the tentative speculation that I expressed in 1971 (l.c.) that A . petiolaris might be a form of 
the variable A. lindleyi (Steud.) Airy Shaw. The broadly ovate, elliptic orobovate leaves, 
and especially the elongate petioles (up to 7.5 cm), are characteristic. Bentham found only 
3 stamens in the flowers he dissected; in Hyland’s recent material I found 4 or 5. Female 
flower and fruit are desiderata: Bentham described the female flowers from Dallachy’s 
gatherings, but none survive in the Kew syntype, and there appear to be none in Hyland’s 
material. 
Actephila foetida Domin. See Kew Bull. 31: 363-364 (1976). 
Queensland. Cook District — Harvey Creek, Russell River, 1887, Saver s.n. (MEL). 
This is the ‘third gathering’ of A. foetida referred to in Kew Bull., l.c. It is actually the 
first known collection, from the type and only known locality, of this rare and unmistakable 
plant. 
Neoroepera Muell. Arg. & F. Muell 
(P. & H. 45) 
Neoroepera banksii Benth., FI. Austr. 6: 1 17 (1873); Bailey, Queensl. FI. 5: 1425 (1902); 
Britten, 111. Bot Cook Voy. Endeavour, 88, t.289 (1905). 
Queensland (early collections). Cook District — Endeavour River, vii. 1819, Cunningham 29! & 292 (K, 

Page image

Page text

235 
Mallotus derbyensis W. V. Fitzg. ini. & Proc. Roy. Soc. W. Aust. 3: 165 (1918). Type: W. 
Australia, Derby, iv. 1905, Fitzgerald 200 [NSW], = Grewia cf. breviflora Benth., FI. 
Austr. 1: 270 (1863). 
Fitzgerald’s specimen is in fruit only. It is certainly a Grewia and not a Mallotus , but 
the above suggested specific identification should be checked by someone familiar with the 
Australian species of Grewia. 
Alchornea Sw. 
(P. & H. 136) 
Alchornea rugosa (Lour.) Muell. Arg. See Kew Bull. 31: 393 (1976). 
Queensland. Coo* Dfs/mr — Russell River, small tree n.d., [5. Johnson ?] 92 (MEL), (mixed with Croton 
verreauxii Bai 11 . ); Brinsmead Gap, between Cairns and Redlynch, on edge of complex notophyll vine-forest, on 
red soils derived from metamorphic rocks, small tree to 4 m, x. 1973, Webb & Tracey 10783 (NSW); State Forest 
Reserve 607, Bridle Logging Area, 1 7° 00' S. , 145° 35' E. , in power-line clearing in dry rain-forest, alt. 500 m 
shrub 1 m tall, fruit green but probably fully developed, 21. xi. 1973, Hyland 7125 (NSW). North Kennedy 
District — Rockingham's Bay, n.d., Dallachy (MEL). 
The above gatherings extend the Australian distribution of A. rugosa many kilometres 
south of the previous record from Iron Range, to the region of Cairns and Cardwell. It is 
strange that Dallachy’s record was missed by Bentham (FI. Austr. (1873)). 
Alchornea thozetiana (Baill.) Baill. ex Benth. var. longifolia Benth., FI. Austr. 6: 137 
(1873); Bailey, Queensl. FI. 5: 1445 (1902). Type: Rockingham Bay, Dallachy s.n. (K). 
Queensland (early collections). Cook District — Endeavour River, 1 885, Persieh 500 (MEL)' Ibid 1 886 
Persieh 832 (MEL). 
These and Hyland 7739 (from State Forest Reserve 607) are the only collections of var. 
longifolia that I have seen with male inflorescences. The type and one or two other recent 
collections {Hyland 6472, 7 125, 7738; Hartley & Hyland 14127, also from S.F.R. 607) all 
bear female flower or fruit. It is possible that var. longifolia may deserve specific rank. 
Cleidion Bl. 
(P. & H. 156) 
Cleidion javanicum Bl. See Kew Bull. 31: 394 (1976). 
Queensland (further collections). Cook District — Upper Massey Creek, c. 24 km a little S. of ENE of 
Coen, in riverine rain-forest, alt. 105 m, fruits mostly 2-celled or occasionally 1-celled by abortion, 9.x. 1962, 
L.S. Smith 11707 (BRI, NSW); Gordon Creek, gallery rain-forest, 12° 45' S., 143° 20' E alt 60 m 24 x 1973' 
Hyland 6998 (BRI): Mclvor River, 15° 10' S., 145° 05' E., gallety rain-forest, tree 10 m high x 20 cm d.b.h ’ 
25.vn.1972, Hyland 6270 (BRI). North Kennedy District — SFR 299 Conway, 20° 20' S 148° 45' F 
rain-forest, alt. 50 m, shrub 2-3 m tall, 2. viii. 1974, Hyland 7387 (BRI). 
Not previously recorded from North Kennedy District. 
Macaranga Thou. 
(P. & H. 157) 
Macaranga dallachyana (Baill.) Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 23: 90 (1969) (sphalm. ‘-us’) & 
31: 396, in clavi (1976). Type: “ Dallachy (1865), Rockingham’s Bay, ‘salt water creeks’ 
(herb. F. Muell . !)”. 
.?m E f N fooo D ^f 0ok D r ! st f ict — Near Mt. Bellenden-Ker, alt. 3500 ft [l050 ml, huge tree, 60 miles from 
coast I. .J, 1888, Christie Palmerston s.n. (MEL); Danbulla, Stony Creek logging area 17°09'S 145°35'E 
small tree, female, fruits greenish, 2. ix. 1957, L.S. Smith 10118 (BRI. K) growing with M. subdentata Benth'’ 
?n V ' P r, 2 ,^ 6) ; Nor,h Kenned y District — Saltwater Creek [? nr. Cardwell], small tree, yellow flowers 
10. xu. \ 9>(A , Dallachy s .n . (MEL); Ibid. , small shrub, light green foliage, 2. iii. 1865, Dallachy s.n. (MEL. type) 
Macaranga dallachyana seems to be by far the scarcest member of the genus in 
Australia. 
1 5 520/79— 5 

Page image

Page text

230 
the very young terminal growth. The leaves, which are thinly chartaceous in texture, bear 
small scattered brown stellate hairs on the lower surface, especially on the midrib; the 
margin is sometimes obscurely serrulate. The species seems very distinct from all the 
known Australian (and New Guinea) taxa, but I cannot at present suggest an affinity. 
Croton sp. nov. 
Queensland. Cook District — 19.2 km N. of Laura, 15° 25' S., 144° 25' E., Site No. 4A, 28.x. 1974, A. C. 
Robinson 4A-9 (BRI). 
Densely grey- or ochraceous-tomentose; leaves badly crumpled, perhaps up to 7 cm 
long, very shallowly and acutely serrulate; inflorescence up to 12 cm long; styles narrowly 
linear. 
Aleurites J.R. & G. Forst. 
(P. & H. 92) 
Aleurites moluccana (L.) Willd., Spec. PI. 4: 590 (1805); Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. Addit. 
Ser. 4: 29 (1975), q.v. for further references and for synonyms. 
var. moluccana 
Queensland. Cook District — Claudie River, 12° 45' S. , 143° 15' E., rain-forest, alt. 80 m, tree 24 m high x 
45 cm d.b.h., 29. vi. 1972, Irvine 2/9; Ibid., rain-forest margin, tree 13 m high, x 38 cm d.b.h., 10.x. 1972, 
Dockrill 533 ; Ibid. , gallery rain-forest, alt. 80 m, tree 20 cm d.b.h. , 13.x. 1972, Hyland 2696 RFK; Rocky River, 
13° 55' S., 143° 30' E., gallery rain-forest, alt. 50 m, 15. ix. 197 Hyland 55 13', S.F.R. 144 (Windsor Tableland), 
16° 15' S. . 145° 5' E., dry rain-forest, alt. 900 m, tree 30 m x 80 cm with slightly flaky bark, bark flakes tend to be 
quite large e.g. 12 x 5 cm, note 2-celled ovary, 7.x. 1971, Hyland 5577. 
var. rockinghamensis Baill. in Adansonia 6; 297 (1866). 
A. moluccana sec. Benth., FI. Austr. 6: 128 (1873); Bailey, Queensl. FI. 5: 1434 
(1902); Hyland, Card Key Rain Forest Trees N. Queensl., 22 (1971); vix (L.) 
Willd. 
Queensland. Cook District — About 6 miles [9.5 km] NW of Daintree on bank of Daintree River, 16° 10' 
S., 145° 18' E., fringing forest, sandy loam, tree 7 m, d.b.h. 20 cm, light grey bark, dark green leaves, 2 yellow 
glands at petiole/leaf-blade junction, fruits green, about 5 cm diameter, 21 .xi. 1967, Boyland (& Gillieatt) 516 ; 
Portion 188 Alexandra (Hutchinson Creek), 16° 10' S., 145° 25' E., in grassland which was recently rain-forest, 
alt. 15 m, tree 25 m x 60 cm d.b.h., flowers cream, 10. v. 1973, Hyland <5726; Mowbray River, 16° 33' S. at its 
mouth, rain-forests, tree 12-15 m high; slightly ridged pale bark, pale brown when cut; leaves stiff, shining above, 
prominently reticulate beneath; midrib and principal lateral nerves rufous brown; inflorescence pale brown; 
flowers sweet-scented, 21. i. 1932, Brass 1991 ; S.F.R. 933, 17° 00' S., 145° 50' E., rain-forest, alt. 100 m, 
flowers white, 14. ii. 1975, Hyland 8014\ S.F.R. 185. Nursery L. A.. 17°10’S., 145° 40' E. , dry rain-forest, alt. 
720 m, tree 20 m tall, 30 cm d.b.h., flowers with cream petals, ovary 3-locular, 3 1 ,xii . 1 97 1 , Hyland 5737', 
S.F.R. 194, on the Dividing Range near Oaky Creek, 17°15'S., 145° 25' E. , dry rain-forest margin, alt. 900 m. 
flowers with white petals, female flowers with 3- or 4-locular ovaries, 5. i. 1972, Hyland 5749; Lake Eacham, 
Atherton Tableland, common in rain-forest on edge of lake, alt. 800 m, large tree 30 m high, leaves dark glossy 
green, young stems silvery, fruit brown, 4.viii. 1929, Kajewski 1180. North Kennedy District — Rockingham 
Bay, n.d., Dallachy s.n. (holotype, MEL; isotype, K). 
B. Hyland has pointed out to me y\vaX Aleurites moluccana occurs in two distinct forms 
in Queensland. The more northerly form, occurring in the Cape York Peninsula and again 
on the Windsor Tableland (16° 15' S.), is typical var. moluccana, with a very thin or 
evanescent indumentum, rather narrow leaves and a 2-celled ovary and fruit. The more 
southerly form, extending from the Daintree River ( 16° 10' S) and the Atherton Tableland to 
Rockingham Bay in North Kennedy District, has a more strongly developed subfloccose 
indumentum, often broader cordate leaves and a 3(-4)-celled ovary and fruit. (Note the 
slight geographical overlap of the two forms.) The southern form is evidently var. 
rockinghamensis Baill., a taxon that has been ignored or overlooked by later botanists 
including Bentham, Bailey, Domin and Pax & Hoffmann. The taxon was based upon a 
single collection from “Rockingham Bay”, an area in which var. moluccana apparently 
does not occur. It is unfortunately not very clear, from Baillon’s description, as to what he 
regarded as the main diagnostic features of his variety. The isotype in the Kew Herbarium 
consists of two detached" broadly ovate leaves (the larger measuring 27 x 23 cm) and an 

Page image

Page text

221 
puberuli. Tepala 3 + 3, ovario arete adpressa: exteriora late ovata, 1 .5-2 mm longa et lata, 
acuta, carinata, hyalino-herbacea, minute puberula, margine erosula; interiora multo min- 
ora, suborbicularia vel anguste ovata, vix 1 mm longa, apice obtuso vel rotundato. Ovarium 
(anthesi jam peracta) profunde tricoccum, 3.5-4 mm longum et latum, minute adpresse 
puberulum, loculis ovoideis dimidio inferiore tantum connatis supeme liberis cornutis in 
stigmata conspicua uncinata desinentibus. Fructus ignotus. 
Queensland. Cook District — Portion 62 Alexandra, 16° 10' S., 145° 25' E., rain-forest, alt. 5 m, small tree 
with cream flowers [d ] ; young leaves red, 1 9 . xii . 1972, Hyland 6612 ; T.R. 165, Pieter Botte L. A. , 16° 06' S. , 
145° 23' E., rain-forest, alt. 450 m, small tree overhanging the creek, flowers [$] cream, flowers in F.A.A., 
1 . vi . 1 977, Hyland 9365 (type). 
This is a rain-forest counterpart of the closely related A. tricorne, a locally common 
species of sandy heaths, savanna forest, monsoon forest, etc., in the Northern Territory, 
north-east Queensland (S. to Rockingham Bay), and southern Papua. The only tangible 
differences between the two are the much greater size, and especially breadth, and 
practically obsolete toothing of the leaves. In floral characters they seem almost 
indistinguishable. 
The foliage of C. majus bears an uncanny resemblance to that of certain species of 
Palmeria (Monimiaceae). The only certain point of distinction that I have found is the 
absence of minute translucent oil-dots in the leaves of the Choriceras when viewed by 
powerful transmitted light. 
Cleistanthus Hook.f. 
(P. & H. 63) 
Cleistanthus myrianthus (Hassk.) Kurz. See Kew Bull. 31: 378 (1976). 
Queensland, (modem collections). Cook District — Bailey's Creek, north of Daintree River, rainfall 125" 
annual average, 1962,/,. 5. Smith & Tracey 65 1 3 (BRI); Range just N. of the Daintree River, 16° 30' S., 145° 30' 
E., 1 1 .x. 1967. Hyland 1087 (BRI); Roaring Meg, 16°S., 145° 15" E., 16.iv. 1969, Hyland 2218 ( BRI); Half mile 
[0. 8 km] W. of Cedar Bay, Bloomfield River area, rainfall estimated 1800 mm per annum, alt. 20 m, v. 1969, 
Wehh & Tracey 8985 (BRI); Oliver Creek, a tributary of Noah Creek, 16° 06' S., 145° 27' E., alt. under 100 m, 
2 1 . viii . 1 972 , Webb & Tracey 10883 (BRI); Portion 62 Alexandra (Noah Creek), 16° 10' S., 145° 25’ E., 
rain-forest, alt. 4 m. small tree 7 m tall, 10. v. 1973, Hyland 6724 (BRI); T.R. 146, Fritz L.A. (Gap Creek), 15° 
45' S., 145° 20' E., rain-forest, 25.vii.1973, alt. 60 m, small tree with reddish fruits, Hyland 6781 (BRI). 
This common Malesian species appears to be confined in Australia to a relatively small 
area south of Cooktown. 
Cleistanthus dallachyanus (Baill.) Baill. ex Benth., FI. Austr. 6: 122 (1873); Bailey, 
Queensl. FI. 5: 1412 (1902); Jabl. in Engler, Pflanzenreich IV. 147. viii; 36 (1915). 
Amanoa dallachyana Baill. in Adansonia 6: 335 (1866). Syntypes: Rockhampton, 
1862-63 .Dallachy 17 (MEL); Thozet 337 (MEL); Mount Mueller & Port Denison, 
n.d., Dallachy s.n. (MEL). 
Queensland. Cook District — New Holland, Endeavour River, 1770, Banks & Solander (MEL). North 
Kennedy District — Whitsunday Group, Hook Island, leaves stiff, dark green, pointed oval; flowers in small 
sprays, greeny yellow, small stars; buds velvety brown, viii. 1971 ,S. Webster s.n. (BRI). South Kennedy District 
— Sarina, in rain-forest on river-bank in dark grey loam, alt. 15 m, tree about 6 m high, 14. i. 193 1 , Hubbard & 
Winders 6509 (BRI). 
The above records, taken together with the earlier ones from Rockhampton, the 
Herbert River, Northumberland and Cumberland Islands, suggest a preference for coastal or 
estuarine situations. 
Cleistanthus xerophilus Domin. See Kew Bull. 31: 381 (1976). 
Queensland. Cook District — Upper Massey Creek, in riverine rain-forest, 24 km a little S. of ENEof Coen, 
alt. 105 m, 1 1 .x. 1962, L.S. Smith 11772 (BRI); 2.5 km SE of Coen, on Port Stewart road, around rocky gully in 
hills, alt. 225 m, small tree 6 m high, 16.x. 1962, L.S. Smith 11947 (BRI); Coen, in deciduous vine thickets on 
granite outcrops, 1962, Webb & Tracey 8017 (BRI); Nolan Creek, 16° 50' S., 144° 10' E., on the bank of an 
ephemeral creek in open riparian eucalypt forest, alt. 230 m, small shrubby tree 4-5 m tall, fruit green, 
26. xii. 1974, Hyland 7926 (BRI); Ibid. , 20. ii. 1975, Hyland 8051 (BRI); Maytown Road (SW of Coktown), shrub 
to 3 m. 5.xi.l947, S.E. Stephens in N. Qld. Nats. Club 11830 (BRI). 

Page image

Page text

240 
gumminess, and the female flowers sometimes up to 5 in the inflorescence, are points of 
positive distinction. The superficial aspect of the plant is that of some rather weak crucifer. 
The Queensland plant has sinuate leaves and up to 5 female flowers in the inflores- 
cence, while the Arnhem Land plant has sharply dentate leaves and only 1 -2 female flowers 
in a head. If these differences are constant in the respective populations, they might deserve 
varietal recognition. The genus is new to the flora of the Northern Territory. 
The extraordinary isolation of the two populations should be noted: they lie about 
1650 km apart, but the Queensland locality (south of Brisbane) is only a few kilometres 
from the more northerly of the only two known localities for M. macrophylla. 
APPENDIX 1 
Stilaginaceae 
Antidesma L. 
Antidesma schultzii Benth., FI. Austr. 6: 86 (1873); Pax & Hoffm. in Engler, Pflanzen- 
reich IV. 147. xv: 134 (1922). Syntypes: Port Darwin, Schultz 610 & 743 (K). 
Northern Territory. Unlocalised, c. 1800, R. Brown s.n. (K); Croker’s Island, iv. 18 118, Cunningham 269 
(K); Port Essington, iv. 1840, Armstrong 570 & s.n. (K); Victoria River & Point Pearce, [ 1 855 J, Mueller s.n. 
[Port Darwin,] ‘Small shrubby tree, dioecious. Fruit smaller than A . dallachyanum. This seems the same as the 
plant from Port Essington mentioned by Bentham’ [l.c.: 86, sub A. dallachyanum J , 1891. M. Holtze 1243 (MEL); 
Channel Island, Darwin Harbour, stabilised dunes, shrub spreading to 5 mhigh, 3. ii. 1972, Byrnes 2377; Vicinity 
of El Sharana, Eucalypt woodland, edge of dry creek, shrub 1 m high, fruit pale whitish-green becoming purplish 
red, glossy, 17. i. 1973, Wolfe AE 393. 
Queensland. Cook District — Claudie River, near airstrip tumoff, 12° 45' S. , 143° 15' E. , open forest, alt. 
75 m, shrub in forest pocket, 17.x. 1974, Hyland 7819; S.F.R. 144, 16° 20' S., 145° 00' E., open forest, alt. 
600 m, shrub or small tree growing in the rocky bed of an ephemeral creek, 20. xii . 1 975 , Hyland 8563. 
Antidesma schultzii is closely related to A . ghaesemhilla Gaertn. , differing principally 
in its glabrescence, its acute sepals and its often irregularly shaped fruits with oblique styles. 
It appears to be rather widespread in the Top End of the Northern Territory. The specimens 
cited above from the Cape York Peninsula represent the first record of A. schultzii from 
Queensland. 
Antidesma parvifolium F. Muell., Fragm. Phytogr. Austr. 4: 86 (1864); Benth., FI. 
Austr. 6: 86 (1873); Bailey, Queensl. FI. 5: 1433 (1902); Pax & Hoffm. in Engler, 
Pflanzenreich IV. 147. xv: 135 (1922); Domin in Biblioth. Bot. 22: 868 (Heft 89: 315) 
(1927). Syntypes: Port Denison, Fitzalan, Dallachy. 
Queensland (early collection). Port Curtis District — prope Gladstone, n.d., A. Dietrich 327 (MEL). 
The distribution of this species, originally described from Port Denison (Bowen), is 
carried some 350 miles southward by this early collection from near Gladstone (already 
noted by Domin, l.c. supra). 
APPENDIX 2 
Notes on some new taxa proposed by Domin 
in Biblioth. Bot. 22: 860-892 (Heft 89: 306-338) (1927), 
based upon examination of type specimens 
Bridelia leichhardtii var. glabrata Domin, l.c. 879 (325). An unimportant form showing 
extreme reduction of indumentum. 
Cleistanthus xerophilus Domin, l.c. 879 (325). A very distinct species. 

Page image

Page text

A NEW SPECIES OF APTEROPTERIS (HYMENOPHYLLACEAE) 
FROM TASMANIA 
by 
A.M. Gray* and R.G. WilliamsI 
INTRODUCTION 
The genus Apteropteris occurs only in New Zealand and in Tasmania: it is 
not known from mainland Australia. All material has previously been assigned to 
A. malingii (Hook.) Copeland (1938) which is the type species and which was 
apparently first discovered and collected by C. Maling on the ranges of Golden Bay, 
New Zealand, in 1861 (Hooker, 1862: pi. 64, as Trichomanes malingii). Detailed 
examination of extensive, widely separated Tasmanian collections, some New 
Zealand material and, as well, critical interpretation of descriptions presented 
in numerous botanical references has shown quite clearly that Tasmanian material 
represents a species distinct from A. malingii. This new species is described here. 
DESCRIPTION 
Apteropteris applanata A.M. Gray & R.G. Williams, sp. nov. 
A. malingii (Hook.) Copeland affinis, sed differt sic: 
Rhachis anguste alata, eius alae e basibus decurrentibus segmenti secundarii formantes; segmend 
ultimi manifeste alati. applanati (nec teretia nec rigidi), lineari-oblongi, ratione longiiudinis- 
latitudinis 3-5:1: involucrwn ovoideo-cupulare, vix valvatum. margine Integra (baud 
denticulata), ob tomentum vix obscuratum, bicostatum, costis ex porrectione distali alarum 
laminarum formatis: receptaculum prominens praecipue exsertum (rare omnino inclusum). 
saepe usque ad 1 .5 mm praeter marginem involucri protrudens, teres et setaceum; sporangia 
prominentia, item praeter marginem involucri protrudentia. 
Similar to A. malingii (Hook.) Copeland, but differing from that species thus: 
Rhachis narrowly winged, the wings formed from the decurrent bases of the 
secondary segments and extending proximally to each successive lower group. 
Ultimate segments distinctly winged, flattened, not terete, not rigid, linear-oblong, 
length-breadth ratio 3-5 : 1. Involucre ovoid cupular, scarcely valved, with entire not 
denticulate rim, hardly obscured by the tomentum: involucre bicostate, the costae 
consisting of the distal extensions of the laminal wings. Receptacle rarely entirely en- 
closed, mostly exsert, prominent, often up to 1 *5 mm beyond the rim of the involucre, 
terete, setaceous. Sporangia protruding beyond rim of involucre, prominent. 
Type Collection: eastern slopes of the Mt. King William range, central western 
Tasmania (42° 15' 28" S, 146° 09' 30" E; alt. c. 800 m), A.M. Gray & R.G. Williams 
231, 10. ix. 1977 (Holotype: HO: Isotypes: MEL, CANB, NSW, CHR.) 
Also Examined: 
Tasmania Mt. King William L. (42° 15' 31" S, 146° 09' 30" E: alt. c. 760 m). A.M. Gray. l9.vi.I975 
(HO, CHR. CANB, NSW); Waldheim Forest, Cradle Valley. (41° 38' 10" S, 145° 56' 30" E; alt. c. 930 m), 
A.M. Gray. 30.xii.l975 (HO. CHR, CANB. NSW); Cephissus River, Pine Valley, (41° 56' 45" S, 
146° 03' 30" E; alt. c. 960 m), A. Mo.scal. 25.iv.l976 (HO, CHR. CANB, MEL); Lake Fenton, in Mt. Field 
National Park. (42° 40'50"S, 146° 37' 45" E; alt. c. 960 m), A.M Gray. 14.iv.l976 (HO, CHR.CANB.NSW. 
and the New Zealand Forest Research Institute); North-east ridge of Mt. Anne, S.W. Tas., (42° 55' 30" S, 
146° 25' 45" E; alt. c. 800 m), A.M. Gray. 9.iv.l977 (HO, CHR, CANB, NSW). 
* 625 Huon Road, South Hobart, Tasmania, Australia 7000. 
t Fairy Glen Road, Collinsvale, Tasmania. Australia 7012. 
Muelleria 4 (2): 169-172 (1979). 
169 

Page image

Page text

219 
Western Australia. "Mount Broome, W. Kimberley, May 1905, W.V. Fitzgerald s.n. (MEL). Shrub of3 
feet high.” — The specimen of P humile W.V. Fitzg. so labelled in the Melbourne Herbarium is probably part of 
the type collection, from the King River in E. Kimberley. The mistake in locality is possibly due to some confusion 
of labelling during the sorting of the material of Fitzgerald’s two expeditions. 
Northern Territory. Palmerston [Darwin], shrub springing in burnt ground, flowers yellow, n.d.. Rev. 
T.S. Lea s.n. (MEL). 
Add the following reference to the citations for P. humile W.V. Fitzgerald (synonym 
ofP. quadriloculare): S. Moore in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 45: 218 (1920). 
Petalostigma triloculare Muell. Arg. See Kew Bull . 31: 369 (1976). 
Queensland. Port Curtis District — between Water Park Creek and The Peaks, 22° 45' S., 150° 45' E., dry 
sclerophyll forest, alt. 100 m, tree 13 m x 25 cm d.b.h., with a dark somewhat flaky and fissured bark. 7.x. 1976, 
Hyland9065 (QRS); Junction of Manifold and Freshwater roads, 22° 40' S., 150° 45' E.,dry sclerophyll forest, 
alt. 100 m, shrub or small tree with orange fruit, 6.x. 1976, Hyland 9060 (QRS). 
These recent collections carry the distribution of P. triloculare some 370 kilometres 
north of its previously known most northerly station near Maryborough, thus more than 
doubling the latitudinal extent of its area. The 13-metre high tree was by far the tallest 
Petalostigma that I had ever seen. 
Austrobuxus Miq. 
(P. & H. 52) 
Austrobuxus nitidus Miq. See Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 25: 506 (1971) & 29: 309 (1974) & 
in Kew Bull. Addit. Ser. IV: 43 (1975). 
Queensland. Cook District — S . F . R . 143, North Mary L. A., 16° 30' S., 145° 15' E.,alt. 1 100 m, tree 30 m 
x 50 cm d.b.h., with a slightly flaky bark; fruit green, probably immature, 17.vii.1973, H viand 6740: E/P 18, 
North Mary Logging Area, R 143. Mt. Lewis, 16° 30' S.. 145° 16' E., rain-forest, alt. 1000 m, 10.x. 1973. 
Sanderson 472 (QRS); Mt. Lewis Road, 16° 34' S. , 145° 1 1 ' E., tree 30 m high with gnarled bole 60 cm diameter, 
epicarp [of fruit] splitting at base and up the side leaving endocarp enclosing seeds; seeds with orange arillus. 
31.viii. 1957, Z..S. Smith 10095: Mt. Lewis, 16° 35' S.. 145° 15' E., rain-forest, alt. 1050 m, 21 .xii. 1967 .Hyland 
1255 RFK; S.F.R. 143, South Mary L.A., 16° 35' S., 145° 15' E., rain-forest, alt. 900 m, 17.viii. 1973, Irvine 
616 ; S.F.R. 143, Carbine L.A., 16° 35' S.. 143° 15' E., rain-forest, alt. 1200 m, tree 20 m x 30 cm d.b.h.o.b., 
with a flaky bark and slightly fluted stem, 18. xii. 1974, Hvland 7917: State Forest Reserve 310, 17°20'S., 145° 
40' E., rain-forest, alt. 700 m, 24. ix. 1973. Dansie s.n. (QRS); S.F.R. 310, Bora L.A., 17° 20' S., 145° 45' E., 
rain-forest, alt. 720 m, tree 25 m x 50 cm, with a fluted trunk and pink somewhat fibrous outer blaze, female tree, 
8.x. 1973 ,Hyland69l7: Ibid., tree 20 m x 60 cm. with a fluted trunk and flaky bark, male tree, 8.x. 1973, Hyland 
6918: Swipers Logging Area, 17°21'S., 145° 46' E. , rain-forest, alt. 700 m, tree 23 mhighx75 cm d.b.h.; stem 
fluted; bark flaky; outer blaze pink, fibrous; inner blaze pink, fibrous, 27. vi. 1972, Risley 59. 
I cannot distinguish this plant from narrow-leaved forms of the common/I. nitidus of 
Malaya, Sumatra and Borneo. The disjunction in distribution of nearly 3840 km between 
East Indonesian Borneo, the nearest otherwise known locality, and this North Queensland 
population is remarkable. It seems probable that the plant must occur in small quantity in the 
intervening area. 
Austrobuxus swainii (de Beuzev. & C.T. White) Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 25: 508 ( 1 97 1 ) & 
29: 308 (1974), in clavi. 
Longetia swainii de Beuzev. & C.T. White in Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 71: 236 (1947); Francis, Aust. 
Rain-Forest Trees, ed. 3, 230 (1970). 
In my key to the species of Austrobuxus (1974, l.c.) I expressed doubt as to whether/1 . 
swainii was rightly referred to this genus. Having now examined isotype and other material 
of this species in the National Herbarium at Sydney (NSW), I am satisfied that the 
assignment is correct, although the crenate-dentate leaves are unique in the genus. This 
feature suggests comparison with Choriceras tricorne (Benth.) Airy Shaw and, less 
strongly, with Dissi liaria muelleri Baill. The bilocular ovary, however, and the seeds with a 
conspicuous pale fibrous finely laciniate aril (as in Austrobuxus clusiaceus (Baill.) Airy 
Shaw and A. carunculatus (Baill.) Airy Shaw) are characters at variance with both 
C horiceras and Dissiliaria . The 8-stamened male flowers can be compared with those of 
few-stamened New Caledonian species such as /l. depauperatus (Baill.) Airy Shaw, A. 
gynotrichus (Guillaum.) Airy Shaw, /l. eugeniifolius (Guillaum.) Airy Shaw, etc. 
15520 / 79-4 

Page image

Page text

223 
occurs commonly, even to the extent of dominance, on Dauan Island, only a few kilometres 
off the coast of Papua, it is virtually certain that it must occur also on the adjacent mainland 
Bridelia Willd. 
(P. & H. 65) 
Bridelia penangiana Hook.f. See Kew Bull. 31: 382 (1976). 
Queensland. (early collections). Cook District — Mossman's River, 40 ft, 1886, Saver 178 (MEL, BRI). 
North Kennedy District — Herbert River (‘No. X’), n.d., Dellachy (MEL); Murray River, small straggling tree 
with small red fruit, no flower, 4. xii. 1866, Dallachy (MEL); Johnstone River, n.d. ,H.G. Ladhrook 142 (BRI). 
Queensland (modem collections). Cook District — Bailey’s Creek area, 14 mile [0.4 km] E. of sawmill 
(714 miles [ 1 2 km] ENE of Daintree), in somewhat swampy lowland rain-forest on grey soil, alt. 15 m, small tree 
3 m high; trunk 1.5 in [3.75 cm] in diameter, with a few sparse spines; outer bark greyish; inner bark cream, 
oxidizing to a pale salmon colour, 2.x. 1962, L.S. Smith 11565 (BRI); Little Mulgrave, tree 12 m, 0.3 m d.b.h.. 
17°08' S., 145° 42' E., 29. i. 1954, K.J. White 541354 (677) (BRI); Cucania, 17°14'S., 145° 55' E. , tree to 15 m, 
30. viii. 1954, L.S. Smith 5319 (BRI); Bingil Bay (NE of Tully), 17° 52' S., 146° 06' E., on creek bank, small tree 
with somewhat glaucous leaves; leaves much paler beneath, 2 .xi. 1 95 1 , L.S. Smith 4912 (BRI). 
It is strange that Dallachy ’s records were not cited by Bentham (Flora Australiensis, 
1873). The remaining records help to fill in the gap between the localities of Claudie River 
and Mission Beach, cited by me in 1976 (l.c.). 
Bridelia phyllanthoides W.V. Fitzg. = B. tomentosa Bl. var. tomentosa; vide infra. 
Bridelia tomentosa Bl. See Kew Bull. 31: 382 (1976). 
B. phyllanthoides W.V. Fitzg. ini. & Proc. Roy. Soc. W. Aust. 3: 163 (1918), synon. 
nov. Type: W. Australia, base of Mt. Broome, 1905 , Fitzgerald 823 (NSW). 
var. tomentosa 
Queensland. Cook District — First large granite hill SE of Almaden on Petford Road, 17° 20' S., 144° 40' 
E., open forest, alt. 560 m, shrub 1-2 m tall growing among granite boulders, 30. xii. 197 4, Hyland 7934 (BRI). 
Bentham ’s record (FI. Austr. 6: 120 (1873)) of this species from the Port Curtis 
District: Rockhampton, O' Shanesy , needs confirmation. I have seen no modem material 
from so far south. 
var. glabrifolia (Merr.) Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 31: 383 (1976). Additional early 
collections are: 
Western Australia Beagle Bay (Dampier Land), 1869, All. Hughan s.n. (MEL); Roebuck Bay, iii. 1890, 
Tepper jun. 122 (MEL.); Prince Regent River, 1891, Bradshaw & Allen s.n. (MEL). 
Northern Territory. Timber Creek, v. 1856 .Mueller (MEL); Victoria River, near Stokes & Fitzroy Range, 
on rocky declivities, vi.1856, Mueller (MEL); Port Darwin, 1884, Holtze 445 (MEL). 
Queensland. Cook District — Endeavour River, 1883 & 1884, Persieh s.n. (MEL). 
Croton L. 
(P. & H. 66) 
Croton acronychioides F. Muell., Fragm. Phytogr. Austr. 4: 142 (1864); Baill. in 
Adansonia 6: 300 (1866); Benth., FI. Austr. 6: 127 (1873); Bailey, Queensl. FI. 5: 1437 
(1902); Francis, Aust. Rain-Forest Trees, ed. 3, 227 (1970). Syntypes: Fitzroy River, nr. 
Rockhampton, Thozet', Broad Sound, Bowman. 
C. affinis Maid. & R.T. Baker in Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. II, 9: 160, t. 12 (1894); 
Francis, l.c., 230 (1970); synon. nov. Type: New South Wales, near Tintenbar, 
Richmond River, viii. 1893, Bduerlen s.n. 
Queensland (early collection). Port Curtis District — Rockhampton area, Morinish Digging, tree 10-25 ft 
high; thick, corky, longitudinally fissured bark, like in some Solaneae, n.d., Thozet 476 (MEL). 
New South Wales. Tintenbar, shrub or small tree 8-15 ft high, x. 1891 .Maiden 525 (MEL) — topotypeof C. 
affinis. 
I was in error in 1976 (Kew Bull. 31: 386) in equating C. affinis with C. verreauxii 

Page image

Page text

223 
occurs commonly, even to the extent of dominance, on Dauan Island, only a few kilometres 
off the coast of Papua, it is virtually certain that it must occur also on the adjacent mainland 
Bridelia Willd. 
(P. & H. 65) 
Bridelia penangiana Hook.f. See Kew Bull. 31: 382 (1976). 
Queensland. (early collections). Cook District — Mossman's River, 40 ft, 1886, Saver 178 (MEL, BRI). 
North Kennedy District — Herbert River (‘No. X’), n.d., Dellachy (MEL); Murray River, small straggling tree 
with small red fruit, no flower, 4. xii. 1866, Dallachy (MEL); Johnstone River, n.d. ,H.G. Ladhrook 142 (BRI). 
Queensland (modem collections). Cook District — Bailey’s Creek area, 14 mile [0.4 km] E. of sawmill 
(714 miles [ 1 2 km] ENE of Daintree), in somewhat swampy lowland rain-forest on grey soil, alt. 15 m, small tree 
3 m high; trunk 1.5 in [3.75 cm] in diameter, with a few sparse spines; outer bark greyish; inner bark cream, 
oxidizing to a pale salmon colour, 2.x. 1962, L.S. Smith 11565 (BRI); Little Mulgrave, tree 12 m, 0.3 m d.b.h.. 
17°08' S., 145° 42' E., 29. i. 1954, K.J. White 541354 (677) (BRI); Cucania, 17°14'S., 145° 55' E. , tree to 15 m, 
30. viii. 1954, L.S. Smith 5319 (BRI); Bingil Bay (NE of Tully), 17° 52' S., 146° 06' E., on creek bank, small tree 
with somewhat glaucous leaves; leaves much paler beneath, 2 .xi. 1 95 1 , L.S. Smith 4912 (BRI). 
It is strange that Dallachy ’s records were not cited by Bentham (Flora Australiensis, 
1873). The remaining records help to fill in the gap between the localities of Claudie River 
and Mission Beach, cited by me in 1976 (l.c.). 
Bridelia phyllanthoides W.V. Fitzg. = B. tomentosa Bl. var. tomentosa; vide infra. 
Bridelia tomentosa Bl. See Kew Bull. 31: 382 (1976). 
B. phyllanthoides W.V. Fitzg. ini. & Proc. Roy. Soc. W. Aust. 3: 163 (1918), synon. 
nov. Type: W. Australia, base of Mt. Broome, 1905 , Fitzgerald 823 (NSW). 
var. tomentosa 
Queensland. Cook District — First large granite hill SE of Almaden on Petford Road, 17° 20' S., 144° 40' 
E., open forest, alt. 560 m, shrub 1-2 m tall growing among granite boulders, 30. xii. 197 4, Hyland 7934 (BRI). 
Bentham ’s record (FI. Austr. 6: 120 (1873)) of this species from the Port Curtis 
District: Rockhampton, O' Shanesy , needs confirmation. I have seen no modem material 
from so far south. 
var. glabrifolia (Merr.) Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 31: 383 (1976). Additional early 
collections are: 
Western Australia Beagle Bay (Dampier Land), 1869, All. Hughan s.n. (MEL); Roebuck Bay, iii. 1890, 
Tepper jun. 122 (MEL.); Prince Regent River, 1891, Bradshaw & Allen s.n. (MEL). 
Northern Territory. Timber Creek, v. 1856 .Mueller (MEL); Victoria River, near Stokes & Fitzroy Range, 
on rocky declivities, vi.1856, Mueller (MEL); Port Darwin, 1884, Holtze 445 (MEL). 
Queensland. Cook District — Endeavour River, 1883 & 1884, Persieh s.n. (MEL). 
Croton L. 
(P. & H. 66) 
Croton acronychioides F. Muell., Fragm. Phytogr. Austr. 4: 142 (1864); Baill. in 
Adansonia 6: 300 (1866); Benth., FI. Austr. 6: 127 (1873); Bailey, Queensl. FI. 5: 1437 
(1902); Francis, Aust. Rain-Forest Trees, ed. 3, 227 (1970). Syntypes: Fitzroy River, nr. 
Rockhampton, Thozet', Broad Sound, Bowman. 
C. affinis Maid. & R.T. Baker in Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. II, 9: 160, t. 12 (1894); 
Francis, l.c., 230 (1970); synon. nov. Type: New South Wales, near Tintenbar, 
Richmond River, viii. 1893, Bduerlen s.n. 
Queensland (early collection). Port Curtis District — Rockhampton area, Morinish Digging, tree 10-25 ft 
high; thick, corky, longitudinally fissured bark, like in some Solaneae, n.d., Thozet 476 (MEL). 
New South Wales. Tintenbar, shrub or small tree 8-15 ft high, x. 1891 .Maiden 525 (MEL) — topotypeof C. 
affinis. 
I was in error in 1976 (Kew Bull. 31: 386) in equating C. affinis with C. verreauxii 

Page image

Page text

267 
1. Centrolepis inconspicua W.V. Fitzgerald in Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 28: 107 (1903). 
Type: Pinjarrah, in wet spots, x.1900, Fitzgerald (Holo: NSW 60350!). 
Taxonomic Synonym: C. basiflora C.H. Ostenfeld in Biol. Meddel. Kongel. Danske 
Vidensk. Selsk. 3 (2): 13 (1921), synon. nov. Type: Armadale prope Perth, 
20. ix. 1914, Ostenfeld 11 (Syntypes: C n.v.; MEL 535280 !). 
Small glabrous annual herb. Roots few, sparsely branched, to 3 cm long. Stem very 
short, unbranched, with intemodes of negligible length. Leaves 2-5, basal, distichous, 
erect; basal sheath scarious, 3-4 mm long, passing into a linear lamina 4-28 mm long, tip 
obtuse. Cataphylls absent. Head terminal, sessile, 1-2 mm wide, 1.5-3 mm long; occa- 
sionally one or more additional heads sessile in the axils of the upper leaves. Primary bracts 
2, opposite, ± gaping at anthesis, similar to the leaves but shorter, 4-16 mm long, the outer 
one slightly longer than the inner. Bract sheaths 1.5-3 mm long, with membranous margins 
terminating in minute lobes. Secondary bracts 2 per pseudanthium, hyaline, 2-3 mm long, 
acute and entire or ± erose; additional shorter secondary bracts often present between the 
pseudanthia. Pseudanthia 2-5 per head, all bisexual. Stamen 1, not adnate to gynophore; 
filament 2-4 mm, anther elliptic c. 0.8 mm long. Gynoecium of 1-4, usually 2, carpels 
superposed alternately biseriate on a gynophore. Styles c. 2 mm long, becoming connate at 
the base only. Seed brown, ovoid, c. 0.5 mm long, smooth. 
Distribution: 
Western Australia — known from three localities in the Darling and Avon districts, but 
may be expected to be more widespread in south-western W.A. and probably overlooked 
due to its small size. 
Ecology: 
Growing in moist sites, including moss beds. Flowering September to October. 
Specimens examined (total 4): 
Western Australia — 17 miles E. of Pingelly, Tutanning Reserve, 18. ix. 1962, Royce 7541 (PERTH); W.A. 
n.d., n.coll. (MEL 1502031). 
Notes: 
C. basiflora C.H. Ostenfeld is, from the protologue description and from a comparison 
of type material, not distinguishable from C. inconspicua W.V. Fitzgerald. 
C. inconspicua is closely allied toC. aristata (R.Br.) Roem. & Schult., from which it 
is distinguished by the absence of a scape, the narrower head with fewer pseudanthia, and 
the single stem never proliferating to form a dense tuft. The presence of axillary heads in 
some plants is a character apparently unique to this species of Centrolepis. Although it has 
been found growing in association withC. aristata by Ostenfeld ( 1921), the two species do 
not intergrade. A series of 55 collections of C. aristata from south-western Western 
Australia was examined by the author and showed discontinuities in variation with C . 
inconspicua in the above characters. 
2. Centrolepis cephaloformis F.M. Reader in Viet. Nat. 19: 97 ( 1902); Ewart, ‘FI. Viet.’ 
260 (1931); Willis, ‘Handb. PI. Viet.' 1: 278 (1962). Type: Sandy Desert, Lowan, 
1892, F.M. Reader (Lectotype (here chosen): MEL 536054 pro parte !. Syntypes: MEL 
536054 pro parte !: MELU 11831 !). 
The type sheet in MELU does not bear a label in Reader’s writing, and consists of one plant 
which was probably removed from the MEL collection. One of the plants on the sheet MEL 
536054 is a depauperate specimen of Centrolepis polygyna (R.Br.) Hieron.; the individual 
plant at top right of this sheet is here designated as the lectotype of C. cephaloformis F.M. 
Reader. 
Small glabrous annual herb forming dense, rounded tufts 4-25 mm in diameter. Stem 
repeatedly branching from the axils of the lower leaves forming intemodes less than 1 mm 

Page image

Page text

271 
form of the leaf, the carpel number, and the laterally compressed head (see Key). 
The inner primary bract is reduced and almost concealed in this species. Bentham 
(1878) did not regard it as a bract, but described it as “a scarious complicate scale opposed 
to the bract”. Its position directly on the main axis of the head, subopposite to, and slightly 
above, the outer primary bract indicates that it is homologous to the inner primary bract of 
other species of Centrolepis. In texture it is similar to the basal sheath of the outer primary 
bract, and unlike the nerveless hyaline secondary bracts of other species. 
5. Reduced states of Centrolepis polygyna (R.Br.) Hieron. in Abh. Naturf. Ges. Halle 12: 
210 (1873). 
Small glabrous annual herb. Stem repeatedly branching from the lower leaf axils 
forming intemodes up to 1 mm long. Leaves 4-8 mm long with a scarious sheathing base 
1-3 mm long passing into an erect or recurved terete linear lamina terminating in a hyaline 
mucro. Uppermost foliar leaf reduced to an obtuse scarious sheathing cataphyll up to 3 mm 
long. Head terminal on an intemode at least 0.5 mm long; erect, cylindric, 0.8-1. 2 mm 
wide. Primary bracts 2, opposite, keelless, closely enclosing the head. Outer bract with a 
brown, scarious ± indurated basal sheath 3-4 mm long bearing a terete, ± recurved 
awn-like lamina 3-7 mm long. Inner bract brown, scarious, ± indurated, acute, lacking a 
lamina, 3-4 mm long. Secondary bracts absent. Pseudanthium solitary, bisexual. Stamen 
1, the filament 3-4 mm long, adnate to the gynophore for c. 0.5 mm at the base; anther 
ovate-elliptic, 0.6-1 mm long. Gynoecium of 6-14 carpels superposed in subopposite pairs 
on a gynophore. Styles c. 1 .5 mm long, becoming connate at the base only. Seed brown, 
ovoid, c. 0.5 mm long, smooth. Whole plant often becoming dark-pigmented in the fruiting 
stage. 
Distribution and Ecology: 
Recorded from localities in Victoria and Tasmania, and possibly occurring elsewhere, 
usually in close proximity to taller states of C. polygyna and intergrading with them, in sites 
such as sand hills and moss beds on rock. Flowering September to November. 
Selected Specimens Examined: 
Victoria - Mt. Arapiles, south side. 23. xi. 1964, Beaugtehole 6570 (MEL); Dimboola Flora Reserve, 
9.x. 1960. Beaugtehole 7455 (MEL 532539); Mt. Arapiles. S.E. slope, 22.ix. 1968, Beaugtehole 28686 (MEL 
532504); Dimboola Reservoir, x. 1948, Beaugtehole 39697 (MEL 534085); Sandy desert. Lowan, 1 892 .Reader 
s.n. (MEL); wet pastures. Lowan, 16.x. 1898. Reader s.n. (MEL). 
Tasmania — Killiecrankie Bay, Flinders Island, 24. ix. 1966, Whinray 69A (MEL 536063); Prime Seal 
Island, Fumeaux Group, 17.x. 1972, Whinray 1503 (MEL 533586). 
Notes: 
The state of C. polygyna described above represents one extreme of variation within a 
highly polymorphic species, or perhaps species aggregate. There appears to be no discon- 
tinuity in variation between such plants and typical C. polygyna , and it is not known whether 
the reduced state has any genetic basis or is due solely to phenotypic plasticity. It is not 
proposed to describe it as a separate taxon. 
Reduced C. polygyna is sometimes confused with the related scapeless species of 
Centrolepis. Distinguishing characters are given under the respective species. 
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 
The author wishes to thank the Director and staff of the National Herbarium of Victoria 
(MEL) where this paper was prepared; in particular, thanks are due to Helen I. Aston for 
advice and for reading the manuscript, and to Anita Podwyszynski for the illustrations. 
The help given by the Directors of AD, NSW, and PERTH in loaning specimens is also 
acknowledged. 

Page image

Page text

220 
Dissiliaria F. Muell. ex Benth. 
(P. & H. 53) 
Oissiliaria laxinervis Airy Shaw, sp. nov. 
D. baloghioidi F. Muell. ex Benth. affinis, sed nervatione foliorum laxo subtus manifeste elevato distincta. 
Typus: Queensland. Hyland 2578 RFK (K, holotypus). 
Arbor usque 25 m alta, anteridifera, fere glaberrima, ramulis junioribus laevibus 
vetustioribus lenticellis crebris ellipticis pustulosis. Folia opposita vel terna, elliptica vel 
late elliptica, usque 18x7 cm. basi cuneata vel ( L.S . Smith 14372 ) rotundata, apice aut pari 
ratione angustata aut subrotundata, ipso apice semper obtuso, margine integro saepe 
undulato, coriacea, laevia, nitida, glaberrima, siccitate aut viridula aut (Smith 14372 ) 
brunnea; costa gracilis, utrinque prominens; nervi laterales gracillimi, 5-8-jugi, acute 
adscendentes, parum curvati, diffuse anastomosantes, supra immersi vel vix prominuli, 
subtus argute elevati; nervi minores laxe reticulati, supra obscuri. subtus permanifesti; 
petiolus 5-8 mm longus, glaber; stipulae interpetiolares, triangulares vel ellipticae 2-9 x 
2-5 mm, acutae vel obtusae, caducae; alabastra axillaria parva, globosa, dense ferrugineo- 
tomentella. Flores et 6 et ?ignoti. Capsulae in axillisper 1 -4 fasciculatim gestae, pedicellis 
1.5-4. 5 cm longis rigidis sicut ramuli lenticellosis, subglobosae, 1.5 cm diametro, pericar- 
pio crassiusculo ab endocarpio solubili tenuiter ochraceo-velutino. Semina (immatura) 
applanata, semi-orbicularia, 8x5 mm, laevissima, nitida, saturate castanea. 
Queensland. Cook District — Claudie River, 12° 45' S., 143° 15' E., gallery rain-forest, alt. 80 m, tree 
60 cm d.b.h., with a coarsely flaky bark, red heartwood and conspicuous buttresses, 29. vi. 1972, Hyland 2578 
RFK (type); Ibid., rain-forest, alt. 60 m, tree 25 m x 60 cm d.b.h., with a flaky bark and pink blaze, 22. ix. 1976. 
Hyland 9028', Gap Creek, 15°45'S.. 145° 10' E. , granite wash, alt. 30 m, 18. v. 1969 , L.S. Smith I4372\ Ibid., 
12 km N. of Aylton on Cooktown road, roadside remnant of lowland rain-forest. 15° 50' S., 145° 20' E., small 
tree, 4 m, fruit yellow-green with rusty tomentum, 23. vi. 1973, Blaxell 1 170. 
This species is manifestly distinct from D. baloghioides in the lax venation of the 
leaves, which is sharply elevated on the lower surface. If further collections confirm the 
distinctness of the form from Gap Creek, with a rounded leaf-base, drying brown, it may 
deserve taxonomic recognition. 
Choriceras Baill. 
(P. & H. 53/a) 
Choriceras majus Airy Shaw, sp. nov. 
A C. tricorni (Benth.) Airy Shaw foliis multo majoribus et praesertim latioribus fere integris facile 
distinctum. Typus: Queensland. Hyland 9365 (K, holotypus; QRS. isotypus). 
Arbor parva. ramulis teretibus 1 -4 mm crassis, cortice pallido glabro, novellis minute 
adpresse puberulis./m/Za opposita, ovata vel late elliptica, 7-14 cm longa, 3-7 cm lata, basi 
late cuneata usque rotundata, apice breviter subacuminata vel cuspidata vel raro rotundata, 
ipso apice obtuso rarius subacuto, margine integro vel obscurissime sinuato-denticulato 
anguste reflexo vel revoluto, chartacea vel vix tenuiter coriacea, laevia, opaca vel vix 
nitidula, utrinque primum minute dissite adpresse puberula, supra mox subtus tarde glab- 
rescentia, superficie superiore sub lente minute granulari; costa mediocris, subtus promi- 
nens, supra latiuscule prominula; nervi laterales gracillimi. 8-10-jugi, patuli, utrinque 
inconspicue prominuli, prope marginem diffuse anastomosantes; nervi minores valde 
inconspicui; petiolus 7- 10 mm longus, 1-2 mm crassus, primum minute puberulus, demum 
glabrescens; stipulae ad lineam transversam prominulam redactae. Inflorescentiae 6 axil- 
lares (verosimiliter cymae congestae), multiflorae, perulis parvis convexis puberulis 
numerosis suffultae. Pedicelli filiformes, usque fere 1 cm longi, glabri. Tepala 5-6, 
obovata vel suborbicularia, 1.5-2 mm diametro, valde convexa, hyalino-membranacea, 
cremea, medio fusca. Stamina 5-6, 1-1.5 mm longa, e margine receptaculi exorta, antheris 
late ellipsoideis, receptaculo centrali elevato hemisphaerico spongioso longe piloso. Pistil- 
lodium nullum. Inflorescentiae $ axillares, plerumque biflorae, axi primaria gracili 
3-12 mm longa minute puberula apice flores 2 oppositos bracteis subulatis 1 .5 mm longis 
suffultos gerente. Pedicelli rhachi primaria crassiores, 3-4 mm longi, minutissime 

Page image

Page text

A NEW AUSTRALIAN LICHEN: CLADONIA KURINGAIENSIS 
by 
A.W. Archer* 
INTRODUCTION 
The fruticose lichen genus Cladonia contains a number of species which are placed 
together in the Cladonia verticillata group. This group is characterised by esorediate, 
corticate, cup-shaped podetia (scyphi), with each scyphus producing central proliferations 
in the form of further scyphi. The typical species of the group, Cladonia verticillata 
(Hoffm.) Schaer. and the related species Cladonia calycantha Nyl., Cladonia gymnopoda 
Vain., Cladonia pseudogymnopoda Asah. and Cladonia verticillaris (Raddi) Fr. contain 
the /3-orcinol depsidone fumarprotocetraric acid as the only lichen compound present (Zopf 
1908, Asahina 1940, 1970, 1943). Other members of the group contain fumarprotocetraric 
acid with atranorin — Cladonia krempelhuberii (Vain.) Vain. (Asahina 1956) and 
Cladonia subcervicornis (Vain.) Kernst. (Asahina 1943) — or fumarprotocetraric acid with 
homosekikaic acid — Cladonia calyciformis Nuno (Nuno 1 972) — or lack fumarprotocet- 
raric acid and contain other lichen compounds; Cladonia dissimilis Asah. contains atranorin 
and homosekikaic acid (Asahina 1940) and Cladonia rappii Evans contains psoromic acid 
(Evans 1952). Cladonia verticillata and Cladonia krempelhuberii are the only members of 
this group reported to occur in Australia (Weber and Wetmore 1972). 
A recent chemical examination of specimens of Cladonia verticillata sens. lat. from 
the Sydney region showed that specimens with squamulose scyphi contained stictic acid in 
addition to fumarprotocetraric acid (Archer 1979); esquamulose specimens contained only 
fumarprotocetraric acid and were identified as Cladonia verticillata (Hoffm.) Schaer. The 
specimens with stictic acid and squamulose scyphi are now differentiated as a separate 
species. 
DESCRIPTION 
Cladonia kuringaiensis A.W. Archer, sp. nov. 
Habitus thalli ut in Cladonia verticillata sed squamulis in marginibus scyphorum et aciduni sticticum acido 
fumarprotocetrarico usuali continentia. 
The appearance of the thallus as in Cladonia verticillata but with squamules on the 
margins of the scyphi and containing stictic acid as well as the usual fumarprotocetraric 
acid. 
Primary squamules persistent or disappearing, up to 5 mm long, irregularly wedge- 
shaped, resembling the squamules on the scyphi; upper side green to olive-green, below 
white. Podetia dull whiteish-green to olive-green, esorediate, with or without squamules, 
arising from the upper side of the primary squamules, 20-40 mm tall and up to 1.5 mm 
diam.. expanding into small cups to 5 mm diam., appearing wider due to the presence of 
marginal squamules; each podetium with one or more proliferations from the centre of the 
closed cup; margins of the scyphi squamulose with irregularly crenate squamules 2-4 mm 
long and 0.5-1 mm wide; cortex continuous or areolate, the areoles smooth and the 
interspaces white; Apothecia sessile or on short stipes, 0.3-0. 5 mm in diam.; pale brown to 
reddish-brown, flat, becoming convex; ascospores 8/ascus, simple, ellipsoid, colourless, 
10-15 x 3-4 p.m. 
Reaction: K+ weak yellow-brown; C — ; Pd-l- yellow becoming red. Fumarprotocetraric 
and stictic acids were shown to be present in an acetone extract by thin-layer chromatog- 
raphy and the presence of stictic acid was confirmed by mass spectrometry (Archer 1979). 
‘Division of Analytical Laboratories, P.O. Box 162, Lidcombe, NSW 2141. 
Muelleria 4 (3): 273-275 (1980). 
273 

Page image

Page text

231 
inflorescence consisting (as Baillon notes) almost entirely of male flowers. Both leaves and 
inflorescence bear the subfloccose indumentum of the southern form. 
Var. rockinghamensis approaches the New Guinea plant described {Kew Bull. 20: 26 
(1966)) as var. floccosa Airy Shaw, and it is probable that the latter may have to be reduced 
to Baillon ’s variety. The New Guinea form is extreme in its densely floccose indumentum, 
and sometimes produces unusually large flowers. Very few specimens with female flower 
or fruit have yet been collected, but in Floyd NGF 7436 , from the Bulolo Valley, Morobe 
District, the female flowers have a clearly trilocular ovary, with 3 deeply bifid styles. 
Rockinghamia Airy Shaw 
(P. & H. 105/a) 
Rockinghamia angustifolia (Benth.) Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 20: 29 (1966). 
Queensland, (early collections). Cook District — Daintree River. 1881, Pentzcke 7 & 22 (MEL). 
Rockinghamia brevipes Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 31: 389 (1976). 
Queensland (early collections). Cook District — Mt. Bellenden-Ker. alt. 1560 m, 1887 ,Sayer 118 (MEL): 
Mt. Bartle Frere, "A small tree 25 ft. about 600 ft. lower than Bartle Frere on the south side”, 1891 . 1892, 5. 
Johnson s.n. (MEL). 
Claoxylon Juss. 
(P. & H. 119) 
Claoxylon angustifolium Muell. Arg. in Linnaea 34: 165 (1865) & in DC. , Prodr . 15 (2): 
786 (1866); Benth., FI. Austr. 6: 129 (1873); Bailey, Queensl. FI. 5: 1441 (1902); Pax & 
Floffm. in Engler, Pflanzenreich IV. 147. vii: 125 (1914). 
Mercurialis angustifolia (Muell. Arg.) Baill. in Adansonia 6: 323 (1866). 
Queensland. South Kennedy District — Pease's Lookout, 21° 07' S., 148° 31' E. , rain-forest, alt. 880 m, 
shrub. 12.x. 1976, Hyland 9131 (QRS); Mt. Etna, 23° 10' S., 150° 25’ E.. monsoon forest, alt. 200 m, shrub, 
9.x. 1976, Hyland 9106 (QRS). 
These are somewhat more southerly stations than the previously recorded localities of 
Bowen and the Cumberland Islands. C. angustifolium is a very isolated species, perhaps 
related to C. nervosum Pax & Floffm., of eastern New Guinea. 
Claoxylon tenerifolium (Baill.) F. Muell. See Kew Bull. 31: 390 (1976). Extension of 
range: 
Northern Territory. Deaf Adder Gorge, 13° 02' S., 132° 58' E., sandstone rain-forest, in sink hole, shrub 
2.5 m, 21. ii. 1977, Fox 2511. 
This represents the first record of any species of Claoxylon from the Northern 
Territory. The specimen is in fruit, and bears exceptionally large leaves, up to 23 x 12.5 cm. 
The following records are of interest either for the localities or for the accompanying 
field notes. 
Queensland. Cook District — New Holland. Endeavour River, 1710. Banks & Solander ( MEL) (Britten, 111. 
Bot. Cook's Voy. Endeavour 88, t. 290 (1905), asC. hillii Benth.); Thursday Island, vi. 1897.F.M. Bailey (BRI); 
Murray Island, 9° 55' S. , 144° 02' E. , vii. 1970, M. Lawrie 20 (BRI); Base of Black Mountain (= Black Trevethan 
Range), SW of Cooktown, in open space in depauperate rain-forest at upper limit of vegetation small tree, trunk 
sprawling over rocks, branches erect, branchlets ascending, leaves dark shiny green, flowers [c? ] greenish-white, 
bark whitish, shallowly fissured, 23 . xii . 1966,4 . Rodd216 (NSW); Sweet Creek, west side of Cook Highway, 16° 
4' S., 145° 4' E., ridge above creek, clay, tree, these specimens from ridge where it is pioneering very 
successfully, but more commonly seen at the edge of rain-forest, flowers [ 8 ] greenish-yellow, no smell, x. 1974, 
H E. Brown 6007 (BRI). 
B . Hyland ’s comments on the blaze odour of this plant are entertaining — ‘ ‘conspicu- 
ous but difficult to describe” ( Hyland 2156, from SFR 194); “rather unpleasant” ( Hyland 
2347 , ibid.); “obnoxious” (Hyland 2052, Mission Beach); “like rotten tomatoes” (Hyland 
6197 , Iron Range). 

Page image

Page text

231 
inflorescence consisting (as Baillon notes) almost entirely of male flowers. Both leaves and 
inflorescence bear the subfloccose indumentum of the southern form. 
Var. rockinghamensis approaches the New Guinea plant described {Kew Bull. 20: 26 
(1966)) as var. floccosa Airy Shaw, and it is probable that the latter may have to be reduced 
to Baillon ’s variety. The New Guinea form is extreme in its densely floccose indumentum, 
and sometimes produces unusually large flowers. Very few specimens with female flower 
or fruit have yet been collected, but in Floyd NGF 7436 , from the Bulolo Valley, Morobe 
District, the female flowers have a clearly trilocular ovary, with 3 deeply bifid styles. 
Rockinghamia Airy Shaw 
(P. & H. 105/a) 
Rockinghamia angustifolia (Benth.) Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 20: 29 (1966). 
Queensland, (early collections). Cook District — Daintree River. 1881, Pentzcke 7 & 22 (MEL). 
Rockinghamia brevipes Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 31: 389 (1976). 
Queensland (early collections). Cook District — Mt. Bellenden-Ker. alt. 1560 m, 1887 ,Sayer 118 (MEL): 
Mt. Bartle Frere, "A small tree 25 ft. about 600 ft. lower than Bartle Frere on the south side”, 1891 . 1892, 5. 
Johnson s.n. (MEL). 
Claoxylon Juss. 
(P. & H. 119) 
Claoxylon angustifolium Muell. Arg. in Linnaea 34: 165 (1865) & in DC. , Prodr . 15 (2): 
786 (1866); Benth., FI. Austr. 6: 129 (1873); Bailey, Queensl. FI. 5: 1441 (1902); Pax & 
Floffm. in Engler, Pflanzenreich IV. 147. vii: 125 (1914). 
Mercurialis angustifolia (Muell. Arg.) Baill. in Adansonia 6: 323 (1866). 
Queensland. South Kennedy District — Pease's Lookout, 21° 07' S., 148° 31' E. , rain-forest, alt. 880 m, 
shrub. 12.x. 1976, Hyland 9131 (QRS); Mt. Etna, 23° 10' S., 150° 25’ E.. monsoon forest, alt. 200 m, shrub, 
9.x. 1976, Hyland 9106 (QRS). 
These are somewhat more southerly stations than the previously recorded localities of 
Bowen and the Cumberland Islands. C. angustifolium is a very isolated species, perhaps 
related to C. nervosum Pax & Floffm., of eastern New Guinea. 
Claoxylon tenerifolium (Baill.) F. Muell. See Kew Bull. 31: 390 (1976). Extension of 
range: 
Northern Territory. Deaf Adder Gorge, 13° 02' S., 132° 58' E., sandstone rain-forest, in sink hole, shrub 
2.5 m, 21. ii. 1977, Fox 2511. 
This represents the first record of any species of Claoxylon from the Northern 
Territory. The specimen is in fruit, and bears exceptionally large leaves, up to 23 x 12.5 cm. 
The following records are of interest either for the localities or for the accompanying 
field notes. 
Queensland. Cook District — New Holland. Endeavour River, 1710. Banks & Solander ( MEL) (Britten, 111. 
Bot. Cook's Voy. Endeavour 88, t. 290 (1905), asC. hillii Benth.); Thursday Island, vi. 1897.F.M. Bailey (BRI); 
Murray Island, 9° 55' S. , 144° 02' E. , vii. 1970, M. Lawrie 20 (BRI); Base of Black Mountain (= Black Trevethan 
Range), SW of Cooktown, in open space in depauperate rain-forest at upper limit of vegetation small tree, trunk 
sprawling over rocks, branches erect, branchlets ascending, leaves dark shiny green, flowers [c? ] greenish-white, 
bark whitish, shallowly fissured, 23 . xii . 1966,4 . Rodd216 (NSW); Sweet Creek, west side of Cook Highway, 16° 
4' S., 145° 4' E., ridge above creek, clay, tree, these specimens from ridge where it is pioneering very 
successfully, but more commonly seen at the edge of rain-forest, flowers [ 8 ] greenish-yellow, no smell, x. 1974, 
H E. Brown 6007 (BRI). 
B . Hyland ’s comments on the blaze odour of this plant are entertaining — ‘ ‘conspicu- 
ous but difficult to describe” ( Hyland 2156, from SFR 194); “rather unpleasant” ( Hyland 
2347 , ibid.); “obnoxious” (Hyland 2052, Mission Beach); “like rotten tomatoes” (Hyland 
6197 , Iron Range). 

Page image

Page text

235 
Mallotus derbyensis W. V. Fitzg. ini. & Proc. Roy. Soc. W. Aust. 3: 165 (1918). Type: W. 
Australia, Derby, iv. 1905, Fitzgerald 200 [NSW], = Grewia cf. breviflora Benth., FI. 
Austr. 1: 270 (1863). 
Fitzgerald’s specimen is in fruit only. It is certainly a Grewia and not a Mallotus , but 
the above suggested specific identification should be checked by someone familiar with the 
Australian species of Grewia. 
Alchornea Sw. 
(P. & H. 136) 
Alchornea rugosa (Lour.) Muell. Arg. See Kew Bull. 31: 393 (1976). 
Queensland. Coo* Dfs/mr — Russell River, small tree n.d., [5. Johnson ?] 92 (MEL), (mixed with Croton 
verreauxii Bai 11 . ); Brinsmead Gap, between Cairns and Redlynch, on edge of complex notophyll vine-forest, on 
red soils derived from metamorphic rocks, small tree to 4 m, x. 1973, Webb & Tracey 10783 (NSW); State Forest 
Reserve 607, Bridle Logging Area, 1 7° 00' S. , 145° 35' E. , in power-line clearing in dry rain-forest, alt. 500 m 
shrub 1 m tall, fruit green but probably fully developed, 21. xi. 1973, Hyland 7125 (NSW). North Kennedy 
District — Rockingham's Bay, n.d., Dallachy (MEL). 
The above gatherings extend the Australian distribution of A. rugosa many kilometres 
south of the previous record from Iron Range, to the region of Cairns and Cardwell. It is 
strange that Dallachy’s record was missed by Bentham (FI. Austr. (1873)). 
Alchornea thozetiana (Baill.) Baill. ex Benth. var. longifolia Benth., FI. Austr. 6: 137 
(1873); Bailey, Queensl. FI. 5: 1445 (1902). Type: Rockingham Bay, Dallachy s.n. (K). 
Queensland (early collections). Cook District — Endeavour River, 1 885, Persieh 500 (MEL)' Ibid 1 886 
Persieh 832 (MEL). 
These and Hyland 7739 (from State Forest Reserve 607) are the only collections of var. 
longifolia that I have seen with male inflorescences. The type and one or two other recent 
collections {Hyland 6472, 7 125, 7738; Hartley & Hyland 14127, also from S.F.R. 607) all 
bear female flower or fruit. It is possible that var. longifolia may deserve specific rank. 
Cleidion Bl. 
(P. & H. 156) 
Cleidion javanicum Bl. See Kew Bull. 31: 394 (1976). 
Queensland (further collections). Cook District — Upper Massey Creek, c. 24 km a little S. of ENE of 
Coen, in riverine rain-forest, alt. 105 m, fruits mostly 2-celled or occasionally 1-celled by abortion, 9.x. 1962, 
L.S. Smith 11707 (BRI, NSW); Gordon Creek, gallery rain-forest, 12° 45' S., 143° 20' E alt 60 m 24 x 1973' 
Hyland 6998 (BRI): Mclvor River, 15° 10' S., 145° 05' E., gallety rain-forest, tree 10 m high x 20 cm d.b.h ’ 
25.vn.1972, Hyland 6270 (BRI). North Kennedy District — SFR 299 Conway, 20° 20' S 148° 45' F 
rain-forest, alt. 50 m, shrub 2-3 m tall, 2. viii. 1974, Hyland 7387 (BRI). 
Not previously recorded from North Kennedy District. 
Macaranga Thou. 
(P. & H. 157) 
Macaranga dallachyana (Baill.) Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 23: 90 (1969) (sphalm. ‘-us’) & 
31: 396, in clavi (1976). Type: “ Dallachy (1865), Rockingham’s Bay, ‘salt water creeks’ 
(herb. F. Muell . !)”. 
.?m E f N fooo D ^f 0ok D r ! st f ict — Near Mt. Bellenden-Ker, alt. 3500 ft [l050 ml, huge tree, 60 miles from 
coast I. .J, 1888, Christie Palmerston s.n. (MEL); Danbulla, Stony Creek logging area 17°09'S 145°35'E 
small tree, female, fruits greenish, 2. ix. 1957, L.S. Smith 10118 (BRI. K) growing with M. subdentata Benth'’ 
?n V ' P r, 2 ,^ 6) ; Nor,h Kenned y District — Saltwater Creek [? nr. Cardwell], small tree, yellow flowers 
10. xu. \ 9>(A , Dallachy s .n . (MEL); Ibid. , small shrub, light green foliage, 2. iii. 1865, Dallachy s.n. (MEL. type) 
Macaranga dallachyana seems to be by far the scarcest member of the genus in 
Australia. 
1 5 520/79— 5 

Page image

Page text

221 
puberuli. Tepala 3 + 3, ovario arete adpressa: exteriora late ovata, 1 .5-2 mm longa et lata, 
acuta, carinata, hyalino-herbacea, minute puberula, margine erosula; interiora multo min- 
ora, suborbicularia vel anguste ovata, vix 1 mm longa, apice obtuso vel rotundato. Ovarium 
(anthesi jam peracta) profunde tricoccum, 3.5-4 mm longum et latum, minute adpresse 
puberulum, loculis ovoideis dimidio inferiore tantum connatis supeme liberis cornutis in 
stigmata conspicua uncinata desinentibus. Fructus ignotus. 
Queensland. Cook District — Portion 62 Alexandra, 16° 10' S., 145° 25' E., rain-forest, alt. 5 m, small tree 
with cream flowers [d ] ; young leaves red, 1 9 . xii . 1972, Hyland 6612 ; T.R. 165, Pieter Botte L. A. , 16° 06' S. , 
145° 23' E., rain-forest, alt. 450 m, small tree overhanging the creek, flowers [$] cream, flowers in F.A.A., 
1 . vi . 1 977, Hyland 9365 (type). 
This is a rain-forest counterpart of the closely related A. tricorne, a locally common 
species of sandy heaths, savanna forest, monsoon forest, etc., in the Northern Territory, 
north-east Queensland (S. to Rockingham Bay), and southern Papua. The only tangible 
differences between the two are the much greater size, and especially breadth, and 
practically obsolete toothing of the leaves. In floral characters they seem almost 
indistinguishable. 
The foliage of C. majus bears an uncanny resemblance to that of certain species of 
Palmeria (Monimiaceae). The only certain point of distinction that I have found is the 
absence of minute translucent oil-dots in the leaves of the Choriceras when viewed by 
powerful transmitted light. 
Cleistanthus Hook.f. 
(P. & H. 63) 
Cleistanthus myrianthus (Hassk.) Kurz. See Kew Bull. 31: 378 (1976). 
Queensland, (modem collections). Cook District — Bailey's Creek, north of Daintree River, rainfall 125" 
annual average, 1962,/,. 5. Smith & Tracey 65 1 3 (BRI); Range just N. of the Daintree River, 16° 30' S., 145° 30' 
E., 1 1 .x. 1967. Hyland 1087 (BRI); Roaring Meg, 16°S., 145° 15" E., 16.iv. 1969, Hyland 2218 ( BRI); Half mile 
[0. 8 km] W. of Cedar Bay, Bloomfield River area, rainfall estimated 1800 mm per annum, alt. 20 m, v. 1969, 
Wehh & Tracey 8985 (BRI); Oliver Creek, a tributary of Noah Creek, 16° 06' S., 145° 27' E., alt. under 100 m, 
2 1 . viii . 1 972 , Webb & Tracey 10883 (BRI); Portion 62 Alexandra (Noah Creek), 16° 10' S., 145° 25’ E., 
rain-forest, alt. 4 m. small tree 7 m tall, 10. v. 1973, Hyland 6724 (BRI); T.R. 146, Fritz L.A. (Gap Creek), 15° 
45' S., 145° 20' E., rain-forest, 25.vii.1973, alt. 60 m, small tree with reddish fruits, Hyland 6781 (BRI). 
This common Malesian species appears to be confined in Australia to a relatively small 
area south of Cooktown. 
Cleistanthus dallachyanus (Baill.) Baill. ex Benth., FI. Austr. 6: 122 (1873); Bailey, 
Queensl. FI. 5: 1412 (1902); Jabl. in Engler, Pflanzenreich IV. 147. viii; 36 (1915). 
Amanoa dallachyana Baill. in Adansonia 6: 335 (1866). Syntypes: Rockhampton, 
1862-63 .Dallachy 17 (MEL); Thozet 337 (MEL); Mount Mueller & Port Denison, 
n.d., Dallachy s.n. (MEL). 
Queensland. Cook District — New Holland, Endeavour River, 1770, Banks & Solander (MEL). North 
Kennedy District — Whitsunday Group, Hook Island, leaves stiff, dark green, pointed oval; flowers in small 
sprays, greeny yellow, small stars; buds velvety brown, viii. 1971 ,S. Webster s.n. (BRI). South Kennedy District 
— Sarina, in rain-forest on river-bank in dark grey loam, alt. 15 m, tree about 6 m high, 14. i. 193 1 , Hubbard & 
Winders 6509 (BRI). 
The above records, taken together with the earlier ones from Rockhampton, the 
Herbert River, Northumberland and Cumberland Islands, suggest a preference for coastal or 
estuarine situations. 
Cleistanthus xerophilus Domin. See Kew Bull. 31: 381 (1976). 
Queensland. Cook District — Upper Massey Creek, in riverine rain-forest, 24 km a little S. of ENEof Coen, 
alt. 105 m, 1 1 .x. 1962, L.S. Smith 11772 (BRI); 2.5 km SE of Coen, on Port Stewart road, around rocky gully in 
hills, alt. 225 m, small tree 6 m high, 16.x. 1962, L.S. Smith 11947 (BRI); Coen, in deciduous vine thickets on 
granite outcrops, 1962, Webb & Tracey 8017 (BRI); Nolan Creek, 16° 50' S., 144° 10' E., on the bank of an 
ephemeral creek in open riparian eucalypt forest, alt. 230 m, small shrubby tree 4-5 m tall, fruit green, 
26. xii. 1974, Hyland 7926 (BRI); Ibid. , 20. ii. 1975, Hyland 8051 (BRI); Maytown Road (SW of Coktown), shrub 
to 3 m. 5.xi.l947, S.E. Stephens in N. Qld. Nats. Club 11830 (BRI). 

Page image

Page text

237 
Codiaeum Bl. 
(P. & H. 193) 
Codiaeum variegatum (L.) Bl., Bijdr. FI. Ned. Indie 606 (1825). 
Croton variegatus L., Spec. PL, ed. 3, 1424 (1764). 
var. moluccanum (Decne) Muell. Arg. in DC., Prodr. 15 (2): 1 1 19 (1866); Benth., FI. 
Austr. 6: 147 (1873); Pax & Hoffm. in Engler, Pflanzenreich IV. 147. iii: 24 (1911). 
Codiaeum moluccanum Decne in Nouv. Ann. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris 3: 485 0834). 
Croton minis Domin in Biblioth. Bot. 22: 882 (Heft 89: 328), t. 31, figs. 1-10(1927) 
synon. nov. [Non sec. Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 31: 385 & 388 (1976)]. 
I felt a considerable sense of shock when I set eyes on the type-specimen of Croton 
mirus, kindly sent on loan from the Prague Herbarium, and found that it was no Croton but a 
Codiaeum . The material, which is ample, gives the impression of having perhaps come 
from an exposed locality, causing a certain amount of stunting of the growth, especially of 
the petioles and inflorescences, and thus lacks the typical rain-forest appearance of 
Codiaeum. I confess to having been quite deceived by Domin’s description and plate. 
The specimen from the Cape York Peninsula, Brass 19462 , that I identified with 
Croton mirus in Kew Bull. 31: 385 (1976), is described above (p. 224) as a new species, 
C. brachypus Airy Shaw. 
Codiaeum cf. membranaceum S. Moore in J . Linn. Soc., Bot. 45: 219 (1920). Type: 
Cape York, 1868 , Daemel s.n. (BM). 
Queensland. Cook District — Tip Creek, 13° 00' S., 143° 25' E., rain-forest, alt. 30 m, tree, trunk 10 cm 
d.b.h., bark nondescript, fissured, flaky; very fine stripes in the inner blaze, 18.x. 1973, Hyland 291 9 R.F.K. (K). 
The species of Codiaeum fall into two distinct groups: those with glabrous ovaries, 
includingC. variegatum (L.) B1.,C. luzonicum Merr. (Philippines), C. inophyllum (Forst.) 
Muell. Arg. (New Caledonia), etc. , and those with adpressed-pubescent ovaries, including 
C. stellingianum Warb. (Kei Islands), C. bracteiferum (Roxb.) Merr. (C. brevistylum Pax 
& Hoffm.) (Amboina),C. cuneifolium Pax & Hoffm. (Philippines), etc. Hyland 291 9 from 
the Cape York Peninsula falls into the second group; the ovaries are conspicuously 
pubescent. The specimen is also notable for the markedly membranous texture of the leaves, 
and for this reason I think it is probably closely related to C. membranaceum S. Moore, 
which was described from a gathering of Daemel from Cape York Peninsula without further 
details of locality. Unfortunately this Daemel collection lacks female flowers, and thus the 
most diagnostic feature cannot be tested. Further collections of thin-leaved Codiaeum from 
Cape York, and especially from the Tip Creek population, are very desirable. 
It is, however, further possible that C. membranaceum may be conspecific with C. 
stellingianum, and this in turn with C. bracteiferum. Both these species were described as 
having ‘firmly membranaceous’ leaves. Pubescent-ovaried material from the Moluccas, 
Tenimbar and Kei Islands exhibits distinctly thin foliage, though not quite so membran- 
aceous as that of Hyland 2919. I am unable to make use of style-length for specific 
distinction; it seems to show the protean variability typical of Codiaeum. The same remark 
probably applies to stamen-number. 
A further taxon with pubescent ovaries is represented by the Codiaeum population of 
the Louisiade Archipelago. The foliage of this population exhibits the same polymorphism 
as that of C. variegatum , including rheophytic adaptation, but is almost always stiffly 
coriaceous. Material of Codiaeum from the D’Entrecasteaux, Bismarck and Solomon 
Islands invariably possesses glabrous ovaries, and must be referred to C. variegatum . I have 
described the Louisiade plants elsewhere ( Kew Bull. 33: 75 (1978)) as C. ludovicianum. 
Dimorphocalyx Thw. 
(P. & H. 195) 
Dimorphocalyx australiensis C. T. White in Proc. Roy. Soc. Queens!. 47: 80 (1936); Airy 

Page image

Page text

224 
Baill. C. affinis almost certainly represents a form of C. acronychioides F. Muell. and a 
southerly extension of range for that species. 
Croton argyratus Bl. See Kew Bull. 31: 385 (1976). 
Northern Territory. Unlocalised, but doubtless from Darwin or neighbourhood, shrub, 1891, Maurice 
Holtze 1233 (MEL); (In a copy of Bentham, (Flora Australiensis, 1873) in the Melbourne Herbarium the following 
note has been pencilled by Mueller against the description of Croton schultzii Benth.: "In specimens from Holtze 
the $ pedic. — 1" long. Leaves partly cordate or ovate or orbic. ”); East Point, Darwin, in monsoon forest, shrub 
1 m, 14. xi. 1967, Byrnes NB284 (NT 14345). 
The plant was also noted on Elcho Island in July 1975, as a shrub of the deciduous vine 
thicket, by Dunlop, Latz & Maconochie (N. Terr. Bot. Bull. 1: 21 (1976) as C. schultzii 
Benth.). As, however, it was sterile, it was not collected. 
The above occurrences seem to dispose of my surmise {Kew Bull, l.c.) that the 
specimen collected at Darwin in 1870 by Schultz (609) might have been a casual port 
introduction. The sparse isolated population on Elcho Island, northern Arnhem Land, 
appears to represent an extreme eastern outlier of the otherwise almost continuous 
distribution of C. argyratus , extending from South-East Asia to Bali and the Moluccas. 
Holtze ’s material agrees well with Schultz’s, but is considerably more ample. It falls 
well within the ambit of the variable C. argyratus. 
Croton armstrongii S . Moore in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 45: 219 (1920). Type: Port Essington, 
Armstrong s.n. (BM). 
C. habrophyllus Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 31: 386 (1976), synon. nov. Type: Port 
Darwin, Schultz 680 (K). 
Northern Territory Port Darwin, 1882, Holtze 40 (MEL); 1883, Holtze 322, 370 (MEL); 1886, 
Tenison-Woods & Holtze 40, 592 (MEL); Elizabeth Creek, 1885 .Holtze 592 (MEL); Sine loc., 1891 .Holtze s.n. 
(MEL); Melville Island, semi-evergreen vine forest, v. 1966, Stocker s.n. (BRI); Wessel Is. 11° 11' S . . 136° 44' 
E., rare on stable coastal dunes, shrub to 1.5 m, 28. ix. 1972, Latz 3289 (BRI). 
It is regretted that Moore ’s 1920 paper was overlooked by me when describing Croton 
habrophyllus , as also by Chippendale when listing the plants of the Northern Territory in 
Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 96: 207-267 (1972). 
Croton armstrongii is apparently scattered widely but thinly over the northern part of 
Arnhem Land and adjoining islands. Though collected by Latz in the Wessel Islands in 1 972 
(see above) , it was not noted by Dunlop , Latz & Maconochie in their account of the plants of 
Elcho Island {N. Terr. Bot. Bull. 1:21 (1976)). The specimen Byrnes 2833 , from Cannon 
Hill, to which I drew attention in 1976 as being somewhat aberrant, must be excluded from 
C. armstrongii . The taxon it represents has now been re-collected and is described below (p. 
000) as a new species, C. byrnesii. 
Croton brachypus Airy Shaw, sp. nov. 
C. triacro F. Muell. affinis, sed petiolis fere duplo brevioribus praesertim differt. Typus: Queensland, Tozer 
Range, 1948, Brass 19462 (K, holotypus). 
C. mirus sec. Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 31: 385 (1976), quoad Brass 19462 tantum, non Domin. 
Frutex vel arbor usque 4 m alta, novellis et inflorescentiis parce lepidotulis, ceterum 
fere glabra. Folia cuneato-obovata, 5-17 cm longa, 2.5-6 cm lata, basi plerumque sensim 
cuneato-angustata, ipsa basi anguste rotundata vel cordatula, apice cito contracta et breviter 
acuminata vel cuspidata, ipso apice acuto vel obtuso, margine levissime repando-sinuato 
vel subintegro, chartacea vel vix tenuitercoriacea, laevia, matura fere glaberrima, siccitate 
viridia, subtus pallidiora, ima basi glandulis binis minimis e facie prominentibus aucta; 
costa subtus prominens, supra fere plana; nervi laterales tenuissimi, 7-9-jugi, late patuli, 
subtus et supra tenerrime sed argute prominuli, arcuato-anastomosantes; nervi minores fere 
invisibiles, laxissimi; petiolus 2-5 mm longus, parce lepidotulus; stipulae minutissimae vel 
obsoletae. Inflorescentiae terminales, 3-5 cm longae, androgynae, parce lepidotulae. Flos 
<S (alabastro juniore) 2 mm pedicellatus. Sepala parcissime stellato-lepidota. Petala 
spatulata. Stamina 10-12, basi vix pilosa. Flos $ brevissime pedicellatus. Sepala ovato- 
oblonga, 2 mm longa, acuta, parcissime stellato-lepidotula. Petala 0. Ovarium depresse 

Page image

Page text

224 
Baill. C. affinis almost certainly represents a form of C. acronychioides F. Muell. and a 
southerly extension of range for that species. 
Croton argyratus Bl. See Kew Bull. 31: 385 (1976). 
Northern Territory. Unlocalised, but doubtless from Darwin or neighbourhood, shrub, 1891, Maurice 
Holtze 1233 (MEL); (In a copy of Bentham, (Flora Australiensis, 1873) in the Melbourne Herbarium the following 
note has been pencilled by Mueller against the description of Croton schultzii Benth.: "In specimens from Holtze 
the $ pedic. — 1" long. Leaves partly cordate or ovate or orbic. ”); East Point, Darwin, in monsoon forest, shrub 
1 m, 14. xi. 1967, Byrnes NB284 (NT 14345). 
The plant was also noted on Elcho Island in July 1975, as a shrub of the deciduous vine 
thicket, by Dunlop, Latz & Maconochie (N. Terr. Bot. Bull. 1: 21 (1976) as C. schultzii 
Benth.). As, however, it was sterile, it was not collected. 
The above occurrences seem to dispose of my surmise {Kew Bull, l.c.) that the 
specimen collected at Darwin in 1870 by Schultz (609) might have been a casual port 
introduction. The sparse isolated population on Elcho Island, northern Arnhem Land, 
appears to represent an extreme eastern outlier of the otherwise almost continuous 
distribution of C. argyratus , extending from South-East Asia to Bali and the Moluccas. 
Holtze ’s material agrees well with Schultz’s, but is considerably more ample. It falls 
well within the ambit of the variable C. argyratus. 
Croton armstrongii S . Moore in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 45: 219 (1920). Type: Port Essington, 
Armstrong s.n. (BM). 
C. habrophyllus Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 31: 386 (1976), synon. nov. Type: Port 
Darwin, Schultz 680 (K). 
Northern Territory Port Darwin, 1882, Holtze 40 (MEL); 1883, Holtze 322, 370 (MEL); 1886, 
Tenison-Woods & Holtze 40, 592 (MEL); Elizabeth Creek, 1885 .Holtze 592 (MEL); Sine loc., 1891 .Holtze s.n. 
(MEL); Melville Island, semi-evergreen vine forest, v. 1966, Stocker s.n. (BRI); Wessel Is. 11° 11' S . . 136° 44' 
E., rare on stable coastal dunes, shrub to 1.5 m, 28. ix. 1972, Latz 3289 (BRI). 
It is regretted that Moore ’s 1920 paper was overlooked by me when describing Croton 
habrophyllus , as also by Chippendale when listing the plants of the Northern Territory in 
Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 96: 207-267 (1972). 
Croton armstrongii is apparently scattered widely but thinly over the northern part of 
Arnhem Land and adjoining islands. Though collected by Latz in the Wessel Islands in 1 972 
(see above) , it was not noted by Dunlop , Latz & Maconochie in their account of the plants of 
Elcho Island {N. Terr. Bot. Bull. 1:21 (1976)). The specimen Byrnes 2833 , from Cannon 
Hill, to which I drew attention in 1976 as being somewhat aberrant, must be excluded from 
C. armstrongii . The taxon it represents has now been re-collected and is described below (p. 
000) as a new species, C. byrnesii. 
Croton brachypus Airy Shaw, sp. nov. 
C. triacro F. Muell. affinis, sed petiolis fere duplo brevioribus praesertim differt. Typus: Queensland, Tozer 
Range, 1948, Brass 19462 (K, holotypus). 
C. mirus sec. Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 31: 385 (1976), quoad Brass 19462 tantum, non Domin. 
Frutex vel arbor usque 4 m alta, novellis et inflorescentiis parce lepidotulis, ceterum 
fere glabra. Folia cuneato-obovata, 5-17 cm longa, 2.5-6 cm lata, basi plerumque sensim 
cuneato-angustata, ipsa basi anguste rotundata vel cordatula, apice cito contracta et breviter 
acuminata vel cuspidata, ipso apice acuto vel obtuso, margine levissime repando-sinuato 
vel subintegro, chartacea vel vix tenuitercoriacea, laevia, matura fere glaberrima, siccitate 
viridia, subtus pallidiora, ima basi glandulis binis minimis e facie prominentibus aucta; 
costa subtus prominens, supra fere plana; nervi laterales tenuissimi, 7-9-jugi, late patuli, 
subtus et supra tenerrime sed argute prominuli, arcuato-anastomosantes; nervi minores fere 
invisibiles, laxissimi; petiolus 2-5 mm longus, parce lepidotulus; stipulae minutissimae vel 
obsoletae. Inflorescentiae terminales, 3-5 cm longae, androgynae, parce lepidotulae. Flos 
<S (alabastro juniore) 2 mm pedicellatus. Sepala parcissime stellato-lepidota. Petala 
spatulata. Stamina 10-12, basi vix pilosa. Flos $ brevissime pedicellatus. Sepala ovato- 
oblonga, 2 mm longa, acuta, parcissime stellato-lepidotula. Petala 0. Ovarium depresse 

Page image

Page text

225 
suborbiculare, 1.5 mm diametro, densissime albo-lepidotulum; styli 2 mm longi, fere 
usque ad basin bifidi, segmentis linearibus acutis glabris. Capsula integra non visa, valvis 
delapsis 6-7 mm longis parcissime lepidotulis; semina latissimeellipsoidea, 4-5 mm longa, 
fere 4 mm lata, 3 mm crassa, laevia, castanea vel fusco-badia, lineis brevibus ochraceis 
longitudinaliter marmorata. 
Queensland. Cook District — Puffdelooney Ridge, 12° 45' S., 143° 13' E., heath scrub, alt. 360 m, shrub 
1 .6 m high, small white flowers, 3. vii. 1972, Irvine 249 (QRS); Lower northern slopes of Mt. Tozer, 12° 45' S., 
143° 15' E., dry rain-forest, alt. 200 m, shrub, 30. vi. 1972, Dockrill 441 (QRS); Tozer Range, 0.8 km east of Mt. 
Tozer, a characteristic species of rain-forest undergrowth, alt. 425 m, tree 3-4 m tall, leaves smooth and shining 
much paler below, flowers white, 6. vii. 1948, Brass 19462 (K, holotype). Lankelly Creek, on western fall of 
Mcllwraith Range, approx. 13° 55' S,, 143° 15° E., semi-deciduous mesophyll vine-forest along stream, on 
alluvial soils derived from a mixture of granite and metamorphic rocks, some sclerophyll emergents — Melaleuca 
argentea and Eucalyptus pellita, permanent waterhole at this point, alt. 200 m, x.1969, Webb & Tracey 9625 
(BRI). 
This plant from the Cape York Peninsula is closely related to C. triacros, of the 
Atherton Tableland and Rockingham Bay region, but differs in its consistently and 
conspicuously short petioles. 
Croton byrnesii Airy Shaw, sp. nov. 
C. armstrongii S. Moore arete affinis, sed statu maturo glabritie fere tota, stipulis magis evolutis, et glandulis 
petiolaribus usque 1 mm a basi laminae semotis satis distinctus. Typus: Northern Territory, Cannon 
Hill, Byrnes 2833 (DNA, holotypus; BRI, NT, K, isotypus). 
Frutex vel arbor 2-4 m alta, habitu gracili patente, novellis et inflorescentiis parcis- 
sime stel lato-lepidotulis exceptis fere glaberrima, ramulis teretibus 2-4 mm crassis, cortice 
brunnescente vel cinereo. Folia ovata vel interdum elliptica, 6-10(-15) cm longa, 2- 
6(-9) cm lata, basi rotundata (raro levissime cordata vel latissime cuneata), apice sensim 
angustata vel breviter acuminata, ipso apice insigniter obtuso (raro acuto), margine leviter 
crenato vel subserrato vel rarius subintegro, membranacea, laevia, nisi valde juvenilia 
glaberrima, siccitate viridia, opaca; costa gracilis, subtus prominula, supra fere plana; nervi 
laterales gracillimi, circiter 8-jugi, patuli, subrecti, prope marginem curvati et diffuse 
anastomosantes; nervi minores tenuissimi, laxi; petiolus gracillimus, l-3(-5) cm longus, 
vix 1 mm crassus, glaberrimus, apice glandulis binis breviter vel Ionge stipitatis usque 
1 mm a basi laminae (vel interdum juxta laminam) sitis omatus; stipulae lineares, usque 
1.5 mm longae, caducae. Inflorescentiae terminales, 7-15 cm longae, mixtae, parce, 
stellato-lepidotulae, laxe multiflorae, bracteis minutis ovatis acutis ciliatis, fasciculis pauci- 
vel multifloris. Flos 6 pedicello tenui 3-6 mm longo parce stellato suffultus. Sepala 
oblongo-ovata, 2-3 mm longa, 1-1.5 mm lata, acuta apice minute albo-pilosula, extra sub 
ipso apice callo minuto rubido omata, crebriuscule translucido-glandulosa. Petala 5, 
linearia, 3 mm longa, apice densiuscule albo-pilosula. Disci glandulae 5, sepalis oppositae, 
transversae, carnosulae. Stamina 8-10, e fundo tenuiter longe piloso exorta, 3 mm longa, 
antheris oblongis. Flos $ pedicello robustiore ei masculi fere aequilongo parce stellato- 
lepidotulo suffultus. Sepala ovato-oblonga, 3 mm longa, 1.5 mm lata, apice ut in masculis. 
Petala deficientia. Disci glandulae fere ut in flore 6 . Ovarium 2 mm diametro, 1 mm 
altum, trilobum, dense stellato-pilosum; styli a basi liberi, divaricati, rigidi, applanati, 
sulco mediano percursi, supeme bifidi, ramulis quasi tortis vel sigmoideis vel truncatis. 
Capsula tricocca, dissite albido-stellato-lepidotula, 8-9 mm diametro, 5-6 mm alta, sepalis 
fusco-brunneis revolutis persistentibus; semina brevissime oblongo-globosa, fere 4 mm 
longa, fere 3 mm crassa, utrinque rotundata et minute apiculata, laevissima, ochraceo- 
brunnea, immaculata. 
Northern Territory Cannon Hill, base of sandstone cliff, shrub c. 2 m high, 1 8 . xii . 1 972 , Bxrnes 2833 
(DNA 5663, holotype; BRI. NT, K, isotypes); 1 mile \ 1 .6 km] SW Cannon Hill, broadleaf scrub associated with 
small sandstone outcrop, spreading tree 4 m high, bark smooth mid-grey, fruit pale green, l.ii. 1973, Martensz & 
Schodde AE648 (NT 38582); 2‘/2 miles [4 km] N. of Cannon Hill Airstrip, monsoon rain-forest, small tree 2.4 m 
high, fruit green, 9.ii. 1973, Martensz AE8I2 (NT 38652, DNA 6200); Cannon Hill, 12° 22' S., 132° 56' E., at 
base of sandstone outcrop, sandy soil, small tree, xi. 1976, G. Miles s.n. (DNA, K); East Alligator River, 12° 29' 
S.. 133° 03' E.. sandy soil, edge of creek with Tristania lactiflua, slender tree 3 m high, wood aromatic, 
15. ii. 1973, Dunlop 3235 (NT 41542, DNA 7741). 
When describing Croton habrophyllus (now reduced to C. armstrongii — see page 

Page image

Page text

226 
224) in 1976, I referred to Byrnes 2833 as possibly representing a slightly divergent local 
population of that species. Having now examined further collections of the Byrnes entity 
from the Cannon Hill area, and having seen both it and typical C. habrophyllus in the field, I 
am satisfied that it merits taxonomic recognition. It represents yet another micro-species in 
the critical section Gymnocroton. The most obvious feature is the almost complete 
glabrescence of the plant (except when very young). The apical petiolar glands are variable, 
but when long-stipitate and well distant from the base of the lamina they are striking. Further 
gatherings must show whether other characters (e.g. staminal number) show constant 
differences. 
Croton capitis-york Airy Shaw, sp. nov. 
C. wassi-kussae Croiz. et C. insulari Baill. affinis, sed floribus o sessilibus vel subsessilibus differt., aC. 
insulari praeterea foliis plerumque majoribus et tenerioribus distinctus. Typus: Queensland, Silver 
Plains Holding, 1973, Stocker 1077 (QRS, holotypus). 
Frutex 1.5-3. 5 m altus, ramulis teretibus laevibus 2-4 mm crassis dense minute 
ochraceo-lepidotisraropatenti-pilosulis.Fo//a elliptica usque fere oblonga, 5-16 cmlonga, 
4- 6 cm lata, basi rotundata vel late cuneata, apice breviter acuminata vel abrupte obtuse 
cuspidata, ipso apice obtuso vel interdum acuto, margine integro vel obscure sinuato 
anguste reflexo vel rarius piano, tenuiter vel firme chartacea, siccitate viridula vel 
brunnescentia, supra dissite ochraceo-stellato-lepidotula; costa gracilis, supra fere plana, 
subtus prominens; nervi primarii laterales gracillimi, 8-1 1-jugi, late patuli, prope marginem 
arcuato-anastomosantes; nervi minores tenuissimi, aut primariis sub-paralleli aut laxe 
reticulati; petiolus gracilis, 1-5 cm longus, 1 mm crassus, supra alte canaliculatus, dense 
ochraceo-lepidotulus, apice glandulas binas laterales conspicuas breviter stipitatas gerens; 
stipulae non visae, forsan obsoletae. Inflorescentiae (juniores tantum visae) terminates, 
interrupte spicatae, usque 8 cm longae. dimidio inferiore nudae vel usque ad basin 
floriferae, rhachi pro rata robusta dense minute lepidotula. Flores alabastro tantum visi: 
masculi sepalis 5 petalis 5 spatulatis staminibus circiter 10, feminei sepalis 5 crassiusculis 
petalis 5 vestigialibus minutissimis triangularibus fimbriatis ovario triloculari dense piloso 
stylis 3 bis bifidis instructi. 
Queensland. Cook District — Bamaga Mission, 1 1 .2 km SW of Cape York, east to mill and beyond, 1 1° T 
S , 142° 3 'E., stony red hill, shrub 0.9-3. 6~ m high, 24.x. 1965, L.S. Smith 12393', 8 kmN. of crossing on Massey 
Creek, on road between Silver Plains Station and Rocky River, 13° 50' S., 143° 29' E., in evergreen vine thicket 
5- 6 m with emergents to 15 m usually also evergreen, notably Eugenia banksii & Eugenia sp. (nov.?) but an 
occasional deciduous species, notably Terminalia sericocarpa , ‘soil ’ is fine white sand with dark stained topsoil, 
alt 70 m x 1969, Webb & Traces 9740 (NSW); Temple Bay Yards, 12° 20' S. , 143° 05' E., monsoon forest, alt. 
40 m, 1 7 . ix . 1 976, Hyland 8971 (QRS); Hann Creek Watershed, 12°27'S., 142° 56' E., monsoon forest, alt. 
150 m shrub 4 m tall, 19. ix. 1976. Hvland 9021 (QRS, K); West Claudie River, 12° 45' S., 143° 15' E., dry 
rain-forest alt 100 m,shrub2 m tall, 29.vi. 1972, Hyland 6170 (QRS, K); Silver Plains Holding, between Rocky 
River and Massey Creek, 13° 40' S., 143° 28' E., dry rain-forest, bush 1.5 m high, 13. ix. 1973, Stocker 1077 
(holotype, QRS). 
var. pilosus Airy Shaw, var. nov. , . _ 
Ramulis petiolis costa nervis inflorescentiis patentim pilosis distincta. Typus: Queensland, Temple Bay 
Outstation, 1976, Hyland 8995 (QRS, holotypus). 
Queensland. Cook District — Olive River, 12° 10' S., 143°05' E., low forest/heath, alt. 10 m, shrub 1-2 m 
tall, \35x.\914, Hvland 7449 (QRS); 2 km south of Temple Bay Outstation, 12°22'S., 143°05' E., vine thicket, 
alt. 20 m, shrub 10 m tall, 17. ix. 1976, Hyland 8995 (holotype, QRS). 
The peltate scales of this plant give a pale green sheen to the lower surface of the 
leaves, without the pinkish tinge that is usually present in C. insularis. The leaves are also 
larger and thinner in texture than in that species. The variety pilosus seems to make an 
approach towards C . densivestitus White & Francis (C . pubens Domin), but in that species 
the hairs are strictly fasciculate, without any lepidote base. It is probably even closer to C. 
wassi-kussae var. stocked (p. 229, below) which has a very dense tomentose indumentum 
arising out of a dense lepidote covering. The var .pilosus is, in fact, somewhat intermediate 
between C. wassi-kussae var. stocked and typical C. capitis-york, and it is perhaps 
significant that the two last-named taxa were collected by G.C. Stocker on the same day , 
within a short distance of each other ( Stocker 1076 & 1077). The Croton populations in the 
area concerned would repay closer investigation. 

Page image

Page text

1 
227 
Croton densivestitus White & Francis. See Kew Bull. 31: 385 (1976). 
Queensland, (early collections). Cook District — Harvey’s Creek, Russell River, 1886, 1887,Sayer (MEL); 
Ibid., 1889, F.M. Bailey (MEL, type!); Ibid.. 1892,5. Johnson (MEL). 
Croton dockrillii Airy Shaw, sp. nov. 
Ab affini C. armstrongii S. Moore foliis angustioribus ellipticis longiuscule acuminatis, margine obscure 
sinuato- vel repando-dentato saepe conspicue reflexo vel revoluto manifeste recedit. Typus: Queens- 
land, Alligator Creek, 1972, Dockrill 589 (QRS, holotypus). 
Frutex 2-3 m altus, ut videtur laxus, ramulis teretibu.s 2-3 mm crassis, cortice laevi 
pallido juniore albido-stellato-pubescente demum glabro. Folia elliptica, 5-15 cm longa, 
2-5.5 cm lata, basi late cuneata vel anguste rotundata, apice sensim (rarius subabrupte) 
longiuscule acuminata, ipso apice acuto vel obtuso, margine obscure sinuato- vel repando- 
dentato saepe conspicue reflexo vel revoluto, tenuiterchartacea vel submembranacea, supra 
glabra, subtus glabrescentia vel parce stellato-lepidota (juniora supra parcissime subtus 
dissite stellata), siccitate laete viridia vel ochracea; costa gracilis, subtus prominens, supra 
prominula; nervi laterales gracillimi, 8-10-jugi, patuli, marginem versus anastomosantes, 
infimi (basales) arete adscendentes; petiolus gracilis, 1-3.5 cm longus, 1 mm crassus, apice 
glandulas binas parvas laterales breviter vel longe stipitatas gerens; stipulae anguste 
subulatae, 2-4 mm longae, acutae, dense albido-stellatae, citissime caducae. Inflorescen- 
tiae terminales, bisexuales, 1-5 cm longae, rhachi parce albido-stellata, bracteis subulatis 
I- 2 mm longis. Flores 6 in parte superiore evoluti, pedicellis gracilibus 2-3 mm longis 
parce albido-stellatis. Sepala 5, elliptica, 2 mm longa, 1 mm lata, acuta, extra parce 
stellata, apice pilosula. Petala 5, anguste spatulata, 2-2.5 mm longa, 0.5 mm lata, apice 
subobtusa, densiuscule pilosa, saepe revoluta. Disci glandulae subglobosae. Stamina 
I I- 13, 2-4 mm longa, filamentis glabris e fundo dense lanato exortis. Flores $pauciores, 
plerumque ad basin, rarius per dimidium inferius inflorescentiae exorti. Pedicellus 
1-1.5 mm longus, crassiusculus, stellatus. Sepala 5, ovato-oblonga, 3-3.5 mm longa, 
1.5-2 mm lata, subacuta, dorso parce albido-stellata, apice breviter pilosula. Petala 0. 
Discus annularis, humillimus. Ovarium globosum, 2 mm diametro, dense stellato- 
tomentosum, stylis basi brevissime connatis in segmenta 2 linearia acuta 5 mm longa glabra 
alte divisis. Capsula immatura 5-6 mm diametro, pilis stellatis minutis numerosis cum 
paucis majoribus conspersa. Semina ignota. 
Queensland. Cook District — Galloway’s Creek. Bamaga, littoral vine woodland, small tree, v. 1962, Webb 
& Tracey 6083 (BRI); Portland Roads, 12° 35' S., 143° 24' E., rain-forest near beach, alt. 20 m, flowers white. 
10. iv. 1944. Flecker 8507 (QRS); Alligator Creek, 12° 35' S., 143° 20' E., riparian rain-forest, alt. 60 m, shrub 
3 m high, flowers cream, fruits green, flowers in F.A.A., 14.x. 1972, Doc/tn// 589 (QRS, holotype); Iron Range, 
ix. 1962, Volck 2418 (BRI); Claudie River, 12° 45' S., 143° 15' E. , 24.x. 1973, wilding transplant, 70 cm tall, 
flowers [rf] pale greenish, perianth with conspicuous white anthers that produce dominant colour of flower, 
cultivated as a pot plant in glasshouse at Forestry & Timber Bureau, Atherton, 5.ix.l974, Dockrill 844. & 
14. i. 1975, Irvine 1115 (QRS); Rocky River, 13° 50' S., 143° 25' E., dry rainforest, shrub 2-3 m tall, with 
all-white flowers, 6.ix.l973, alt. 75 m, Hyland 6814 (QRS). 
This is rather closely related toC. armstrongii S. Moore (C. habrophyllus Airy Shaw), 
a thin-leaved species from the Northern Territory, but differs clearly in the narrower and 
more elongate outline of the leaves, which are often conspicuously acuminate, and 
especially in the more distantly and shallowly slightly repand-denticulate leaf-margin, 
which is usually somewhat undulate or sinuate and conspicuously reflexed or revolute. The 
basal glands are sometimes notably stipitate. In C. armstrongii the leaf-base is breadly 
rounded or cordate, and the margin is flat, and crenate or closely serrate-crenulate. 
Croton magneticus Airy Shaw, sp. nov. 
C. pilophoro Airy Shaw (novoguineensi) arete affinis, a quo stylis linearibus foliis minoribus inflorescentiis 
densifloris imprimis differ!; nulli ali speciei australiensi manifeste affinis, nisi forsan C. wassi-kussae 
var. stockeri Airy Shaw, a quo pube ramulorum multo breviore demum obsoleto, pilis erectis nullis, 
foliis oblongo-ellipticis 1 .5-4 cm tantum latis basi rotundatis (raro angustissime cordatis), nervis supra 
prominulis nec insculptis, inflorescentiis densifloris nec interruptis inter alia abunde discrepat. Typus: 
Queensland, Magnetic Island, 1938, Goy 329 (BRI, holotypus). 
Frutex incomptus, statura ignota, ramulis divaricatis inferne nudis 2-4 mm crassis 
primum dense brevissime fulvo-stellato-tomentellis demum glabrescentibus, cortice 

Page image

Page text

224 
Baill. C. affinis almost certainly represents a form of C. acronychioides F. Muell. and a 
southerly extension of range for that species. 
Croton argyratus Bl. See Kew Bull. 31: 385 (1976). 
Northern Territory. Unlocalised, but doubtless from Darwin or neighbourhood, shrub, 1891, Maurice 
Holtze 1233 (MEL); (In a copy of Bentham, (Flora Australiensis, 1873) in the Melbourne Herbarium the following 
note has been pencilled by Mueller against the description of Croton schultzii Benth.: "In specimens from Holtze 
the $ pedic. — 1" long. Leaves partly cordate or ovate or orbic. ”); East Point, Darwin, in monsoon forest, shrub 
1 m, 14. xi. 1967, Byrnes NB284 (NT 14345). 
The plant was also noted on Elcho Island in July 1975, as a shrub of the deciduous vine 
thicket, by Dunlop, Latz & Maconochie (N. Terr. Bot. Bull. 1: 21 (1976) as C. schultzii 
Benth.). As, however, it was sterile, it was not collected. 
The above occurrences seem to dispose of my surmise {Kew Bull, l.c.) that the 
specimen collected at Darwin in 1870 by Schultz (609) might have been a casual port 
introduction. The sparse isolated population on Elcho Island, northern Arnhem Land, 
appears to represent an extreme eastern outlier of the otherwise almost continuous 
distribution of C. argyratus , extending from South-East Asia to Bali and the Moluccas. 
Holtze ’s material agrees well with Schultz’s, but is considerably more ample. It falls 
well within the ambit of the variable C. argyratus. 
Croton armstrongii S . Moore in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 45: 219 (1920). Type: Port Essington, 
Armstrong s.n. (BM). 
C. habrophyllus Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 31: 386 (1976), synon. nov. Type: Port 
Darwin, Schultz 680 (K). 
Northern Territory Port Darwin, 1882, Holtze 40 (MEL); 1883, Holtze 322, 370 (MEL); 1886, 
Tenison-Woods & Holtze 40, 592 (MEL); Elizabeth Creek, 1885 .Holtze 592 (MEL); Sine loc., 1891 .Holtze s.n. 
(MEL); Melville Island, semi-evergreen vine forest, v. 1966, Stocker s.n. (BRI); Wessel Is. 11° 11' S . . 136° 44' 
E., rare on stable coastal dunes, shrub to 1.5 m, 28. ix. 1972, Latz 3289 (BRI). 
It is regretted that Moore ’s 1920 paper was overlooked by me when describing Croton 
habrophyllus , as also by Chippendale when listing the plants of the Northern Territory in 
Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 96: 207-267 (1972). 
Croton armstrongii is apparently scattered widely but thinly over the northern part of 
Arnhem Land and adjoining islands. Though collected by Latz in the Wessel Islands in 1 972 
(see above) , it was not noted by Dunlop , Latz & Maconochie in their account of the plants of 
Elcho Island {N. Terr. Bot. Bull. 1:21 (1976)). The specimen Byrnes 2833 , from Cannon 
Hill, to which I drew attention in 1976 as being somewhat aberrant, must be excluded from 
C. armstrongii . The taxon it represents has now been re-collected and is described below (p. 
000) as a new species, C. byrnesii. 
Croton brachypus Airy Shaw, sp. nov. 
C. triacro F. Muell. affinis, sed petiolis fere duplo brevioribus praesertim differt. Typus: Queensland, Tozer 
Range, 1948, Brass 19462 (K, holotypus). 
C. mirus sec. Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 31: 385 (1976), quoad Brass 19462 tantum, non Domin. 
Frutex vel arbor usque 4 m alta, novellis et inflorescentiis parce lepidotulis, ceterum 
fere glabra. Folia cuneato-obovata, 5-17 cm longa, 2.5-6 cm lata, basi plerumque sensim 
cuneato-angustata, ipsa basi anguste rotundata vel cordatula, apice cito contracta et breviter 
acuminata vel cuspidata, ipso apice acuto vel obtuso, margine levissime repando-sinuato 
vel subintegro, chartacea vel vix tenuitercoriacea, laevia, matura fere glaberrima, siccitate 
viridia, subtus pallidiora, ima basi glandulis binis minimis e facie prominentibus aucta; 
costa subtus prominens, supra fere plana; nervi laterales tenuissimi, 7-9-jugi, late patuli, 
subtus et supra tenerrime sed argute prominuli, arcuato-anastomosantes; nervi minores fere 
invisibiles, laxissimi; petiolus 2-5 mm longus, parce lepidotulus; stipulae minutissimae vel 
obsoletae. Inflorescentiae terminales, 3-5 cm longae, androgynae, parce lepidotulae. Flos 
<S (alabastro juniore) 2 mm pedicellatus. Sepala parcissime stellato-lepidota. Petala 
spatulata. Stamina 10-12, basi vix pilosa. Flos $ brevissime pedicellatus. Sepala ovato- 
oblonga, 2 mm longa, acuta, parcissime stellato-lepidotula. Petala 0. Ovarium depresse 

Page image

Page text

1 
227 
Croton densivestitus White & Francis. See Kew Bull. 31: 385 (1976). 
Queensland, (early collections). Cook District — Harvey’s Creek, Russell River, 1886, 1887,Sayer (MEL); 
Ibid., 1889, F.M. Bailey (MEL, type!); Ibid.. 1892,5. Johnson (MEL). 
Croton dockrillii Airy Shaw, sp. nov. 
Ab affini C. armstrongii S. Moore foliis angustioribus ellipticis longiuscule acuminatis, margine obscure 
sinuato- vel repando-dentato saepe conspicue reflexo vel revoluto manifeste recedit. Typus: Queens- 
land, Alligator Creek, 1972, Dockrill 589 (QRS, holotypus). 
Frutex 2-3 m altus, ut videtur laxus, ramulis teretibu.s 2-3 mm crassis, cortice laevi 
pallido juniore albido-stellato-pubescente demum glabro. Folia elliptica, 5-15 cm longa, 
2-5.5 cm lata, basi late cuneata vel anguste rotundata, apice sensim (rarius subabrupte) 
longiuscule acuminata, ipso apice acuto vel obtuso, margine obscure sinuato- vel repando- 
dentato saepe conspicue reflexo vel revoluto, tenuiterchartacea vel submembranacea, supra 
glabra, subtus glabrescentia vel parce stellato-lepidota (juniora supra parcissime subtus 
dissite stellata), siccitate laete viridia vel ochracea; costa gracilis, subtus prominens, supra 
prominula; nervi laterales gracillimi, 8-10-jugi, patuli, marginem versus anastomosantes, 
infimi (basales) arete adscendentes; petiolus gracilis, 1-3.5 cm longus, 1 mm crassus, apice 
glandulas binas parvas laterales breviter vel longe stipitatas gerens; stipulae anguste 
subulatae, 2-4 mm longae, acutae, dense albido-stellatae, citissime caducae. Inflorescen- 
tiae terminales, bisexuales, 1-5 cm longae, rhachi parce albido-stellata, bracteis subulatis 
I- 2 mm longis. Flores 6 in parte superiore evoluti, pedicellis gracilibus 2-3 mm longis 
parce albido-stellatis. Sepala 5, elliptica, 2 mm longa, 1 mm lata, acuta, extra parce 
stellata, apice pilosula. Petala 5, anguste spatulata, 2-2.5 mm longa, 0.5 mm lata, apice 
subobtusa, densiuscule pilosa, saepe revoluta. Disci glandulae subglobosae. Stamina 
I I- 13, 2-4 mm longa, filamentis glabris e fundo dense lanato exortis. Flores $pauciores, 
plerumque ad basin, rarius per dimidium inferius inflorescentiae exorti. Pedicellus 
1-1.5 mm longus, crassiusculus, stellatus. Sepala 5, ovato-oblonga, 3-3.5 mm longa, 
1.5-2 mm lata, subacuta, dorso parce albido-stellata, apice breviter pilosula. Petala 0. 
Discus annularis, humillimus. Ovarium globosum, 2 mm diametro, dense stellato- 
tomentosum, stylis basi brevissime connatis in segmenta 2 linearia acuta 5 mm longa glabra 
alte divisis. Capsula immatura 5-6 mm diametro, pilis stellatis minutis numerosis cum 
paucis majoribus conspersa. Semina ignota. 
Queensland. Cook District — Galloway’s Creek. Bamaga, littoral vine woodland, small tree, v. 1962, Webb 
& Tracey 6083 (BRI); Portland Roads, 12° 35' S., 143° 24' E., rain-forest near beach, alt. 20 m, flowers white. 
10. iv. 1944. Flecker 8507 (QRS); Alligator Creek, 12° 35' S., 143° 20' E., riparian rain-forest, alt. 60 m, shrub 
3 m high, flowers cream, fruits green, flowers in F.A.A., 14.x. 1972, Doc/tn// 589 (QRS, holotype); Iron Range, 
ix. 1962, Volck 2418 (BRI); Claudie River, 12° 45' S., 143° 15' E. , 24.x. 1973, wilding transplant, 70 cm tall, 
flowers [rf] pale greenish, perianth with conspicuous white anthers that produce dominant colour of flower, 
cultivated as a pot plant in glasshouse at Forestry & Timber Bureau, Atherton, 5.ix.l974, Dockrill 844. & 
14. i. 1975, Irvine 1115 (QRS); Rocky River, 13° 50' S., 143° 25' E., dry rainforest, shrub 2-3 m tall, with 
all-white flowers, 6.ix.l973, alt. 75 m, Hyland 6814 (QRS). 
This is rather closely related toC. armstrongii S. Moore (C. habrophyllus Airy Shaw), 
a thin-leaved species from the Northern Territory, but differs clearly in the narrower and 
more elongate outline of the leaves, which are often conspicuously acuminate, and 
especially in the more distantly and shallowly slightly repand-denticulate leaf-margin, 
which is usually somewhat undulate or sinuate and conspicuously reflexed or revolute. The 
basal glands are sometimes notably stipitate. In C. armstrongii the leaf-base is breadly 
rounded or cordate, and the margin is flat, and crenate or closely serrate-crenulate. 
Croton magneticus Airy Shaw, sp. nov. 
C. pilophoro Airy Shaw (novoguineensi) arete affinis, a quo stylis linearibus foliis minoribus inflorescentiis 
densifloris imprimis differ!; nulli ali speciei australiensi manifeste affinis, nisi forsan C. wassi-kussae 
var. stockeri Airy Shaw, a quo pube ramulorum multo breviore demum obsoleto, pilis erectis nullis, 
foliis oblongo-ellipticis 1 .5-4 cm tantum latis basi rotundatis (raro angustissime cordatis), nervis supra 
prominulis nec insculptis, inflorescentiis densifloris nec interruptis inter alia abunde discrepat. Typus: 
Queensland, Magnetic Island, 1938, Goy 329 (BRI, holotypus). 
Frutex incomptus, statura ignota, ramulis divaricatis inferne nudis 2-4 mm crassis 
primum dense brevissime fulvo-stellato-tomentellis demum glabrescentibus, cortice 

Page image

Page text

237 
Codiaeum Bl. 
(P. & H. 193) 
Codiaeum variegatum (L.) Bl., Bijdr. FI. Ned. Indie 606 (1825). 
Croton variegatus L., Spec. PL, ed. 3, 1424 (1764). 
var. moluccanum (Decne) Muell. Arg. in DC., Prodr. 15 (2): 1 1 19 (1866); Benth., FI. 
Austr. 6: 147 (1873); Pax & Hoffm. in Engler, Pflanzenreich IV. 147. iii: 24 (1911). 
Codiaeum moluccanum Decne in Nouv. Ann. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris 3: 485 0834). 
Croton minis Domin in Biblioth. Bot. 22: 882 (Heft 89: 328), t. 31, figs. 1-10(1927) 
synon. nov. [Non sec. Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 31: 385 & 388 (1976)]. 
I felt a considerable sense of shock when I set eyes on the type-specimen of Croton 
mirus, kindly sent on loan from the Prague Herbarium, and found that it was no Croton but a 
Codiaeum . The material, which is ample, gives the impression of having perhaps come 
from an exposed locality, causing a certain amount of stunting of the growth, especially of 
the petioles and inflorescences, and thus lacks the typical rain-forest appearance of 
Codiaeum. I confess to having been quite deceived by Domin’s description and plate. 
The specimen from the Cape York Peninsula, Brass 19462 , that I identified with 
Croton mirus in Kew Bull. 31: 385 (1976), is described above (p. 224) as a new species, 
C. brachypus Airy Shaw. 
Codiaeum cf. membranaceum S. Moore in J . Linn. Soc., Bot. 45: 219 (1920). Type: 
Cape York, 1868 , Daemel s.n. (BM). 
Queensland. Cook District — Tip Creek, 13° 00' S., 143° 25' E., rain-forest, alt. 30 m, tree, trunk 10 cm 
d.b.h., bark nondescript, fissured, flaky; very fine stripes in the inner blaze, 18.x. 1973, Hyland 291 9 R.F.K. (K). 
The species of Codiaeum fall into two distinct groups: those with glabrous ovaries, 
includingC. variegatum (L.) B1.,C. luzonicum Merr. (Philippines), C. inophyllum (Forst.) 
Muell. Arg. (New Caledonia), etc. , and those with adpressed-pubescent ovaries, including 
C. stellingianum Warb. (Kei Islands), C. bracteiferum (Roxb.) Merr. (C. brevistylum Pax 
& Hoffm.) (Amboina),C. cuneifolium Pax & Hoffm. (Philippines), etc. Hyland 291 9 from 
the Cape York Peninsula falls into the second group; the ovaries are conspicuously 
pubescent. The specimen is also notable for the markedly membranous texture of the leaves, 
and for this reason I think it is probably closely related to C. membranaceum S. Moore, 
which was described from a gathering of Daemel from Cape York Peninsula without further 
details of locality. Unfortunately this Daemel collection lacks female flowers, and thus the 
most diagnostic feature cannot be tested. Further collections of thin-leaved Codiaeum from 
Cape York, and especially from the Tip Creek population, are very desirable. 
It is, however, further possible that C. membranaceum may be conspecific with C. 
stellingianum, and this in turn with C. bracteiferum. Both these species were described as 
having ‘firmly membranaceous’ leaves. Pubescent-ovaried material from the Moluccas, 
Tenimbar and Kei Islands exhibits distinctly thin foliage, though not quite so membran- 
aceous as that of Hyland 2919. I am unable to make use of style-length for specific 
distinction; it seems to show the protean variability typical of Codiaeum. The same remark 
probably applies to stamen-number. 
A further taxon with pubescent ovaries is represented by the Codiaeum population of 
the Louisiade Archipelago. The foliage of this population exhibits the same polymorphism 
as that of C. variegatum , including rheophytic adaptation, but is almost always stiffly 
coriaceous. Material of Codiaeum from the D’Entrecasteaux, Bismarck and Solomon 
Islands invariably possesses glabrous ovaries, and must be referred to C. variegatum . I have 
described the Louisiade plants elsewhere ( Kew Bull. 33: 75 (1978)) as C. ludovicianum. 
Dimorphocalyx Thw. 
(P. & H. 195) 
Dimorphocalyx australiensis C. T. White in Proc. Roy. Soc. Queens!. 47: 80 (1936); Airy 

Page image

Page text

I 
229 
Northern Territory (modem collections). East Arm. Darwin, tall open forest, edge of mangrove, lateritic 
red soil, tall shrub, light grey persistent bark, smooth, 2.xi. 1 965 , Palzer FRI 14793 (QRS); Mt. Bundy Mine area, 
12° 52' S. , 131° 38' E., among granite boulders, shrub ± 3.5 m, 13.x. 1968, Byrnes NB 942 (NT 14693, DNA 
D1911); Ibid., shrub ± 4.5 m, 9.x. 1968, Byrnes NB 1204 (NT 14805, DNA D2130). 
These are the first modern gatherings that I have seen of this rarely collected species, 
originally described from the Upper Victoria River. 
Croton tomentellus F. Muell., var. 
Queensland. Burke District — 9 km E. of Lawn Hill Homestead, 18° 37’ S., 138° 40' E., limestone outcrop 
about I km S. of road, fragmented deciduous vine thicket, v.1970, Webb & Tracey 10637 (BR1, CANB). 
Leaves ovate, up to 8 x 3 cm, rounded at base, shortly acutely acuminate, densely 
minutely adpressed-stellate-pubescent beneath, margin almost entire; young growth 
densely ochraceous-stellate. 
Croton sp. nov.? aff. C. tomentellus F. Muell. 
Western Australia. Kimberleys — Bushfire Hill, Prince Regent River Reserve, 15° 28' S., 125° 39' E., in 
basaltic loam on slope, in open woodland, 1 4. viii . 1974, A.S. George 12282 (BRI, PERTH). 
Leaves large, ovate, 13-28 x 9-11 cm, gradually narrowed to the apex, shallowly, 
inconspicuously and obtusely serrulate, densely minutely whitish-stellate beneath and 
softly puberulous from the erect central rays, glabrous above, drying ochraceous. 
Croton wassi-kussae Croiz. in J. Arnold Arbor. 3: 375 (1942). 
var. stockeri Airy Shaw, var. nov. 
Pube dense tomentosa valde distincta. 
Queensland. Cook District — Old sand dune between Rocky River and Massey Creek, 13° 40' S. . 143° 25' 
E., dry rain-forest, alt. 80 m, bush about 2.5 m high, flowers cream, scarcely opening, buds in F.A.A., 
13. ix. 1973, Stocker 1076 (QRS, holotype; NSW, K, isotypes). 
This is close toC. wassi-kussae Croiz., described from Papua, even to the definitely 
cordate-based leaves and rather few main nerves incised on the upper surface. With the 
narrow specific distinctions that seem usual in Croton it is not impossible that this taxon 
should be given specific rank, but until more is known of the local population 1 prefer for the 
present to draw attention to it as a well-marked variety. The dense tomentum gives it a very 
distinct appearance. 
Croton sp. nov.? 
Northern Territory. Gulf of Carpentaria — Maria Island, 14° 54' S., 135° 44' E., limestone outcrop, patch 
of monsoon scrub, 1 7. vii. 1 972, Dunlop M327 (NT 38939). 
This is a sterile branch which I cannot match with any known species. The leaves are 
rather large, ovate, 9-14 cm long, 5-7.5 cm wide, rounded to very broadly cuneate at the 
base, narrowed to a subobtuse apex but not acuminate, thinly chartaceous or submem- 
branaceous, smooth, virtually glabrous when mature, pale greyish green when dry, 
5-nerved at the base, with 8-9 pairs of slender patulous laterals, the margin subentire; petiole 
elongate, 4-7 cm long, 1-2 mm thick, terete, sparsely minutely white-lepidote; apical 
5 mm slightly darker in colour, as though pulvinate, but not thickened; apical glands small, 
lateral, sessile; young parts very minutely and densely whitish-stellate-lepidote. This 
probably represents an undescribed species and should be looked for by any future collector 
on the island. 
Croton sp. nov. 
Queensland. Cook District — Archer River, 13°25'S., 142° 10' E., gallery forest, all. 30 m, small tree 6 m 
tall, with a spicy or peppery odour in the blaze, 16. ix. 1974, Hyland 7579 (QRS). 
The material consists of leafy branchlets only, without flower or fruit, but is distinctive 
for the rather narrowly elliptic or oblong-elliptic outline of the larger leaves, which reach a 
size of over 13 x 4.5 cm, and for the deep almost chocolate-brown stellate indumentum of 

Page image

Page text

432 
Apium leptophyllum (Pers.) F. Muell. See Ciclospermum /eptophyllum. 
Arthrocnemum arbusculum (R.Br.) Moq. See Pachycornia arbuscula. 
Russia biflora (R.Br.) F. Muell. See Dissocarpus biflorus. 
Russia biflora var. cephalocarpa (F. Muell.) R. H. Anderson. See Dissocar- 
pus biflorus var. cephalocarpa. 
Russia birchii (F. Muell.) F. Muell. See Sclerolaena birchii. 
Russia brachyptera (F. Muell). R. H. Anderson. See Sclerochlamys brachyp- 
tera. 
Ra.ssia caput-casuarii J. H. Willis. See Sclerolaena caput-casuarii. 
Russia diacaniha (Nees) F. Muell. See Sclerolaena diacantha. 
Russia divaricata (R.Br.) F. Muell. See Sclerolaena divaricata. 
Russia intricata R. H. Anderson. See Sclerolaena intricata in New Rec- 
ords— Indigenous Plants. 
Russia obliquicuspis R. F(. Anderson. See Sclerolaena obliquicuspus. 
Russia paradoxa (R.Br.) F. Muell. See Dissocarpus paradoxa. 
Ra.ssia parviflora R. H. Anderson. See Sclerolaena parviflora. 
Ra.ssia patenticuspis R. H. Anderson. See Sclerolaena palenticuspus. 
Ra.ssia quinquecuspis (F. Muell.) F. Muell. See Sclerolaena muricata. 
Russia quinquecuspis var. villosa (Benth.) R. H. Anderson. See Scler- 
olaena muricata var. villosa. 
Russia ramsayae J. H. Willis. See Sclerolaena ramsayae. 
Russia stelligera (F. Muell.) F. Muell. See Stelligera endecaspinis. 
Russia tricuspis (F. Muell.) R. H. Anderson. See Sclerolaena tri- 
cuspis. 
Russia uniflora (R.Br.) F. Muell. See Sclerolaena uniflora. 
Rlakeochloa paradoxa (R.Br.) Veldkemp, Taxon 29: 296(1980). Basionym: 
Danlhonia paradoxa R.Br. Synonym: Plinthanthesis paradoxa (R.Br.) S. T. 
Blake. See Danthonia. 
Caladenia carnea R.Br. See C. catenata. 
Caladenia carnea R.Br. var. gigantea R. S. Rogers. See C. catenata var. gigantea. 
Caladenia catenata (Sm.) Druce in Rep. Bot. Soc. Exch. Club Brit. Isles 
1916: 611(1917). Basionym: Arethusa catenata Sm. Exot. Bot. t. 104 (1804-06). 
Synonym: C. carnea R. Br., teste W. M. Curtis, Stud. FI. Tas. 4A: 106(1980). 
Caladenia catenata (Sm.) Druce var. gigantea (R. S. Rogers) W. M. Curtis, 
Stud. FI. Tas. 4A: 133(1980). Synonym: C. carnea R.Br. var. gigantea R. S. 
Rogers. 
Caladenia huegelii Reichenb.f. var. reticulata (R. D. FitzG.) J. Z. Weber & 
R. Bates in J. M. Black, FI. S. Aust. ed. 3, pt 1 (revised Jessop): 397(1978). 
Synonym: C. reticulata R. D. FitzG. See R. Bates in Native Orchid Soc. S. Aust. 
J. 3: 16(1979). 
Caladenia reticulata R. D. FitzG. See. C. huegelii var. reticulata. 
Ciclospermum leptophyllum (Pers.) Sprague, J. Bot. 1923, 61: 131 in 
obs. (as Cyclospermum). Synonym: Apium leptophyllum (Pers.) F. Muell. teste 
Short, J. Adelaide Bot. Card. 1: 205, 206, 233(1979). 
Cyperus hamulosus Bieb., FI. Taur.-Caucasica 1: 35(1808). Synonym: Scirpus 
hamulosus (Bieb.) Steven. See Raynal, Adansonia, ser. 2, 6: 581-88(1967). 
Cyperus Ihotskyanus Boeck., Bot. Jahrb. Syst. 5: 498(1884). Synonym: 
C. rutilans(C. B. Clarke) Maiden et Betche. See K. Wilson, Telopea 1: 464(1980). 
Cyperus rutilans (C. B. Clarke) Maiden & Betche. See C. Ihotskyanus Boeck. 
Danthonia Lam. & DC. Pending a revision of the genus Danthonia on a 
worldwide basis it seems best to continue to use this name for the 24 species that 
Willis (1970) placed in Danthonia and the additional species (D. monticola 
Vickery) which is recorded for Victoria on p. 430 of this paper. Studies by Zotov 
(1963) and Blake (1962) showed proposals for a number of new names to be ap- 
plied to 12 of these species and the situation was summarized in the first number 
of this Conspectus (Todd 1979: 188). Since then two major papers have been 
published on this subject. 

Page image

Page text

220 
Dissiliaria F. Muell. ex Benth. 
(P. & H. 53) 
Oissiliaria laxinervis Airy Shaw, sp. nov. 
D. baloghioidi F. Muell. ex Benth. affinis, sed nervatione foliorum laxo subtus manifeste elevato distincta. 
Typus: Queensland. Hyland 2578 RFK (K, holotypus). 
Arbor usque 25 m alta, anteridifera, fere glaberrima, ramulis junioribus laevibus 
vetustioribus lenticellis crebris ellipticis pustulosis. Folia opposita vel terna, elliptica vel 
late elliptica, usque 18x7 cm. basi cuneata vel ( L.S . Smith 14372 ) rotundata, apice aut pari 
ratione angustata aut subrotundata, ipso apice semper obtuso, margine integro saepe 
undulato, coriacea, laevia, nitida, glaberrima, siccitate aut viridula aut (Smith 14372 ) 
brunnea; costa gracilis, utrinque prominens; nervi laterales gracillimi, 5-8-jugi, acute 
adscendentes, parum curvati, diffuse anastomosantes, supra immersi vel vix prominuli, 
subtus argute elevati; nervi minores laxe reticulati, supra obscuri. subtus permanifesti; 
petiolus 5-8 mm longus, glaber; stipulae interpetiolares, triangulares vel ellipticae 2-9 x 
2-5 mm, acutae vel obtusae, caducae; alabastra axillaria parva, globosa, dense ferrugineo- 
tomentella. Flores et 6 et ?ignoti. Capsulae in axillisper 1 -4 fasciculatim gestae, pedicellis 
1.5-4. 5 cm longis rigidis sicut ramuli lenticellosis, subglobosae, 1.5 cm diametro, pericar- 
pio crassiusculo ab endocarpio solubili tenuiter ochraceo-velutino. Semina (immatura) 
applanata, semi-orbicularia, 8x5 mm, laevissima, nitida, saturate castanea. 
Queensland. Cook District — Claudie River, 12° 45' S., 143° 15' E., gallery rain-forest, alt. 80 m, tree 
60 cm d.b.h., with a coarsely flaky bark, red heartwood and conspicuous buttresses, 29. vi. 1972, Hyland 2578 
RFK (type); Ibid., rain-forest, alt. 60 m, tree 25 m x 60 cm d.b.h., with a flaky bark and pink blaze, 22. ix. 1976. 
Hyland 9028', Gap Creek, 15°45'S.. 145° 10' E. , granite wash, alt. 30 m, 18. v. 1969 , L.S. Smith I4372\ Ibid., 
12 km N. of Aylton on Cooktown road, roadside remnant of lowland rain-forest. 15° 50' S., 145° 20' E., small 
tree, 4 m, fruit yellow-green with rusty tomentum, 23. vi. 1973, Blaxell 1 170. 
This species is manifestly distinct from D. baloghioides in the lax venation of the 
leaves, which is sharply elevated on the lower surface. If further collections confirm the 
distinctness of the form from Gap Creek, with a rounded leaf-base, drying brown, it may 
deserve taxonomic recognition. 
Choriceras Baill. 
(P. & H. 53/a) 
Choriceras majus Airy Shaw, sp. nov. 
A C. tricorni (Benth.) Airy Shaw foliis multo majoribus et praesertim latioribus fere integris facile 
distinctum. Typus: Queensland. Hyland 9365 (K, holotypus; QRS. isotypus). 
Arbor parva. ramulis teretibus 1 -4 mm crassis, cortice pallido glabro, novellis minute 
adpresse puberulis./m/Za opposita, ovata vel late elliptica, 7-14 cm longa, 3-7 cm lata, basi 
late cuneata usque rotundata, apice breviter subacuminata vel cuspidata vel raro rotundata, 
ipso apice obtuso rarius subacuto, margine integro vel obscurissime sinuato-denticulato 
anguste reflexo vel revoluto, chartacea vel vix tenuiter coriacea, laevia, opaca vel vix 
nitidula, utrinque primum minute dissite adpresse puberula, supra mox subtus tarde glab- 
rescentia, superficie superiore sub lente minute granulari; costa mediocris, subtus promi- 
nens, supra latiuscule prominula; nervi laterales gracillimi. 8-10-jugi, patuli, utrinque 
inconspicue prominuli, prope marginem diffuse anastomosantes; nervi minores valde 
inconspicui; petiolus 7- 10 mm longus, 1-2 mm crassus, primum minute puberulus, demum 
glabrescens; stipulae ad lineam transversam prominulam redactae. Inflorescentiae 6 axil- 
lares (verosimiliter cymae congestae), multiflorae, perulis parvis convexis puberulis 
numerosis suffultae. Pedicelli filiformes, usque fere 1 cm longi, glabri. Tepala 5-6, 
obovata vel suborbicularia, 1.5-2 mm diametro, valde convexa, hyalino-membranacea, 
cremea, medio fusca. Stamina 5-6, 1-1.5 mm longa, e margine receptaculi exorta, antheris 
late ellipsoideis, receptaculo centrali elevato hemisphaerico spongioso longe piloso. Pistil- 
lodium nullum. Inflorescentiae $ axillares, plerumque biflorae, axi primaria gracili 
3-12 mm longa minute puberula apice flores 2 oppositos bracteis subulatis 1 .5 mm longis 
suffultos gerente. Pedicelli rhachi primaria crassiores, 3-4 mm longi, minutissime 

Page image

Page text

213 
Kew for 1976-7, to Schwarz’s paper in Fedde’ s Repertorium ( l.c .) on plants collected by 
Bleeser in tropical Australia. Schwarz’s description of Phyllanthus xerocarpus agreed quite 
well with my supposed new species. I then found from McKee (l.c.) that a duplicate of the 
type of P . xerocarpus was preserved in the New South Wales National Herbarium and I was 
able to borrow this crucial specimen. The material is very poor, consisting of two branch- 
lets, half-a-dozen detached leaves, one male and a few female flowers and a detached 
capsule, but is sufficient for recognition, and is certainly the plant in question. Clyde 
Dunlop, of Darwin, kindly went to Mindil Beach, the type locality, to discover whether 
Glochidion xerocarpum still persisted there, but found that the considerable area of 
monsoon forest that it formerly held had recently been completely cleared for playing fields 
and a caravan park. 
This species extends through Eastern Malesia to Java, Celebes, Sabah and the southern 
Philippines; see collections cited underG. mindorense in Kew Bull., l.c. It differs from true 
G. mindorense C.B. Rob. in its densely puberulous $calyx, in its depressed pulvinate style, 
and in its usually 5-(not 4-) locular capsule; fromG. ramiflorum in its considerably larger, 
subinflated, subsessile capsule (as well as in its puberulous ? calyx); and from both these 
species and the closely related G. disparipes Airy Shaw in its characteristically thickish 
smooth-looking leaves with the minor nerves almost immersed beneath. From G. sessilif- 
lorum Airy Shaw it differs in its puberulous ? calyx, and usually in the rounded leaf-base, as 
well as in the texture of the leaves. It has a predilection for sublittoral situations, at low 
altitudes, frequently on off-shore islands. 
Glochidion mindorense subsp. harveyanum , subsp. glahrum and subsp. paludicola ( Kew 
Bull. 27: 22-23 (1972)) must be restored to specific rank; cf. Kew Bull . 3 1 : 347, 352 (1976). 
Securinega Juss. 
(P. & H. 27) 
Securinega leucopyrus (Willd.) Muell. Arg. in DC.. Prodr. 15 (2): 451 (1866); Benth., 
FI . Austr. 6:116(1 873); Airy Shaw in Kew Bull . 25: 493 ( 1 97 1 ) & 26: 340 ( 1 97 1 ) , q . v . for 
further synonymy. 
Flueggea leucopyrus Willd., Spec. PI. 4: 757 (1805); Bailey, Queensl. FI. 5: 1426 
(1902). 
Records additional to those of Bentham, l.c.: 
Queensland. Cook District — Chillagoe, amongst boulders on limestone outcrop, alt. 360 m, tree about 
3-5 m high, green leaves, 22. i. 1931 . Winders 6770 . Port Curtis District — Pine Mountain, 22° 45' S., 149° 50' 
E., shrub or small tree 3.6 m high, outer bark dark grey and fissured slightly, 17.x. 195 1 ,L.S. Smith 47 58: North of 
Marlborough. 22° 45' S., 149° 45' E.. alt. 100 m, open forest. 10.x. 1976, Hyland 9107 (QRS). 
Securinega leucopyrus has an extremely sparse and scattered distribution in north- 
eastern Queensland. The only localities mentioned by Bentham were the Gilbert River, the 
Bowen River and Rockhampton. 
Securinega melanthesoides (F. Muell.) Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 31: 352 (1976). 
Western Australia. Kimberley, 1884, Panton s.n. (MEL). 
Northern Territory. First large outcrop 4 miles [6.5 km] E. of Desert Block, N. of road, Amburla Stn., 
23° 20' S., 133° E., tree about 5' high, 3.U967, Latz N.T. 12079 (NT). 
This is the most southerly locality from which I have seen this species. 
Queensland. Burke District — ‘Laurel-leaved shrub. 8-10 ft in height, branching abundantly at ground 
level. A frequenter of creek-sides in the Cloncurry district, and an associate of Vitex vimi\na\lis in the channels, 
which on the Gulf fall takes the place of lignum [ ? V . lignum-vitae A. Cunn.? Muehlenbeckia sp. ? ] . Shrub loses its 
leaves in the dry time of year, but freshens up at once with early summer rains, flowering profusely when creeks run 
with thunderstorm water. Not browsed by stock, as there is generally other feed about when this shrub is in leaf.’ 
S.E. Pearson 136 (BRI). 
No such name as Vitex vimilis' is listed in the Index Kewensis. It was probably a 
mistake for Ventilago viminalis Hook. (Rhamnaceae). 
var. aridicola (Domin) Airy Shaw, conib. nov. 
Flueggea virosa var. aridicola Domin in Biblioth. Bot. 22: 878 (Heft 89: 324) (1927). 

Page image

Page text

significant difference in their distributions. The pubescent ( apodogynum ) form occurs 
almost from the north-western to the south-western extremes of the extensive area of G . 
disparipes. For the present I refrain from making a formal reduction, pending confirmatory 
evidence from further gatherings. 
Glochidion barronense Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 31: 343 (1976). 
This taxon may represent an extreme form ofG. harveyanum Domin. I have now seen 
a number of more or less intermediate specimens which seem to connect the two. The 
extremes, however, are strikingly different in the character ot the female calyx. I prefer to 
see further material before making a formal reduction. 
Glochidion benthamianum Domin. See Kew Bull. 31: 343 (1976). 
Queensland (early collections). Cook District — Endeavour River. 1881, Persietz 59 & 83 (MEL): Ibid . 
ISM, Persieh 827 (MEL); 1887 .Persieh 899 (MEL); Daintree River, 1890. Th. Pentzckes.n. (MEL.); Stuart's [? 
Stewart’s] River, 1891, S. Johnson s.n. (MEL); Cairns, viii.1901, Betche s.n. (MEL); Bellenden-Ker, alt. 
270 m, 1904. Bailey 127 (BR1). 
Glochidion disparipes Airy Shaw. See Kew Bull. 31: 345 (1976); cf. George & Kenneally 
in Miles & Burbidge (ed.), Biol. Surv. Prince Regent River Reserve, Wildlife Res. Bull. W. 
Aust. 3: 47 (1975). 
Northern Territory (early collections). Sine loc. exact, [probably Darwin], 1886. Tenison-Woods s.n. 
(MEL); Borroloola, 7 . xi . 1 9 1 1 , G.F. Hill 658 (MEL). 
Queensland (early collections). Burke District — Kimberley, Gulf of Carpentaria. 1878, T. Gulliver 12 
(MEL). Cook District — Mt. Surprise Creek, Einasleigh River, shrub, c. 1 877-82, Armit 252 (MEL); Einasleigh 
River, small tree or shrub 8 feet high. n.d. , \fl Armit ] 640 (MEL). North Kennedy District — Muldiva, Herbert’s 
River, large tree, 1892, Broom 7 (MEL). 
See note under G. apodogynum , above. 
Glochidion ferdinandii (Muell. Arg.) F.M. Bailey. See Kew Bull. 31: 346 (1976). 
Queensland. Port Curtis District — Broad Sound, St. Lawrence, x. 1873, T. Gulliver 7 1 (MEL); Mary vale, 
Bowenia Creek, alluvial sandy soil, small tree 3-6 m, 7- 15 cm diam. , beautiful shining foliage, 1875, Thozet 846 
(MEL); Isopod (Mt. Parnassus), 22° 50' S., 150° 40' E., dry sclerophyll forest, alt. 250 m, 6.x. \91b.Hyland9056 
(QRS); Ibid., open forest, shrub or small tree with red capsules, 6.x. 1976, Hyland 9062 (QRS). South Kennedy 
District — Pease’s Lookout, 21° 07' S., 148° 31 ' E., rain-forest, alt. 880 m, small tree 8 m x 20 cm d.b.h. , with a 
flaky bark. 12.X.1976, Hyland 9130 (QRS); Mt. Blackwood. 21° 03' S., 148° 56' E., rain-forest, alt. 590 m, 
1 1 .\A916, Hyland 9 122 (QRSkS.F.R. Cauley(Cathu), 20° 48' S., 148° 33' E., rain-forest, alt. 800 m, small tree 
with green fruit, 13.x. 1976, Hyland 9134 (QRS). 
During my trip with B. Hyland from Rockhampton to Atherton (see acknowledge- 
ments), I was able to confirm the identity of the doubtful collections made by Hyland at 
Crediton and Pease’s Lookout in 1975 (Kew Bull ., 1 .c., footnote), and also to extend the 
distribution of G.ferdinandi 32 km further north by finding it in the Cauley State Forest 
Reserve, west of Cathu. The material appears quite typical. 
Glochidion hylandii Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 31: 347 (1976). 
Queensland. North Kennedy District — 9.5 kmE. ofTulley, 17° 55' S., I46°00' E.. in palm forest, Licuala 
dominant, erect shrub, 1.2 m high, fruits red, 27. xi. 1967, Boyland 562 (BRI). 
The most southerly known locality for the species so far. 
Glochidion lobocarpum (Benth.) F.M. Bailey. See Kew Bull. 31: 348 (1976). 
Queensland Cook District — New Holland, 1770, Banks & Solander (MEL); Endeavour River, 1882, 
Persietz 247 (MEL); Ibid., 1883, Persieh 160 (MEL); Ibid., 1886, Persieh 772 (MEL); Trinity Bay, ii. 1881, 
Karsten s.n. (MEL); Upper Stuart [? = Stewart] River, 1891 ,5. Johnson s.n. (MEL). North Kennedy District — 
Hook. I., near Whitsunday I., Picnic Beach, small branching tree, dark bark, xii.1971, S. Webster s.n. (BRI); 
Hinchinbrook I., coast opposite Agnes I., growing at edge of shore line, tree 6 m high, erect, covered in fruit, 
19. viii. 1975, P. Sharpe 1750 (BRI). South Kennedy District — Port Mackay, n.d. , Amalia Dietrich 386 (MEL); 
Ibid., x. 1887, Griffith 465 (MEL). Port Curtis District — Rockhampton, dwarf shrub, flower green, 2.ii. 1863, 
[Dallachy ] 286 (MEL); Ibid., xii.1865, Amalia Dietrich 126. 670. 879. 1788, 2118. 2143 (MEL); Table Mt., 
small tree, very rare, seeds orange-red when ripe, ii. 1 867, O' Shanesy 45 (MEL); Neerkool Creek, Capricorn, 
iii. 1867 , Bowman 71 ; Marian Vale [? = Mary vale, or Miriam Vale], much-branched tree 20 feet [6 m], ii. 1869, 
O’ Shanesy 1025 (MEL); near The Caves, 23° 10' S., 50° 30' E., gallery forest, alt. 100 m, 8.x. 1976, Hyland 9088 

Page image

Page text

significant difference in their distributions. The pubescent ( apodogynum ) form occurs 
almost from the north-western to the south-western extremes of the extensive area of G . 
disparipes. For the present I refrain from making a formal reduction, pending confirmatory 
evidence from further gatherings. 
Glochidion barronense Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 31: 343 (1976). 
This taxon may represent an extreme form ofG. harveyanum Domin. I have now seen 
a number of more or less intermediate specimens which seem to connect the two. The 
extremes, however, are strikingly different in the character ot the female calyx. I prefer to 
see further material before making a formal reduction. 
Glochidion benthamianum Domin. See Kew Bull. 31: 343 (1976). 
Queensland (early collections). Cook District — Endeavour River. 1881, Persietz 59 & 83 (MEL): Ibid . 
ISM, Persieh 827 (MEL); 1887 .Persieh 899 (MEL); Daintree River, 1890. Th. Pentzckes.n. (MEL.); Stuart's [? 
Stewart’s] River, 1891, S. Johnson s.n. (MEL); Cairns, viii.1901, Betche s.n. (MEL); Bellenden-Ker, alt. 
270 m, 1904. Bailey 127 (BR1). 
Glochidion disparipes Airy Shaw. See Kew Bull. 31: 345 (1976); cf. George & Kenneally 
in Miles & Burbidge (ed.), Biol. Surv. Prince Regent River Reserve, Wildlife Res. Bull. W. 
Aust. 3: 47 (1975). 
Northern Territory (early collections). Sine loc. exact, [probably Darwin], 1886. Tenison-Woods s.n. 
(MEL); Borroloola, 7 . xi . 1 9 1 1 , G.F. Hill 658 (MEL). 
Queensland (early collections). Burke District — Kimberley, Gulf of Carpentaria. 1878, T. Gulliver 12 
(MEL). Cook District — Mt. Surprise Creek, Einasleigh River, shrub, c. 1 877-82, Armit 252 (MEL); Einasleigh 
River, small tree or shrub 8 feet high. n.d. , \fl Armit ] 640 (MEL). North Kennedy District — Muldiva, Herbert’s 
River, large tree, 1892, Broom 7 (MEL). 
See note under G. apodogynum , above. 
Glochidion ferdinandii (Muell. Arg.) F.M. Bailey. See Kew Bull. 31: 346 (1976). 
Queensland. Port Curtis District — Broad Sound, St. Lawrence, x. 1873, T. Gulliver 7 1 (MEL); Mary vale, 
Bowenia Creek, alluvial sandy soil, small tree 3-6 m, 7- 15 cm diam. , beautiful shining foliage, 1875, Thozet 846 
(MEL); Isopod (Mt. Parnassus), 22° 50' S., 150° 40' E., dry sclerophyll forest, alt. 250 m, 6.x. \91b.Hyland9056 
(QRS); Ibid., open forest, shrub or small tree with red capsules, 6.x. 1976, Hyland 9062 (QRS). South Kennedy 
District — Pease’s Lookout, 21° 07' S., 148° 31 ' E., rain-forest, alt. 880 m, small tree 8 m x 20 cm d.b.h. , with a 
flaky bark. 12.X.1976, Hyland 9130 (QRS); Mt. Blackwood. 21° 03' S., 148° 56' E., rain-forest, alt. 590 m, 
1 1 .\A916, Hyland 9 122 (QRSkS.F.R. Cauley(Cathu), 20° 48' S., 148° 33' E., rain-forest, alt. 800 m, small tree 
with green fruit, 13.x. 1976, Hyland 9134 (QRS). 
During my trip with B. Hyland from Rockhampton to Atherton (see acknowledge- 
ments), I was able to confirm the identity of the doubtful collections made by Hyland at 
Crediton and Pease’s Lookout in 1975 (Kew Bull ., 1 .c., footnote), and also to extend the 
distribution of G.ferdinandi 32 km further north by finding it in the Cauley State Forest 
Reserve, west of Cathu. The material appears quite typical. 
Glochidion hylandii Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 31: 347 (1976). 
Queensland. North Kennedy District — 9.5 kmE. ofTulley, 17° 55' S., I46°00' E.. in palm forest, Licuala 
dominant, erect shrub, 1.2 m high, fruits red, 27. xi. 1967, Boyland 562 (BRI). 
The most southerly known locality for the species so far. 
Glochidion lobocarpum (Benth.) F.M. Bailey. See Kew Bull. 31: 348 (1976). 
Queensland Cook District — New Holland, 1770, Banks & Solander (MEL); Endeavour River, 1882, 
Persietz 247 (MEL); Ibid., 1883, Persieh 160 (MEL); Ibid., 1886, Persieh 772 (MEL); Trinity Bay, ii. 1881, 
Karsten s.n. (MEL); Upper Stuart [? = Stewart] River, 1891 ,5. Johnson s.n. (MEL). North Kennedy District — 
Hook. I., near Whitsunday I., Picnic Beach, small branching tree, dark bark, xii.1971, S. Webster s.n. (BRI); 
Hinchinbrook I., coast opposite Agnes I., growing at edge of shore line, tree 6 m high, erect, covered in fruit, 
19. viii. 1975, P. Sharpe 1750 (BRI). South Kennedy District — Port Mackay, n.d. , Amalia Dietrich 386 (MEL); 
Ibid., x. 1887, Griffith 465 (MEL). Port Curtis District — Rockhampton, dwarf shrub, flower green, 2.ii. 1863, 
[Dallachy ] 286 (MEL); Ibid., xii.1865, Amalia Dietrich 126. 670. 879. 1788, 2118. 2143 (MEL); Table Mt., 
small tree, very rare, seeds orange-red when ripe, ii. 1 867, O' Shanesy 45 (MEL); Neerkool Creek, Capricorn, 
iii. 1867 , Bowman 71 ; Marian Vale [? = Mary vale, or Miriam Vale], much-branched tree 20 feet [6 m], ii. 1869, 
O’ Shanesy 1025 (MEL); near The Caves, 23° 10' S., 50° 30' E., gallery forest, alt. 100 m, 8.x. 1976, Hyland 9088 

Page image

Page text

significant difference in their distributions. The pubescent ( apodogynum ) form occurs 
almost from the north-western to the south-western extremes of the extensive area of G . 
disparipes. For the present I refrain from making a formal reduction, pending confirmatory 
evidence from further gatherings. 
Glochidion barronense Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 31: 343 (1976). 
This taxon may represent an extreme form ofG. harveyanum Domin. I have now seen 
a number of more or less intermediate specimens which seem to connect the two. The 
extremes, however, are strikingly different in the character ot the female calyx. I prefer to 
see further material before making a formal reduction. 
Glochidion benthamianum Domin. See Kew Bull. 31: 343 (1976). 
Queensland (early collections). Cook District — Endeavour River. 1881, Persietz 59 & 83 (MEL): Ibid . 
ISM, Persieh 827 (MEL); 1887 .Persieh 899 (MEL); Daintree River, 1890. Th. Pentzckes.n. (MEL.); Stuart's [? 
Stewart’s] River, 1891, S. Johnson s.n. (MEL); Cairns, viii.1901, Betche s.n. (MEL); Bellenden-Ker, alt. 
270 m, 1904. Bailey 127 (BR1). 
Glochidion disparipes Airy Shaw. See Kew Bull. 31: 345 (1976); cf. George & Kenneally 
in Miles & Burbidge (ed.), Biol. Surv. Prince Regent River Reserve, Wildlife Res. Bull. W. 
Aust. 3: 47 (1975). 
Northern Territory (early collections). Sine loc. exact, [probably Darwin], 1886. Tenison-Woods s.n. 
(MEL); Borroloola, 7 . xi . 1 9 1 1 , G.F. Hill 658 (MEL). 
Queensland (early collections). Burke District — Kimberley, Gulf of Carpentaria. 1878, T. Gulliver 12 
(MEL). Cook District — Mt. Surprise Creek, Einasleigh River, shrub, c. 1 877-82, Armit 252 (MEL); Einasleigh 
River, small tree or shrub 8 feet high. n.d. , \fl Armit ] 640 (MEL). North Kennedy District — Muldiva, Herbert’s 
River, large tree, 1892, Broom 7 (MEL). 
See note under G. apodogynum , above. 
Glochidion ferdinandii (Muell. Arg.) F.M. Bailey. See Kew Bull. 31: 346 (1976). 
Queensland. Port Curtis District — Broad Sound, St. Lawrence, x. 1873, T. Gulliver 7 1 (MEL); Mary vale, 
Bowenia Creek, alluvial sandy soil, small tree 3-6 m, 7- 15 cm diam. , beautiful shining foliage, 1875, Thozet 846 
(MEL); Isopod (Mt. Parnassus), 22° 50' S., 150° 40' E., dry sclerophyll forest, alt. 250 m, 6.x. \91b.Hyland9056 
(QRS); Ibid., open forest, shrub or small tree with red capsules, 6.x. 1976, Hyland 9062 (QRS). South Kennedy 
District — Pease’s Lookout, 21° 07' S., 148° 31 ' E., rain-forest, alt. 880 m, small tree 8 m x 20 cm d.b.h. , with a 
flaky bark. 12.X.1976, Hyland 9130 (QRS); Mt. Blackwood. 21° 03' S., 148° 56' E., rain-forest, alt. 590 m, 
1 1 .\A916, Hyland 9 122 (QRSkS.F.R. Cauley(Cathu), 20° 48' S., 148° 33' E., rain-forest, alt. 800 m, small tree 
with green fruit, 13.x. 1976, Hyland 9134 (QRS). 
During my trip with B. Hyland from Rockhampton to Atherton (see acknowledge- 
ments), I was able to confirm the identity of the doubtful collections made by Hyland at 
Crediton and Pease’s Lookout in 1975 (Kew Bull ., 1 .c., footnote), and also to extend the 
distribution of G.ferdinandi 32 km further north by finding it in the Cauley State Forest 
Reserve, west of Cathu. The material appears quite typical. 
Glochidion hylandii Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 31: 347 (1976). 
Queensland. North Kennedy District — 9.5 kmE. ofTulley, 17° 55' S., I46°00' E.. in palm forest, Licuala 
dominant, erect shrub, 1.2 m high, fruits red, 27. xi. 1967, Boyland 562 (BRI). 
The most southerly known locality for the species so far. 
Glochidion lobocarpum (Benth.) F.M. Bailey. See Kew Bull. 31: 348 (1976). 
Queensland Cook District — New Holland, 1770, Banks & Solander (MEL); Endeavour River, 1882, 
Persietz 247 (MEL); Ibid., 1883, Persieh 160 (MEL); Ibid., 1886, Persieh 772 (MEL); Trinity Bay, ii. 1881, 
Karsten s.n. (MEL); Upper Stuart [? = Stewart] River, 1891 ,5. Johnson s.n. (MEL). North Kennedy District — 
Hook. I., near Whitsunday I., Picnic Beach, small branching tree, dark bark, xii.1971, S. Webster s.n. (BRI); 
Hinchinbrook I., coast opposite Agnes I., growing at edge of shore line, tree 6 m high, erect, covered in fruit, 
19. viii. 1975, P. Sharpe 1750 (BRI). South Kennedy District — Port Mackay, n.d. , Amalia Dietrich 386 (MEL); 
Ibid., x. 1887, Griffith 465 (MEL). Port Curtis District — Rockhampton, dwarf shrub, flower green, 2.ii. 1863, 
[Dallachy ] 286 (MEL); Ibid., xii.1865, Amalia Dietrich 126. 670. 879. 1788, 2118. 2143 (MEL); Table Mt., 
small tree, very rare, seeds orange-red when ripe, ii. 1 867, O' Shanesy 45 (MEL); Neerkool Creek, Capricorn, 
iii. 1867 , Bowman 71 ; Marian Vale [? = Mary vale, or Miriam Vale], much-branched tree 20 feet [6 m], ii. 1869, 
O’ Shanesy 1025 (MEL); near The Caves, 23° 10' S., 50° 30' E., gallery forest, alt. 100 m, 8.x. 1976, Hyland 9088 

Page image

Page text

significant difference in their distributions. The pubescent ( apodogynum ) form occurs 
almost from the north-western to the south-western extremes of the extensive area of G . 
disparipes. For the present I refrain from making a formal reduction, pending confirmatory 
evidence from further gatherings. 
Glochidion barronense Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 31: 343 (1976). 
This taxon may represent an extreme form ofG. harveyanum Domin. I have now seen 
a number of more or less intermediate specimens which seem to connect the two. The 
extremes, however, are strikingly different in the character ot the female calyx. I prefer to 
see further material before making a formal reduction. 
Glochidion benthamianum Domin. See Kew Bull. 31: 343 (1976). 
Queensland (early collections). Cook District — Endeavour River. 1881, Persietz 59 & 83 (MEL): Ibid . 
ISM, Persieh 827 (MEL); 1887 .Persieh 899 (MEL); Daintree River, 1890. Th. Pentzckes.n. (MEL.); Stuart's [? 
Stewart’s] River, 1891, S. Johnson s.n. (MEL); Cairns, viii.1901, Betche s.n. (MEL); Bellenden-Ker, alt. 
270 m, 1904. Bailey 127 (BR1). 
Glochidion disparipes Airy Shaw. See Kew Bull. 31: 345 (1976); cf. George & Kenneally 
in Miles & Burbidge (ed.), Biol. Surv. Prince Regent River Reserve, Wildlife Res. Bull. W. 
Aust. 3: 47 (1975). 
Northern Territory (early collections). Sine loc. exact, [probably Darwin], 1886. Tenison-Woods s.n. 
(MEL); Borroloola, 7 . xi . 1 9 1 1 , G.F. Hill 658 (MEL). 
Queensland (early collections). Burke District — Kimberley, Gulf of Carpentaria. 1878, T. Gulliver 12 
(MEL). Cook District — Mt. Surprise Creek, Einasleigh River, shrub, c. 1 877-82, Armit 252 (MEL); Einasleigh 
River, small tree or shrub 8 feet high. n.d. , \fl Armit ] 640 (MEL). North Kennedy District — Muldiva, Herbert’s 
River, large tree, 1892, Broom 7 (MEL). 
See note under G. apodogynum , above. 
Glochidion ferdinandii (Muell. Arg.) F.M. Bailey. See Kew Bull. 31: 346 (1976). 
Queensland. Port Curtis District — Broad Sound, St. Lawrence, x. 1873, T. Gulliver 7 1 (MEL); Mary vale, 
Bowenia Creek, alluvial sandy soil, small tree 3-6 m, 7- 15 cm diam. , beautiful shining foliage, 1875, Thozet 846 
(MEL); Isopod (Mt. Parnassus), 22° 50' S., 150° 40' E., dry sclerophyll forest, alt. 250 m, 6.x. \91b.Hyland9056 
(QRS); Ibid., open forest, shrub or small tree with red capsules, 6.x. 1976, Hyland 9062 (QRS). South Kennedy 
District — Pease’s Lookout, 21° 07' S., 148° 31 ' E., rain-forest, alt. 880 m, small tree 8 m x 20 cm d.b.h. , with a 
flaky bark. 12.X.1976, Hyland 9130 (QRS); Mt. Blackwood. 21° 03' S., 148° 56' E., rain-forest, alt. 590 m, 
1 1 .\A916, Hyland 9 122 (QRSkS.F.R. Cauley(Cathu), 20° 48' S., 148° 33' E., rain-forest, alt. 800 m, small tree 
with green fruit, 13.x. 1976, Hyland 9134 (QRS). 
During my trip with B. Hyland from Rockhampton to Atherton (see acknowledge- 
ments), I was able to confirm the identity of the doubtful collections made by Hyland at 
Crediton and Pease’s Lookout in 1975 (Kew Bull ., 1 .c., footnote), and also to extend the 
distribution of G.ferdinandi 32 km further north by finding it in the Cauley State Forest 
Reserve, west of Cathu. The material appears quite typical. 
Glochidion hylandii Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 31: 347 (1976). 
Queensland. North Kennedy District — 9.5 kmE. ofTulley, 17° 55' S., I46°00' E.. in palm forest, Licuala 
dominant, erect shrub, 1.2 m high, fruits red, 27. xi. 1967, Boyland 562 (BRI). 
The most southerly known locality for the species so far. 
Glochidion lobocarpum (Benth.) F.M. Bailey. See Kew Bull. 31: 348 (1976). 
Queensland Cook District — New Holland, 1770, Banks & Solander (MEL); Endeavour River, 1882, 
Persietz 247 (MEL); Ibid., 1883, Persieh 160 (MEL); Ibid., 1886, Persieh 772 (MEL); Trinity Bay, ii. 1881, 
Karsten s.n. (MEL); Upper Stuart [? = Stewart] River, 1891 ,5. Johnson s.n. (MEL). North Kennedy District — 
Hook. I., near Whitsunday I., Picnic Beach, small branching tree, dark bark, xii.1971, S. Webster s.n. (BRI); 
Hinchinbrook I., coast opposite Agnes I., growing at edge of shore line, tree 6 m high, erect, covered in fruit, 
19. viii. 1975, P. Sharpe 1750 (BRI). South Kennedy District — Port Mackay, n.d. , Amalia Dietrich 386 (MEL); 
Ibid., x. 1887, Griffith 465 (MEL). Port Curtis District — Rockhampton, dwarf shrub, flower green, 2.ii. 1863, 
[Dallachy ] 286 (MEL); Ibid., xii.1865, Amalia Dietrich 126. 670. 879. 1788, 2118. 2143 (MEL); Table Mt., 
small tree, very rare, seeds orange-red when ripe, ii. 1 867, O' Shanesy 45 (MEL); Neerkool Creek, Capricorn, 
iii. 1867 , Bowman 71 ; Marian Vale [? = Mary vale, or Miriam Vale], much-branched tree 20 feet [6 m], ii. 1869, 
O’ Shanesy 1025 (MEL); near The Caves, 23° 10' S., 50° 30' E., gallery forest, alt. 100 m, 8.x. 1976, Hyland 9088 

Page image

Page text

Glochidion pruinosum Airy Shaw, sp. nov. 
Inter G. ferdinandi (Muell. Arg) F.M. Bailey etG. pungens Airy Shaw quasi medium tenens, sed foliis 
subtus conspicue glauco-pruinosis supra opacis nec nitidis ab utroque recedit; a G. pungente praeterea 
flore ?minore stylo breviore graciliore lobis divaricatis manifeste differt. Typus: Queensland. Hyland 
7064 (K, holotypus; QRS, isotypus). 
Frutex vel arbor parva, ramulis glabris {Hyland 7064 ) vel breviter adpresse fulvo- 
puberulis (Saver 129). Folia elliptica vel oblongo-elliptica, 4-9 cm longa, 2-4 cm lata, basi 
late cuneata vel subrotundata, ima basi in petiolum brevissime decurrentia, apice breviter 
vel brevissime acutata et saepe acutissime mucronata, margine integro piano vel angustis- 
sime reflexo, firme chartacea, glabra, laevia, siccitate supra olivaceo-brunnea vel fusca, 
subtus conspicue glaucescentia vel purpurascenti-pruinosa; costa modice gracilis, subtus 
prominula, supra vix elevata vel sulco tenui percursa; nervi laterales 6-8-jugi, gracillimi, 
late arcuato-patuli, contra glaucedinem conspicui, prope marginem diffuse anas- 
tomosantes; nervi minores tenuissimi, laxe reticulati; petiolus 2-4 mm longus, 1 mm 
crassus, glaber; stipulae anguste subulatae, acutissimae, 2-3 mm longae. Inflorescentiae 
axillares, valde pauciflorae. Flos 6 pedicello usque 8 mm longo glabro suffultus. Tepala 
exteriora late elliptica, 2-3 mm longa, 1 .75 mm lata, obtusa. interiora aequilonga sed 
angustiora, 1.5 mm lata, omnia carnosula, glabra. Stamina 3, antheris oblongis 1 mm. 
longis, connectivis subulatis erectis conspicuis 0.5-0. 6 mm longis. Flos 9 pedicello cras- 
siore glabro ( Hyland ) vel puberulo (Saver) 2-3 mm longo suffultus. Tepala ovata, 1.5- 
2 mm longa, 1-1.5 mm lata, acuta, glabra, dorso (praesertim infeme) carinata, crassius- 
cula, erecta, apice leviter divaricata. Ovarium globosum, 1-1.5 mm diametro, glabrum. 
Stylus 2 mm longus, 0.5 mm crassus, glaber, apice in segmenta (4-)5(-6) angusta 0.5- 
1 mm longa acuta primum erecta serius divaricata divisus. Capsula 5-6-locularis, depresse 
pulviniformis, 10-13 mm diametro, 7-8 mm alta, adspectu inflata, late rotundato-lobata, 
glabra, loculis saepe distincte carinatis, vertice profunde intruso, stylo in vertice persistente 
lobis demum erectis, pedicello gracili 5-6 mm longo puberulo (Saver)', semina (immatura?) 
triquetra, 4 mm longa, dorso rotundata. 
Queensland. Cook District — N.P.R. 164 Thornton Peak. 16° 10' S.. 145° 20' E., montane rain-forest 
bordering on heath, alt. 1260 m, shrub or small tree, 13. xi. 1973, Hyland 7064 (type); Mt. Bellenden-Ker. alt. 
1560 m, tree 35 ft [ 10.5 m], 12 in [30 cm] diam., 1887.5ayer 129 (MEL). 
Herbarium material of this montane plant attracts attention by the whitish or purplish 
pruinosity of the leaf-undersurface. It is, however, obviously closely related toG. pungens, 
having the same sharply pointed leaf-apex and a similar tendency for the lamina to be folded 
along the line of the midrib. The female flower with its conspicuously exserted style is 
midway in size between those of G. pungens and G. ferdinandii . 
The two collections cited, from Thornton Peak and Mt. Bellenden-Ker, are not quite 
identical, the former being entirely glabrous but the latter having puberulous branchlets and 
female pedicels. Further collections are needed to show the extent of variation in the species 
and also to assess the relationship of the plant to G. ferdinandii vav.pubens Maiden ex Airy 
Shaw (Kew Bull. 31: 346 (1976)) and G. hylandii Airy Shaw (l.c.: 347). 
Glochidion cf. sessiliflorum Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 31: 350 (1976). 
Queensland. Cook District — T.R. 146, Tableland Logging Area, 15°45'S., 145° 15' E., rain-forest, alt. 
660 m, tree, tunk 50 cm d.b.h., buttressed, fluted; bark tessellated, flaky, 9. vii. 1975, Hyland 3221 RFK (QRS, 
K); R 1073, Rooty Logging Area, 16° 40' S., 145° 30' E., rain-forest, alt. 440 m, tree, 40 cm d.b.h., fissured, 
tesellated and flaky bark; buttresses present; dead bark layered, 2.iii. 1976, Hyland 3392 RFK &3393 RFK (QRS, 
K); State Forest Reserve 251 , Charmillin Logging Area, 17° 40' S. , 145° 30' E.. clearing in rain-forest, alt. 750 m, 
shrub 3 m tall; flowers cream; fruit greenish yellow, some with pink suffusions, 29. ix. 1976 .Dockrilt 1271 (QRS, 
K). North Kennedy District — Sea View Range, fine small tree 20 to 30 feet high, fruit white, foliage dark green, 
31.v. 1864, Dallachy 23 (MEL); Ibid, small tree; fine light green foliage; flower small, yellow, does not dry well; 
no seed, 10. xi. 1864, Dallachy 31 (MEL). 
Dallachy’s gatherings were no doubt subsumed by Bentham under his all-embracing 
Phyllanthus ferdinandii . 
The above collections from an area extending from Cooktown to south of Ingham, 
differ from the type ofG. sessiliflorum (Hyland 7805 , Claudie River, Cape York Peninsula) 
in possessing a distinct pedicel to the female flower, almost 5 mm long in Dockrill 1271 . In 
the dried state the foliage assumes a rather characteristic dark, smooth, oily green, which is 
15520/79-3 

Page image

Page text

212 
not the case in the type specimen. Hyland 322 1 RFK is distinct in the possession of a short 
but conspicuous style. It is possible that a distinct taxon is involved, but further material 
from the type area will be needed in order to assess the constancy of these features. 
Glochidion xerocarpum (O. Schwarz) Airy Shaw, comb, nov., cum descr. amplif. 
Phyllanthus xerocarpus O. Schwarz in Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. 24: 87 
( 1927); cf. McKee in Contrib. N .S.W . Natl. Herb. 3: 233 (1963). Type: Northern 
Territory, Darwin, 1927 Bleeser 495 (B; NSW, isotype). 
G. ferdinandii sec. Specht in Specht & Mountford (ed.), Rec. Amer.-Aust. Sci. 
Exped. Arnhem Land, 3, Bot. & Ecol.: 252, 398, 461 (1958), pro parte, non 
(Muell. Arg.) F.M. Bailey. 
G. mindorense subsp. mindorense sec. Airy Shaw in Kew Bull . 27: 21 [non 66 nec 72] 
(1972) & 29: 291 (1974), pro majore parte, non C.B. Rob. 
G. disparipes sec. Airy Shaw in Kew Bull . 31 : 345 (1976), quoad Specht 24 & 860, non 
Airy Shaw s. str. (1972). 
Glochidion sp., Dunlop, Latz & Maconochie in A. Terr. Bot. Bull. 1: 22 (1976). 
A formis glabrescentibus G. disparipedis Airy Shaw foliis adspectu crassiusculis laevissimis subtus opacis 
interdum ieviterglaucescentibus, venis minoribus fere immersis nec prominulis, a G. ramifloro J.R. & 
G. Forst. fructu majore subsessili subinflato, aG. mindorensi C.B. Rob. calyce $puberulo capsula 
5-loculari dignoscendum. 
Frutex vel arbor usque 10 m alta, ramulis modice robustis primum breviter pubescen- 
tibus demum minute puberulis, cortice vivo interdum insigniter cinereo. Folia ovata vel 
oblongo-elliptica, 4-10 cm longa, 2-5 cm lata, basi (saepe leviter asymmetrica) rotundata 
vel interdum cuneata vel raro cordatula, in apicem obtusum vel rotundatum vel rarius 
subacutum citius contracta. rarius late obtusissime cuspidata, margine integro anguste 
reflexo, firme chartacea vel subcoriacea, costa excepta glaberrima, laevissima sed paullum 
tantum nitidula vel imo opaca, siccitate plumbeo-brunnescentia vel viridula; costa gracilis, 
utrinque prominula vel supra fere plana, glabra vel basin versus parce puberula; nervi 
laterales gracillimi, 6-12-jugi, utrinque tenerrime prominula, late patuli, prope marginem 
arcuato-anastomosantes; nervi minores tenuissimi, fere immersi, inconspicui; petiolus 
2-5 mm longus, 1-2 mm cressus, minute puberulus; stipulae subulatae, 1-1.5 mm longae, 
acutae, puberulae, caducae. Fasciculi uni- vel bi-sexuales, pauciflori, axillares. Flos 6 
pedicello tenui glabro 5 mm longo suffultus; tepala obovata vel spatulata, obtusa, glabra, 
exteriora fere 3 mm longa, interiora paullo minora: antherae in massam oblongam fere 
1 mm. longam connatae. Flores $ solitarii vel bini, sessiles vel subsessiles; tepala 
oblongo-ovata, 2.5 mm longa, exteriora 1.5 mm lata, interiora angustiora, obtusa vel 
subacuta, extra puberula; ovarium depresse globosum, 1.5 mm diametro, 1 mm altum, 
dense adpresse puberulum; styli in massam depresse pulviniformem 0.5 mm diametro apice 
6-lobulatam circa foramen centrale connati, glabri. Capsula pedicello brevi puberulo 
suffulta, depresse globosa, adspectu quasi inflata, 1.5-2 cm diametro, 5-8 mm alto, 
5-locularis, firme Crustacea, minute puberula, siccitate castanea, quoque segmento sulco 
mediano percurso; semina triquetro-sphaerica, 4 mm diametro, laete rubra. 
Northern Territory. Port Darwin, 1884, M. Holtze 385 (MEL); Port Darwin, Mindel Beech, dry jungle, 
iv. 1927, Bleeser 495 (NSW, isotype); Nightcliff, Darwin. 12° 22' S., 130° 53' E., in monsoon forest on truncated 
lateritic podsol, 20.iii. \94S. Specht 24 \ Lee Point. 12° 20' S.. 130° 55' E.. beach front, shrub to 4 m high, small 
yellow flowers, 30. i. 1974, Must U71 (NT); Gunn Point, 12°09'S., 130° 58' E., shrub to 2 m, cream flowers, red 
berries, 27.vii. 1973. McKean 1123 (NT); Smith Point, Port Essington, 1 1° 10' S.. 132° 10' E., rain-forest, alt. 
5 m, tree 20 cm d.b.h., bark fissured, flaky, 25. xi. 1975. Hyland 3374 RFK (QRS. K); Elcho Island, Warangaiyu 
Lagoon, 1 1° 57' S.. 135° 43' E., deciduous vine thicket, stabilised coastal dune, 20.vii. 197 5. Dunlop 3960 (NT); 
Wessel Is. , 11° 11' S. , 136° 44' E.. rare in crevice of dissected sandstone, small tree to 3 m. 1.x. 1972 .Latz 3365 
(NT 36887); Yirrkala, 12° 12' S.. 136° 47' E., in monsoon forest on coastal dune, 1 1 . viii. \ 94&, Specht 860 (K); 
Gove, 12° 15' S., 136° 50' E., open forest on the edge of a swamp between sand dunes, alt. 5 m, 7.xi.l974, 
Hyland 7861 (QRS); Groote Eylandt, Angurugu, 13° 59' S., 136° 27' E., edge of jungle, small spindly shrub, 
small yellow flowers and green seed-capsule with red seeds, 25.vii.1973, Levitt 320 (DNA 9243); Gulf of 
Carpentaria, Maria Island, 14° 54' S., 135° 44' E.. limestone outcrop, patch of monsoon scrub, 17.vii. 1972, 
Dunlop 2873 (N.T. 36358). 
I had prepared the above description on the assumption that this was a new species, 
when my attention was drawn by John Maconochie, Australian Botanical Liaison Officer at 

Page image

Page text

214 
Queensland. Burke District — durre Hugel bei Cloncurry, ii. 1910, Domin 5954, 5955 (type, PR). 
This is no doubt an extreme ecotype from an exceptionally arid situation. 1 have seen 
no other collections to match it in the small size of the leaves (rarely exceeding 2.5 cm in 
length and mostly much less) and in the character of venation. It seems therefore to deserve 
recognition. On the other hand Domin’s f. reticulata (l.c.) is typical of many of the more 
strongly nerved forms of S. melanthesoides and is not worth maintaining. 
Margaritaria L.f. 
(P. & H. 27/a, from 29 Sect. XII) 
Margaritaria dubium-traceyi Airy Shaw & Hyland in Kew Bull . 31:357, fig. 1 (1976). 
Queensland. Burke District — Adel’s Grove, Lawn Hill River [c. 55 km from Northern Territory boun- 
dary], tree 3-5 m high, with dense bright green foliage, c. 1926, A. De Lestang 142 (BRI); 25 km SSE of 
Normanton, on Normanton-Croydon road, 17°53' S., 141° 12' N.. in low woodland of Melaleuca acacioides, 
Bauhinia carronii and Terminalia sp.. vi. 1972, G.R. Beeston 1 (BRI); 65 km ESE of Normanton, 18° 02' S., 141° 
38' E. , in low open forest of Melaleuca acacioides .Bauhinia carronii andTerminalia vi.1972. G.R. Beeston 73 & 
76 (BRI); Approximately 5 km S. of Clarina Creek on Gum Creek Homestead road, justS. of Normanton-Croydon 
road, 17° 3' S., 141° 0' E., growing in Duplex Dy 3.8 soil, in Melaleuca acacioides, Bauhinia & Terminalia 
forest. 7.v. 1974, T.J . Hull s.n. (BRI). Cook District — Robertson River (S. of Forsayth, approx. 19° S., 143° 30' 
E.), c. 1877-82. Armit 740 (2 sheets) (MEL). 
Phyllanthus L. 
(P. & H. 29) 
Phyllanthus (§Nymania) clamboides (F. Muell.) Diels in Notizbl. Bot. Gart. Berlin- 
Dahlem 1 1: 309 (1931); Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 31: 359 (1976), q.v. 
Hexaspermum paniculatum Domin in Biblioth. Bot. 22: 870 (Heft 89: 316) (1927), 
synon. nov. 
The type collection of Hexaspermum paniculatum from Harvey’s Creek, is typical 
material, in female flower and fruit, of the common New Guinea and Solomons species that 
has long been known under the name Phyllanthus choristylus Diels, but which is now 
regarded as a synonym of P . clamboides (see Kew Bull., l.c.). 
Phyllanthus (§ Nymania) cuscutiflorus S. Moore ini. Bot. Brit. & For. 43: 148 (1905); 
Webster & Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 26: 99 (1971); Airy Shaw in Kew Bull . 3 1 : 360 (1976), 
in obs. 
Queensland (early collections). Cook District — Endeavour River, 1 882, Persietz 177, 195 (MEL); Ibid. , 
1882, Persieh 709 (MEL); 1883, Persieh 96 (or 196 or X96?) (MEL); 1886, Persieh 743 (MEL); Trinity Inlet, 
small tree, n.d., W. Hill 262 (MEL). 
Two modem collections. Brass & White 153, from the Cook Highway 19 miles 
[30 km] N. of Catms, and Stephens in /V. Queensl. Nats. Club 11696, from Brinsmead 
Road. Freshwater (both only a few miles from the type locality), differ strikingly in their 
male inflorescences. In the Brass & White collection the male flowers are borne directly in 
the axils of the foliage leaves, on exceedingly elongate capillary pedicels up to 2.5 cm long. 
In th eStephens specimen they are borne on very slender fascicled leafless branchlets up to 
8 cm long, arising from the axils of the foliage leaves on the main branches, and the flowers, 
which are still in the bud stage, are much more shortly pedicelled, up to 5 mm. The latter 
point may not be important, as the male pedicels of Phyllanthus sometimes undergo 
enormous elongation at anthesis, but the slender leafless branchlets are striking. Both 
collections exhibit the thin, brittle leaves, glaucous beneath, that seem to be characteristic of 
P. cuscutiflorus . There is need of observations on the variation of this plant in the field. 
Phyllanthus (§ Emblicastrum) lamprophyllus Muell. Arg. See Kew Bull . 31: 361 (1976). 
Add to references: S. Moore ini. Linn. Soc. Bot. 45: 217 (1920). 
P. buxifolius sec. F. Muell., Descript. Notes Papuan PI. 1 (2): 23 (1876) & Fragm. 

Page image

Page text

238 
Shaw in Kew Bull. 23: 125 (1969) & 29: 328 (1974). Type: Mowbray River, 1932 .Brass 
2019 (BRI). 
Tritaxis australiensis S. Moore ini. Linn. Soc., Bot., 45: 218 (1920). Type: Cape 
York, 1868, Darnel s.n. (BM, K). 
Queensland (early collections). Cook District — Cooktown, 1 877 .Persietz s.n. (MEL); Endeavour River 
1885 & 1886, Persieh 768 (MEL). 
Endospermum Benth. 
(P. & H. 234) 
Endospermum myrmecophilum L.S. Smith in Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensl. 58: 56, t. II 
(1947); Hyland, Card Key Rain Forest Trees N. Queensl.: 66 (1971); Schaeffer in Blumea 
19: 181, 187, map 3 (1971). 
Queensland. North Kennedy District (extreme NE) — Mission Beach, 17° 52' S., 146° 07' E., tree 7 ft 
V)50 m g b h ’ blaze odourlike green beans; orange-yellow speckles and stripes in the blaze, 8.x. 1968, Hyland 
To be expected in other coastal localities of North Queensland. The species was 
originally described from eastern New Guinea. 
Omphalea L. 
(P. & H. 237) 
Omphalea queenslandiae F. M. Bailey. See Airy Shaw mKewBull. 20: 415 (1966), 23: 
130 (1969) & 25: 550 (1971). 
An early (?syntype) collection of this liane from the Johnstone River, 1885, Dr. 
Bancroft jun. (MEL), exhibits a feature which does not appear to be mentioned by any of the 
authorities that 1 have consulted: namely, the development of remarkable elongate hooked 
tendrils, much as in the genus Ancistrocladus (Ancistrocladaceae) of tropical Africa and 
Asia. These tendrils are probably modified inflorescences, but this is a point that could best 
be tested from observation of living plants in the field. 
Homalanthus Juss. 
(P. & H. 241) 
Homalanthus novo-guineensis (Warb.) Lauterb. & K. Schum. in Schum. & Lauterb. , FI. 
Deutsch, Schutzgeb. Stidsee 407 (1901); Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 21: 410 (1968), q.v. 
Homalanthus populifolius sec. George & Kenneally in Miles & Burbidge (ed.), Biol. 
Surv. Prince Regent River Reserve, Wildlife Research Bull . W. Aust. 3: 47 (1975), 
non Grah. 
In Kew Bull. l.c. , 409 I indicated that this common New Guinea species extended into 
Queensland. The Australian distribution of this species and of H . populifolius Grah. is now 
becoming clearer. The latter species occurs commonly in eastern New South Wales and 
south-east Queensland, and extends northwards as far as the region of Rockingham Bay 
( Dallachy s.n.) and Dunk Island ( Adams 20039), in the north-east of North Kennedy 
District.//, novo-guineensis , on the other hand, is now found to occur in Western Australia, 
in the Northern Territory, and in the region of the Atherton Tableland in the south-east of 
Cook District in Queensland. Thus the two areas approach rather closely, but apparently do 
not quite overlap, near the Cook/North Kennedy border. 
I have seen the following Australian collections of H . novo-guineensis. The specimen 
from Buderim Mi., Longman s.n., cited 'mKewBull. l.c. , 41 1 is excluded as it is found to be 
H. populifolius . 
Western Australia. Gariyeli Creek, Prince Regent River Reserve, 15° 32' S., 125° 13' E., on creek delta, 

Page image

Page text

235 
Mallotus derbyensis W. V. Fitzg. ini. & Proc. Roy. Soc. W. Aust. 3: 165 (1918). Type: W. 
Australia, Derby, iv. 1905, Fitzgerald 200 [NSW], = Grewia cf. breviflora Benth., FI. 
Austr. 1: 270 (1863). 
Fitzgerald’s specimen is in fruit only. It is certainly a Grewia and not a Mallotus , but 
the above suggested specific identification should be checked by someone familiar with the 
Australian species of Grewia. 
Alchornea Sw. 
(P. & H. 136) 
Alchornea rugosa (Lour.) Muell. Arg. See Kew Bull. 31: 393 (1976). 
Queensland. Coo* Dfs/mr — Russell River, small tree n.d., [5. Johnson ?] 92 (MEL), (mixed with Croton 
verreauxii Bai 11 . ); Brinsmead Gap, between Cairns and Redlynch, on edge of complex notophyll vine-forest, on 
red soils derived from metamorphic rocks, small tree to 4 m, x. 1973, Webb & Tracey 10783 (NSW); State Forest 
Reserve 607, Bridle Logging Area, 1 7° 00' S. , 145° 35' E. , in power-line clearing in dry rain-forest, alt. 500 m 
shrub 1 m tall, fruit green but probably fully developed, 21. xi. 1973, Hyland 7125 (NSW). North Kennedy 
District — Rockingham's Bay, n.d., Dallachy (MEL). 
The above gatherings extend the Australian distribution of A. rugosa many kilometres 
south of the previous record from Iron Range, to the region of Cairns and Cardwell. It is 
strange that Dallachy’s record was missed by Bentham (FI. Austr. (1873)). 
Alchornea thozetiana (Baill.) Baill. ex Benth. var. longifolia Benth., FI. Austr. 6: 137 
(1873); Bailey, Queensl. FI. 5: 1445 (1902). Type: Rockingham Bay, Dallachy s.n. (K). 
Queensland (early collections). Cook District — Endeavour River, 1 885, Persieh 500 (MEL)' Ibid 1 886 
Persieh 832 (MEL). 
These and Hyland 7739 (from State Forest Reserve 607) are the only collections of var. 
longifolia that I have seen with male inflorescences. The type and one or two other recent 
collections {Hyland 6472, 7 125, 7738; Hartley & Hyland 14127, also from S.F.R. 607) all 
bear female flower or fruit. It is possible that var. longifolia may deserve specific rank. 
Cleidion Bl. 
(P. & H. 156) 
Cleidion javanicum Bl. See Kew Bull. 31: 394 (1976). 
Queensland (further collections). Cook District — Upper Massey Creek, c. 24 km a little S. of ENE of 
Coen, in riverine rain-forest, alt. 105 m, fruits mostly 2-celled or occasionally 1-celled by abortion, 9.x. 1962, 
L.S. Smith 11707 (BRI, NSW); Gordon Creek, gallery rain-forest, 12° 45' S., 143° 20' E alt 60 m 24 x 1973' 
Hyland 6998 (BRI): Mclvor River, 15° 10' S., 145° 05' E., gallety rain-forest, tree 10 m high x 20 cm d.b.h ’ 
25.vn.1972, Hyland 6270 (BRI). North Kennedy District — SFR 299 Conway, 20° 20' S 148° 45' F 
rain-forest, alt. 50 m, shrub 2-3 m tall, 2. viii. 1974, Hyland 7387 (BRI). 
Not previously recorded from North Kennedy District. 
Macaranga Thou. 
(P. & H. 157) 
Macaranga dallachyana (Baill.) Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 23: 90 (1969) (sphalm. ‘-us’) & 
31: 396, in clavi (1976). Type: “ Dallachy (1865), Rockingham’s Bay, ‘salt water creeks’ 
(herb. F. Muell . !)”. 
.?m E f N fooo D ^f 0ok D r ! st f ict — Near Mt. Bellenden-Ker, alt. 3500 ft [l050 ml, huge tree, 60 miles from 
coast I. .J, 1888, Christie Palmerston s.n. (MEL); Danbulla, Stony Creek logging area 17°09'S 145°35'E 
small tree, female, fruits greenish, 2. ix. 1957, L.S. Smith 10118 (BRI. K) growing with M. subdentata Benth'’ 
?n V ' P r, 2 ,^ 6) ; Nor,h Kenned y District — Saltwater Creek [? nr. Cardwell], small tree, yellow flowers 
10. xu. \ 9>(A , Dallachy s .n . (MEL); Ibid. , small shrub, light green foliage, 2. iii. 1865, Dallachy s.n. (MEL. type) 
Macaranga dallachyana seems to be by far the scarcest member of the genus in 
Australia. 
1 5 520/79— 5 

Page image

Page text

236 
Macaranga fimbriata S. Moore. See Kew Bull. 31: 395 (1976). 
Queensland. Cook District — T.R. 14, 13° 45' S. . 143° 20' E. . rain-forest, ait. 450 m, tree, 20 cm d.b.h., 
buttressed, 25. ix. 1975, Hyland 3327 RFK (QRS). 
This is not far from the Rocky River locality where Hyland 2860 RFK, recorded in 
1976, l.c., was collected. 
Macaranga inamoena F. Muell. ex Benth., FI. Austr. 6: 145 (1873); Bailey, Queensl. FI. 
5: 1451 (1902); Pax & Hoffm. in Engler , Pflanzenreich IV. vii: 360 (1914); Airy Shaw in 
Kew Bull. 31: 396(1976), inclavi. Type: Rockingham Bay, n.d., Dallachy s.n. (MEL, K). 
Queensland (early collection). Cook District — Upper Russell River, 30 ft, ( 8 flower and fallen fruit), 
1887, Sayer 222 (MEL). 
Macaranga inamoena seems to be a relatively frequent species in the rain-forests of the 
Atherton Tableland. There are numerous recent collections in QRS and BRI, and about ten 
in K. 
Macaranga inermis Pax & Hoffm. See Kew Bull. 31: 395 (1976). 
Queensland (early collections). Cook District — Innisfail, ? 19 18, Rev. N. Michael 206 (NSW); Johnstone 
River, n.d.. Rev. N. Michael s.n. (NSW) (type of M. multiflora C.T. White; cf. Kew Bull. l.c.). North Kennedy 
District — Rockingham Bay, n.d., Dallachy s.n. (MEL); King Ranch, in Tully River Valley, very common in 
swamps, with Melaleuca quinquenervia and Archontophoenix alexandriae in the high rainfall areas of North-east 
Queensland, n.d., collector? (NSW). 
This is another of Dallachy’s collections that failed to find a place in Bentham (FI. 
Austr. (1873)). 
Macaranga involucrata var. mallotoides (F. Muell.) Perry. See Kew Bull. 31: 394(1976). 
Queensland. (early collection). Cook District — New Holland I Endeavour River] , 1 770, Banks & Solander 
(MEL). 
Macaranga subdentata Benth., FI. Austr. 6: 145 (1873); Bailey, Queensl. FI. 5: 1451 
(1902); Pax & Hoffm. in Engler, Pflanzenreich IV. 147. vii: 361 (1914); White & Francis, 
Contrib. Queensl. FI., in Queensl. Dept. Agric. & Stock , Bot. Bull . 22: 36 (1920); Airy 
Shaw in Kew Bull . 31: 396 (1976), in clavi. Type: Rockingham Bay, n.d., Dallachy s.n. 
(K). 
Queensland. Cook District — Johnstone River, 1885, Dr. Bancroft jun. Barron River, not a very large tree, 
about 35 feet [ 10.5 m] high, 1891 , Stephen Johnson (MEL); Gap Creek, 38 km S. by E. of Cooktown (9.5 km by 
road from Rossville), 15° 43' S., 145° 14' E.. alt. 230 m, 7.ix.l960, L.S. Smith 1 1121 (BRI, K); Ridge of 
McDowal Range, 16 miles [26 km] NNW of Daintree, 16° 03' S., 145° 13' E., mesophyll vine-forest, red clay 
soil, 17. xi. 1967, tree 6 m. d.b.h. 7.5 cm, leaves dark shiny green above, paler beneath, fruits yellowish-green, 
Boyland(& Gillieatt) 4 18 (BRI, K); Danbulla, Stony Creek logging area, 17° 09' S., 145° 35' E., small tree, male 
spikes terminated [occasionally] by a female flower, 2. ix. 1957, L.S. Smith 10122 (BRI, K) (Apparently growing 
with M. dallachyana, q.v., supra); Pine Creek forestry road, Murray Prior Range, nr. Cairns, in complex 
mesophyll vine-forest in gully, on soils derived from granite, alt. 200 m, small tree to 15 m, x.1973, Webb & 
Tracey 10776 (NSW). North Kennedy District — Mount Macalister, deal of this in the scrub; small yellow flower; 
has been sent before, 3.iv.l867, Dallachy s.n. (MEL); Telegraph Line [Rockingham Bay area], 2. viii . 1 870, 
Dallachy s .n . (MEL); Ibid., shrub or small tree, leaves very long, light or dark green, fls. [9] brown or brownish, 
2 & 23. xi. 1870, Dallachy s.n. (MEL). 
Acalypha L. 
(P. & H. 158) 
Acalypha wilkesiana Muell. Arg. in DC., Prodr. 15 (2): 817 (1866); Pax & Hoffm. in 
Engler, Pflanzenreich IV. 147. xvi: 153 (1924). 
Queensland. Cook District — Murray's Island, Torres Strait, 1878, Rev. Chalmers s.n. (MEL). South 
Kennedy District — Port Mackay, no date or collector's name (MEL 69829) (a single leaf only). 
New South Wales (north-east). Richmond River, n.d., Ramsay s.n. (MEL). 
Native of Polynesia; doubtless introduced into Australia as an ornamental garden 
plant. 

Page image

Page text

236 
Macaranga fimbriata S. Moore. See Kew Bull. 31: 395 (1976). 
Queensland. Cook District — T.R. 14, 13° 45' S. . 143° 20' E. . rain-forest, ait. 450 m, tree, 20 cm d.b.h., 
buttressed, 25. ix. 1975, Hyland 3327 RFK (QRS). 
This is not far from the Rocky River locality where Hyland 2860 RFK, recorded in 
1976, l.c., was collected. 
Macaranga inamoena F. Muell. ex Benth., FI. Austr. 6: 145 (1873); Bailey, Queensl. FI. 
5: 1451 (1902); Pax & Hoffm. in Engler , Pflanzenreich IV. vii: 360 (1914); Airy Shaw in 
Kew Bull. 31: 396(1976), inclavi. Type: Rockingham Bay, n.d., Dallachy s.n. (MEL, K). 
Queensland (early collection). Cook District — Upper Russell River, 30 ft, ( 8 flower and fallen fruit), 
1887, Sayer 222 (MEL). 
Macaranga inamoena seems to be a relatively frequent species in the rain-forests of the 
Atherton Tableland. There are numerous recent collections in QRS and BRI, and about ten 
in K. 
Macaranga inermis Pax & Hoffm. See Kew Bull. 31: 395 (1976). 
Queensland (early collections). Cook District — Innisfail, ? 19 18, Rev. N. Michael 206 (NSW); Johnstone 
River, n.d.. Rev. N. Michael s.n. (NSW) (type of M. multiflora C.T. White; cf. Kew Bull. l.c.). North Kennedy 
District — Rockingham Bay, n.d., Dallachy s.n. (MEL); King Ranch, in Tully River Valley, very common in 
swamps, with Melaleuca quinquenervia and Archontophoenix alexandriae in the high rainfall areas of North-east 
Queensland, n.d., collector? (NSW). 
This is another of Dallachy’s collections that failed to find a place in Bentham (FI. 
Austr. (1873)). 
Macaranga involucrata var. mallotoides (F. Muell.) Perry. See Kew Bull. 31: 394(1976). 
Queensland. (early collection). Cook District — New Holland I Endeavour River] , 1 770, Banks & Solander 
(MEL). 
Macaranga subdentata Benth., FI. Austr. 6: 145 (1873); Bailey, Queensl. FI. 5: 1451 
(1902); Pax & Hoffm. in Engler, Pflanzenreich IV. 147. vii: 361 (1914); White & Francis, 
Contrib. Queensl. FI., in Queensl. Dept. Agric. & Stock , Bot. Bull . 22: 36 (1920); Airy 
Shaw in Kew Bull . 31: 396 (1976), in clavi. Type: Rockingham Bay, n.d., Dallachy s.n. 
(K). 
Queensland. Cook District — Johnstone River, 1885, Dr. Bancroft jun. Barron River, not a very large tree, 
about 35 feet [ 10.5 m] high, 1891 , Stephen Johnson (MEL); Gap Creek, 38 km S. by E. of Cooktown (9.5 km by 
road from Rossville), 15° 43' S., 145° 14' E.. alt. 230 m, 7.ix.l960, L.S. Smith 1 1121 (BRI, K); Ridge of 
McDowal Range, 16 miles [26 km] NNW of Daintree, 16° 03' S., 145° 13' E., mesophyll vine-forest, red clay 
soil, 17. xi. 1967, tree 6 m. d.b.h. 7.5 cm, leaves dark shiny green above, paler beneath, fruits yellowish-green, 
Boyland(& Gillieatt) 4 18 (BRI, K); Danbulla, Stony Creek logging area, 17° 09' S., 145° 35' E., small tree, male 
spikes terminated [occasionally] by a female flower, 2. ix. 1957, L.S. Smith 10122 (BRI, K) (Apparently growing 
with M. dallachyana, q.v., supra); Pine Creek forestry road, Murray Prior Range, nr. Cairns, in complex 
mesophyll vine-forest in gully, on soils derived from granite, alt. 200 m, small tree to 15 m, x.1973, Webb & 
Tracey 10776 (NSW). North Kennedy District — Mount Macalister, deal of this in the scrub; small yellow flower; 
has been sent before, 3.iv.l867, Dallachy s.n. (MEL); Telegraph Line [Rockingham Bay area], 2. viii . 1 870, 
Dallachy s .n . (MEL); Ibid., shrub or small tree, leaves very long, light or dark green, fls. [9] brown or brownish, 
2 & 23. xi. 1870, Dallachy s.n. (MEL). 
Acalypha L. 
(P. & H. 158) 
Acalypha wilkesiana Muell. Arg. in DC., Prodr. 15 (2): 817 (1866); Pax & Hoffm. in 
Engler, Pflanzenreich IV. 147. xvi: 153 (1924). 
Queensland. Cook District — Murray's Island, Torres Strait, 1878, Rev. Chalmers s.n. (MEL). South 
Kennedy District — Port Mackay, no date or collector's name (MEL 69829) (a single leaf only). 
New South Wales (north-east). Richmond River, n.d., Ramsay s.n. (MEL). 
Native of Polynesia; doubtless introduced into Australia as an ornamental garden 
plant. 

Page image

Page text

236 
Macaranga fimbriata S. Moore. See Kew Bull. 31: 395 (1976). 
Queensland. Cook District — T.R. 14, 13° 45' S. . 143° 20' E. . rain-forest, ait. 450 m, tree, 20 cm d.b.h., 
buttressed, 25. ix. 1975, Hyland 3327 RFK (QRS). 
This is not far from the Rocky River locality where Hyland 2860 RFK, recorded in 
1976, l.c., was collected. 
Macaranga inamoena F. Muell. ex Benth., FI. Austr. 6: 145 (1873); Bailey, Queensl. FI. 
5: 1451 (1902); Pax & Hoffm. in Engler , Pflanzenreich IV. vii: 360 (1914); Airy Shaw in 
Kew Bull. 31: 396(1976), inclavi. Type: Rockingham Bay, n.d., Dallachy s.n. (MEL, K). 
Queensland (early collection). Cook District — Upper Russell River, 30 ft, ( 8 flower and fallen fruit), 
1887, Sayer 222 (MEL). 
Macaranga inamoena seems to be a relatively frequent species in the rain-forests of the 
Atherton Tableland. There are numerous recent collections in QRS and BRI, and about ten 
in K. 
Macaranga inermis Pax & Hoffm. See Kew Bull. 31: 395 (1976). 
Queensland (early collections). Cook District — Innisfail, ? 19 18, Rev. N. Michael 206 (NSW); Johnstone 
River, n.d.. Rev. N. Michael s.n. (NSW) (type of M. multiflora C.T. White; cf. Kew Bull. l.c.). North Kennedy 
District — Rockingham Bay, n.d., Dallachy s.n. (MEL); King Ranch, in Tully River Valley, very common in 
swamps, with Melaleuca quinquenervia and Archontophoenix alexandriae in the high rainfall areas of North-east 
Queensland, n.d., collector? (NSW). 
This is another of Dallachy’s collections that failed to find a place in Bentham (FI. 
Austr. (1873)). 
Macaranga involucrata var. mallotoides (F. Muell.) Perry. See Kew Bull. 31: 394(1976). 
Queensland. (early collection). Cook District — New Holland I Endeavour River] , 1 770, Banks & Solander 
(MEL). 
Macaranga subdentata Benth., FI. Austr. 6: 145 (1873); Bailey, Queensl. FI. 5: 1451 
(1902); Pax & Hoffm. in Engler, Pflanzenreich IV. 147. vii: 361 (1914); White & Francis, 
Contrib. Queensl. FI., in Queensl. Dept. Agric. & Stock , Bot. Bull . 22: 36 (1920); Airy 
Shaw in Kew Bull . 31: 396 (1976), in clavi. Type: Rockingham Bay, n.d., Dallachy s.n. 
(K). 
Queensland. Cook District — Johnstone River, 1885, Dr. Bancroft jun. Barron River, not a very large tree, 
about 35 feet [ 10.5 m] high, 1891 , Stephen Johnson (MEL); Gap Creek, 38 km S. by E. of Cooktown (9.5 km by 
road from Rossville), 15° 43' S., 145° 14' E.. alt. 230 m, 7.ix.l960, L.S. Smith 1 1121 (BRI, K); Ridge of 
McDowal Range, 16 miles [26 km] NNW of Daintree, 16° 03' S., 145° 13' E., mesophyll vine-forest, red clay 
soil, 17. xi. 1967, tree 6 m. d.b.h. 7.5 cm, leaves dark shiny green above, paler beneath, fruits yellowish-green, 
Boyland(& Gillieatt) 4 18 (BRI, K); Danbulla, Stony Creek logging area, 17° 09' S., 145° 35' E., small tree, male 
spikes terminated [occasionally] by a female flower, 2. ix. 1957, L.S. Smith 10122 (BRI, K) (Apparently growing 
with M. dallachyana, q.v., supra); Pine Creek forestry road, Murray Prior Range, nr. Cairns, in complex 
mesophyll vine-forest in gully, on soils derived from granite, alt. 200 m, small tree to 15 m, x.1973, Webb & 
Tracey 10776 (NSW). North Kennedy District — Mount Macalister, deal of this in the scrub; small yellow flower; 
has been sent before, 3.iv.l867, Dallachy s.n. (MEL); Telegraph Line [Rockingham Bay area], 2. viii . 1 870, 
Dallachy s .n . (MEL); Ibid., shrub or small tree, leaves very long, light or dark green, fls. [9] brown or brownish, 
2 & 23. xi. 1870, Dallachy s.n. (MEL). 
Acalypha L. 
(P. & H. 158) 
Acalypha wilkesiana Muell. Arg. in DC., Prodr. 15 (2): 817 (1866); Pax & Hoffm. in 
Engler, Pflanzenreich IV. 147. xvi: 153 (1924). 
Queensland. Cook District — Murray's Island, Torres Strait, 1878, Rev. Chalmers s.n. (MEL). South 
Kennedy District — Port Mackay, no date or collector's name (MEL 69829) (a single leaf only). 
New South Wales (north-east). Richmond River, n.d., Ramsay s.n. (MEL). 
Native of Polynesia; doubtless introduced into Australia as an ornamental garden 
plant. 

Page image

Page text

232 
Mallotus Lour. 
(P. & H. 125) 
Mallotus (§Rottleropsis) claoxyloides (F. Muell.) Muell. Arg. in Linnaea 34: 192 (1865) 
6 in DC ..Prodr. 15 (2): 972 (1866); Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 20: 42 (1966), q.v. for further 
references and synonyms, & 31: 392 (1976) in clavi. 
var. cordatus (Baill.) Airy Shaw, comb. nov. 
Echinus claoxyloides (F. Muell.) Baill. var cordata [sic.] Baill. \nAdansonia 6: 315 
(1866). 
Mallotus claoxyloides var. macrophylla [sic] Benth. , FI. Austr. 6: 141 (1873); Bailey, 
Queensl. FI. 5: 1447 (1902), synon. nov. 
Baillon’s varietal name for this luxuriant large-leaved tomentose form has apparently 
been overlooked, or perhaps by Bentham deliberately neglected, but it antedates Bentham ’s 
var. macrophylla by seven years, and should be restored. It was based by Baillon on four 
collections: Dallachy 4, from ‘salt water creeks’ at Rockhampton; Mueller s.n., from 
Moreton Bay; and Beckler s.n., from Richmond River and Clarence River. The form is 
possibly an ecotype growing in unusually favourable conditions. 
var. angustifolius F.M. Bailey, Contrib. Queensl. FI., in Queensl. Dept. Agric., Bull. No. 
7 (Bot. Bull . No. 2): 18 (1891), & Queensl. FI. 5: 1447 (1902); apparently not accounted for 
by Pax & Hoffmann (1914). 
This very distinct form was described from Yandina, some 84 kilometres north of 
Brisbane, and there is a specimen at Kew ( Longman s.n.) from Buderim Mt., a few 
kilometres south of this. In its cuneate-oblanceolate or cuneate-elliptic, sharply dentate 
leaves it is very distinct, and may deserve specific rank. 
A very similar form, but with broader and only minutely dentate leaves, was collected 
on Lizard Island (Cook Distr., N. of Cape Flattery, viii.1820, A. Cunningham 106, 3rd 
voyage). It could well represent a variation of var. angustifolius , but further collections are 
needed from the locality. Bentham and Bailey both cite it merely as M. claoxyloides. 
var. ficifolius (Baill.) Benth., FI. Austr. 6: 141 (1873); Bailey, Queensl. FI. 5: 1447 (1902); 
Britten, 111. Bot. Cook. Voy. Endeavour 89, t. 292 (1905). 
Echinus claoxyloides (F. Muell.) Baill. var. ficifolius Baill. in Adansonia 6: 315 
( 1 866) . Type : ‘ ‘ Dallachy , n . 47 , Queensland ; Rockhampton ( herb . F. Muell . ! ) ” . 
Mallotus ficifolius (Baill.) Pax & Hoffm., in Engler, Pflanzenreich IV. 147. vii: 151 
(1914). 
Queensland (early collections). Cook District — New Holland [Endeavour River] . 1770, Banks & Solander 
(MEL). South Kennedy District — Port Mackay, n.d. , Amalia Dietrich 1834. 2479 (MEL). Port Curtis District 
— near Rockhampton, always growing in the dry beds of creeks or amongst stones, small tree, flower [cf] yellow, 
24.xii.1862, Dallachy 47 (type, MEL); Rockhampton, n.d., Thozet 4 (MEL). 
The status of this taxon in relation to var. cordatus is uncertain. 
Mallotus (§ Rottlera) discolor F. Muell. ex. Benth., FI. Austr. 6: 143 (1873); Bailey, 
Queensl. FI. 5: 1449 (1902); Pax & Hoffm. in Engler, Pflanzenreich IV. 147. vii: 183 
(1914); Francis, Aust. Rain-forest Trees, ed. 3, 230 (1970); descr. hie amplif. Type: 
N.S.W., Clarence River, mountain brush forests, 1862, London Exhibition 82 (K). 
Rottlera discolor F. Muell. in Coll. Northern Woods N.S.W. London Exhib. no. 82 
(1862), nomen. 
Macaranga mallotoides sec. F. Muell., Fragm. Phytogr. Austr. 4: 140 (1864), in obs., 
non F. Muell. 1863. 
Mallotus repandus sec. F. Muell., Fragm. Phytogr. Austr. 6: 185 (1868), in obs., non 
(Willd.) Muell. Arg. 
The following items of information were noted on field labels to collections of this 

Page image

Page text

236 
Macaranga fimbriata S. Moore. See Kew Bull. 31: 395 (1976). 
Queensland. Cook District — T.R. 14, 13° 45' S. . 143° 20' E. . rain-forest, ait. 450 m, tree, 20 cm d.b.h., 
buttressed, 25. ix. 1975, Hyland 3327 RFK (QRS). 
This is not far from the Rocky River locality where Hyland 2860 RFK, recorded in 
1976, l.c., was collected. 
Macaranga inamoena F. Muell. ex Benth., FI. Austr. 6: 145 (1873); Bailey, Queensl. FI. 
5: 1451 (1902); Pax & Hoffm. in Engler , Pflanzenreich IV. vii: 360 (1914); Airy Shaw in 
Kew Bull. 31: 396(1976), inclavi. Type: Rockingham Bay, n.d., Dallachy s.n. (MEL, K). 
Queensland (early collection). Cook District — Upper Russell River, 30 ft, ( 8 flower and fallen fruit), 
1887, Sayer 222 (MEL). 
Macaranga inamoena seems to be a relatively frequent species in the rain-forests of the 
Atherton Tableland. There are numerous recent collections in QRS and BRI, and about ten 
in K. 
Macaranga inermis Pax & Hoffm. See Kew Bull. 31: 395 (1976). 
Queensland (early collections). Cook District — Innisfail, ? 19 18, Rev. N. Michael 206 (NSW); Johnstone 
River, n.d.. Rev. N. Michael s.n. (NSW) (type of M. multiflora C.T. White; cf. Kew Bull. l.c.). North Kennedy 
District — Rockingham Bay, n.d., Dallachy s.n. (MEL); King Ranch, in Tully River Valley, very common in 
swamps, with Melaleuca quinquenervia and Archontophoenix alexandriae in the high rainfall areas of North-east 
Queensland, n.d., collector? (NSW). 
This is another of Dallachy’s collections that failed to find a place in Bentham (FI. 
Austr. (1873)). 
Macaranga involucrata var. mallotoides (F. Muell.) Perry. See Kew Bull. 31: 394(1976). 
Queensland. (early collection). Cook District — New Holland I Endeavour River] , 1 770, Banks & Solander 
(MEL). 
Macaranga subdentata Benth., FI. Austr. 6: 145 (1873); Bailey, Queensl. FI. 5: 1451 
(1902); Pax & Hoffm. in Engler, Pflanzenreich IV. 147. vii: 361 (1914); White & Francis, 
Contrib. Queensl. FI., in Queensl. Dept. Agric. & Stock , Bot. Bull . 22: 36 (1920); Airy 
Shaw in Kew Bull . 31: 396 (1976), in clavi. Type: Rockingham Bay, n.d., Dallachy s.n. 
(K). 
Queensland. Cook District — Johnstone River, 1885, Dr. Bancroft jun. Barron River, not a very large tree, 
about 35 feet [ 10.5 m] high, 1891 , Stephen Johnson (MEL); Gap Creek, 38 km S. by E. of Cooktown (9.5 km by 
road from Rossville), 15° 43' S., 145° 14' E.. alt. 230 m, 7.ix.l960, L.S. Smith 1 1121 (BRI, K); Ridge of 
McDowal Range, 16 miles [26 km] NNW of Daintree, 16° 03' S., 145° 13' E., mesophyll vine-forest, red clay 
soil, 17. xi. 1967, tree 6 m. d.b.h. 7.5 cm, leaves dark shiny green above, paler beneath, fruits yellowish-green, 
Boyland(& Gillieatt) 4 18 (BRI, K); Danbulla, Stony Creek logging area, 17° 09' S., 145° 35' E., small tree, male 
spikes terminated [occasionally] by a female flower, 2. ix. 1957, L.S. Smith 10122 (BRI, K) (Apparently growing 
with M. dallachyana, q.v., supra); Pine Creek forestry road, Murray Prior Range, nr. Cairns, in complex 
mesophyll vine-forest in gully, on soils derived from granite, alt. 200 m, small tree to 15 m, x.1973, Webb & 
Tracey 10776 (NSW). North Kennedy District — Mount Macalister, deal of this in the scrub; small yellow flower; 
has been sent before, 3.iv.l867, Dallachy s.n. (MEL); Telegraph Line [Rockingham Bay area], 2. viii . 1 870, 
Dallachy s .n . (MEL); Ibid., shrub or small tree, leaves very long, light or dark green, fls. [9] brown or brownish, 
2 & 23. xi. 1870, Dallachy s.n. (MEL). 
Acalypha L. 
(P. & H. 158) 
Acalypha wilkesiana Muell. Arg. in DC., Prodr. 15 (2): 817 (1866); Pax & Hoffm. in 
Engler, Pflanzenreich IV. 147. xvi: 153 (1924). 
Queensland. Cook District — Murray's Island, Torres Strait, 1878, Rev. Chalmers s.n. (MEL). South 
Kennedy District — Port Mackay, no date or collector's name (MEL 69829) (a single leaf only). 
New South Wales (north-east). Richmond River, n.d., Ramsay s.n. (MEL). 
Native of Polynesia; doubtless introduced into Australia as an ornamental garden 
plant. 

Page image

Page text

232 
Mallotus Lour. 
(P. & H. 125) 
Mallotus (§Rottleropsis) claoxyloides (F. Muell.) Muell. Arg. in Linnaea 34: 192 (1865) 
6 in DC ..Prodr. 15 (2): 972 (1866); Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 20: 42 (1966), q.v. for further 
references and synonyms, & 31: 392 (1976) in clavi. 
var. cordatus (Baill.) Airy Shaw, comb. nov. 
Echinus claoxyloides (F. Muell.) Baill. var cordata [sic.] Baill. \nAdansonia 6: 315 
(1866). 
Mallotus claoxyloides var. macrophylla [sic] Benth. , FI. Austr. 6: 141 (1873); Bailey, 
Queensl. FI. 5: 1447 (1902), synon. nov. 
Baillon’s varietal name for this luxuriant large-leaved tomentose form has apparently 
been overlooked, or perhaps by Bentham deliberately neglected, but it antedates Bentham ’s 
var. macrophylla by seven years, and should be restored. It was based by Baillon on four 
collections: Dallachy 4, from ‘salt water creeks’ at Rockhampton; Mueller s.n., from 
Moreton Bay; and Beckler s.n., from Richmond River and Clarence River. The form is 
possibly an ecotype growing in unusually favourable conditions. 
var. angustifolius F.M. Bailey, Contrib. Queensl. FI., in Queensl. Dept. Agric., Bull. No. 
7 (Bot. Bull . No. 2): 18 (1891), & Queensl. FI. 5: 1447 (1902); apparently not accounted for 
by Pax & Hoffmann (1914). 
This very distinct form was described from Yandina, some 84 kilometres north of 
Brisbane, and there is a specimen at Kew ( Longman s.n.) from Buderim Mt., a few 
kilometres south of this. In its cuneate-oblanceolate or cuneate-elliptic, sharply dentate 
leaves it is very distinct, and may deserve specific rank. 
A very similar form, but with broader and only minutely dentate leaves, was collected 
on Lizard Island (Cook Distr., N. of Cape Flattery, viii.1820, A. Cunningham 106, 3rd 
voyage). It could well represent a variation of var. angustifolius , but further collections are 
needed from the locality. Bentham and Bailey both cite it merely as M. claoxyloides. 
var. ficifolius (Baill.) Benth., FI. Austr. 6: 141 (1873); Bailey, Queensl. FI. 5: 1447 (1902); 
Britten, 111. Bot. Cook. Voy. Endeavour 89, t. 292 (1905). 
Echinus claoxyloides (F. Muell.) Baill. var. ficifolius Baill. in Adansonia 6: 315 
( 1 866) . Type : ‘ ‘ Dallachy , n . 47 , Queensland ; Rockhampton ( herb . F. Muell . ! ) ” . 
Mallotus ficifolius (Baill.) Pax & Hoffm., in Engler, Pflanzenreich IV. 147. vii: 151 
(1914). 
Queensland (early collections). Cook District — New Holland [Endeavour River] . 1770, Banks & Solander 
(MEL). South Kennedy District — Port Mackay, n.d. , Amalia Dietrich 1834. 2479 (MEL). Port Curtis District 
— near Rockhampton, always growing in the dry beds of creeks or amongst stones, small tree, flower [cf] yellow, 
24.xii.1862, Dallachy 47 (type, MEL); Rockhampton, n.d., Thozet 4 (MEL). 
The status of this taxon in relation to var. cordatus is uncertain. 
Mallotus (§ Rottlera) discolor F. Muell. ex. Benth., FI. Austr. 6: 143 (1873); Bailey, 
Queensl. FI. 5: 1449 (1902); Pax & Hoffm. in Engler, Pflanzenreich IV. 147. vii: 183 
(1914); Francis, Aust. Rain-forest Trees, ed. 3, 230 (1970); descr. hie amplif. Type: 
N.S.W., Clarence River, mountain brush forests, 1862, London Exhibition 82 (K). 
Rottlera discolor F. Muell. in Coll. Northern Woods N.S.W. London Exhib. no. 82 
(1862), nomen. 
Macaranga mallotoides sec. F. Muell., Fragm. Phytogr. Austr. 4: 140 (1864), in obs., 
non F. Muell. 1863. 
Mallotus repandus sec. F. Muell., Fragm. Phytogr. Austr. 6: 185 (1868), in obs., non 
(Willd.) Muell. Arg. 
The following items of information were noted on field labels to collections of this 

Page image

Page text

232 
Mallotus Lour. 
(P. & H. 125) 
Mallotus (§Rottleropsis) claoxyloides (F. Muell.) Muell. Arg. in Linnaea 34: 192 (1865) 
6 in DC ..Prodr. 15 (2): 972 (1866); Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 20: 42 (1966), q.v. for further 
references and synonyms, & 31: 392 (1976) in clavi. 
var. cordatus (Baill.) Airy Shaw, comb. nov. 
Echinus claoxyloides (F. Muell.) Baill. var cordata [sic.] Baill. \nAdansonia 6: 315 
(1866). 
Mallotus claoxyloides var. macrophylla [sic] Benth. , FI. Austr. 6: 141 (1873); Bailey, 
Queensl. FI. 5: 1447 (1902), synon. nov. 
Baillon’s varietal name for this luxuriant large-leaved tomentose form has apparently 
been overlooked, or perhaps by Bentham deliberately neglected, but it antedates Bentham ’s 
var. macrophylla by seven years, and should be restored. It was based by Baillon on four 
collections: Dallachy 4, from ‘salt water creeks’ at Rockhampton; Mueller s.n., from 
Moreton Bay; and Beckler s.n., from Richmond River and Clarence River. The form is 
possibly an ecotype growing in unusually favourable conditions. 
var. angustifolius F.M. Bailey, Contrib. Queensl. FI., in Queensl. Dept. Agric., Bull. No. 
7 (Bot. Bull . No. 2): 18 (1891), & Queensl. FI. 5: 1447 (1902); apparently not accounted for 
by Pax & Hoffmann (1914). 
This very distinct form was described from Yandina, some 84 kilometres north of 
Brisbane, and there is a specimen at Kew ( Longman s.n.) from Buderim Mt., a few 
kilometres south of this. In its cuneate-oblanceolate or cuneate-elliptic, sharply dentate 
leaves it is very distinct, and may deserve specific rank. 
A very similar form, but with broader and only minutely dentate leaves, was collected 
on Lizard Island (Cook Distr., N. of Cape Flattery, viii.1820, A. Cunningham 106, 3rd 
voyage). It could well represent a variation of var. angustifolius , but further collections are 
needed from the locality. Bentham and Bailey both cite it merely as M. claoxyloides. 
var. ficifolius (Baill.) Benth., FI. Austr. 6: 141 (1873); Bailey, Queensl. FI. 5: 1447 (1902); 
Britten, 111. Bot. Cook. Voy. Endeavour 89, t. 292 (1905). 
Echinus claoxyloides (F. Muell.) Baill. var. ficifolius Baill. in Adansonia 6: 315 
( 1 866) . Type : ‘ ‘ Dallachy , n . 47 , Queensland ; Rockhampton ( herb . F. Muell . ! ) ” . 
Mallotus ficifolius (Baill.) Pax & Hoffm., in Engler, Pflanzenreich IV. 147. vii: 151 
(1914). 
Queensland (early collections). Cook District — New Holland [Endeavour River] . 1770, Banks & Solander 
(MEL). South Kennedy District — Port Mackay, n.d. , Amalia Dietrich 1834. 2479 (MEL). Port Curtis District 
— near Rockhampton, always growing in the dry beds of creeks or amongst stones, small tree, flower [cf] yellow, 
24.xii.1862, Dallachy 47 (type, MEL); Rockhampton, n.d., Thozet 4 (MEL). 
The status of this taxon in relation to var. cordatus is uncertain. 
Mallotus (§ Rottlera) discolor F. Muell. ex. Benth., FI. Austr. 6: 143 (1873); Bailey, 
Queensl. FI. 5: 1449 (1902); Pax & Hoffm. in Engler, Pflanzenreich IV. 147. vii: 183 
(1914); Francis, Aust. Rain-forest Trees, ed. 3, 230 (1970); descr. hie amplif. Type: 
N.S.W., Clarence River, mountain brush forests, 1862, London Exhibition 82 (K). 
Rottlera discolor F. Muell. in Coll. Northern Woods N.S.W. London Exhib. no. 82 
(1862), nomen. 
Macaranga mallotoides sec. F. Muell., Fragm. Phytogr. Austr. 4: 140 (1864), in obs., 
non F. Muell. 1863. 
Mallotus repandus sec. F. Muell., Fragm. Phytogr. Austr. 6: 185 (1868), in obs., non 
(Willd.) Muell. Arg. 
The following items of information were noted on field labels to collections of this 

Page image

Page text

233 
species. “Tree pendulous in habit” (Grafton, N.S.W., 1914, Boorman). “Fruits soft, 
succulent when ripe” (Barney View, Qld., 1953, E. F. Constable). “This tree . . . has 
round yellow to clear when ripe berries, beloved by flying foxes” (Lower Clarence River, 
N.S.W., 1966, A. A. Cameron). 
The following specimens represent the farthest north from which I have seen this 
species. 
Queensland. North Kennedy District — 6 km N. of Elliot River, Cape Upstart, 19° 5' S., 147° 5' E.. on 
frontal dune in low closed forest, tree 4 m tall, 9.iv. 1975, McDonald & Batianoff 1395 (BRI): Palm Islands (off 
Ingham), n.d., Bancroft 72 (BRI). (The identification of the latter specimen is somewhat doubtful). 
The female inflorescence and fruit of M. discolor seem not yet to have been adequately 
described. The following description is based upon two specimens from the Richmond 
River, N.S.W.: Fawcett F31 , n.d. (MEL) and Mrs Hodgkinson s.n., 1875 (MEL). 
Inflorescentiae $ graciles, usque 3 cm longae, 3-7-florae, inferne nudae. Pedicelli 
I. 5 mm. long, late patentes, bractea minuta suffulti. Calyx irregulariter 3-5-fidus, segmen- 
ts subulatis 2 mm longis basi carinato-crassiusculis breviter cupulari-connatis dimidio 
superiore tenui reflexis vel revolutis apice acuto extra dense brevissime adpresse cinereo- 
puberulis intus fere glabris. Ovarium breviter ovoideum, 3-4-loculare, 2 mm longum et fere 
aeque latum, granulis aurantiacis dense obductum, stylis 3-4 subulatis 2-3 mm longis arete 
reflexis dense breviter plumoso-papillosis. Capsula depresse globosa, usque 8 mm 
diametro et 4 mm alta, 3-4-locularis, dense rubro-aurantiaco-granularis; semina (e capsula 
4-Ioculari) triquetro-globosa, 4 mm diametro, laevia, fusco-brunnea. 
Mallotus (§ Mallotus) mollissimus (Geisel.) Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 26: 297 (1971) & 31: 
391 (1976), q.v. 
Queensland. North Kennedy District — Port Denison, n.d., Amalia Dietrich 2753, 2760 (MEL). Port 
Curtis District — Near Manifold, 22° 40' S., 150° 45' E., vine thicket, alt. 100 m, small tree, 6.x. 1976, Hyland 
9061 (QSR). 
The latter locality is possibly the most southerly from which M. mollissimus has yet 
been recorded. 
Mallotus (§ Rottlera) nesophilus Muell. Arg. in Linnaea 34: 196 (1865) & in DC., Prodr. 
15 (2): 981 (1866); Benth., FI. Austr. 6: 143 (1873); Bailey, Queensl. FI. 5: 1449 (1902); 
Pax & Hoffm. in Engler, Pflanzenreich IV. 147. vii: 183 (1914). Syntypes: Cape Flinders, 
July, 1819, Cunningham 295 (MEL, K); Sweers I., n.d., Henne s.n. ; Quail L, 1855 , Flood 
s.n. (MEL, K). 
Echinus nesophilus (Muell. Arg.) Baill. in Adansonia 6: 314 (1866). 
Western Australia. Roebuck Bay, July 1890, Tepper 129 (MEL); W. Kimberley, Windjana Gorge, small 
tree, on river banks, 27. v. 1974, Beard 6962 (NSW). 
Northern Territory. Port Darwin. 1881 .Holtze 157 (MEL); Ibid., small tree with round head, up to 30 feet 
[9 m], dioecious, 71891. Holtze 1153 (MEL); Quail Island, 1851, Flood s.n. (MEL); Sweers I., large shrub, 
J. ix. 1867, B. Gulliver s.n. (MEL); Maria I., fine spreading shrub with minute flowers, 6.ix. 1867, [B. Gulliver 
s.n.] (MEL); Near Caledon Bay, shrub about 12 feet [3.5 m] high, with brownish leaves and yellow flowers, 
sandy situations, 1.x. 1867.B. Gulliver s.n. (MEL); Melville Bay, small shrub with minute yellow flowers, found 
in dry places, 4.x. 1867, B. Gulliver s.n. (MEL). 
Queensland. Cook District — Edward River Mission, W. coast Cape York Peninsula, 14° 54' S., 141° 37' 
E., in monsoon woodland on shell sand, fruit orange, 20. viii . 1974. L. Johnson 7816 (NSW). 
Mallotus (§ Stylanthus) oblongifolius (Miq.) Muell. Arg. in Linnaea 34: 192 (1865) & in 
DC. , Prodr. 15 (2): 973 (1866); Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 26: 306 (1971) & Kew Bull. Add. 
Ser. 4: 173 ( 1975), q.v. for full references & synonymy, & Kew Bull. 31: 392 (1976) inobs. 
Queensland. Cook District — Johnstone River, xii.1882, Berthoud s.n. (MEL). 
This isolated record confirms the suggestion that I made in 1976 (l.c.) that Mallotus 
oblongifolius , a widespread Malesian species, might occur in North Queensland. The 
species seems never to have been collected in the state since 1882. Botanists in the Innisfail 
region are asked to watch for the plant. 
None of the hitherto known Australian species of Mallotus belongs to the section 

Page image

Page text

233 
species. “Tree pendulous in habit” (Grafton, N.S.W., 1914, Boorman). “Fruits soft, 
succulent when ripe” (Barney View, Qld., 1953, E. F. Constable). “This tree . . . has 
round yellow to clear when ripe berries, beloved by flying foxes” (Lower Clarence River, 
N.S.W., 1966, A. A. Cameron). 
The following specimens represent the farthest north from which I have seen this 
species. 
Queensland. North Kennedy District — 6 km N. of Elliot River, Cape Upstart, 19° 5' S., 147° 5' E.. on 
frontal dune in low closed forest, tree 4 m tall, 9.iv. 1975, McDonald & Batianoff 1395 (BRI): Palm Islands (off 
Ingham), n.d., Bancroft 72 (BRI). (The identification of the latter specimen is somewhat doubtful). 
The female inflorescence and fruit of M. discolor seem not yet to have been adequately 
described. The following description is based upon two specimens from the Richmond 
River, N.S.W.: Fawcett F31 , n.d. (MEL) and Mrs Hodgkinson s.n., 1875 (MEL). 
Inflorescentiae $ graciles, usque 3 cm longae, 3-7-florae, inferne nudae. Pedicelli 
I. 5 mm. long, late patentes, bractea minuta suffulti. Calyx irregulariter 3-5-fidus, segmen- 
ts subulatis 2 mm longis basi carinato-crassiusculis breviter cupulari-connatis dimidio 
superiore tenui reflexis vel revolutis apice acuto extra dense brevissime adpresse cinereo- 
puberulis intus fere glabris. Ovarium breviter ovoideum, 3-4-loculare, 2 mm longum et fere 
aeque latum, granulis aurantiacis dense obductum, stylis 3-4 subulatis 2-3 mm longis arete 
reflexis dense breviter plumoso-papillosis. Capsula depresse globosa, usque 8 mm 
diametro et 4 mm alta, 3-4-locularis, dense rubro-aurantiaco-granularis; semina (e capsula 
4-Ioculari) triquetro-globosa, 4 mm diametro, laevia, fusco-brunnea. 
Mallotus (§ Mallotus) mollissimus (Geisel.) Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 26: 297 (1971) & 31: 
391 (1976), q.v. 
Queensland. North Kennedy District — Port Denison, n.d., Amalia Dietrich 2753, 2760 (MEL). Port 
Curtis District — Near Manifold, 22° 40' S., 150° 45' E., vine thicket, alt. 100 m, small tree, 6.x. 1976, Hyland 
9061 (QSR). 
The latter locality is possibly the most southerly from which M. mollissimus has yet 
been recorded. 
Mallotus (§ Rottlera) nesophilus Muell. Arg. in Linnaea 34: 196 (1865) & in DC., Prodr. 
15 (2): 981 (1866); Benth., FI. Austr. 6: 143 (1873); Bailey, Queensl. FI. 5: 1449 (1902); 
Pax & Hoffm. in Engler, Pflanzenreich IV. 147. vii: 183 (1914). Syntypes: Cape Flinders, 
July, 1819, Cunningham 295 (MEL, K); Sweers I., n.d., Henne s.n. ; Quail L, 1855 , Flood 
s.n. (MEL, K). 
Echinus nesophilus (Muell. Arg.) Baill. in Adansonia 6: 314 (1866). 
Western Australia. Roebuck Bay, July 1890, Tepper 129 (MEL); W. Kimberley, Windjana Gorge, small 
tree, on river banks, 27. v. 1974, Beard 6962 (NSW). 
Northern Territory. Port Darwin. 1881 .Holtze 157 (MEL); Ibid., small tree with round head, up to 30 feet 
[9 m], dioecious, 71891. Holtze 1153 (MEL); Quail Island, 1851, Flood s.n. (MEL); Sweers I., large shrub, 
J. ix. 1867, B. Gulliver s.n. (MEL); Maria I., fine spreading shrub with minute flowers, 6.ix. 1867, [B. Gulliver 
s.n.] (MEL); Near Caledon Bay, shrub about 12 feet [3.5 m] high, with brownish leaves and yellow flowers, 
sandy situations, 1.x. 1867.B. Gulliver s.n. (MEL); Melville Bay, small shrub with minute yellow flowers, found 
in dry places, 4.x. 1867, B. Gulliver s.n. (MEL). 
Queensland. Cook District — Edward River Mission, W. coast Cape York Peninsula, 14° 54' S., 141° 37' 
E., in monsoon woodland on shell sand, fruit orange, 20. viii . 1974. L. Johnson 7816 (NSW). 
Mallotus (§ Stylanthus) oblongifolius (Miq.) Muell. Arg. in Linnaea 34: 192 (1865) & in 
DC. , Prodr. 15 (2): 973 (1866); Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 26: 306 (1971) & Kew Bull. Add. 
Ser. 4: 173 ( 1975), q.v. for full references & synonymy, & Kew Bull. 31: 392 (1976) inobs. 
Queensland. Cook District — Johnstone River, xii.1882, Berthoud s.n. (MEL). 
This isolated record confirms the suggestion that I made in 1976 (l.c.) that Mallotus 
oblongifolius , a widespread Malesian species, might occur in North Queensland. The 
species seems never to have been collected in the state since 1882. Botanists in the Innisfail 
region are asked to watch for the plant. 
None of the hitherto known Australian species of Mallotus belongs to the section 

Page image

Page text

214 
Queensland. Burke District — durre Hugel bei Cloncurry, ii. 1910, Domin 5954, 5955 (type, PR). 
This is no doubt an extreme ecotype from an exceptionally arid situation. 1 have seen 
no other collections to match it in the small size of the leaves (rarely exceeding 2.5 cm in 
length and mostly much less) and in the character of venation. It seems therefore to deserve 
recognition. On the other hand Domin’s f. reticulata (l.c.) is typical of many of the more 
strongly nerved forms of S. melanthesoides and is not worth maintaining. 
Margaritaria L.f. 
(P. & H. 27/a, from 29 Sect. XII) 
Margaritaria dubium-traceyi Airy Shaw & Hyland in Kew Bull . 31:357, fig. 1 (1976). 
Queensland. Burke District — Adel’s Grove, Lawn Hill River [c. 55 km from Northern Territory boun- 
dary], tree 3-5 m high, with dense bright green foliage, c. 1926, A. De Lestang 142 (BRI); 25 km SSE of 
Normanton, on Normanton-Croydon road, 17°53' S., 141° 12' N.. in low woodland of Melaleuca acacioides, 
Bauhinia carronii and Terminalia sp.. vi. 1972, G.R. Beeston 1 (BRI); 65 km ESE of Normanton, 18° 02' S., 141° 
38' E. , in low open forest of Melaleuca acacioides .Bauhinia carronii andTerminalia vi.1972. G.R. Beeston 73 & 
76 (BRI); Approximately 5 km S. of Clarina Creek on Gum Creek Homestead road, justS. of Normanton-Croydon 
road, 17° 3' S., 141° 0' E., growing in Duplex Dy 3.8 soil, in Melaleuca acacioides, Bauhinia & Terminalia 
forest. 7.v. 1974, T.J . Hull s.n. (BRI). Cook District — Robertson River (S. of Forsayth, approx. 19° S., 143° 30' 
E.), c. 1877-82. Armit 740 (2 sheets) (MEL). 
Phyllanthus L. 
(P. & H. 29) 
Phyllanthus (§Nymania) clamboides (F. Muell.) Diels in Notizbl. Bot. Gart. Berlin- 
Dahlem 1 1: 309 (1931); Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 31: 359 (1976), q.v. 
Hexaspermum paniculatum Domin in Biblioth. Bot. 22: 870 (Heft 89: 316) (1927), 
synon. nov. 
The type collection of Hexaspermum paniculatum from Harvey’s Creek, is typical 
material, in female flower and fruit, of the common New Guinea and Solomons species that 
has long been known under the name Phyllanthus choristylus Diels, but which is now 
regarded as a synonym of P . clamboides (see Kew Bull., l.c.). 
Phyllanthus (§ Nymania) cuscutiflorus S. Moore ini. Bot. Brit. & For. 43: 148 (1905); 
Webster & Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 26: 99 (1971); Airy Shaw in Kew Bull . 3 1 : 360 (1976), 
in obs. 
Queensland (early collections). Cook District — Endeavour River, 1 882, Persietz 177, 195 (MEL); Ibid. , 
1882, Persieh 709 (MEL); 1883, Persieh 96 (or 196 or X96?) (MEL); 1886, Persieh 743 (MEL); Trinity Inlet, 
small tree, n.d., W. Hill 262 (MEL). 
Two modem collections. Brass & White 153, from the Cook Highway 19 miles 
[30 km] N. of Catms, and Stephens in /V. Queensl. Nats. Club 11696, from Brinsmead 
Road. Freshwater (both only a few miles from the type locality), differ strikingly in their 
male inflorescences. In the Brass & White collection the male flowers are borne directly in 
the axils of the foliage leaves, on exceedingly elongate capillary pedicels up to 2.5 cm long. 
In th eStephens specimen they are borne on very slender fascicled leafless branchlets up to 
8 cm long, arising from the axils of the foliage leaves on the main branches, and the flowers, 
which are still in the bud stage, are much more shortly pedicelled, up to 5 mm. The latter 
point may not be important, as the male pedicels of Phyllanthus sometimes undergo 
enormous elongation at anthesis, but the slender leafless branchlets are striking. Both 
collections exhibit the thin, brittle leaves, glaucous beneath, that seem to be characteristic of 
P. cuscutiflorus . There is need of observations on the variation of this plant in the field. 
Phyllanthus (§ Emblicastrum) lamprophyllus Muell. Arg. See Kew Bull . 31: 361 (1976). 
Add to references: S. Moore ini. Linn. Soc. Bot. 45: 217 (1920). 
P. buxifolius sec. F. Muell., Descript. Notes Papuan PI. 1 (2): 23 (1876) & Fragm. 

Page image

Page text

231 
inflorescence consisting (as Baillon notes) almost entirely of male flowers. Both leaves and 
inflorescence bear the subfloccose indumentum of the southern form. 
Var. rockinghamensis approaches the New Guinea plant described {Kew Bull. 20: 26 
(1966)) as var. floccosa Airy Shaw, and it is probable that the latter may have to be reduced 
to Baillon ’s variety. The New Guinea form is extreme in its densely floccose indumentum, 
and sometimes produces unusually large flowers. Very few specimens with female flower 
or fruit have yet been collected, but in Floyd NGF 7436 , from the Bulolo Valley, Morobe 
District, the female flowers have a clearly trilocular ovary, with 3 deeply bifid styles. 
Rockinghamia Airy Shaw 
(P. & H. 105/a) 
Rockinghamia angustifolia (Benth.) Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 20: 29 (1966). 
Queensland, (early collections). Cook District — Daintree River. 1881, Pentzcke 7 & 22 (MEL). 
Rockinghamia brevipes Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 31: 389 (1976). 
Queensland (early collections). Cook District — Mt. Bellenden-Ker. alt. 1560 m, 1887 ,Sayer 118 (MEL): 
Mt. Bartle Frere, "A small tree 25 ft. about 600 ft. lower than Bartle Frere on the south side”, 1891 . 1892, 5. 
Johnson s.n. (MEL). 
Claoxylon Juss. 
(P. & H. 119) 
Claoxylon angustifolium Muell. Arg. in Linnaea 34: 165 (1865) & in DC. , Prodr . 15 (2): 
786 (1866); Benth., FI. Austr. 6: 129 (1873); Bailey, Queensl. FI. 5: 1441 (1902); Pax & 
Floffm. in Engler, Pflanzenreich IV. 147. vii: 125 (1914). 
Mercurialis angustifolia (Muell. Arg.) Baill. in Adansonia 6: 323 (1866). 
Queensland. South Kennedy District — Pease's Lookout, 21° 07' S., 148° 31' E. , rain-forest, alt. 880 m, 
shrub. 12.x. 1976, Hyland 9131 (QRS); Mt. Etna, 23° 10' S., 150° 25’ E.. monsoon forest, alt. 200 m, shrub, 
9.x. 1976, Hyland 9106 (QRS). 
These are somewhat more southerly stations than the previously recorded localities of 
Bowen and the Cumberland Islands. C. angustifolium is a very isolated species, perhaps 
related to C. nervosum Pax & Floffm., of eastern New Guinea. 
Claoxylon tenerifolium (Baill.) F. Muell. See Kew Bull. 31: 390 (1976). Extension of 
range: 
Northern Territory. Deaf Adder Gorge, 13° 02' S., 132° 58' E., sandstone rain-forest, in sink hole, shrub 
2.5 m, 21. ii. 1977, Fox 2511. 
This represents the first record of any species of Claoxylon from the Northern 
Territory. The specimen is in fruit, and bears exceptionally large leaves, up to 23 x 12.5 cm. 
The following records are of interest either for the localities or for the accompanying 
field notes. 
Queensland. Cook District — New Holland. Endeavour River, 1710. Banks & Solander ( MEL) (Britten, 111. 
Bot. Cook's Voy. Endeavour 88, t. 290 (1905), asC. hillii Benth.); Thursday Island, vi. 1897.F.M. Bailey (BRI); 
Murray Island, 9° 55' S. , 144° 02' E. , vii. 1970, M. Lawrie 20 (BRI); Base of Black Mountain (= Black Trevethan 
Range), SW of Cooktown, in open space in depauperate rain-forest at upper limit of vegetation small tree, trunk 
sprawling over rocks, branches erect, branchlets ascending, leaves dark shiny green, flowers [c? ] greenish-white, 
bark whitish, shallowly fissured, 23 . xii . 1966,4 . Rodd216 (NSW); Sweet Creek, west side of Cook Highway, 16° 
4' S., 145° 4' E., ridge above creek, clay, tree, these specimens from ridge where it is pioneering very 
successfully, but more commonly seen at the edge of rain-forest, flowers [ 8 ] greenish-yellow, no smell, x. 1974, 
H E. Brown 6007 (BRI). 
B . Hyland ’s comments on the blaze odour of this plant are entertaining — ‘ ‘conspicu- 
ous but difficult to describe” ( Hyland 2156, from SFR 194); “rather unpleasant” ( Hyland 
2347 , ibid.); “obnoxious” (Hyland 2052, Mission Beach); “like rotten tomatoes” (Hyland 
6197 , Iron Range). 

Page image

Page text

239 
in silt in cadjeput forest, shrub to 6 m, bark roughish, latex present, leaves ± bright green but not shining, fruit 
green turning dull red, 30. viii. 1974, George 12845. 
Northern Territory. Humpty Doo, 12°34'S., 131° 20’ E., rain-forest, slender tree to 9 m high, bark pale, 
with obvious leaf scars to base, 1 9 . ix . \91 4, Dunlop {& Airy Shaw) 3619: “The Pines", Douglas River, 13° 43 S., 
131° 38' E., rain-forest, spindly tree to 4 m high, 24,xl974, Parker 526 (d). Must 1293 (2). 
Queensland. Cook District — Daintree River, 1 0. xii _ 1 929 , Kajewski 1459: Ibid., light rain-forest, 
7 . iii . 1932, Brass 2247 ; Mowbray River, rain-forests, 23. i. 1932, Brass 2006: Bridle Creek, about 19 km SE of 
Mareeba, rain-forest margin, 21. xi. 1973, Hartley & Hyland 14142: State Forest Reserve 143, South Mary 
Logging Area, 16° 25' S., 145° 25' E., rain-forest, alt. 900 m, tree 16 mx30 cmd.b.h., 1 2. ii . 1 975, Irvine 1144. 
The extremely short (0.5-2 mm) and strongly recurved style-branches and the ‘tremel- 
loid’ bract-glands distinguish this species from H. populifolius . 
Monotaxis Brongn. 
(P. & H. 282) 
Monotaxis (§ Monotaxis*) tenuis Airy Shaw, sp. nov. 
Ab affini M. macrophyllo Benth. habitu graciliore laxiore magis folioso, folits sinuatis vel argute dentatis 
siccitate glauco-viridulis vel flavescentibus, inflorescentiis siccitate haud gummosis gracillime pedun- 
culatis, floribus pro inflorescentia interdum usque 5 bene distincta. Typus: Northern Territory, van 
Balgooy & Byrnes 1358 (K, holotypus). 
Herba annua, 30-40 cm alta, erecta, glaberrima, ramis acute adscendentibus teretibus 
0.5-1. 5 mm crassis tenuissime striatulis. Folia spatulato-oblonga vel spatulato-ovata, 
1 .5-4 cm longa, 0.5-1 cm lata, basi in petiolum longe cuneato-attenuata, apice obtusa vel 
subacuta, margine aut sinuato-paucicrenata (raro subintegra) aut supeme utrinque argute 
3-7-dentata, inferne integra, tenuiter membranacea, laevia, siccitate viridula vel interdum 
sordide purpurascentia vel luride caerulescentia vel flavescentia, subtus glaucescentia et 
interdum minute albido-puncticulata; costa gracilis, supra incisa, subtus prominula; nervi 
laterales gracillimi, 4-5-jugi, acute adscendentes; petiolus fere filiformis, usque 2.5 cm 
longus; stipulae subulatae, 1 mm longae, acutissimae, infeme paucilaciniatae. Inflorescen- 
tiae in ramulis lateralibus vel subterminalibus tenuissimis gestae, dense capitatae, 4-6 mm 
diametro, floribus femineis 1-5 masculis numerosis comitatis. Flos 6 pedicello 1-2 mm. 
longo suffultus. Sepala 4, ovata, acuta, 1 mm longa, valvata. Petala minima, cordato- 
reniformia, unguiculata.57aw//w 8, antherarum thecisconnectivo angusto sejunctis bilocel- 
latis, locellis alabastro globosis duobus tantum fertilibus dehiscentibus post dehiscentiam 
transverse ellipsoideis. Flos ? brevissime pedicellatus vel subsessilis. Sepala masculis 
similia. Ovarium primo subglobosum, 2 mm diametro, mox breviter oblongum, stylis 
brevibus basi connatis alte bicruribus segmentis breviter papillosis apice attenuatis. Cap- 
sula brevissime oblonga, 2-3 mm longa et fere aeque lata, viridis, laevis, levissime 3-loba, 
interdum minute albido-puncticulata, stylis persistentibus erectis, post dehiscentiam col- 
umna tenui relicta. Semina breviter cylindrica, 2 mm longa, 1 .2 mm lata, laevia, nitida, 
immatura ochraceo-castanea, carunculo fusco, matura rubro-brunnea, carunculo conspicuo 
albido praedita. 
Northern Territory. W. Arnhem Land, 65 km NE of Pine Creek, locally common in sandy bed of dried-up 
creek, herb up to 40 cm, no milk-sap, stem purplish, 2 flower surrounded by d flowers, 25. vii. 197 1 , van Balgooy 
& Byrnes 1358 (holotype, K); Q59, 31 miles [48 km] ENE of Mudginbarry Homestead, 12° 32' S., 133° 19' E., 
common in sandstone seepage area with outcrops, associated with mixed forbs, grasses and shrubs, erect perennial 
herb 1 .5-2 ft. 1 45-60 cmj high, flowers yellowish-green and white, stems and leaves yellowish-green, 19. ii. 1973, 
Lazarides 7774. 
Queensland. Moreton District — Coomera Gorge , near Canungra, common in patches on rocky sides of the 
gorge, soft undershrub, flowers greenish-yellow, 30. iii. 1937, C.T. White 11051 . 
Although this plant is evidently closely allied to M. macrophylla , I do not believe that it 
represents merely a weak form of that species. The slender stems and branches, the leafy 
habit, the sinuate or sharply dentate leaves, drying a somewhat glaucous green or even lurid 
bluish or purplish or yellowish, the very slenderly peduncled inflorescences, which lack all 
‘Sect. Linidion Baill . , Sect. Eumonotaxis Benth., including the type species of the genus, M. linifolia Brongn. 
According to the International Code the section must now be called Sect. Monotaxis. 

Page image

Page text

239 
in silt in cadjeput forest, shrub to 6 m, bark roughish, latex present, leaves ± bright green but not shining, fruit 
green turning dull red, 30. viii. 1974, George 12845. 
Northern Territory. Humpty Doo, 12°34'S., 131° 20’ E., rain-forest, slender tree to 9 m high, bark pale, 
with obvious leaf scars to base, 1 9 . ix . \91 4, Dunlop {& Airy Shaw) 3619: “The Pines", Douglas River, 13° 43 S., 
131° 38' E., rain-forest, spindly tree to 4 m high, 24,xl974, Parker 526 (d). Must 1293 (2). 
Queensland. Cook District — Daintree River, 1 0. xii _ 1 929 , Kajewski 1459: Ibid., light rain-forest, 
7 . iii . 1932, Brass 2247 ; Mowbray River, rain-forests, 23. i. 1932, Brass 2006: Bridle Creek, about 19 km SE of 
Mareeba, rain-forest margin, 21. xi. 1973, Hartley & Hyland 14142: State Forest Reserve 143, South Mary 
Logging Area, 16° 25' S., 145° 25' E., rain-forest, alt. 900 m, tree 16 mx30 cmd.b.h., 1 2. ii . 1 975, Irvine 1144. 
The extremely short (0.5-2 mm) and strongly recurved style-branches and the ‘tremel- 
loid’ bract-glands distinguish this species from H. populifolius . 
Monotaxis Brongn. 
(P. & H. 282) 
Monotaxis (§ Monotaxis*) tenuis Airy Shaw, sp. nov. 
Ab affini M. macrophyllo Benth. habitu graciliore laxiore magis folioso, folits sinuatis vel argute dentatis 
siccitate glauco-viridulis vel flavescentibus, inflorescentiis siccitate haud gummosis gracillime pedun- 
culatis, floribus pro inflorescentia interdum usque 5 bene distincta. Typus: Northern Territory, van 
Balgooy & Byrnes 1358 (K, holotypus). 
Herba annua, 30-40 cm alta, erecta, glaberrima, ramis acute adscendentibus teretibus 
0.5-1. 5 mm crassis tenuissime striatulis. Folia spatulato-oblonga vel spatulato-ovata, 
1 .5-4 cm longa, 0.5-1 cm lata, basi in petiolum longe cuneato-attenuata, apice obtusa vel 
subacuta, margine aut sinuato-paucicrenata (raro subintegra) aut supeme utrinque argute 
3-7-dentata, inferne integra, tenuiter membranacea, laevia, siccitate viridula vel interdum 
sordide purpurascentia vel luride caerulescentia vel flavescentia, subtus glaucescentia et 
interdum minute albido-puncticulata; costa gracilis, supra incisa, subtus prominula; nervi 
laterales gracillimi, 4-5-jugi, acute adscendentes; petiolus fere filiformis, usque 2.5 cm 
longus; stipulae subulatae, 1 mm longae, acutissimae, infeme paucilaciniatae. Inflorescen- 
tiae in ramulis lateralibus vel subterminalibus tenuissimis gestae, dense capitatae, 4-6 mm 
diametro, floribus femineis 1-5 masculis numerosis comitatis. Flos 6 pedicello 1-2 mm. 
longo suffultus. Sepala 4, ovata, acuta, 1 mm longa, valvata. Petala minima, cordato- 
reniformia, unguiculata.57aw//w 8, antherarum thecisconnectivo angusto sejunctis bilocel- 
latis, locellis alabastro globosis duobus tantum fertilibus dehiscentibus post dehiscentiam 
transverse ellipsoideis. Flos ? brevissime pedicellatus vel subsessilis. Sepala masculis 
similia. Ovarium primo subglobosum, 2 mm diametro, mox breviter oblongum, stylis 
brevibus basi connatis alte bicruribus segmentis breviter papillosis apice attenuatis. Cap- 
sula brevissime oblonga, 2-3 mm longa et fere aeque lata, viridis, laevis, levissime 3-loba, 
interdum minute albido-puncticulata, stylis persistentibus erectis, post dehiscentiam col- 
umna tenui relicta. Semina breviter cylindrica, 2 mm longa, 1 .2 mm lata, laevia, nitida, 
immatura ochraceo-castanea, carunculo fusco, matura rubro-brunnea, carunculo conspicuo 
albido praedita. 
Northern Territory. W. Arnhem Land, 65 km NE of Pine Creek, locally common in sandy bed of dried-up 
creek, herb up to 40 cm, no milk-sap, stem purplish, 2 flower surrounded by d flowers, 25. vii. 197 1 , van Balgooy 
& Byrnes 1358 (holotype, K); Q59, 31 miles [48 km] ENE of Mudginbarry Homestead, 12° 32' S., 133° 19' E., 
common in sandstone seepage area with outcrops, associated with mixed forbs, grasses and shrubs, erect perennial 
herb 1 .5-2 ft. 1 45-60 cmj high, flowers yellowish-green and white, stems and leaves yellowish-green, 19. ii. 1973, 
Lazarides 7774. 
Queensland. Moreton District — Coomera Gorge , near Canungra, common in patches on rocky sides of the 
gorge, soft undershrub, flowers greenish-yellow, 30. iii. 1937, C.T. White 11051 . 
Although this plant is evidently closely allied to M. macrophylla , I do not believe that it 
represents merely a weak form of that species. The slender stems and branches, the leafy 
habit, the sinuate or sharply dentate leaves, drying a somewhat glaucous green or even lurid 
bluish or purplish or yellowish, the very slenderly peduncled inflorescences, which lack all 
‘Sect. Linidion Baill . , Sect. Eumonotaxis Benth., including the type species of the genus, M. linifolia Brongn. 
According to the International Code the section must now be called Sect. Monotaxis. 

Page image

Page text

238 
Shaw in Kew Bull. 23: 125 (1969) & 29: 328 (1974). Type: Mowbray River, 1932 .Brass 
2019 (BRI). 
Tritaxis australiensis S. Moore ini. Linn. Soc., Bot., 45: 218 (1920). Type: Cape 
York, 1868, Darnel s.n. (BM, K). 
Queensland (early collections). Cook District — Cooktown, 1 877 .Persietz s.n. (MEL); Endeavour River 
1885 & 1886, Persieh 768 (MEL). 
Endospermum Benth. 
(P. & H. 234) 
Endospermum myrmecophilum L.S. Smith in Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensl. 58: 56, t. II 
(1947); Hyland, Card Key Rain Forest Trees N. Queensl.: 66 (1971); Schaeffer in Blumea 
19: 181, 187, map 3 (1971). 
Queensland. North Kennedy District (extreme NE) — Mission Beach, 17° 52' S., 146° 07' E., tree 7 ft 
V)50 m g b h ’ blaze odourlike green beans; orange-yellow speckles and stripes in the blaze, 8.x. 1968, Hyland 
To be expected in other coastal localities of North Queensland. The species was 
originally described from eastern New Guinea. 
Omphalea L. 
(P. & H. 237) 
Omphalea queenslandiae F. M. Bailey. See Airy Shaw mKewBull. 20: 415 (1966), 23: 
130 (1969) & 25: 550 (1971). 
An early (?syntype) collection of this liane from the Johnstone River, 1885, Dr. 
Bancroft jun. (MEL), exhibits a feature which does not appear to be mentioned by any of the 
authorities that 1 have consulted: namely, the development of remarkable elongate hooked 
tendrils, much as in the genus Ancistrocladus (Ancistrocladaceae) of tropical Africa and 
Asia. These tendrils are probably modified inflorescences, but this is a point that could best 
be tested from observation of living plants in the field. 
Homalanthus Juss. 
(P. & H. 241) 
Homalanthus novo-guineensis (Warb.) Lauterb. & K. Schum. in Schum. & Lauterb. , FI. 
Deutsch, Schutzgeb. Stidsee 407 (1901); Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 21: 410 (1968), q.v. 
Homalanthus populifolius sec. George & Kenneally in Miles & Burbidge (ed.), Biol. 
Surv. Prince Regent River Reserve, Wildlife Research Bull . W. Aust. 3: 47 (1975), 
non Grah. 
In Kew Bull. l.c. , 409 I indicated that this common New Guinea species extended into 
Queensland. The Australian distribution of this species and of H . populifolius Grah. is now 
becoming clearer. The latter species occurs commonly in eastern New South Wales and 
south-east Queensland, and extends northwards as far as the region of Rockingham Bay 
( Dallachy s.n.) and Dunk Island ( Adams 20039), in the north-east of North Kennedy 
District.//, novo-guineensis , on the other hand, is now found to occur in Western Australia, 
in the Northern Territory, and in the region of the Atherton Tableland in the south-east of 
Cook District in Queensland. Thus the two areas approach rather closely, but apparently do 
not quite overlap, near the Cook/North Kennedy border. 
I have seen the following Australian collections of H . novo-guineensis. The specimen 
from Buderim Mi., Longman s.n., cited 'mKewBull. l.c. , 41 1 is excluded as it is found to be 
H. populifolius . 
Western Australia. Gariyeli Creek, Prince Regent River Reserve, 15° 32' S., 125° 13' E., on creek delta, 

Page image

Page text

218 
type); Cape Sidmouth (approx. 14° 30' S.). no date or collector's name (MEL); Lizard Island, xii. 1871 , Walter 
s.n. (MEL); Cooktown, n.d. Fitzalan s.n. (MEL). 
The distributions of, and the distinctions between, the two species of Neoroepera need 
further investigation, but I believe that Walter’s Lizard Island specimen, referred by 
Bentham (l.c.) to A . buxifolia Muell. Arg. & F. Muell., belongs rather to A. banksii Benth. 
A. buxifolia is probably confined to a small area in Port Curtis District to the north-west of 
Rockhampton. Besides the type (Princhester Creek, Bowman ) I have only seen the follow- 
ing specimen; Between Marlborough and Yaamba, common along creeks, small tree, 
flowers [cSj cream, 27.x. 1937, C.T. White 12095 (BRI, photo at K). A. banksii has been 
collected a number of times from the north of the Cape Y ork Peninsula south to Cooktown. 
The sterile specimens of 'Sersalisia obovata , collected by Cunningham (no. 119) on 
the Endeavour River in June 1819 and referred by Bentham doubtfully to A. buxifolia , do 
not, I believe, belong to Neoroepera and are probably not euphorbiaceous at all. The 
petioles are appreciably longer than those of either species of Neoroepera (up to 4.5 mm, 
compared with 1-2 mm), and the lamina, when examined by transmitted light, shows a few 
small translucent gland-dots, mostly irregularly distributed, but occasionally grouped 
together near the apex of the leaf. 
Petalostigma F. Muell. 
(P. & H. 49) 
Petalostigma banksii Britten & S. Moore. See Kew Bull. 31; 369 (1976). 
Northern Territory. Coburg Peninsula, 8 km SW of Danger Point, infrequent in groves in tall Eucalyptus 
forest, tree 3. 5-4. 5 m, trunk dark, tessellated, 23.vii.1961, Chippendale 8284 (BRI). 
Queensland. Burke District — Normantown, [c. 1867] B. Gulliver s.n. (MEL); 88 km N. of Hughenden, 
common on stony ridges, 1 1 ,ix. 1937, Brass & C.T. White 50 (BRI); 93 km SE of Burketown, 14. vii . 1 974, 
Olierenshaw P .0 . 1412 (CBG 058086; BRI). Cook District — Silver Plains-Goanna Creek road, in tea-tree scrub, 
xi. 1956, Webb 3187 (BRI); Cooktown, in open forest on rocky hillsides, small irregular tree with very dark grey 
tessellated furrowed bark and rather sparse sometimes shapely green crown; fruit yellow , 3 1 . vii . 1 943 , ST. Blake 
15079 (BRI), [Untypical; leaves up to 2.5 cm broad, mostly ± acute; ? tending towards P. pubescens], Mitchell 
District — Alice River, 1896. Miss May Dixon s.n. (MEL). 
Petalostigma nummularium Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 31: 373 (1976). 
Northern Territory. Bonney Creek, 8 km off Stuart Highway, in red sandy loam flat above creek, tree'. 
3.5 m, multitrunked [ ! ] , dark rough bark; leaves : upperside bright green, underside grey-green, hairy; stems: 
brown-hairy; flower: 4 greenish cream sepals, cream stamens;/™//: immature, green, hairy, gooseberry-like, 
1. vii. 1973, Lina Johnson 73168 (NSW). 
Queensland. Maranoa District — Property of A. Murray, Calabah, 75 miles [ 1 20 km] south-east (sphalm. 
'south-west') of Charleville [Warrego District], Boatman road, mulga-box country, sandy soil, 28.iii.1962 ,J. 
Ebersohn s.n. (BRI). 
Petalostigma pachyphyllum Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 31: 372 (1976). 
Queensland. Leichhardt District — Blackdown Tableland, 19 km SSE of Bluff, above North Scarp, in open 
Eucalypt forest on sandy soil with numerous rock outcrops, alt. 660 m. shrub to 1 m, fruit reddish-orange, 
19. ix. 1959, R.W. Johnson 961 (MEL). 
Petalostigma pubescens Domin. See Kew Bull . 31: 368 (1976); cf. George & Kenneally in 
Miles & Burbidge (ed.), Biol. Surv. Prince Regent River Reserve, Wildlife Res. Bull. W . 
Aust. 3: 47 (1975). 
Western Australia (early collections). Prince Regent’s River, 1891, Bradshaw & Allen s.n. (NSW); 
Fitzroy River, 1896-97, Heartland s.n. (Calvert Exped.) (NSW); Dillon's Springs, E. Kimberley, x. 1906, W.V. 
Fitzgerald s.n. (NSW). 
Queensland (early collections). Burke District — Scrub near Saxby River (SE of Normanton), tree, 
viii. 1913, Miss F. Sulman 8 (NSW); Woolgar River (N. of Richmond), viii. 1915, E.W. Bick s.n. (NSW). 
Petalostigma quadriloculare F. Muell. See Kew Bull. 31: 370 (1976). 
A further obvious reason for typifying this species by Mueller’s female material (cf. 
Kew Bull. 31: 366) is the fact that he not only called the genus 'Petalostigma , from the 
female flowers, but named the species ‘quadriloculare’ , from the fruit. 

Page image

Page text

218 
type); Cape Sidmouth (approx. 14° 30' S.). no date or collector's name (MEL); Lizard Island, xii. 1871 , Walter 
s.n. (MEL); Cooktown, n.d. Fitzalan s.n. (MEL). 
The distributions of, and the distinctions between, the two species of Neoroepera need 
further investigation, but I believe that Walter’s Lizard Island specimen, referred by 
Bentham (l.c.) to A . buxifolia Muell. Arg. & F. Muell., belongs rather to A. banksii Benth. 
A. buxifolia is probably confined to a small area in Port Curtis District to the north-west of 
Rockhampton. Besides the type (Princhester Creek, Bowman ) I have only seen the follow- 
ing specimen; Between Marlborough and Yaamba, common along creeks, small tree, 
flowers [cSj cream, 27.x. 1937, C.T. White 12095 (BRI, photo at K). A. banksii has been 
collected a number of times from the north of the Cape Y ork Peninsula south to Cooktown. 
The sterile specimens of 'Sersalisia obovata , collected by Cunningham (no. 119) on 
the Endeavour River in June 1819 and referred by Bentham doubtfully to A. buxifolia , do 
not, I believe, belong to Neoroepera and are probably not euphorbiaceous at all. The 
petioles are appreciably longer than those of either species of Neoroepera (up to 4.5 mm, 
compared with 1-2 mm), and the lamina, when examined by transmitted light, shows a few 
small translucent gland-dots, mostly irregularly distributed, but occasionally grouped 
together near the apex of the leaf. 
Petalostigma F. Muell. 
(P. & H. 49) 
Petalostigma banksii Britten & S. Moore. See Kew Bull. 31; 369 (1976). 
Northern Territory. Coburg Peninsula, 8 km SW of Danger Point, infrequent in groves in tall Eucalyptus 
forest, tree 3. 5-4. 5 m, trunk dark, tessellated, 23.vii.1961, Chippendale 8284 (BRI). 
Queensland. Burke District — Normantown, [c. 1867] B. Gulliver s.n. (MEL); 88 km N. of Hughenden, 
common on stony ridges, 1 1 ,ix. 1937, Brass & C.T. White 50 (BRI); 93 km SE of Burketown, 14. vii . 1 974, 
Olierenshaw P .0 . 1412 (CBG 058086; BRI). Cook District — Silver Plains-Goanna Creek road, in tea-tree scrub, 
xi. 1956, Webb 3187 (BRI); Cooktown, in open forest on rocky hillsides, small irregular tree with very dark grey 
tessellated furrowed bark and rather sparse sometimes shapely green crown; fruit yellow , 3 1 . vii . 1 943 , ST. Blake 
15079 (BRI), [Untypical; leaves up to 2.5 cm broad, mostly ± acute; ? tending towards P. pubescens], Mitchell 
District — Alice River, 1896. Miss May Dixon s.n. (MEL). 
Petalostigma nummularium Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 31: 373 (1976). 
Northern Territory. Bonney Creek, 8 km off Stuart Highway, in red sandy loam flat above creek, tree'. 
3.5 m, multitrunked [ ! ] , dark rough bark; leaves : upperside bright green, underside grey-green, hairy; stems: 
brown-hairy; flower: 4 greenish cream sepals, cream stamens;/™//: immature, green, hairy, gooseberry-like, 
1. vii. 1973, Lina Johnson 73168 (NSW). 
Queensland. Maranoa District — Property of A. Murray, Calabah, 75 miles [ 1 20 km] south-east (sphalm. 
'south-west') of Charleville [Warrego District], Boatman road, mulga-box country, sandy soil, 28.iii.1962 ,J. 
Ebersohn s.n. (BRI). 
Petalostigma pachyphyllum Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 31: 372 (1976). 
Queensland. Leichhardt District — Blackdown Tableland, 19 km SSE of Bluff, above North Scarp, in open 
Eucalypt forest on sandy soil with numerous rock outcrops, alt. 660 m. shrub to 1 m, fruit reddish-orange, 
19. ix. 1959, R.W. Johnson 961 (MEL). 
Petalostigma pubescens Domin. See Kew Bull . 31: 368 (1976); cf. George & Kenneally in 
Miles & Burbidge (ed.), Biol. Surv. Prince Regent River Reserve, Wildlife Res. Bull. W . 
Aust. 3: 47 (1975). 
Western Australia (early collections). Prince Regent’s River, 1891, Bradshaw & Allen s.n. (NSW); 
Fitzroy River, 1896-97, Heartland s.n. (Calvert Exped.) (NSW); Dillon's Springs, E. Kimberley, x. 1906, W.V. 
Fitzgerald s.n. (NSW). 
Queensland (early collections). Burke District — Scrub near Saxby River (SE of Normanton), tree, 
viii. 1913, Miss F. Sulman 8 (NSW); Woolgar River (N. of Richmond), viii. 1915, E.W. Bick s.n. (NSW). 
Petalostigma quadriloculare F. Muell. See Kew Bull. 31: 370 (1976). 
A further obvious reason for typifying this species by Mueller’s female material (cf. 
Kew Bull. 31: 366) is the fact that he not only called the genus 'Petalostigma , from the 
female flowers, but named the species ‘quadriloculare’ , from the fruit. 

Page image

Page text

218 
type); Cape Sidmouth (approx. 14° 30' S.). no date or collector's name (MEL); Lizard Island, xii. 1871 , Walter 
s.n. (MEL); Cooktown, n.d. Fitzalan s.n. (MEL). 
The distributions of, and the distinctions between, the two species of Neoroepera need 
further investigation, but I believe that Walter’s Lizard Island specimen, referred by 
Bentham (l.c.) to A . buxifolia Muell. Arg. & F. Muell., belongs rather to A. banksii Benth. 
A. buxifolia is probably confined to a small area in Port Curtis District to the north-west of 
Rockhampton. Besides the type (Princhester Creek, Bowman ) I have only seen the follow- 
ing specimen; Between Marlborough and Yaamba, common along creeks, small tree, 
flowers [cSj cream, 27.x. 1937, C.T. White 12095 (BRI, photo at K). A. banksii has been 
collected a number of times from the north of the Cape Y ork Peninsula south to Cooktown. 
The sterile specimens of 'Sersalisia obovata , collected by Cunningham (no. 119) on 
the Endeavour River in June 1819 and referred by Bentham doubtfully to A. buxifolia , do 
not, I believe, belong to Neoroepera and are probably not euphorbiaceous at all. The 
petioles are appreciably longer than those of either species of Neoroepera (up to 4.5 mm, 
compared with 1-2 mm), and the lamina, when examined by transmitted light, shows a few 
small translucent gland-dots, mostly irregularly distributed, but occasionally grouped 
together near the apex of the leaf. 
Petalostigma F. Muell. 
(P. & H. 49) 
Petalostigma banksii Britten & S. Moore. See Kew Bull. 31; 369 (1976). 
Northern Territory. Coburg Peninsula, 8 km SW of Danger Point, infrequent in groves in tall Eucalyptus 
forest, tree 3. 5-4. 5 m, trunk dark, tessellated, 23.vii.1961, Chippendale 8284 (BRI). 
Queensland. Burke District — Normantown, [c. 1867] B. Gulliver s.n. (MEL); 88 km N. of Hughenden, 
common on stony ridges, 1 1 ,ix. 1937, Brass & C.T. White 50 (BRI); 93 km SE of Burketown, 14. vii . 1 974, 
Olierenshaw P .0 . 1412 (CBG 058086; BRI). Cook District — Silver Plains-Goanna Creek road, in tea-tree scrub, 
xi. 1956, Webb 3187 (BRI); Cooktown, in open forest on rocky hillsides, small irregular tree with very dark grey 
tessellated furrowed bark and rather sparse sometimes shapely green crown; fruit yellow , 3 1 . vii . 1 943 , ST. Blake 
15079 (BRI), [Untypical; leaves up to 2.5 cm broad, mostly ± acute; ? tending towards P. pubescens], Mitchell 
District — Alice River, 1896. Miss May Dixon s.n. (MEL). 
Petalostigma nummularium Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 31: 373 (1976). 
Northern Territory. Bonney Creek, 8 km off Stuart Highway, in red sandy loam flat above creek, tree'. 
3.5 m, multitrunked [ ! ] , dark rough bark; leaves : upperside bright green, underside grey-green, hairy; stems: 
brown-hairy; flower: 4 greenish cream sepals, cream stamens;/™//: immature, green, hairy, gooseberry-like, 
1. vii. 1973, Lina Johnson 73168 (NSW). 
Queensland. Maranoa District — Property of A. Murray, Calabah, 75 miles [ 1 20 km] south-east (sphalm. 
'south-west') of Charleville [Warrego District], Boatman road, mulga-box country, sandy soil, 28.iii.1962 ,J. 
Ebersohn s.n. (BRI). 
Petalostigma pachyphyllum Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 31: 372 (1976). 
Queensland. Leichhardt District — Blackdown Tableland, 19 km SSE of Bluff, above North Scarp, in open 
Eucalypt forest on sandy soil with numerous rock outcrops, alt. 660 m. shrub to 1 m, fruit reddish-orange, 
19. ix. 1959, R.W. Johnson 961 (MEL). 
Petalostigma pubescens Domin. See Kew Bull . 31: 368 (1976); cf. George & Kenneally in 
Miles & Burbidge (ed.), Biol. Surv. Prince Regent River Reserve, Wildlife Res. Bull. W . 
Aust. 3: 47 (1975). 
Western Australia (early collections). Prince Regent’s River, 1891, Bradshaw & Allen s.n. (NSW); 
Fitzroy River, 1896-97, Heartland s.n. (Calvert Exped.) (NSW); Dillon's Springs, E. Kimberley, x. 1906, W.V. 
Fitzgerald s.n. (NSW). 
Queensland (early collections). Burke District — Scrub near Saxby River (SE of Normanton), tree, 
viii. 1913, Miss F. Sulman 8 (NSW); Woolgar River (N. of Richmond), viii. 1915, E.W. Bick s.n. (NSW). 
Petalostigma quadriloculare F. Muell. See Kew Bull. 31: 370 (1976). 
A further obvious reason for typifying this species by Mueller’s female material (cf. 
Kew Bull. 31: 366) is the fact that he not only called the genus 'Petalostigma , from the 
female flowers, but named the species ‘quadriloculare’ , from the fruit. 

Page image

Page text

218 
type); Cape Sidmouth (approx. 14° 30' S.). no date or collector's name (MEL); Lizard Island, xii. 1871 , Walter 
s.n. (MEL); Cooktown, n.d. Fitzalan s.n. (MEL). 
The distributions of, and the distinctions between, the two species of Neoroepera need 
further investigation, but I believe that Walter’s Lizard Island specimen, referred by 
Bentham (l.c.) to A . buxifolia Muell. Arg. & F. Muell., belongs rather to A. banksii Benth. 
A. buxifolia is probably confined to a small area in Port Curtis District to the north-west of 
Rockhampton. Besides the type (Princhester Creek, Bowman ) I have only seen the follow- 
ing specimen; Between Marlborough and Yaamba, common along creeks, small tree, 
flowers [cSj cream, 27.x. 1937, C.T. White 12095 (BRI, photo at K). A. banksii has been 
collected a number of times from the north of the Cape Y ork Peninsula south to Cooktown. 
The sterile specimens of 'Sersalisia obovata , collected by Cunningham (no. 119) on 
the Endeavour River in June 1819 and referred by Bentham doubtfully to A. buxifolia , do 
not, I believe, belong to Neoroepera and are probably not euphorbiaceous at all. The 
petioles are appreciably longer than those of either species of Neoroepera (up to 4.5 mm, 
compared with 1-2 mm), and the lamina, when examined by transmitted light, shows a few 
small translucent gland-dots, mostly irregularly distributed, but occasionally grouped 
together near the apex of the leaf. 
Petalostigma F. Muell. 
(P. & H. 49) 
Petalostigma banksii Britten & S. Moore. See Kew Bull. 31; 369 (1976). 
Northern Territory. Coburg Peninsula, 8 km SW of Danger Point, infrequent in groves in tall Eucalyptus 
forest, tree 3. 5-4. 5 m, trunk dark, tessellated, 23.vii.1961, Chippendale 8284 (BRI). 
Queensland. Burke District — Normantown, [c. 1867] B. Gulliver s.n. (MEL); 88 km N. of Hughenden, 
common on stony ridges, 1 1 ,ix. 1937, Brass & C.T. White 50 (BRI); 93 km SE of Burketown, 14. vii . 1 974, 
Olierenshaw P .0 . 1412 (CBG 058086; BRI). Cook District — Silver Plains-Goanna Creek road, in tea-tree scrub, 
xi. 1956, Webb 3187 (BRI); Cooktown, in open forest on rocky hillsides, small irregular tree with very dark grey 
tessellated furrowed bark and rather sparse sometimes shapely green crown; fruit yellow , 3 1 . vii . 1 943 , ST. Blake 
15079 (BRI), [Untypical; leaves up to 2.5 cm broad, mostly ± acute; ? tending towards P. pubescens], Mitchell 
District — Alice River, 1896. Miss May Dixon s.n. (MEL). 
Petalostigma nummularium Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 31: 373 (1976). 
Northern Territory. Bonney Creek, 8 km off Stuart Highway, in red sandy loam flat above creek, tree'. 
3.5 m, multitrunked [ ! ] , dark rough bark; leaves : upperside bright green, underside grey-green, hairy; stems: 
brown-hairy; flower: 4 greenish cream sepals, cream stamens;/™//: immature, green, hairy, gooseberry-like, 
1. vii. 1973, Lina Johnson 73168 (NSW). 
Queensland. Maranoa District — Property of A. Murray, Calabah, 75 miles [ 1 20 km] south-east (sphalm. 
'south-west') of Charleville [Warrego District], Boatman road, mulga-box country, sandy soil, 28.iii.1962 ,J. 
Ebersohn s.n. (BRI). 
Petalostigma pachyphyllum Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 31: 372 (1976). 
Queensland. Leichhardt District — Blackdown Tableland, 19 km SSE of Bluff, above North Scarp, in open 
Eucalypt forest on sandy soil with numerous rock outcrops, alt. 660 m. shrub to 1 m, fruit reddish-orange, 
19. ix. 1959, R.W. Johnson 961 (MEL). 
Petalostigma pubescens Domin. See Kew Bull . 31: 368 (1976); cf. George & Kenneally in 
Miles & Burbidge (ed.), Biol. Surv. Prince Regent River Reserve, Wildlife Res. Bull. W . 
Aust. 3: 47 (1975). 
Western Australia (early collections). Prince Regent’s River, 1891, Bradshaw & Allen s.n. (NSW); 
Fitzroy River, 1896-97, Heartland s.n. (Calvert Exped.) (NSW); Dillon's Springs, E. Kimberley, x. 1906, W.V. 
Fitzgerald s.n. (NSW). 
Queensland (early collections). Burke District — Scrub near Saxby River (SE of Normanton), tree, 
viii. 1913, Miss F. Sulman 8 (NSW); Woolgar River (N. of Richmond), viii. 1915, E.W. Bick s.n. (NSW). 
Petalostigma quadriloculare F. Muell. See Kew Bull. 31: 370 (1976). 
A further obvious reason for typifying this species by Mueller’s female material (cf. 
Kew Bull. 31: 366) is the fact that he not only called the genus 'Petalostigma , from the 
female flowers, but named the species ‘quadriloculare’ , from the fruit. 

Page image

Page text

219 
Western Australia. "Mount Broome, W. Kimberley, May 1905, W.V. Fitzgerald s.n. (MEL). Shrub of3 
feet high.” — The specimen of P humile W.V. Fitzg. so labelled in the Melbourne Herbarium is probably part of 
the type collection, from the King River in E. Kimberley. The mistake in locality is possibly due to some confusion 
of labelling during the sorting of the material of Fitzgerald’s two expeditions. 
Northern Territory. Palmerston [Darwin], shrub springing in burnt ground, flowers yellow, n.d.. Rev. 
T.S. Lea s.n. (MEL). 
Add the following reference to the citations for P. humile W.V. Fitzgerald (synonym 
ofP. quadriloculare): S. Moore in J. Linn. Soc. Bot. 45: 218 (1920). 
Petalostigma triloculare Muell. Arg. See Kew Bull . 31: 369 (1976). 
Queensland. Port Curtis District — between Water Park Creek and The Peaks, 22° 45' S., 150° 45' E., dry 
sclerophyll forest, alt. 100 m, tree 13 m x 25 cm d.b.h., with a dark somewhat flaky and fissured bark. 7.x. 1976, 
Hyland9065 (QRS); Junction of Manifold and Freshwater roads, 22° 40' S., 150° 45' E.,dry sclerophyll forest, 
alt. 100 m, shrub or small tree with orange fruit, 6.x. 1976, Hyland 9060 (QRS). 
These recent collections carry the distribution of P. triloculare some 370 kilometres 
north of its previously known most northerly station near Maryborough, thus more than 
doubling the latitudinal extent of its area. The 13-metre high tree was by far the tallest 
Petalostigma that I had ever seen. 
Austrobuxus Miq. 
(P. & H. 52) 
Austrobuxus nitidus Miq. See Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 25: 506 (1971) & 29: 309 (1974) & 
in Kew Bull. Addit. Ser. IV: 43 (1975). 
Queensland. Cook District — S . F . R . 143, North Mary L. A., 16° 30' S., 145° 15' E.,alt. 1 100 m, tree 30 m 
x 50 cm d.b.h., with a slightly flaky bark; fruit green, probably immature, 17.vii.1973, H viand 6740: E/P 18, 
North Mary Logging Area, R 143. Mt. Lewis, 16° 30' S.. 145° 16' E., rain-forest, alt. 1000 m, 10.x. 1973. 
Sanderson 472 (QRS); Mt. Lewis Road, 16° 34' S. , 145° 1 1 ' E., tree 30 m high with gnarled bole 60 cm diameter, 
epicarp [of fruit] splitting at base and up the side leaving endocarp enclosing seeds; seeds with orange arillus. 
31.viii. 1957, Z..S. Smith 10095: Mt. Lewis, 16° 35' S.. 145° 15' E., rain-forest, alt. 1050 m, 21 .xii. 1967 .Hyland 
1255 RFK; S.F.R. 143, South Mary L.A., 16° 35' S., 145° 15' E., rain-forest, alt. 900 m, 17.viii. 1973, Irvine 
616 ; S.F.R. 143, Carbine L.A., 16° 35' S.. 143° 15' E., rain-forest, alt. 1200 m, tree 20 m x 30 cm d.b.h.o.b., 
with a flaky bark and slightly fluted stem, 18. xii. 1974, Hvland 7917: State Forest Reserve 310, 17°20'S., 145° 
40' E., rain-forest, alt. 700 m, 24. ix. 1973. Dansie s.n. (QRS); S.F.R. 310, Bora L.A., 17° 20' S., 145° 45' E., 
rain-forest, alt. 720 m, tree 25 m x 50 cm, with a fluted trunk and pink somewhat fibrous outer blaze, female tree, 
8.x. 1973 ,Hyland69l7: Ibid., tree 20 m x 60 cm. with a fluted trunk and flaky bark, male tree, 8.x. 1973, Hyland 
6918: Swipers Logging Area, 17°21'S., 145° 46' E. , rain-forest, alt. 700 m, tree 23 mhighx75 cm d.b.h.; stem 
fluted; bark flaky; outer blaze pink, fibrous; inner blaze pink, fibrous, 27. vi. 1972, Risley 59. 
I cannot distinguish this plant from narrow-leaved forms of the common/I. nitidus of 
Malaya, Sumatra and Borneo. The disjunction in distribution of nearly 3840 km between 
East Indonesian Borneo, the nearest otherwise known locality, and this North Queensland 
population is remarkable. It seems probable that the plant must occur in small quantity in the 
intervening area. 
Austrobuxus swainii (de Beuzev. & C.T. White) Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 25: 508 ( 1 97 1 ) & 
29: 308 (1974), in clavi. 
Longetia swainii de Beuzev. & C.T. White in Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 71: 236 (1947); Francis, Aust. 
Rain-Forest Trees, ed. 3, 230 (1970). 
In my key to the species of Austrobuxus (1974, l.c.) I expressed doubt as to whether/1 . 
swainii was rightly referred to this genus. Having now examined isotype and other material 
of this species in the National Herbarium at Sydney (NSW), I am satisfied that the 
assignment is correct, although the crenate-dentate leaves are unique in the genus. This 
feature suggests comparison with Choriceras tricorne (Benth.) Airy Shaw and, less 
strongly, with Dissi liaria muelleri Baill. The bilocular ovary, however, and the seeds with a 
conspicuous pale fibrous finely laciniate aril (as in Austrobuxus clusiaceus (Baill.) Airy 
Shaw and A. carunculatus (Baill.) Airy Shaw) are characters at variance with both 
C horiceras and Dissiliaria . The 8-stamened male flowers can be compared with those of 
few-stamened New Caledonian species such as /l. depauperatus (Baill.) Airy Shaw, A. 
gynotrichus (Guillaum.) Airy Shaw, /l. eugeniifolius (Guillaum.) Airy Shaw, etc. 
15520 / 79-4 

Page image

Page text

216 
Phyllanthus (§ ?) brassii C.T. White in Proc. Roy. Soc. Queensl. 1935 , 47: 81 (1936). 
Queensland. Port Curtis District — Bulburin State Forest, 10 km E. of Builyan, 24° 30' S., 151° 30' E., 
rain-forest, alt. 400 m, shrub 1.5 m high, flowers [ d] red. 14. iv. 1974, Monteith in Moriarty 1976 (QRS). 
This is a remarkable range extension for a species that has hitherto been regarded as an 
endemic confined to the summit of Thornton Peak, about 65 km north of Mossman, in Cook 
District. The ample material (5 sheets) seems to agree with the type perfectly. Phyllanthus 
brassii is not closely related to any other Australian (or New Guinea) species, but shows 
probable affinity with some from New Caledonia, e.g. P. aeneus Baill., P. francii 
Guillaum., P. baladensis Baill. 
Phyllanthus (§?) sauropodoides Airy Shaw, sp. nov. 
Forsan ex affinitate remotiore P. caesii Airy Shaw & Webster et P. verrucicaulis Airy Shaw (novo- 
guineensium), sed foliis chartaceis multo minoribus usque 6 x 2.8 cm tantum, staminibus liberis, 
capsula usque 6 mm diametro, sepalis femineis persistentibus longe distat. Typus: Queensland, 
Bulburin Forest, A.C. Robinson 27AI (BRI. holotypus). 
Frutex vel arbor, statura ignota, ramulis teretibus vel junioribus interdum distincte 
complanatis 1-3 mm. crassis laevissimis glaberrimis foliosis. Folia elliptica vel ovata, 
3.5-10.5 cmlonga, 1.5-4. 2 cm lata, basi late cuneata, apice brevissime acute caudata, ipso 
apice aristato-mucronato, margine integerrimo piano, chartacea, laevia, glaberrima, sicci- 
tate opaca, obscure viridia vel juniora subtus leviter rubescentia; costa gracillima, subtus 
vix prominula, supra tenuiter insculpta; nervi laterales tenuissimi, 5-6-jugi, acute adscen- 
dentes; nervi minores ornnino immersi; petiolus 3-4 mm longus, gracillimus, glaber; 
stipulae triangulares, 2-3 mm longae, acutae, conspicue ochraceo-marginatae et brevissime 
fimbriatae. Inflorescentiae numerosae, axillares, multiflorae, plerumque mere masculae 
sed interdum flore singulo femineo comitatae, biacteis numerosis minutis brunneis scariosis 
confertis. Flos 6 pedicello filiformi usque 6 mm longo glabro suffultus. Sepala 5, subor- 
bicularia, 1 .5-2 mm diametro, integra, membranacea, valde imbricata. Disci glandulae 5, 
cum sepalis altemantes, majusculae, subglobosae, valde lacunosae, interdum supeme 
cuspidatulae. Stamina 5, oppositisepala, libera, erecta, filamentis brevibus crassiusculis, 
antheris extrorsis ovoideis demum oblique deorsum spectantibus. Flos 9 in inflorescentia 
semper solitarius, pedicello robustioregestusprimum vix 1 cm. longo statu fructifero usque 
2.2 cm accrescente. Sepala 5, suborbicularia vel late spatulata, 2.5 mm longa et lata, 
breviter unguiculata, firme herbacea, glabra. Discus interrupte annularis, 0.5 mm altus, 
herbaceus vel submembranaceus, margine leviter erosulus. Ovarium subglobosum, 
1.5 mm diametro, glabrum, in stylum robustum 0.5 mm longum desinens, stylo apice 
breviter 3-ramoso, ramis divaricatis truncatis. Capsula pedicello usque 2.2 cm longo 
sursum incrassato suffulta, depresse globosa, 6-7 mm diametro, 5-6 mm alta, laevis, 
glaber, stylo persistente. Semina triquetra, 3 mm longa, 2 mm crassa, laevia vel dorso 
levissime longitudinaliter striatula, ochracea, minute brunneo-notata. 
Queensland. Port Curtis District — Bulburin Forest, 10 km E. of Builyan, 24° 31' S. , 151° 28' E., Site No. 
27A, 1 1 .i. 1975, A.C. Robinson 27A1 (holotype, BRI) (voucher for plant material collected in connection with 
rat-trapping) . 
The extent to which this plant mimics some of the smaller-leaved forms of Sauropus 
macranthus Hassk. is quite remarkable. The mimicry is not confined to the foliage but 
extends also to the conspicuous pale-margined stipules and the long-pedicelled female 
flowers and fruits with large persistent unguiculate sepals. But the male flpwers are simple 
Phyllanthus flowers, with none of the specialisations of Sauropus , and the style-branches 
are extremely simple structures, not the coiled ramshoms of Sauropus. 
I believe I am right in suggesting an affinity with the two New Guinea species 
mentioned above. (For an illustration ofP. caesius see Hook. Icon. PI. 38: t. 3704 (1974)). 
There is much similarity in the type of venation, and the male flowers, apart from the free 
condition of the stamens, are almost identical. The large lacunose disk-glands recall those in 
many species of sect. Nymania. It seems surprising that a species with such northern 
affinities should occur so far south in Queensland. 
The occurrence of P. sauropodoides and P. brassii (q.v.) in Bulburin State Forest 
suggests that the flora there may show peculiar features which would be worth closer 
investigation. 

Page image

Page text

212 
not the case in the type specimen. Hyland 322 1 RFK is distinct in the possession of a short 
but conspicuous style. It is possible that a distinct taxon is involved, but further material 
from the type area will be needed in order to assess the constancy of these features. 
Glochidion xerocarpum (O. Schwarz) Airy Shaw, comb, nov., cum descr. amplif. 
Phyllanthus xerocarpus O. Schwarz in Feddes Repert. Spec. Nov. Regni Veg. 24: 87 
( 1927); cf. McKee in Contrib. N .S.W . Natl. Herb. 3: 233 (1963). Type: Northern 
Territory, Darwin, 1927 Bleeser 495 (B; NSW, isotype). 
G. ferdinandii sec. Specht in Specht & Mountford (ed.), Rec. Amer.-Aust. Sci. 
Exped. Arnhem Land, 3, Bot. & Ecol.: 252, 398, 461 (1958), pro parte, non 
(Muell. Arg.) F.M. Bailey. 
G. mindorense subsp. mindorense sec. Airy Shaw in Kew Bull . 27: 21 [non 66 nec 72] 
(1972) & 29: 291 (1974), pro majore parte, non C.B. Rob. 
G. disparipes sec. Airy Shaw in Kew Bull . 31 : 345 (1976), quoad Specht 24 & 860, non 
Airy Shaw s. str. (1972). 
Glochidion sp., Dunlop, Latz & Maconochie in A. Terr. Bot. Bull. 1: 22 (1976). 
A formis glabrescentibus G. disparipedis Airy Shaw foliis adspectu crassiusculis laevissimis subtus opacis 
interdum ieviterglaucescentibus, venis minoribus fere immersis nec prominulis, a G. ramifloro J.R. & 
G. Forst. fructu majore subsessili subinflato, aG. mindorensi C.B. Rob. calyce $puberulo capsula 
5-loculari dignoscendum. 
Frutex vel arbor usque 10 m alta, ramulis modice robustis primum breviter pubescen- 
tibus demum minute puberulis, cortice vivo interdum insigniter cinereo. Folia ovata vel 
oblongo-elliptica, 4-10 cm longa, 2-5 cm lata, basi (saepe leviter asymmetrica) rotundata 
vel interdum cuneata vel raro cordatula, in apicem obtusum vel rotundatum vel rarius 
subacutum citius contracta. rarius late obtusissime cuspidata, margine integro anguste 
reflexo, firme chartacea vel subcoriacea, costa excepta glaberrima, laevissima sed paullum 
tantum nitidula vel imo opaca, siccitate plumbeo-brunnescentia vel viridula; costa gracilis, 
utrinque prominula vel supra fere plana, glabra vel basin versus parce puberula; nervi 
laterales gracillimi, 6-12-jugi, utrinque tenerrime prominula, late patuli, prope marginem 
arcuato-anastomosantes; nervi minores tenuissimi, fere immersi, inconspicui; petiolus 
2-5 mm longus, 1-2 mm cressus, minute puberulus; stipulae subulatae, 1-1.5 mm longae, 
acutae, puberulae, caducae. Fasciculi uni- vel bi-sexuales, pauciflori, axillares. Flos 6 
pedicello tenui glabro 5 mm longo suffultus; tepala obovata vel spatulata, obtusa, glabra, 
exteriora fere 3 mm longa, interiora paullo minora: antherae in massam oblongam fere 
1 mm. longam connatae. Flores $ solitarii vel bini, sessiles vel subsessiles; tepala 
oblongo-ovata, 2.5 mm longa, exteriora 1.5 mm lata, interiora angustiora, obtusa vel 
subacuta, extra puberula; ovarium depresse globosum, 1.5 mm diametro, 1 mm altum, 
dense adpresse puberulum; styli in massam depresse pulviniformem 0.5 mm diametro apice 
6-lobulatam circa foramen centrale connati, glabri. Capsula pedicello brevi puberulo 
suffulta, depresse globosa, adspectu quasi inflata, 1.5-2 cm diametro, 5-8 mm alto, 
5-locularis, firme Crustacea, minute puberula, siccitate castanea, quoque segmento sulco 
mediano percurso; semina triquetro-sphaerica, 4 mm diametro, laete rubra. 
Northern Territory. Port Darwin, 1884, M. Holtze 385 (MEL); Port Darwin, Mindel Beech, dry jungle, 
iv. 1927, Bleeser 495 (NSW, isotype); Nightcliff, Darwin. 12° 22' S., 130° 53' E., in monsoon forest on truncated 
lateritic podsol, 20.iii. \94S. Specht 24 \ Lee Point. 12° 20' S.. 130° 55' E.. beach front, shrub to 4 m high, small 
yellow flowers, 30. i. 1974, Must U71 (NT); Gunn Point, 12°09'S., 130° 58' E., shrub to 2 m, cream flowers, red 
berries, 27.vii. 1973. McKean 1123 (NT); Smith Point, Port Essington, 1 1° 10' S.. 132° 10' E., rain-forest, alt. 
5 m, tree 20 cm d.b.h., bark fissured, flaky, 25. xi. 1975. Hyland 3374 RFK (QRS. K); Elcho Island, Warangaiyu 
Lagoon, 1 1° 57' S.. 135° 43' E., deciduous vine thicket, stabilised coastal dune, 20.vii. 197 5. Dunlop 3960 (NT); 
Wessel Is. , 11° 11' S. , 136° 44' E.. rare in crevice of dissected sandstone, small tree to 3 m. 1.x. 1972 .Latz 3365 
(NT 36887); Yirrkala, 12° 12' S.. 136° 47' E., in monsoon forest on coastal dune, 1 1 . viii. \ 94&, Specht 860 (K); 
Gove, 12° 15' S., 136° 50' E., open forest on the edge of a swamp between sand dunes, alt. 5 m, 7.xi.l974, 
Hyland 7861 (QRS); Groote Eylandt, Angurugu, 13° 59' S., 136° 27' E., edge of jungle, small spindly shrub, 
small yellow flowers and green seed-capsule with red seeds, 25.vii.1973, Levitt 320 (DNA 9243); Gulf of 
Carpentaria, Maria Island, 14° 54' S., 135° 44' E.. limestone outcrop, patch of monsoon scrub, 17.vii. 1972, 
Dunlop 2873 (N.T. 36358). 
I had prepared the above description on the assumption that this was a new species, 
when my attention was drawn by John Maconochie, Australian Botanical Liaison Officer at 

Page image

Page text

213 
Kew for 1976-7, to Schwarz’s paper in Fedde’ s Repertorium ( l.c .) on plants collected by 
Bleeser in tropical Australia. Schwarz’s description of Phyllanthus xerocarpus agreed quite 
well with my supposed new species. I then found from McKee (l.c.) that a duplicate of the 
type of P . xerocarpus was preserved in the New South Wales National Herbarium and I was 
able to borrow this crucial specimen. The material is very poor, consisting of two branch- 
lets, half-a-dozen detached leaves, one male and a few female flowers and a detached 
capsule, but is sufficient for recognition, and is certainly the plant in question. Clyde 
Dunlop, of Darwin, kindly went to Mindil Beach, the type locality, to discover whether 
Glochidion xerocarpum still persisted there, but found that the considerable area of 
monsoon forest that it formerly held had recently been completely cleared for playing fields 
and a caravan park. 
This species extends through Eastern Malesia to Java, Celebes, Sabah and the southern 
Philippines; see collections cited underG. mindorense in Kew Bull., l.c. It differs from true 
G. mindorense C.B. Rob. in its densely puberulous $calyx, in its depressed pulvinate style, 
and in its usually 5-(not 4-) locular capsule; fromG. ramiflorum in its considerably larger, 
subinflated, subsessile capsule (as well as in its puberulous ? calyx); and from both these 
species and the closely related G. disparipes Airy Shaw in its characteristically thickish 
smooth-looking leaves with the minor nerves almost immersed beneath. From G. sessilif- 
lorum Airy Shaw it differs in its puberulous ? calyx, and usually in the rounded leaf-base, as 
well as in the texture of the leaves. It has a predilection for sublittoral situations, at low 
altitudes, frequently on off-shore islands. 
Glochidion mindorense subsp. harveyanum , subsp. glahrum and subsp. paludicola ( Kew 
Bull. 27: 22-23 (1972)) must be restored to specific rank; cf. Kew Bull . 3 1 : 347, 352 (1976). 
Securinega Juss. 
(P. & H. 27) 
Securinega leucopyrus (Willd.) Muell. Arg. in DC.. Prodr. 15 (2): 451 (1866); Benth., 
FI . Austr. 6:116(1 873); Airy Shaw in Kew Bull . 25: 493 ( 1 97 1 ) & 26: 340 ( 1 97 1 ) , q . v . for 
further synonymy. 
Flueggea leucopyrus Willd., Spec. PI. 4: 757 (1805); Bailey, Queensl. FI. 5: 1426 
(1902). 
Records additional to those of Bentham, l.c.: 
Queensland. Cook District — Chillagoe, amongst boulders on limestone outcrop, alt. 360 m, tree about 
3-5 m high, green leaves, 22. i. 1931 . Winders 6770 . Port Curtis District — Pine Mountain, 22° 45' S., 149° 50' 
E., shrub or small tree 3.6 m high, outer bark dark grey and fissured slightly, 17.x. 195 1 ,L.S. Smith 47 58: North of 
Marlborough. 22° 45' S., 149° 45' E.. alt. 100 m, open forest. 10.x. 1976, Hyland 9107 (QRS). 
Securinega leucopyrus has an extremely sparse and scattered distribution in north- 
eastern Queensland. The only localities mentioned by Bentham were the Gilbert River, the 
Bowen River and Rockhampton. 
Securinega melanthesoides (F. Muell.) Airy Shaw in Kew Bull. 31: 352 (1976). 
Western Australia. Kimberley, 1884, Panton s.n. (MEL). 
Northern Territory. First large outcrop 4 miles [6.5 km] E. of Desert Block, N. of road, Amburla Stn., 
23° 20' S., 133° E., tree about 5' high, 3.U967, Latz N.T. 12079 (NT). 
This is the most southerly locality from which I have seen this species. 
Queensland. Burke District — ‘Laurel-leaved shrub. 8-10 ft in height, branching abundantly at ground 
level. A frequenter of creek-sides in the Cloncurry district, and an associate of Vitex vimi\na\lis in the channels, 
which on the Gulf fall takes the place of lignum [ ? V . lignum-vitae A. Cunn.? Muehlenbeckia sp. ? ] . Shrub loses its 
leaves in the dry time of year, but freshens up at once with early summer rains, flowering profusely when creeks run 
with thunderstorm water. Not browsed by stock, as there is generally other feed about when this shrub is in leaf.’ 
S.E. Pearson 136 (BRI). 
No such name as Vitex vimilis' is listed in the Index Kewensis. It was probably a 
mistake for Ventilago viminalis Hook. (Rhamnaceae). 
var. aridicola (Domin) Airy Shaw, conib. nov. 
Flueggea virosa var. aridicola Domin in Biblioth. Bot. 22: 878 (Heft 89: 324) (1927). 

Page image

Page text

A NEW SPECIES OF TEMPLETONIA ( PAPILIONACE AE) 
FROM WESTERN AUSTRALIA 
by 
J.H. ROSS* 
INTRODUCTION 
An account of the genus Templetonia is being prepared for the Flora of Central 
Australia and this opportunity is taken of describing a very distinctive new species which 
occurs in Western Australia. 
DESCRIPTION 
Templetonia incana J.H. Ross, sp. nov., affinis incertae; ah omnibus speciebus dense 
incano-pubescentes, foliis magniis sintplicibus, stipulis conspicuis differt. 
Frutex usque ad 3 m altus, inermis; ramuli juveniles, folia, stipuli et calyces dense et persisenter incano- 
pubescentes. Folia simplicia; petiolus 0.6- 1.6 cm longus; lamina 2. 5-7. 5 cm longa, 1 .2-2.6 cm lata, 
elliptica, ovata vel elliptica-oblonga, apice rotundata vel obtusa, apiculata, costa et nerviis lateralibus 
subtus satis obviis. Stipulae conspicuae, 4-11 mm longae, 2.5-6 mm latae, dense et persisenter 
incano-pubescentes. Flore axillares, solitarii vel gemini; pedicelli usque ad 1.5 cm longi, persisentes 
incano-pubescentes; bracteae ad basim pedicellorum usque ad 6 x 1 .2 mm; bracteolae usque ad 5 mm 
longae, caducae. Calyx 5-dentatus, usque ad 17 mm longus. Corolla ruber; vexillum suborbiculare, 
usque ad 24 mm longum; carina et alae usque ad 24 mm longae, unguiculatae. Stamina 10; filamenta in 
columnam antice fissam connata. Ovarium usque ad 9 mm longum, glabrum. Legumina haud matura, 
oblonga, 1.7-2. 5 cm longa, 0.9- 1.2 cm lata. Semina ignota. 
Shrub to 3 m high with several slender sparingly branched stems or a solitary much 
branched stem; young branchlets, leaves, stipules and inflorescences clothed with a dense 
greyish velvety indumentum; stems terete, unarmed, the epidermis on the older stems 
sometimes splitting to reveal a greenish-yellow or yellowish-brown inner layer. Leaves 
simple, petiolate: petiole 0.6-1 .6 cm long; lamina (2.5) 3-7.5 cm long! (1.2) 1.5-2. 6 cm 
wide, elliptic, ovate or elliptic-oblong, apex rounded or obtuse to slightly emarginate, 
apiculate, the midrib and some of the lateral veins raised and conspicuous on the lower 
surface. Stipules paired, conspicuous, 4- 1 1 x 2.5-6 mm, variable in shape, obliquely ovate, 
orbicular or obovate-oblong, acute apically or apiculate, densely clothed with spreading 
hairs Flowers 1 or 2 per axil, borne on pedicels 0.7-1. 5 cm long, the pedicels densely 
clothed with spreading hairs; each pedicel with a basal, narrow-ovate, densely pubescent 
bract up to 6 x 1.2 mm and an apical pair of deciduous linear densely pubescent bracteoles 
up to 5.5 mm long, the bracteoles often shed shortly after the flower-buds open, the point of 
attachment of the bracteoles marked after their fall by a fringe of spreading hairs. Flower- 
buds completely enveloped by a dense indumentum. Calyx 5-lobed, up to 17 mm long, 
clothed with a dense indumentum of spreading hairs, the two upper lobes broader than the 
others, the lowest narrowest. Standard suborbicular, emarginate, red but variable, either 
red throughout or sometimes pale cream outside in upper half and/or yellowish basally, up 
to 24 mm long including a claw up to 6 mm long, up to 22 mm wide; wings up to 24 mm 
long including a claw up to 5 mm long, up to 10 mm wide, distinctly auricled; keel petals 
lightly united, pale green (fide A.S. George 14730), up to 24 mm long including a claw up 
to 5 mm long, up to 8 mm wide, distinctly auricled. Stamens 10, up to 24 mm long, the 
fdaments joined in a sheath split open on one side, anthers alternately basifixed and 
dorsifixed. Ovary up to 9 mm long, glabrous, 4-6-ovulate; style slender, curved, with a 
small terminal stigma. Immature pods oblong, sometimes obliquely so, 1.7-2. 5 cm long, 
0.9-1. 2 cm wide, with an acute lateral beak near the apex; valves coriaceous, glabrous. 
Seeds unknown. 
♦National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria, 3141. 
Muelleria 4(3): 247-249 (1980). 
247 

Page image

Page text

413 
APPENDIX 1 
New Combinations in the Australian Gnaphaliinae 
Actinobole condensatum (A. Gray) Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Gnaphalodes condensatum A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Card. Misc. 
4: 228 (1852). 
As pointed out by Eichler (1963) the generic name Gnaphalodes A. Gray (1852, 
l.c.) is illegitimate, as it is a later homonym of Gnaphalodes Miller (1754). Thus he 
made a new combination for the species G.uliginosum, making the latter the 
neotype species of Actinobole Fenzl ex Endl. 
Blennospora phlegmatocarpa (Diels) Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Calocephalus phlegmatocarpus Diels, Bot. Jb. 35: 614 (1905). 
Pcgonolepis muellerana (Sond.) Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Skirrhophorus muelleranus Sond., Linnaea 25: 486 (1853) 
{‘Muellerianus)’. 
Siloxerus pygmaeus (A. Gray) Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Chamaesphaerion pygmaeum A. Gray. Hook, J. Bot. Kew Gard. 
Misc. 3: 177 (1851). 

Page image

Page text

413 
APPENDIX 1 
New Combinations in the Australian Gnaphaliinae 
Actinobole condensatum (A. Gray) Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Gnaphalodes condensatum A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Card. Misc. 
4: 228 (1852). 
As pointed out by Eichler (1963) the generic name Gnaphalodes A. Gray (1852, 
l.c.) is illegitimate, as it is a later homonym of Gnaphalodes Miller (1754). Thus he 
made a new combination for the species G.uliginosum, making the latter the 
neotype species of Actinobole Fenzl ex Endl. 
Blennospora phlegmatocarpa (Diels) Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Calocephalus phlegmatocarpus Diels, Bot. Jb. 35: 614 (1905). 
Pcgonolepis muellerana (Sond.) Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Skirrhophorus muelleranus Sond., Linnaea 25: 486 (1853) 
{‘Muellerianus)’. 
Siloxerus pygmaeus (A. Gray) Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Chamaesphaerion pygmaeum A. Gray. Hook, J. Bot. Kew Gard. 
Misc. 3: 177 (1851). 

Page image

Page text

431 
NEW RECORDS -INTRODUCED SPECIES 
All species listed have been found growing spontaneously in Victoria at least 
once in recent years. An asterisk (*) denotes those which seem to have become 
naturalized. 
*Amaranthus powellii S. Watson, Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 10: 347 (1875). Amaran- 
thaceae. Grids MNVWZ, including M27, Shepparton, open paddock R. V. Smith 
64/722, 19. V. 1964 (MEL). 
*Bidens pilosa L., Spec. PI. 832(1753). Compositae. Grids ANX, 
including A45, Hattah Lakes National Park (house area), G. W. Anderson, 
30.ix.l969 (MEL). 
Cerastium semidecandrum L., Spec. PI. 438(1753). Caryophyllaceae. 
E12/E13/E21/E22, Portland -Bats’ Ridges, A. C. Beauglehole ACB 19959, 
5.x. 1950 (MEL). 
Cestrum elegans (Brongn.) Schlecht., Linnaea 19: 261(1847). Basionym: 
Habrothamnus elegans Brongn. ex Neumann, Ann. FI. Pomone, 118 (1844). 
Solanaceae. (The specimens going under this name in Australian gardens have 
hairs on the outer surface of the upper part (limb) of the corolla. These hairs are 
not mentioned for C. elegans in Francey’s revision in Candollea 6: 123(1935)). 
N54, Sassafras Creek, beside Sassafras Creek Road, G. Edwards, 14. i. 1979 
(MEL). 
*Hydrocleys nymphoides (H. & B. ex Willd.) Buch. in Abh. Naturwiss. Vereine 
Bremen 2: 2(1868). Basionym: Stratiotes nymphoides H. & B. ex Willd. Linn. 
Spec. PI. 4: 821(1806). Butomaceae. Grids S45 and W37 (one population about 
1 km long in a gully 17 km N of Maffra). Known to have originated from 
material planted upstream 10-15 years previously. See Aston & Jacobs, Muelleria 
4: 285-293(1980). 
Hydrocotyle bonariensis Lam., Encycl. Meth. Bot. 3: 153(1789). Umbel- 
liferae. Z38, Cape Conran, P. Rennick, 12.xii.l978 (MEL). 
*Plantago australis Lam., Tableau Encycl. Meth. 1: 339(1792). Plantaginaceae. 
Grids K,N,T including N45, Woori Yallock Creek, ± 2 km SW of Yellingbo, A. 
C. Beauglehole ACB 50433, 23.iii.1976 (MEL). 
Pontederia cordata L., Spec. PI. 288(1753). Pontederiaceae. Grids D and P. See 
Aston, Viet. Nat. 96: 67-69(1979). 
Salvia aurea L., Spec. PI ., ed. 2, 38(1762). Labiatae. E26, Port Fairy on East beach, 
A. Arnold, 13 or 14. xi. 1978 (MEL). 
CHANGES OF NOMENCLATURE 
Inclusion of a name on this list does not necessarily imply that the associated 
nomenclatural change is taxonomically acceptable to the present author, or to other 
taxonomists. 
Acacia armata R.Br. See A. paradoxa. 
Acacia x grayana J. H. Willis. Confirmed as hybrids , between A. brachy- 
botrya Benth. and A. calamifolia Sweet ex Lindley on the basis of morphology, 
chemistry and ecology. See Leach & Whiffin, Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 76: 53-69(1978). 
Acacia longifolia (Andrews) Willd. var. sophorae (Labill.) F. Muell. Con- 
sidered a distinct species, A. sophorae, q.v. 
Acacia paradoxa DC., Cat. PI. Horti Bot. Monspel. 74(Mar. 1813). 
Synonym: A. armata R.Br. in Ait., Hortus Kewensis ed. 2, 5: 463(Dec.l813), 
teste Pedley, Austrobaileya 1: 250(1979). 
Acacia sophorae (Labill.) R.Br., regarded as a separate species from 
A. longifolia (Andrews) Willd. by Murray, Ashcroft, Seppelt and Lennox 
{Austral. J. Bot. 26: 756(1978)) on the basis of differences in chemical consti- 
tuents. 

Page image

Page text

413 
APPENDIX 1 
New Combinations in the Australian Gnaphaliinae 
Actinobole condensatum (A. Gray) Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Gnaphalodes condensatum A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Card. Misc. 
4: 228 (1852). 
As pointed out by Eichler (1963) the generic name Gnaphalodes A. Gray (1852, 
l.c.) is illegitimate, as it is a later homonym of Gnaphalodes Miller (1754). Thus he 
made a new combination for the species G.uliginosum, making the latter the 
neotype species of Actinobole Fenzl ex Endl. 
Blennospora phlegmatocarpa (Diels) Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Calocephalus phlegmatocarpus Diels, Bot. Jb. 35: 614 (1905). 
Pcgonolepis muellerana (Sond.) Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Skirrhophorus muelleranus Sond., Linnaea 25: 486 (1853) 
{‘Muellerianus)’. 
Siloxerus pygmaeus (A. Gray) Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Chamaesphaerion pygmaeum A. Gray. Hook, J. Bot. Kew Gard. 
Misc. 3: 177 (1851). 

Page image

Page text

402 
119°E (fig. 2). It is commonly associated with genera such as Halosarcia, Atriplex 
and Disphyma, all of which tend to grow in the innermost vegetation zone of salt 
lakes but occasionally individuals may be found in an outer Melaleuca zone. 
Although primarily restrieted to salt lakes one collection {Short 654) has been made 
from Eucalyptus woodland near Bruce Rock and another {Short 658) from the base 
of granite rocks at Roe Dam. 
Blennospora drummondii is a widespread species occurring in the south-west of 
Western Australia, southern South Australia and western Victoria (fig. 2). It un- 
doubtedly has a much lower tolerance to salinity than B.phlegmatocarpa with only a 
few collections coming from the Melaleuca zone of salt lakes. Many collections of 
this species come from moss swards at the base of granite outcrops but it may be 
found in a range of woodland or mallee communities. The 2 species have never been 
found growing together. 
Chrysocoryne Endl. 
This genus contains 6 species, namely C.pusilla (Benth.) Endl., C. uniflora 
Turcz. and C. drummondii A. Gray plus 3 new species, here referred to as 
Chrysocoryne spp. A, B and C. Three of the species are outbreeders while the re- 
mainder are inbreeders (table 1, fig. 1). All occur in the south-west of Western 
Australia (fig. 4), with only C.pusilla and C. drummondii extending beyond that 
state. 
C.drumrrondii • 
1 ig. 4. DiMiibiKion of species of Chrysocoryne. Outbreeding species with open symbols, inbreeding 
species \\iih solid symbols. 
Drainage basins in Western Australia: 
1 . Murchison Di\ ision 
2. Luicia Division 
.V Monger System 
4. Avon System 
5. Blackwood System 
6. South Coast System 

Page image

Page text

402 
119°E (fig. 2). It is commonly associated with genera such as Halosarcia, Atriplex 
and Disphyma, all of which tend to grow in the innermost vegetation zone of salt 
lakes but occasionally individuals may be found in an outer Melaleuca zone. 
Although primarily restrieted to salt lakes one collection {Short 654) has been made 
from Eucalyptus woodland near Bruce Rock and another {Short 658) from the base 
of granite rocks at Roe Dam. 
Blennospora drummondii is a widespread species occurring in the south-west of 
Western Australia, southern South Australia and western Victoria (fig. 2). It un- 
doubtedly has a much lower tolerance to salinity than B.phlegmatocarpa with only a 
few collections coming from the Melaleuca zone of salt lakes. Many collections of 
this species come from moss swards at the base of granite outcrops but it may be 
found in a range of woodland or mallee communities. The 2 species have never been 
found growing together. 
Chrysocoryne Endl. 
This genus contains 6 species, namely C.pusilla (Benth.) Endl., C. uniflora 
Turcz. and C. drummondii A. Gray plus 3 new species, here referred to as 
Chrysocoryne spp. A, B and C. Three of the species are outbreeders while the re- 
mainder are inbreeders (table 1, fig. 1). All occur in the south-west of Western 
Australia (fig. 4), with only C.pusilla and C. drummondii extending beyond that 
state. 
C.drumrrondii • 
1 ig. 4. DiMiibiKion of species of Chrysocoryne. Outbreeding species with open symbols, inbreeding 
species \\iih solid symbols. 
Drainage basins in Western Australia: 
1 . Murchison Di\ ision 
2. Luicia Division 
.V Monger System 
4. Avon System 
5. Blackwood System 
6. South Coast System 

Page image

Page text

402 
119°E (fig. 2). It is commonly associated with genera such as Halosarcia, Atriplex 
and Disphyma, all of which tend to grow in the innermost vegetation zone of salt 
lakes but occasionally individuals may be found in an outer Melaleuca zone. 
Although primarily restrieted to salt lakes one collection {Short 654) has been made 
from Eucalyptus woodland near Bruce Rock and another {Short 658) from the base 
of granite rocks at Roe Dam. 
Blennospora drummondii is a widespread species occurring in the south-west of 
Western Australia, southern South Australia and western Victoria (fig. 2). It un- 
doubtedly has a much lower tolerance to salinity than B.phlegmatocarpa with only a 
few collections coming from the Melaleuca zone of salt lakes. Many collections of 
this species come from moss swards at the base of granite outcrops but it may be 
found in a range of woodland or mallee communities. The 2 species have never been 
found growing together. 
Chrysocoryne Endl. 
This genus contains 6 species, namely C.pusilla (Benth.) Endl., C. uniflora 
Turcz. and C. drummondii A. Gray plus 3 new species, here referred to as 
Chrysocoryne spp. A, B and C. Three of the species are outbreeders while the re- 
mainder are inbreeders (table 1, fig. 1). All occur in the south-west of Western 
Australia (fig. 4), with only C.pusilla and C. drummondii extending beyond that 
state. 
C.drumrrondii • 
1 ig. 4. DiMiibiKion of species of Chrysocoryne. Outbreeding species with open symbols, inbreeding 
species \\iih solid symbols. 
Drainage basins in Western Australia: 
1 . Murchison Di\ ision 
2. Luicia Division 
.V Monger System 
4. Avon System 
5. Blackwood System 
6. South Coast System 

Page image

Page text

434 
Kruidk. Arch. 4: 127(1856); E. leucoxylon var. erythrostema F. Muell. ex Miq., 
Miquel, Ned. Kruidk. Arch. 4: 127(1856) andf. leucoxylon var. angulata Benth., 
FI. Austr. 3: 210(1867) pro parte. 
Eucalyptus leucoxylon var. erythrostema sens. Willis (1973, 422). See E. 
leucoxylon ssp. megalocarpa. 
Eucalyptus leucoxylon ssp. megalocarpa Boland, Austral. Forest Res. 
9: 68(1979) — “a sub-species differing from ssp. leucoxylon in the longer fruit 
(more than 25 mm long)”. This is from the population which J. E. Brown 
described as var. macrocarpa — di name which was illegitimate when published as 
it included the previously published taxon var. erythrostema F. Muell. ex Miq. 
Boland considers the latter to be within E. leucoxylon ssp. leucoxylon. 
Eucalyptus leucoxylon ssp. pruinosa (F. Muell. ex Miq.) Boland, Austral. 
Forest Res. 9: 68(1979). Basionym: E. leucoxylon var. pruinosa F. Muell. ex 
Miq., Ned. Kruidk. Arch. 4: 127(1856). Synonym: E. leucoxylon var. pauperita 
J. E. Brown, Forest FI. S. Aust. (1883). 
Eupatorium adenophorum Spreng., Syst. Veg. 3: 420(1826). Synonym: 
E. glandulosum auct. non Michx. teste Auld, J. Austral. Inst. Agric. Sci. 146-147 
(Sept. /Dec. 1977). 
Eupatorium glandulosum auct. non. Michx. See E. adenophorum Spreng. 
Ferraria crispa Burm., Nova Acta Acad. Caes. Leop. -Carol. German. Nat. Cur. 
2: 199(1791) ssp. crispa. Synonym: F. undulata L., Spec. PL, ed. 2, 2: 
1353(1763) — nom. superfl., teste M. P. de Vos, J. S. African Bot. 45: 341(1979). 
Ferraria undulata L. See F. crispa ssp. crispa. 
Fimbristylis squarrosa Vahl in Victoria. See F. velata. 
Fimbristylis velata R.Br., Prodr. FI. Novae Floll. 227(1810). Synonym: 
F. squarrosa Vahl var. esquarrosa Makino, Bot. Mag. (Tokyo) 17: 47(1903) teste 
Govindarajalu, Reinwardtia 8: 509-13(1974). Victorian specimens at MEL 
confirm Jessop’s view (Black, FI. S. Aust., ed. 3, pt 1 (revised Jessop): 273(1978)) 
that var. esquarrosa is the variety of F. squarrosa which is present in Australia. 
Gladiolus cuspidatus Jacq. See G. undulatus. 
Gladiolus undulatus L., Mant. Pl.l: 27(1769). Synonym: G. cuspidatus Jacq. 
teste Lewis et al., J. S. African Bot. Suppl. Vol. 10: 110(1972). 
Kickxia elatine (L.) Dumort. Material in Victoria all appears to belong to 
the ssp. crinita (Mabille) W. Greater, Boissiera 13: 108(1967), (synonym: K. 
sieberi (Reichenb.) Dorfl.). As far as can be seen from the collections at MEL the 
ssp. elatine has not been collected in Victoria (R. V. Smith, pers. comm. July, 
1979. Tutin et al., FI. Europaea 3: 238(1972) was consulted in coming to these 
conclusions). 
Kickxia sieberi (Reichenb.) Dorfl. See K. elatine. 
Leicbardtia is the correct spelling for this generic name (Bullock, Kew 
Bull. 1956: 287(1956)). 
Limonium lobatum (L. f.) O. Kuntze, Revisio Generum PI. 2: 395(1891). Basionym: 
Statice lobata L.f., Suppl. 187(1781). Synonym: L. thouinii (Viv.) O. Kuntze 
teste Erben, Mitt. Bot. Staatssamml. Munchen 14: 395-397(1978). 
Limonium tbouinii (Viv.) O. Kuntze. See L. lobatum. 
Luzula australasica auct. non Steudel. Teste Jansen, Blumea 24: 527- 
532(1978), Tasmanian material referred to L. australasica by Nordenskiold, Bot. 
Not. 122: 79(1969) and Edgar, N. Zealand J. Bot. 13: 781-802(1975) is referable 
to L. modesta Buchenau (endemic in Tasmania), while mainland material, in- 
cluding Victorian, referred to L. australasica by Nordenskiold, l.c., is referable to 
L. ovata Edgar. 
Luzula australasica Steudel (1855). The type has now been located in Paris 
and is referable to the taxon formerly known as L. oldfieldii Hook.f. (1858), a 
Tasmanian endemic. As L. australasica is the older name it must now be applied 
to this taxon, which becomes L. australasica Steudel ssp. australasica. For the 
names which should now be used for the taxa formerly known as L. australasica 
see L. australasica auct. non Steudel. See Jansen, Blumea 24: 527-32(1978). 

Page image

Page text

434 
Kruidk. Arch. 4: 127(1856); E. leucoxylon var. erythrostema F. Muell. ex Miq., 
Miquel, Ned. Kruidk. Arch. 4: 127(1856) andf. leucoxylon var. angulata Benth., 
FI. Austr. 3: 210(1867) pro parte. 
Eucalyptus leucoxylon var. erythrostema sens. Willis (1973, 422). See E. 
leucoxylon ssp. megalocarpa. 
Eucalyptus leucoxylon ssp. megalocarpa Boland, Austral. Forest Res. 
9: 68(1979) — “a sub-species differing from ssp. leucoxylon in the longer fruit 
(more than 25 mm long)”. This is from the population which J. E. Brown 
described as var. macrocarpa — di name which was illegitimate when published as 
it included the previously published taxon var. erythrostema F. Muell. ex Miq. 
Boland considers the latter to be within E. leucoxylon ssp. leucoxylon. 
Eucalyptus leucoxylon ssp. pruinosa (F. Muell. ex Miq.) Boland, Austral. 
Forest Res. 9: 68(1979). Basionym: E. leucoxylon var. pruinosa F. Muell. ex 
Miq., Ned. Kruidk. Arch. 4: 127(1856). Synonym: E. leucoxylon var. pauperita 
J. E. Brown, Forest FI. S. Aust. (1883). 
Eupatorium adenophorum Spreng., Syst. Veg. 3: 420(1826). Synonym: 
E. glandulosum auct. non Michx. teste Auld, J. Austral. Inst. Agric. Sci. 146-147 
(Sept. /Dec. 1977). 
Eupatorium glandulosum auct. non. Michx. See E. adenophorum Spreng. 
Ferraria crispa Burm., Nova Acta Acad. Caes. Leop. -Carol. German. Nat. Cur. 
2: 199(1791) ssp. crispa. Synonym: F. undulata L., Spec. PL, ed. 2, 2: 
1353(1763) — nom. superfl., teste M. P. de Vos, J. S. African Bot. 45: 341(1979). 
Ferraria undulata L. See F. crispa ssp. crispa. 
Fimbristylis squarrosa Vahl in Victoria. See F. velata. 
Fimbristylis velata R.Br., Prodr. FI. Novae Floll. 227(1810). Synonym: 
F. squarrosa Vahl var. esquarrosa Makino, Bot. Mag. (Tokyo) 17: 47(1903) teste 
Govindarajalu, Reinwardtia 8: 509-13(1974). Victorian specimens at MEL 
confirm Jessop’s view (Black, FI. S. Aust., ed. 3, pt 1 (revised Jessop): 273(1978)) 
that var. esquarrosa is the variety of F. squarrosa which is present in Australia. 
Gladiolus cuspidatus Jacq. See G. undulatus. 
Gladiolus undulatus L., Mant. Pl.l: 27(1769). Synonym: G. cuspidatus Jacq. 
teste Lewis et al., J. S. African Bot. Suppl. Vol. 10: 110(1972). 
Kickxia elatine (L.) Dumort. Material in Victoria all appears to belong to 
the ssp. crinita (Mabille) W. Greater, Boissiera 13: 108(1967), (synonym: K. 
sieberi (Reichenb.) Dorfl.). As far as can be seen from the collections at MEL the 
ssp. elatine has not been collected in Victoria (R. V. Smith, pers. comm. July, 
1979. Tutin et al., FI. Europaea 3: 238(1972) was consulted in coming to these 
conclusions). 
Kickxia sieberi (Reichenb.) Dorfl. See K. elatine. 
Leicbardtia is the correct spelling for this generic name (Bullock, Kew 
Bull. 1956: 287(1956)). 
Limonium lobatum (L. f.) O. Kuntze, Revisio Generum PI. 2: 395(1891). Basionym: 
Statice lobata L.f., Suppl. 187(1781). Synonym: L. thouinii (Viv.) O. Kuntze 
teste Erben, Mitt. Bot. Staatssamml. Munchen 14: 395-397(1978). 
Limonium tbouinii (Viv.) O. Kuntze. See L. lobatum. 
Luzula australasica auct. non Steudel. Teste Jansen, Blumea 24: 527- 
532(1978), Tasmanian material referred to L. australasica by Nordenskiold, Bot. 
Not. 122: 79(1969) and Edgar, N. Zealand J. Bot. 13: 781-802(1975) is referable 
to L. modesta Buchenau (endemic in Tasmania), while mainland material, in- 
cluding Victorian, referred to L. australasica by Nordenskiold, l.c., is referable to 
L. ovata Edgar. 
Luzula australasica Steudel (1855). The type has now been located in Paris 
and is referable to the taxon formerly known as L. oldfieldii Hook.f. (1858), a 
Tasmanian endemic. As L. australasica is the older name it must now be applied 
to this taxon, which becomes L. australasica Steudel ssp. australasica. For the 
names which should now be used for the taxa formerly known as L. australasica 
see L. australasica auct. non Steudel. See Jansen, Blumea 24: 527-32(1978). 

Page image

Page text

413 
APPENDIX 1 
New Combinations in the Australian Gnaphaliinae 
Actinobole condensatum (A. Gray) Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Gnaphalodes condensatum A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Card. Misc. 
4: 228 (1852). 
As pointed out by Eichler (1963) the generic name Gnaphalodes A. Gray (1852, 
l.c.) is illegitimate, as it is a later homonym of Gnaphalodes Miller (1754). Thus he 
made a new combination for the species G.uliginosum, making the latter the 
neotype species of Actinobole Fenzl ex Endl. 
Blennospora phlegmatocarpa (Diels) Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Calocephalus phlegmatocarpus Diels, Bot. Jb. 35: 614 (1905). 
Pcgonolepis muellerana (Sond.) Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Skirrhophorus muelleranus Sond., Linnaea 25: 486 (1853) 
{‘Muellerianus)’. 
Siloxerus pygmaeus (A. Gray) Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Chamaesphaerion pygmaeum A. Gray. Hook, J. Bot. Kew Gard. 
Misc. 3: 177 (1851). 

Page image

Page text

A NEW SPECIES OF GREVILLEA (PROTEACEAE) 
FROM VICTORIA 
by 
R. V. Smith* 
SUMMARY 
Grevillea floripendula, a new species from a restricted area north of Beaufort 
in central-western Victoria is described, and its affinities with several related species 
discussed. Distribution and habitat notes are included. 
DESCRIPTION 
Grevillea floripendula R. V. Smith sp. nov. 
Frutex magnus effusus ad 1 m altusx3 m latus. Caules principes atque rami semi-prostrati vel 
decumbentes partibus infernis sed extrema ramulorum ± erecta. Partes caulium infernae 
mediaeque glabrae ad sparsim pubescentes, partes supernae dense pubescentes tomento 
pilorum ± patentium crispatorum tortorumve. Folia paulo remota, profunde dissecta in 5-7 
lobis primariis oblongis quae 3-5 lobulos secundarios breves ± triangulares aculeatos ferunt. 
Lobae primariae secundariaeque foliorum de forma et amplitudine et numero valde variabiles. 
Folia matura clare viridia supra subnitentia vel glabra vel pilis parvis, crispatis tortisve, 
sparsim conspersa; infera pallide virens baud nitentia, pilis crispatis tortisve leniter conspersa. 
Florae racemis pendulis, secundis, 1-4 cm longis. Racemi teretos tenues ± glabros pedunculos 
1-5 cm longos terminantes. Rachis racemi dense hirsuta. Bracteae florales vel ellipticae vel 
ovatae, vel ovato-rhombeae ad ovato-oblongae, (1.5-) 2-2.5 mm longae; planae, curvatae vel 
undulatae. Perianthium breve latumque, 5-6 mm longum (a medio tore ad summum arcum) 
extra dense hirsutum, pilis ± procumbentibus incanis; griseo-viride ad malvino-griseum nervis 
longitudinalibus malvinis vel purpureis; intra glabrum, interne viride vel flavo-malvinum vel 
malvinum etc. superne atropurpureum ad arcum perianthii. Torus valde obliquus, nectario 
prominente ± semi-annulari incrassato. Stipes 1.5-2. 5 mm longus. Ovarium prominente 
stipitatum, dense hirsutum pilis longis ferrugineis ± patulis, curvatis vel parum tortis. Stylus 
7-9 mm longus, vivus pallide-flavus vel viridi-flavus vel roseus vel pallide ruber, siccitate 
nigrescente vel fuliginosus; glaber praeter basi ubi sparsim ad dense hirsutus. Fructus 
prominente stipitatus, 8-12 mm longus, 4-6 mm latus, extra dense hirsutus pilis mixtis 
brevioribus, rectioribus, ± procumbentibus atque multo longioribus, irregulatiter patentibus. 
Color principalis fructi griseus ad griseo-malvinus, cum vittis maculisve atropurpureis in 
superficiebus dorsalis lateralisque. 
Shrub 0.3-1 m high and 1 .5-3 m across. Main stems and branches semi-prostrate 
or decumbent. Lower and middle stems glabrous to sparsely pubescent, dark reddish 
or purplish-red; upper branches reddish, greyish-brown, or yellowish, becoming 
densely pubescent with a tomentum of whitish curled and twisted hairs. Tips of 
branches and young developing leaves pale ferruginous to reddish-purple. Leaves: 
petioles 3-5 (-8) mm long; blades broad- to oblong-triangular in outline, ± truncate 
to cuneate at the base, 1.5-4 cm longx 1.5-5 cm wide with length > to < width, ± 
deeply divided into 3-7 ± oblong primary lobes (0.5-)l-2(-2.5) cm long bearing 3-5 
short ± triangular secondary lobes, each of which terminates in a short rigid slender 
prickle; lobing very variable. Upper surface of mature leaves bright green, sub- 
shiny, glabrous or with sparse, small, curled and twisted hairs; lower surface pale 
green, dull, sprinkled with similar hairs. Young leaves more strongly pubescent. 
Flowers in pendulous, secund, short and broad, occasionally somewhat elongated 
racemes (l-)2-3(-4) cm longx 2-3 cm wide, terminating a slender terete peduncle 
(l-)1.5-3(-5) cm long. Peduncle glabrous or occasionally sparsely pubescent, usually 
with a single bract arising from well above to well below its midpoint. Peduncle bent 
‘National Herbarium of Victoria, Birdwood Avenue, South Yarra, Victoria 3141. 
Muelleria 4(4): 423-427 (1981). 
423 

Page image

Page text

434 
Kruidk. Arch. 4: 127(1856); E. leucoxylon var. erythrostema F. Muell. ex Miq., 
Miquel, Ned. Kruidk. Arch. 4: 127(1856) andf. leucoxylon var. angulata Benth., 
FI. Austr. 3: 210(1867) pro parte. 
Eucalyptus leucoxylon var. erythrostema sens. Willis (1973, 422). See E. 
leucoxylon ssp. megalocarpa. 
Eucalyptus leucoxylon ssp. megalocarpa Boland, Austral. Forest Res. 
9: 68(1979) — “a sub-species differing from ssp. leucoxylon in the longer fruit 
(more than 25 mm long)”. This is from the population which J. E. Brown 
described as var. macrocarpa — di name which was illegitimate when published as 
it included the previously published taxon var. erythrostema F. Muell. ex Miq. 
Boland considers the latter to be within E. leucoxylon ssp. leucoxylon. 
Eucalyptus leucoxylon ssp. pruinosa (F. Muell. ex Miq.) Boland, Austral. 
Forest Res. 9: 68(1979). Basionym: E. leucoxylon var. pruinosa F. Muell. ex 
Miq., Ned. Kruidk. Arch. 4: 127(1856). Synonym: E. leucoxylon var. pauperita 
J. E. Brown, Forest FI. S. Aust. (1883). 
Eupatorium adenophorum Spreng., Syst. Veg. 3: 420(1826). Synonym: 
E. glandulosum auct. non Michx. teste Auld, J. Austral. Inst. Agric. Sci. 146-147 
(Sept. /Dec. 1977). 
Eupatorium glandulosum auct. non. Michx. See E. adenophorum Spreng. 
Ferraria crispa Burm., Nova Acta Acad. Caes. Leop. -Carol. German. Nat. Cur. 
2: 199(1791) ssp. crispa. Synonym: F. undulata L., Spec. PL, ed. 2, 2: 
1353(1763) — nom. superfl., teste M. P. de Vos, J. S. African Bot. 45: 341(1979). 
Ferraria undulata L. See F. crispa ssp. crispa. 
Fimbristylis squarrosa Vahl in Victoria. See F. velata. 
Fimbristylis velata R.Br., Prodr. FI. Novae Floll. 227(1810). Synonym: 
F. squarrosa Vahl var. esquarrosa Makino, Bot. Mag. (Tokyo) 17: 47(1903) teste 
Govindarajalu, Reinwardtia 8: 509-13(1974). Victorian specimens at MEL 
confirm Jessop’s view (Black, FI. S. Aust., ed. 3, pt 1 (revised Jessop): 273(1978)) 
that var. esquarrosa is the variety of F. squarrosa which is present in Australia. 
Gladiolus cuspidatus Jacq. See G. undulatus. 
Gladiolus undulatus L., Mant. Pl.l: 27(1769). Synonym: G. cuspidatus Jacq. 
teste Lewis et al., J. S. African Bot. Suppl. Vol. 10: 110(1972). 
Kickxia elatine (L.) Dumort. Material in Victoria all appears to belong to 
the ssp. crinita (Mabille) W. Greater, Boissiera 13: 108(1967), (synonym: K. 
sieberi (Reichenb.) Dorfl.). As far as can be seen from the collections at MEL the 
ssp. elatine has not been collected in Victoria (R. V. Smith, pers. comm. July, 
1979. Tutin et al., FI. Europaea 3: 238(1972) was consulted in coming to these 
conclusions). 
Kickxia sieberi (Reichenb.) Dorfl. See K. elatine. 
Leicbardtia is the correct spelling for this generic name (Bullock, Kew 
Bull. 1956: 287(1956)). 
Limonium lobatum (L. f.) O. Kuntze, Revisio Generum PI. 2: 395(1891). Basionym: 
Statice lobata L.f., Suppl. 187(1781). Synonym: L. thouinii (Viv.) O. Kuntze 
teste Erben, Mitt. Bot. Staatssamml. Munchen 14: 395-397(1978). 
Limonium tbouinii (Viv.) O. Kuntze. See L. lobatum. 
Luzula australasica auct. non Steudel. Teste Jansen, Blumea 24: 527- 
532(1978), Tasmanian material referred to L. australasica by Nordenskiold, Bot. 
Not. 122: 79(1969) and Edgar, N. Zealand J. Bot. 13: 781-802(1975) is referable 
to L. modesta Buchenau (endemic in Tasmania), while mainland material, in- 
cluding Victorian, referred to L. australasica by Nordenskiold, l.c., is referable to 
L. ovata Edgar. 
Luzula australasica Steudel (1855). The type has now been located in Paris 
and is referable to the taxon formerly known as L. oldfieldii Hook.f. (1858), a 
Tasmanian endemic. As L. australasica is the older name it must now be applied 
to this taxon, which becomes L. australasica Steudel ssp. australasica. For the 
names which should now be used for the taxa formerly known as L. australasica 
see L. australasica auct. non Steudel. See Jansen, Blumea 24: 527-32(1978). 

Page image

Page text

323 
Pseudoparmelia labrosa (Zahlbr.) Hale, Phytologia 29: 190(1974). 
Phallus foliose, saxicolous, closely appressed to the substrate, pale grey to 
mineral grey, becoming darker or brownish-grey at the lobe ends; lobes rotund at 
the apices, up to 3 mm wide, imbricate, without cilia; upper surface shining, smooth 
to wrinkled, maculate, without isidia, sorediate; soredia originating from pustules, 
becoming pustular soraliate on the ridges and margins of the thallus; lower surface 
jet black, with dark brown, bare zone at the margins of the lobes, rhizinate; rhizines 
simple or dichotomous; medulla white. Apothecia not seen. 
Reactions: Thallus K -i- yellow; medulla K - , C -I- red, KC -I- red, P - . 
Chemistry: Lecanoric acid, atranorin. 
Specimens Examined (Fig. 7): 
In small gorge 500 m east of Bauer Bay hut, on cliffs at edge of creek, R. D. Seppelt 9733, 8.1.1980 
(MEL 1029370); Sandell Bay, R. D. Seppelt 9883, 4.11.1980 (MEL 1029372). 
Discussion: 
Parmelia labrosa differs from the other small-lobed grey Parmelia species in 
that the soredia originate from pustules, which eventually form pustulate soralia. It 
is the only Parmelia species as yet found on Macquarie Island which reacts C -f- red, 
containing lecanoric acid. 
Parmelia lusitaniensis R. Filson sp. nov. 
Thallus in substrato modice adhaerens, saxicolous et muscicolous; superficies superior laevis, 
pruinosa, sorediata, sorediis granularibus, soralia tandem pulvinata, insida et cilia nulla, medulla 
alba; superficies inferior nigra. Thallus atranorinum et acidum salacinicum continens. 
Holotype: Lusitania Bay, Macquarie Island, Rex Filson 5975 & Philip Atkinson, 
10.ii.l964 (MEL 1023837). 
Thallus foliose, saxicolous and muscicolous, loosely attached to the substrate, 
forming rosettes up to 4.5 cm diam., pale buff to greyish-buff, becoming darker on 
older parts of the thallus; lobes rotund, crisped, imbricate, up to 6 mm wide, 
without cilia; upper surface dull, smooth, pruinose, without isidia, sorediose; 
soredia granular, laminal, developing from soralia to large pulvinate clumps; 
sometimes small colonies appear to be esorediose; lower surface jet black with a 
broad dark brown zone at the lobe ends; rhizines thick, black, simple or 
dichotomous; medulla white. Apothecia not seen. 
Reactions: Thallus K-t- yellow; medulla K-l- yellow becoming brownish orange, 
C - , KC - , P golden orange. 
Chemistry: Salacinic acid, atranorin. 
Fig. 5. Parmelia lusitaniensis. a — portion of thallus showing habit; b — marginal lobe; c — lobe showing 
pustular formation of soralia; d — undersurface; e — simple, dichotomous and fasciculate rhizines 
from the undersurface. All from holotype. 

Page image

Page text

324 
Discussion: 
The species is known only from the type collection. 
Morphologically Parmelia lusitaniensis is very similar to P. texana differing in 
the upper surface being smooth, less sorediate and becoming pruinose at the lobe 
ends. It can easily be separated from P. texana by the chemical reaction of KOH on 
the medulla. 
Parmelia macquariensis Dodge, Nova Hedwigia 19: 450(1970). 
Type: Macquarie Island, North Head, slope 150 ft, growing over mosses, N. 
M. Haysom Z98, 5.ii.l950 (holotype, herb. Dodge; isotype! MEL 1024379) 
(Fig. 1C). 
Phallus foliose, loosely to moderately attached to the substrate, pale whitish- 
grey to buff; lobes irregularly rotund, up to 12 mm wide, margins crenulate, slightly 
imbricate, ciliate; cilia black, simple, up to 1 mm long; upper surface dull, smooth 
at margins, becoming rugulose and cracked towards the centre, finely maculate, 
sometimes pruinose, without isidia, sorediate; soralia marginal, labriform, becom- 
ing dark grey to blackish-grey; lower surface black, shining, wrinkled, rhizinate; 
rhizines black, simple or dichotomous; margins bare, dark brown; medulla white. 
Apothecia not seen. 
Reactions: Thallus K-l- yellow; medulla K-l- yellow becoming red to dirty brown, 
C - , KC - , P -t- orange. 
Chemistry: Salacinic acid, atranorin. 
Representative Specimens Examined (total seen 13, Fig. 7): 
2 km north of Bauer Bay, on rock outcrops c. 6 m above the featherbed, R. Filson 5838, 28. i. 1964 
(MEL 34976); Outcrops in the featherbed 1 km north of Aurora Point, R. Filson 6189 & R. Petersen, 
20. ii. 1964 (MEL 1024222); Coastal cliffs 1 km south-east of Mount Aurora, R. D. Seppelt 7507, 16. i. 
1980 (MEL 1026483); Camp Hill, Isthmus, K. Simpson E94, 19. iii. 1966 (MEL 1000276). 
Discussion: 
This species appears at first to be related to Parmelia reticulata Tayl.; however, 
the maculae are not reticulately arranged and they do not develop into 
pseudocyphellae. The rhizines are simple or dichotomous whereas those of P. 
reticulata are squarrosely branched. 
Parmelia phillipsiana R. Filson sp. nov. 
Thalius arete adnatus, saxicolus; superficies superior laevis, isidiata, isidiis cylindricis, ramosisque, 
coralloidibus, usque ad 2 mm longis, medulla alba; superficies inferior fusca ad centrum thalli 
nigrescens. Thallus acida continens: usnicum, sticticum, consticticum et norsticticum (vix adest). 
Holotype: Cliffs on the western side of Macquarie island, c. 1 km south of Double 
Point, R. Filson 5904 & J. Phillips, 3.ii.l964 (MEL 1024224). 
Thallus foliose, closely adnate to the substrate, up to 6 cm diam., pale 
yellowish-green with narrow brownish-black zone at the lobe margins; lobes narrow, 
rotund at the apices, 0.5 to 1 mm wide, contiguous, without cilia; upper surface 
smooth, slightly shining, sparsely maculate, without soredia, densely isidiate; isidia 
cylindrical, coralloid, small and simple near the margins, becoming taller (up to 
2 mm) and branched towards the centre; lower surface dark brown to black with 
sparse simple rhizines right to the margins of lobes; medulla white. Apothecia not 
seen. 
Reactions: Medulla K-i- pale yellow, C — , KC-, P -I- brick-red. 
Chemistry: Stictic, constictic, usnic acids, trace of norstictic acid. 
Specimen Examined (Fig. 7): 
Northwest of Handspike Corner, R. D. Seppelt 7361, l.i.1980 (MEL 1029375). 

Page image

Page text

431 
NEW RECORDS -INTRODUCED SPECIES 
All species listed have been found growing spontaneously in Victoria at least 
once in recent years. An asterisk (*) denotes those which seem to have become 
naturalized. 
*Amaranthus powellii S. Watson, Proc. Amer. Acad. Arts 10: 347 (1875). Amaran- 
thaceae. Grids MNVWZ, including M27, Shepparton, open paddock R. V. Smith 
64/722, 19. V. 1964 (MEL). 
*Bidens pilosa L., Spec. PI. 832(1753). Compositae. Grids ANX, 
including A45, Hattah Lakes National Park (house area), G. W. Anderson, 
30.ix.l969 (MEL). 
Cerastium semidecandrum L., Spec. PI. 438(1753). Caryophyllaceae. 
E12/E13/E21/E22, Portland -Bats’ Ridges, A. C. Beauglehole ACB 19959, 
5.x. 1950 (MEL). 
Cestrum elegans (Brongn.) Schlecht., Linnaea 19: 261(1847). Basionym: 
Habrothamnus elegans Brongn. ex Neumann, Ann. FI. Pomone, 118 (1844). 
Solanaceae. (The specimens going under this name in Australian gardens have 
hairs on the outer surface of the upper part (limb) of the corolla. These hairs are 
not mentioned for C. elegans in Francey’s revision in Candollea 6: 123(1935)). 
N54, Sassafras Creek, beside Sassafras Creek Road, G. Edwards, 14. i. 1979 
(MEL). 
*Hydrocleys nymphoides (H. & B. ex Willd.) Buch. in Abh. Naturwiss. Vereine 
Bremen 2: 2(1868). Basionym: Stratiotes nymphoides H. & B. ex Willd. Linn. 
Spec. PI. 4: 821(1806). Butomaceae. Grids S45 and W37 (one population about 
1 km long in a gully 17 km N of Maffra). Known to have originated from 
material planted upstream 10-15 years previously. See Aston & Jacobs, Muelleria 
4: 285-293(1980). 
Hydrocotyle bonariensis Lam., Encycl. Meth. Bot. 3: 153(1789). Umbel- 
liferae. Z38, Cape Conran, P. Rennick, 12.xii.l978 (MEL). 
*Plantago australis Lam., Tableau Encycl. Meth. 1: 339(1792). Plantaginaceae. 
Grids K,N,T including N45, Woori Yallock Creek, ± 2 km SW of Yellingbo, A. 
C. Beauglehole ACB 50433, 23.iii.1976 (MEL). 
Pontederia cordata L., Spec. PI. 288(1753). Pontederiaceae. Grids D and P. See 
Aston, Viet. Nat. 96: 67-69(1979). 
Salvia aurea L., Spec. PI ., ed. 2, 38(1762). Labiatae. E26, Port Fairy on East beach, 
A. Arnold, 13 or 14. xi. 1978 (MEL). 
CHANGES OF NOMENCLATURE 
Inclusion of a name on this list does not necessarily imply that the associated 
nomenclatural change is taxonomically acceptable to the present author, or to other 
taxonomists. 
Acacia armata R.Br. See A. paradoxa. 
Acacia x grayana J. H. Willis. Confirmed as hybrids , between A. brachy- 
botrya Benth. and A. calamifolia Sweet ex Lindley on the basis of morphology, 
chemistry and ecology. See Leach & Whiffin, Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 76: 53-69(1978). 
Acacia longifolia (Andrews) Willd. var. sophorae (Labill.) F. Muell. Con- 
sidered a distinct species, A. sophorae, q.v. 
Acacia paradoxa DC., Cat. PI. Horti Bot. Monspel. 74(Mar. 1813). 
Synonym: A. armata R.Br. in Ait., Hortus Kewensis ed. 2, 5: 463(Dec.l813), 
teste Pedley, Austrobaileya 1: 250(1979). 
Acacia sophorae (Labill.) R.Br., regarded as a separate species from 
A. longifolia (Andrews) Willd. by Murray, Ashcroft, Seppelt and Lennox 
{Austral. J. Bot. 26: 756(1978)) on the basis of differences in chemical consti- 
tuents. 

Page image

Page text

413 
APPENDIX 1 
New Combinations in the Australian Gnaphaliinae 
Actinobole condensatum (A. Gray) Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Gnaphalodes condensatum A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Card. Misc. 
4: 228 (1852). 
As pointed out by Eichler (1963) the generic name Gnaphalodes A. Gray (1852, 
l.c.) is illegitimate, as it is a later homonym of Gnaphalodes Miller (1754). Thus he 
made a new combination for the species G.uliginosum, making the latter the 
neotype species of Actinobole Fenzl ex Endl. 
Blennospora phlegmatocarpa (Diels) Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Calocephalus phlegmatocarpus Diels, Bot. Jb. 35: 614 (1905). 
Pcgonolepis muellerana (Sond.) Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Skirrhophorus muelleranus Sond., Linnaea 25: 486 (1853) 
{‘Muellerianus)’. 
Siloxerus pygmaeus (A. Gray) Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Chamaesphaerion pygmaeum A. Gray. Hook, J. Bot. Kew Gard. 
Misc. 3: 177 (1851). 

Page image

Page text

413 
APPENDIX 1 
New Combinations in the Australian Gnaphaliinae 
Actinobole condensatum (A. Gray) Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Gnaphalodes condensatum A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Card. Misc. 
4: 228 (1852). 
As pointed out by Eichler (1963) the generic name Gnaphalodes A. Gray (1852, 
l.c.) is illegitimate, as it is a later homonym of Gnaphalodes Miller (1754). Thus he 
made a new combination for the species G.uliginosum, making the latter the 
neotype species of Actinobole Fenzl ex Endl. 
Blennospora phlegmatocarpa (Diels) Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Calocephalus phlegmatocarpus Diels, Bot. Jb. 35: 614 (1905). 
Pcgonolepis muellerana (Sond.) Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Skirrhophorus muelleranus Sond., Linnaea 25: 486 (1853) 
{‘Muellerianus)’. 
Siloxerus pygmaeus (A. Gray) Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Chamaesphaerion pygmaeum A. Gray. Hook, J. Bot. Kew Gard. 
Misc. 3: 177 (1851). 

Page image

Page text

NEW SPECIES OF SCHOENUS (CYPERACEAE) AND TRITHURIA 
(HYDATELLACEAE) 
by 
D. A. Cooke* 
SUMMARY 
Two new species, Schoenus capillifolius from Western Australia and Trithuria 
lanterna from the Northern Territory, are described. The significance of the 
basicarpic habit of the former is discussed. 
DESCRIPTIONS 
Schoenus capillifolius D. A. Cooke sp. nov. 
Herba glabra annua subaquatica. Caulis brevissimus, suberectus in strato superiore substrati 
repetite ramificans caespes foliorum densi formans. Folia basales, vaginis apertis angustis 
scariosis sub-atropurpureis usque ad 3mm longis in laminis laxis filiformibus usque ad 10 cm 
longis 0.2 mm latis abrupte transientibus. Culmi nulli; spiculae sessiles in caespitibus foliorum 
ramos ultimos caulis terminans, solitariae uniflorae. Glumae 2 oppositae lineares subscariosae, 
tubum circum floscuium formandum arete vaginantes; externa 7-10 mm longa, interna vix 
brevior. Rhachilla nulla. Selae hypogynae 6 plumosae albae sericeae c. 3mm iongae, in situ 
saepe compactae intertextae circum ovarium tubi fundum basi complentes. Stamen 1 anticum, 
filamento capillario 7-12 mm longo; anthera pallida linearia c. 2 mm longa. Stylus tenuis c. 8 
mm longus, glaber, cum ovario inarticulatus, stigmatis 3 brunneis filiformibus. Nux 1-1.3 mm 
longa, ovoidea turgida vix trigona, alba translucida fragilis, superficies ordinatione cellufosis 
hexagonis. Semen ovoideum 0.8 mm longum, testis laevi brunneis, endospermio albo 
farinaceo. 
Glabrous subaquatic annual herb. Stem very short, semi-erect within the upper 
substrate, repeatedly branching to form dense leaf tufts at surface level. Leaves 
basal, with narrow scarious somewhat atropurpureous open sheaths up to 3 mm 
long passing abruptly into lax filiform laminae up to 10 cm long by 0.2 mm wide. 
Culms absent, the spikelets sessile in the leaf tufts, solitary, 1 -flowered, terminating 
the ultimate branches of the stem. Glumes 2, opposite, linear, almost scarious, 
closely sheathing to form a tube around the floret; outer glume 7-10 mm long, the 
inner slightly shorter. Rhachilla absent. Hypogynous bristles 6, white silky plumose, 
c. 3 mm long, often packed and interwoven around the ovary to fill the expanded 
base of the tube. Stamen 1, anterior, with a capillary filament 7-12 mm long; anther 
pallid, linear, c. 2 mm long. Style slender, c. 8 mm long, glabrous, not articulate 
with the ovary, with 3 filiform stigmas. Nut 1-1.3 mm long, ovoid, turgid, scarcely 
trigonous, white-translucent, fragile, the faces with a hexagonal cell pattern. Seed 
ovoid, 0.8 mm long, with smooth brown testa and white farinaceous endosperm. 
Type Collection: 
Western Australia— Upper Swan, 11. xi. 1959, R. D. Royce 6148 (Holo: PERTH!) 
Also examined: 
Western Australia -EWen Brook Tortoise Reserve (J. B. Martyn), 30 km north of Midland, 
10.xi.l978, G. J. Keighery 2456 (MEL 5703851!, PERTH). 
Distribution: 
Known only from seasonally flooded claypans along Ellen Brook north of 
Midland Junction, Darling District, Western Australia. 
*9/51 Marne Street, South Yarra, Victoria 3141. 
Mue//ma 4(4): 299-303 (1981). 
299 

Page image

Page text

413 
APPENDIX 1 
New Combinations in the Australian Gnaphaliinae 
Actinobole condensatum (A. Gray) Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Gnaphalodes condensatum A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Card. Misc. 
4: 228 (1852). 
As pointed out by Eichler (1963) the generic name Gnaphalodes A. Gray (1852, 
l.c.) is illegitimate, as it is a later homonym of Gnaphalodes Miller (1754). Thus he 
made a new combination for the species G.uliginosum, making the latter the 
neotype species of Actinobole Fenzl ex Endl. 
Blennospora phlegmatocarpa (Diels) Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Calocephalus phlegmatocarpus Diels, Bot. Jb. 35: 614 (1905). 
Pcgonolepis muellerana (Sond.) Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Skirrhophorus muelleranus Sond., Linnaea 25: 486 (1853) 
{‘Muellerianus)’. 
Siloxerus pygmaeus (A. Gray) Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Chamaesphaerion pygmaeum A. Gray. Hook, J. Bot. Kew Gard. 
Misc. 3: 177 (1851). 

Page image

Page text

413 
APPENDIX 1 
New Combinations in the Australian Gnaphaliinae 
Actinobole condensatum (A. Gray) Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Gnaphalodes condensatum A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Card. Misc. 
4: 228 (1852). 
As pointed out by Eichler (1963) the generic name Gnaphalodes A. Gray (1852, 
l.c.) is illegitimate, as it is a later homonym of Gnaphalodes Miller (1754). Thus he 
made a new combination for the species G.uliginosum, making the latter the 
neotype species of Actinobole Fenzl ex Endl. 
Blennospora phlegmatocarpa (Diels) Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Calocephalus phlegmatocarpus Diels, Bot. Jb. 35: 614 (1905). 
Pcgonolepis muellerana (Sond.) Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Skirrhophorus muelleranus Sond., Linnaea 25: 486 (1853) 
{‘Muellerianus)’. 
Siloxerus pygmaeus (A. Gray) Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Chamaesphaerion pygmaeum A. Gray. Hook, J. Bot. Kew Gard. 
Misc. 3: 177 (1851). 

Page image

Page text

301 
1950). Schoenus capillifotius, also native to a swamp habitat, has developed 
superficially similar basal spikelets with bisexual florets while scape development has 
been suppressed. In line with the strategy of atelechory the nut is not adapted as a 
resistant diaspore with a hard pericarp since it is retained where it is produced; the 
pericarp is rather fragile, liberating the seed when the whole spikelet breaks up. Two 
other Schoenus species from the Western Australian sand heaths which have solitary 
spikelets terminating reduced scapes (Blake, 1949) have developed basicarpy 
independently. 
Affinities: S. capillifolius may be placed in the section Helothrix Kiikenthal 
(1938), and is related to the aquatic S. natans (F. Muell.) Benth. and S. tenellus 
Benth. It resembles both species in its almost capillary foliage, reduced 
inflorescences, and herbaceous glumes, but differs in the greatly abbreviated stems 
and the one-flowered tubular spikelet. S. capillifolius is further distinguished from 
S. natans by the solitary stamen and glabrous, obscurely angled nut, and from 
S. tenellus by the presence of hypogynous setae. 
Trithuria lanterna D. A. Cooke sp. nov. 
Herba glabra annua rubescens caule brevissimo radicibus fibrosis. Folia basalia linearia 6-17 mm 
longa usque ad 0.8 mm lata, apicibus acutis. Scapi absentes. Capilula sessilia, pluria, unum- 
quidque flosculis masculis 1-2, flosculis foeminis 6-18, bracteis c. 4 herbaceis erectis angusto- 
lanceolatis 2-3 mm longis involucratum. Stamen anthero linear-elliptico purpurascente c. 
0.7 mm longo, filamento c. 1 mm longo. Ovarium flosculi non v\d\. Fructus indehiscens, usque 
ad 0.4 mm longus 0.2 mm latus, ovoid-trigonus superflciebus 3 delicatis hyalinis inter costas 3 
prominentes; in pedicello fragili usque ad 0.4 mm longo; pilibus stigmaticis 2-3 persistentibus, 
fructi maturi pilibus implexis coherentes. Semen unicum, ovoideum c. 0.3 mm longurn, 
pallidum translucens praeter apicem fuscum opacum; testa mellea laevis nitens. (Descriptio 
typi.) 
Glabrous annual herb, often becoming red-tinted, with a very short stem and fibrous 
roots. Leaves basal, linear, 5-18 mm long and up to 0.8 mm wide, tapering to acute 
apices, with anomocytic stomata on both surfaces. Scapes absent. Heads several, 
sessile, each with an involucre of about 4 erect narrow-lanceolate herbaceous bracts 
2-3 mm long containing 6-20 female florets loosely grouped into 3-6 bundles and 1-2 
male florets. Stamen with a ± purple, linear-elliptic anther c. 0.7 mm long on a fila- 
ment up to 1.5 mm long. Ovary ovoid, c. 0.2 mm long, shortly pedicellate, with 
about 3 terminal stigmatic hairs 1.5-2 mm long, each consisting of a single row of 
cylindrical cells. Fruit indehiscent, up to 0.4 mm long and 0.2 mm wide, ovoid- 
trigonous with 3 delicate hyaline panels between 3 prominent ribs containing 
vascular bundles. Fruiting pedicel up to 0.5 mm long, fragile, the mature fruits 
cohering by the tangled persistent stigmatic hairs. Seed 1, ovoid, c. 0.3 mm long, 
pallid and translucent except for a dark apex; testa honey-coloured, smooth, 
shining. (English description based on all material examined.) 
The epithet lanterna is derived from the Latin noun lanterna, a lantern, and 
refers to the pericarp with three transparent panels and a framework of three opaque 
bars. 
Type Collection: 
Northern Territory — South Bay, Bickerton Island, 14 June 1948, R. L. Specht 
556(Holo: MEL 1517931!; Iso: BRI 256564!) 
Also Examined: 
Northern Territorv — Lhl\e Lagoon, Groote Eylandt, 27 May 1948, R. L. Specht 413 (MEL 
1517930!; BRI 256563!)i 
Distribution: 
Known only from Bickerton Island and Groote Eylandt, Arnhem Land, 
Northern Territory, but apparently overlooked due to its small size. It may be ex- 

Page image

Page text

16 
coriaceous, convex, glabrous. Seeds elliptic, 4. 5-6. 5 x 3-4 mm and up to 2.5 mm 
thick, dark brown, the small hilum surrounded by a collar-like aril with a raised 
lateral lip (Fig. 8). 
T. hookeri occurs in northern Western Australia (including some of the 
off-shore islands), the central and northern areas of the Northern Territory and the 
north-western corner of Queensland where it is found most frequently on sandstone 
or quartzite outcrops or in laterite or gravelly soils along creeks (Fig. 7). 
Representative Specimens Examined: 
Western Australia— Warralong, 20. v. 1941, N. T. Burbidge 813 (PERTH). Augustus Island, 
Bonaparte Archipelago, 16. v. 1972, >. C. Wilson 10812 (PERTH). Wood Island (North), 12.vii. 1973, P. 
G. Wilson 1 1522 (PERTH). 
Northern Territory— ± 70 km NE. of Maranboy Police Station, 6. iii . 1 965 , Laza rides & Adams 112 
(BRI 157643, C'ANB 151794, MEL 1517029, NT 39498). 94 km N. of Tennant Creek, 25. xi. 1970, J. R. 
Maconochie (NT 29059). 1 .6 ktn W. of South Alligator crossing, El Sharana, 16. 1 .1973, J. H. Calabv AE 
364 (BRI 16 3878, CANB 237655, NT 38803). 
Queensland— East Branch, Settlement Creek, viii.1922, L. Brass 173 (BRI 243361). 16 km SSE. of 
Morestone, 28. v. 1948, R. A. Perry 1054 (BRI 243363, NT 20238). Burke Distr., 26 km from Gunpowder 
on the Quamby Road, 23.x. 1972, G. W. Althofer 297 (BRI 149772). 
Notes: 
A distinctive species which is readily distinguished by the linear-terete to 
filiform 1-foliolate or digitately to pinnately 3-5-foliolate leaves and the long filiform 
pedicels. In addition, T. hookeri has a more northern distribution than the other 
species in the genus. T. drwmnondii is the only other species with unifoliolate leaves 
but the two species cannot be confused. 
8. Templetonia aculeata (F. Muell.) Benth., FI. Austr. 2: 170 (1864); Moore & 
Betche, Handb. FI. N.S.W. 143 (1893); Diels & Pritzel, Bot. Jahrb. 35: 265 (1904); 
J. M. Black, FI. S. Austr. ed. 2: 446 (1948). Bossiaea aculeata F. Muell., Fragm. 
Phyt. Austr. 2 (15): 120 (1861). Type: Western Australia, near the Culjong River, A. 
Oldfield (MEL 20339, holo.! There is no type material of T. aculeata at Kew or the 
British Museum (Natural History)). 
Many-stemmed low subshrub or shrub up to 0.4 m high with simple or 
branched stems, the stems green or yellowish, ± terete, inconspicuously or con- 
spicuously ridged, sometimes somewhat zig-zagging, usually sparingly to densely 
pubescent with appressed or somewhat spreading hairs especially between the ridges 
but sometimes ± glabrous. Stipules spinescent, in pairs, up to 1 cm long, spreading 
or recurved. Leaves present or absent, simple, the lower ones obovate or obovate- 
oblong and the upper linear-oblong, 0.5-3 x 0. 1-0.8 cm, pungent-pointed, usually 
sparingly to densely pubescent especially on the upper surface but sometimes 
glabrous, sometimes with conspicuous venation on the lower surface, with a mass of 
fine dark glandular processes in the axils. Flowers 1 or 2 per axil, on pedicels up to 5 
mm long, the pedicels glabrous to sparingly pubescent, with a very small in- 
conspicuous basal bract with fimbriate margins and a pair of ovate bracteoles up to 
3.5 x 3.5 mm at about the middle of the pedicel which often overlap the base of the 
calyx; bracteoles glabrous to densely pubescent outside and within, with marginal 
cilia apically. Calyx up to 9 mm long, the 2 upper lobes united and slightly broader 
than the others, the lowest longest, the lobes shorter than the tube, sparingly to 
densely pubescent outside, the apices of the lobes with marginal cilia and often with 
a purplish tinge. Standard orbicular, 12-18 mm long including a claw up to 3 mm 
long, 10-13 mm wide, slightly emarginate apically, apparently usually yellow inside 
with a deep yellow basal horseshoe-shaped throat surrounded by a dark red or 
purplish fringe and with a dark red or purplish midvein extending to the emarginate 
apex, dark red or purplish outside with a yellow border; wings up to 14 mm long in- 
cluding a claw up to 2 mm long, up to 4.5 mm wide, auricled, mostly dark red or 
purplish throughout or yellow towards the apex; keel petals lightly united, up to 14 
mm long including a claw up to 3.5 mm long, up to 5 mm wide, auricled, dark red or 
purplish. Stamens up to 14 mm long. Ovary shortly stipitate, glabrous. Pods ob- 

Page image

Page text

21 
Queensland— Leichhardt Distr., 24 km SSE. of Blackwater Township, 6.ix. 1961 , M. Lazarides & R. 
Story 55 (CAN B 111976, MEL 1507638, NSW 1434032). 
New South H ate— Broken Hill, xii.1918, E. C. Andrews s.n. (NSW 44556). Moulamein, 9.x. 1970, 
W. E. Mulham (NSW 114018). "Urunda”, Hermidale, 26. ix. 1977, D. F. Thompson /§70(NSW 143394). 
Victoria— Robinvaie Distr., Wemen, viii.1960, A. R. Begg s.n. (MEL 564659). Hattah Lakes Na- 
tional Park, Hattah area, 10. ix. 1960, A. C. Beauglehole 39180 (MEL 564621). Meringur Bushland 
Reserve, 15 km E. of Morkalla, 31.x. 1977, A. C. Beauglehole 5701 1 (MEL 1507639). 
Notes: 
D. E. Symon 1115 (ADW 23586, NT 20242) from the S.W. corner of Com- 
monwealth Hill Station, ± 38.4 km NW. of Wynbring railway station, South 
Australia, is an unusually robust specimen of T. egena with large pods and seeds. 
The pods are slightly longer than usual (2. 2-2. 5 x 0.9-0.95 cm) and the seeds are the 
largest seen being up to 13.5 x 5.5 x 3.25 mm. Other isolated specimens with large 
pods similar to those of Symon 1115 occur infrequently throughout the range of the 
species, for example D. J. Nelson 98 (NSW 143401, NT 8489) from 14 km S. of 
Mount Wedge H.S., Northern Territory and A. Morris (NSW 44555) from Broken 
Hill, New South Wales, the two latter specimens having immature seeds. 
A. R. Begg, the collector of a specimen (MEL 564659) from Wemen, Robinvaie 
Distr., Victoria, comments that T. egena has “a peculiar scent when in flower 
(almost a perfume) which attracts many insects and moths, in particular one of the 
latter which is a brilliant iridescent blue.” 
Mueller (1892) reported that a woman from Darling River died one hour after 
drinking a cupful of an infusion of T. egena although, as indicated by Hurst (1942), 
this does not necessarily constitute proof of the poisonous properties of the species 
as the death may have resulted from the ailment which led to the infusion being 
taken. Everist (1974) makes no mention of T. egena being poisonous to humans or 
animals. 
T. egena is most closely related to T. battii which differs, however, in having 
shorter more rigid intricately branched pungent-tipped branches, shorter 
inflorescences, short thickened styles with larger stigmas than in T. egena, and 
smaller seed in which the collar-like aril has a small slightly raised lateral lip and 
more deeply incised margins. The ± terete slightly ridged stems readily distinguish 
T. egena from T. sulcata in which the stems are distinctly flattened. 
lO.Templetonia battii F. Muell., Chem. and Drugg. Australas. 2, 2: 31 (1 Feb. 
1887); Bot. Centralbl. 30, 6: 180 (1887); J. M. Black, Trans. & Proc. Roy. Soc. S. 
Austr. 43: 33 (1919); J. M. Black, FI. S. Austr. ed. 2: 446(1948). Bossiaea battii (F . 
Muell.) R. Tate, FI. Extra-trop. S. Austr. 65 (1890). Syntypes: Western Australia, 
Eucla, J. D. Bait (MEL 564735!, MEL 564736!). 
Several-stemmed leafless glabrous divaricate shrub up to 1 .4 m high, sometimes 
as wide as or wider than high; branches rigid, intricately branched, ± terete, dis- 
tinctly but inconspicuously longitudinally ridged, terminating in pungent points. 
Stipules absent. Leaves reduced to minute scales up to 1 mm long, with a mass of 
fine dark glandular processes in the axils. Flowers in short terminal racemes, 1 or 2 
per axil, yellow and brown, on short glabrous pedicels 0.5-1 .3 mm long, the pedicels 
with a pair of ovate bracteoles up to 1.5 mm long and 1.8 mm wide from near the 
middle to towards the apex, the bracteoles glabrous throughout or margins of lobes 
minutely ciliolate, overlapping the base of the calyx. Calyx up to 3.7 mm long, the 
lowest lobe longer than the others, the lobes shorter than the tube, glabrous 
throughout or apices of lobes minutely ciliolate. Standard slightly oblate, 5. 5-6. 5 
mm long including a claw up to 1.5 mm long, 6-7 mm wide, emarginate apically; 
wings 4. 8-5. 5 mm long including a claw up to 2 mm long, up to 2.5 mm wide, 
auricled and infolded basally, usually slightly longer than the keel petals; keel petals 
lightly united, 4.5-5 mm long including a claw up to 1 .6 mm long, 1 .8-2.2 mm wide, 
auricled. Stamens up to 4.7 mm long. Ovary ± sessile, glabrous, up to 2.5 mm long; 
style short, thickened, curved, with a large terminal stigma. Pods narrowly oblong- 
elliptic, 1 .2-1.5 x 0.5-0.65 cm, sessile, narrowed to an acute beak apically, 1-seeded, 

Page image

Page text

9 
Fig. 4. The known distributions of Templetoniu biloba, T. neglecta and T. stenophylla. 
281 (1973). Bossiaea stenophylla F. Muell., Fragm. Phyt. Austr. 1: 9 (1858). Type: 
Victoria, near Melton, M. Weidenbach (MEL 20338, holo.!). 
Templetonia mue/leri Benth., FI. Austr. 2: 169 (1864), nom. illegit. Syntypes: 
Queensland, Wide Bay, Bidwill (K-photo!), Leichhardt (MEL 1516495!). New 
South Wales, Hawkesbury river, R. Brown (BM-photo!); Cugeegong river, A. Cun- 
ningham (BM and K-photos!); New England, near Tenterfield, C. Stuart (K-photo! 
MEL 1516496! MEL 1516497! MEL 1516502!). Victoria, Murray river, Prince Paul 
Wilhelm (MEL 151650!); Wimmera river, Daltachy (K — photo! MEL 1516499! 
MEL 1516500! MEL 1516503!) and Mount Arapiles, near Lake Hindmarsh, 
Dallachy, (MEL 1516494!); Melton, near Port Phillip, Weidenbach (MEL 20338!). 
Small glabrous shrub or subshrub up to 0.6 m high with one to several simple or 
branched erect, prostrate or straggling stems, the stems ± terete to somewhat 
angular especially apically, faintly or distinctly longitudinally striate, unarmed. 
Stipules inconspicuous, up to 1 mm long, broad-triangular. Leaves simple, more or 
less sessile, articulated basally, the lower ones narrow-oblong or oblong and the up- 
per sometimes linear-oblong or linear, (0.8)1 .8-5(7) cm long, 0.2-0.55(0.7) cm wide, 
glabrous, apex obtuse or with a short recurved mucro, venation on lower surface 
sometimes fairly conspicuous, with a mass of fine dark glandular processes in the 
axils. Flowers 1 or 2 per axil, on glabrous pedicels 4-8 mm long (up to 13 mm long in 
fruit), the pedicels with a basal bract up to 1.5 mm long and a pair of ovate 
bracteoles 1.5-2. 5 x 1.2-2 mm at or above the middle of the pedicel; bracteoles 
glabrous or with an apical fringe of hairs. Calyx up to 8 mm long, the two upper 
lobes united except for the short acute apices, the lowest lobe slightly longer than the 
others, the lobes shorter than the tube, glabrous outside except for a fringe of hairs 
on the apices of the lobes. Standard orbicular, 10-15 mm long including the claw, 
8-10 mm wide, emarginate apically, pale yellow inside with a deep yellow basal 
horseshoe-shaped throat surrounded by a purplish-brown fringe; wings up to 12.5 
mm long including a claw up to 2.5 mm long, up to 4.5 mm wide, auricled, usually 
brown or purplish-brown throughout or pale yellow towards the apex; keel petals 
lightly united, up to 12.5 mm long including a claw up to 4 mm long, up to 5.5 mm 

Page image

Page text

33 
Description of Lectotype: Thallus crustose, thin, yellow-green, granular, margin 
effuse. Apolhecia sessile, to 1.5 mm diameter, with a distinct pale proper margin 
when young, less prominent with age; disk flesh-coloured, usually epruinose, plane 
to slightly convex; paraphyses simple; asci 8-spored; spores simple, hyaline, 18-22 x 
9-1 1 /im. 
Chemistry of Lectotype: isoarthothelin, thyringione. 
Lecidea hyalinescens (Mull.Arg.) R. W. Rogers, comb. nov. 
Lecanora hyalinescens Mull.Arg. (1882:484) 
Typification: White, Twofold Bay, on bark [N.S.W.] (G, holotype). 
Thallus dirty-white to grey, thin, ecorticate. Apothecia sessile to somewhat im- 
mersed, up to 1 mm diameter; margin white and prominent when young, becoming 
hyaline and disappearing with age, devoid of algae; disk initially concave, later 
somewhat convex, pale pinkish-brown to brown; asci 8-spored; spores simple, 
hyaline, 13-15 x 8-10 ^m. 
Chemistry: no lichen products were demonstrated by T.L.C. 
Ochrolechia macrosperma (Mull.Arg.) R. W. Rogers, comb. nov. 
Lecanora macrosperma Mull.Arg. (1893B:40) 
Typification: Wilson 366, on bark, Lakes Entrance [Victoria] (G, holotype). 
Thallus crustose, white or grey, thick, densely isidiate. Apothecia adnate to im- 
mersed, c. 1 mm diameter, thalline margin thick and isidiate; disk deeply sunken 
within the margin, brown, epruinose; paraphyses reticulately branched; asci 
8-spored; spores 38-50 x 18-20 fim, simple, hyaline. 
Chemistry: perlatolic acid. 
Cladonia glaucolivida (Mull.Arg.) R. W. Rogers, comb. nov. 
Placodium glaucolividum Mull.Arg. (1891:388) 
Lecanora glaucolivida (Mull.Arg.) Zahlbr. (1928:624) 
Typification: Bailey 706, on soil, Queensland (G, holotype). Thallus of squamules 
up to 1.5 mm across, grey to yellow-grey, usually irregular, sometimes rosette-like, 
convex or with an ascending tip. Apothecia up to 2 mm diameter but usually much 
smaller, sessile or substipitate, with a well developed margin devoid of algae some- 
times disappearing with age; disk brown or pale pinkish-brown, plane becoming 
somewhat convex, algal layer well developed below the hypothecium; asci 8-spored; 
spores simple, hyaline, 10-12 x 5-7 ^m. 
Chemistry: merochlorophaeic acid, 4-0-methylcryptochlorophaeic acid, traces of 
boninic acid and 2-0-methyl sekikaic acid. 
The type specimen is small and poorly developed. However a recent collection 
(South Nobby, Qld [28°28'S, 153°30'E] on soil on a dry ridge close to the ocean, 
Rogers 2394) shows a fuller development. The short, hollow, corticate podetia could 
easily be mistaken for a thalloid exciple which would lead to placing the material in 
the genus Squamarina or in Lecanora. 
Xylographa perminuta (Mull.Arg.) R. W. Rogers, comb. nov. 
Lecanora perminuta Mull.Arg. (1893B:39) 
Typification: Wilson 1694, dead wood, Mt. Macedon [Victoria] (G, holotype). 
Thallus not detectable. Apothecia black or very dark brown, minute (0.1 -0.2 mm 
diameter), irregular, with a poorly developed thalline exciple, more or less adnate to 
the substrate; paraphyses simple; asci 8-spored; spores simple, hyaline, 6-12 x 4-5 
H m. 
Chemistry: no lichen products were demonstrated by T.L.C. 

Page image

Page text

A NEW AUSTRALIAN LICHEN: CLADONIA SULCATA 
by 
A. W. Archer* 
Psoromic acid is a relatively uncommon /3-depsidone in the lichen genus 
Cladortia. About 5% (14 out of 276) of the species and varieties of Cladonia of 
which the chemistry is known (Culberson 1969, 1970; Culberson, Culberson and 
Johnson, 1977) contain psoromic acid and of these 14 only three contain psoromic 
acid and atranorin. These are C. norrlinii Vain. (Vainio, 1922) from north America 
(Thomson, 1967) and Europe (Ahti, 1977), C. subconistea Asah. from Japan 
(Asahina, 1941) and Taiwan (Ahti and Lai, 1979) and C. dahliana Kristinsson 
reported to occur in Iceland, Greenland and Baffin Island (Kristinsson, 1974). A re- 
cent chemical examination of material from Victoria and Tasmania, tentatively 
identified as C. diffissa (F. Wils.) F. Wils. (Wilson, 1889, 1889a), showed some 
specimens to contain atranorin and psoromic acid, in contrast to the atranorin and 
norstietic acid found in C. diffissa. The specimens containing atranorin and 
psoromic acid were not referable to C. norrlinii, C. subconistea or C. dahliana and 
are here differentiated as a separate species. 
DESCRIPTION 
Cladonia sulcata A. W. Archer, sp. nov. 
Thallus primarius squamulis, 1-3 mm longis, 0.3-1. 5 mm latis, supra cinero-glaucescentibus, infra 
albis, nullis sorediis. Podetia ascendentia squamulis, 10-20 mm ahum, nullis scyphis, parte 
supra ramosa, superficebus sulcatis et subfindescentia, cortice continuo subgranularescenti. 
Apotheciis ad apices podetiorum, fuscis, convexis, 0.3-0. 6 mm diam. Ascosporae non 
videt. Thallus K+ flavescens, C-, Pd+ flavus. Atranorinum et acidum psoromicum 
continens. 
Primary thallus with squamules, 1-3 mm long, 0.3-1 .5 mm wide, upper side pale 
green, below white, esorediate. podetia arising from the squamules, 10-20 mm tall, 
lacking scyphi, grooved and becoming somewhat split; cortex continuous, becoming 
somewhat granular; apothecia on the tips of the podetia, dark brown, convex, 
0. 3-0.6 mm diam.; ascospores not seen. Thallus K+ weak yellow, C-, Pd + 
yellow; containing atranorin and psoromic acid. 
The presence of atranorin and psoromic acid was demonstrated by thin-layer 
chromatography and the identity of the compounds confirmed by co- 
chromatography with authentic samples of the two compounds. 
Type Collection: Australia, Victoria, 8 km east of Tawonga, on soil by side of 
Trapper’s Creek Road, approximately 147°15'E, 36°41'S, altitude ca 700 m, 
22. xi. 1979, Archer 803 (Holotype: MEL 1031486; Isotype: H, COLO). 
Also Examined: 
Victoria — ca 2 km north of holotype collection site, 22. xi. 1979, Archer 860A (MEL 1031487). 
Tasmania — 1 km north-east of Derwent Bridge, on soil by side of track near Cynthia Bay, Lake St. 
Clair, approximately 146°10'E, 42°7'S, altitude ca 700 m, 2.iii. 1980, Archer 889 (MEL 1031488). 
DISCUSSION 
The specific epithet sulcata refers to the grooved appearance of the podetia. 
Typical specimens are illustrated in figure 1. 
* Division of Analytical Laboratories, P.O. Box 162, Lidcombe, NSW 2141. 
Muelteria 5(1): 115-117 (1982). 
115 

Page image

Page text

32 
not differ morphologically from Lecanora atra var. atra. There is no doubt that L. 
atra var. serialis cannot be maintained as a distinct variety, but must be placed in 
synonymy with Lecanora atra var. atra. 
Lecanora atra var. virens Mull.Arg. (1882:484) 
Typification: Kirton, lllawarra, N.S.W. on bark (G, lectotype here chosen. This is 
the only specimen in Geneva annotated by Mull.Arg. ). The grey-green colouration 
of the thallus is insufficient reason to accord varietal status. 
Chemistry: atranorin, alectoronic acid and phenolics. 
This taxon cannot be maintained as a distinct variety, for reasons discussed 
under L. atra var. serialis. It is synonymous with Lecanora atra var. atra. 
Lecanora connivens Mull.Arg. (1891:389) 
Typification: Bailey 435, corticolous, Queensland (G, holotype). 
Chemistry: atranorin, alectoronic acid, and phenolics. 
The apothecia are unusually concave in early stages, but later flatten to produce 
a slightly convex disk and slightly irregular margin, characters insufficient to justify 
taxonomic recognition. There is no doubt that this taxon is synonymous with 
Lecanora atra var. atra. 
Lecanora subimmersa Mull.Arg. ( 1 893 A: 1 24), non Lecanora subimmersa Vainio 
1890. 
As the name L. subimmersa Mull.Arg. is a later homonym and therefore in- 
valid it was replaced by L. brisbanensis Zahlbr. (1928:400). 
Typification: Bailey 93, on bark, Brisbane (G, holotype). 
Chemistry: atranorin. 
The specimen has some of the apothecia partly immersed in the thallus, prob- 
ably due in part to the highly irregular surface on which the thallus is growing. It 
does not differ in any significant way from Lecanora atra. Both L. subimmersa 
Mull.Arg., nom. inval., and L. brisbanensis Zahlbr. must be placed in synonymy 
under L. atra var. atra. 
NEW COMBINATIONS 
Candelariella xanthostigmoides (Mull.Arg.) R. W. Rogers, comb. nov. 
Lecanora xanthostigmoides Mull.Arg. (1882:484) 
Candelaria xanthostigmoides (Mull.Arg.) Mull.Arg. (1893B:33) 
Typification: Woods, Parramatta N.S.W. (G, lectotype here chosen. This 
specimen is the more heavily annotated one of the two mentioned by Mull.Arg.); 
Sullivan, Grampians, Victoria (G, syntype). 
Description of Lectotype: Thallus a deep yolk-gold crust of scattered granules up 
to 0.3 mm diameter. Apothecia sessile, up to 0.25 mm diameter, with an initially 
prominent thalline margin which becomes thinner and less prominent, coloured like 
the thallus; disk more or less plane, deep yolk-gold; asci 8-spored; spores simple, 
hyaline, 12-15 x 3-4 gm. 
Lecidea glaucoflavens (Mull.Arg.) R. W. Rogers, comb. nov. 
Lecanora glaucoflavens Mull.Afg. (1893B:39) 
Typification: Wilson 457, Warrnambool, Victoria (G, lectotype here chosen. This 
is the more copious of the two collections mentioned by Mull.Arg.); Wilson 711, 
Warrnambool, Victoria (G, syntype). 

Page image

Page text

33 
Description of Lectotype: Thallus crustose, thin, yellow-green, granular, margin 
effuse. Apolhecia sessile, to 1.5 mm diameter, with a distinct pale proper margin 
when young, less prominent with age; disk flesh-coloured, usually epruinose, plane 
to slightly convex; paraphyses simple; asci 8-spored; spores simple, hyaline, 18-22 x 
9-1 1 /im. 
Chemistry of Lectotype: isoarthothelin, thyringione. 
Lecidea hyalinescens (Mull.Arg.) R. W. Rogers, comb. nov. 
Lecanora hyalinescens Mull.Arg. (1882:484) 
Typification: White, Twofold Bay, on bark [N.S.W.] (G, holotype). 
Thallus dirty-white to grey, thin, ecorticate. Apothecia sessile to somewhat im- 
mersed, up to 1 mm diameter; margin white and prominent when young, becoming 
hyaline and disappearing with age, devoid of algae; disk initially concave, later 
somewhat convex, pale pinkish-brown to brown; asci 8-spored; spores simple, 
hyaline, 13-15 x 8-10 ^m. 
Chemistry: no lichen products were demonstrated by T.L.C. 
Ochrolechia macrosperma (Mull.Arg.) R. W. Rogers, comb. nov. 
Lecanora macrosperma Mull.Arg. (1893B:40) 
Typification: Wilson 366, on bark, Lakes Entrance [Victoria] (G, holotype). 
Thallus crustose, white or grey, thick, densely isidiate. Apothecia adnate to im- 
mersed, c. 1 mm diameter, thalline margin thick and isidiate; disk deeply sunken 
within the margin, brown, epruinose; paraphyses reticulately branched; asci 
8-spored; spores 38-50 x 18-20 fim, simple, hyaline. 
Chemistry: perlatolic acid. 
Cladonia glaucolivida (Mull.Arg.) R. W. Rogers, comb. nov. 
Placodium glaucolividum Mull.Arg. (1891:388) 
Lecanora glaucolivida (Mull.Arg.) Zahlbr. (1928:624) 
Typification: Bailey 706, on soil, Queensland (G, holotype). Thallus of squamules 
up to 1.5 mm across, grey to yellow-grey, usually irregular, sometimes rosette-like, 
convex or with an ascending tip. Apothecia up to 2 mm diameter but usually much 
smaller, sessile or substipitate, with a well developed margin devoid of algae some- 
times disappearing with age; disk brown or pale pinkish-brown, plane becoming 
somewhat convex, algal layer well developed below the hypothecium; asci 8-spored; 
spores simple, hyaline, 10-12 x 5-7 ^m. 
Chemistry: merochlorophaeic acid, 4-0-methylcryptochlorophaeic acid, traces of 
boninic acid and 2-0-methyl sekikaic acid. 
The type specimen is small and poorly developed. However a recent collection 
(South Nobby, Qld [28°28'S, 153°30'E] on soil on a dry ridge close to the ocean, 
Rogers 2394) shows a fuller development. The short, hollow, corticate podetia could 
easily be mistaken for a thalloid exciple which would lead to placing the material in 
the genus Squamarina or in Lecanora. 
Xylographa perminuta (Mull.Arg.) R. W. Rogers, comb. nov. 
Lecanora perminuta Mull.Arg. (1893B:39) 
Typification: Wilson 1694, dead wood, Mt. Macedon [Victoria] (G, holotype). 
Thallus not detectable. Apothecia black or very dark brown, minute (0.1 -0.2 mm 
diameter), irregular, with a poorly developed thalline exciple, more or less adnate to 
the substrate; paraphyses simple; asci 8-spored; spores simple, hyaline, 6-12 x 4-5 
H m. 
Chemistry: no lichen products were demonstrated by T.L.C. 

Page image

Page text

33 
Description of Lectotype: Thallus crustose, thin, yellow-green, granular, margin 
effuse. Apolhecia sessile, to 1.5 mm diameter, with a distinct pale proper margin 
when young, less prominent with age; disk flesh-coloured, usually epruinose, plane 
to slightly convex; paraphyses simple; asci 8-spored; spores simple, hyaline, 18-22 x 
9-1 1 /im. 
Chemistry of Lectotype: isoarthothelin, thyringione. 
Lecidea hyalinescens (Mull.Arg.) R. W. Rogers, comb. nov. 
Lecanora hyalinescens Mull.Arg. (1882:484) 
Typification: White, Twofold Bay, on bark [N.S.W.] (G, holotype). 
Thallus dirty-white to grey, thin, ecorticate. Apothecia sessile to somewhat im- 
mersed, up to 1 mm diameter; margin white and prominent when young, becoming 
hyaline and disappearing with age, devoid of algae; disk initially concave, later 
somewhat convex, pale pinkish-brown to brown; asci 8-spored; spores simple, 
hyaline, 13-15 x 8-10 ^m. 
Chemistry: no lichen products were demonstrated by T.L.C. 
Ochrolechia macrosperma (Mull.Arg.) R. W. Rogers, comb. nov. 
Lecanora macrosperma Mull.Arg. (1893B:40) 
Typification: Wilson 366, on bark, Lakes Entrance [Victoria] (G, holotype). 
Thallus crustose, white or grey, thick, densely isidiate. Apothecia adnate to im- 
mersed, c. 1 mm diameter, thalline margin thick and isidiate; disk deeply sunken 
within the margin, brown, epruinose; paraphyses reticulately branched; asci 
8-spored; spores 38-50 x 18-20 fim, simple, hyaline. 
Chemistry: perlatolic acid. 
Cladonia glaucolivida (Mull.Arg.) R. W. Rogers, comb. nov. 
Placodium glaucolividum Mull.Arg. (1891:388) 
Lecanora glaucolivida (Mull.Arg.) Zahlbr. (1928:624) 
Typification: Bailey 706, on soil, Queensland (G, holotype). Thallus of squamules 
up to 1.5 mm across, grey to yellow-grey, usually irregular, sometimes rosette-like, 
convex or with an ascending tip. Apothecia up to 2 mm diameter but usually much 
smaller, sessile or substipitate, with a well developed margin devoid of algae some- 
times disappearing with age; disk brown or pale pinkish-brown, plane becoming 
somewhat convex, algal layer well developed below the hypothecium; asci 8-spored; 
spores simple, hyaline, 10-12 x 5-7 ^m. 
Chemistry: merochlorophaeic acid, 4-0-methylcryptochlorophaeic acid, traces of 
boninic acid and 2-0-methyl sekikaic acid. 
The type specimen is small and poorly developed. However a recent collection 
(South Nobby, Qld [28°28'S, 153°30'E] on soil on a dry ridge close to the ocean, 
Rogers 2394) shows a fuller development. The short, hollow, corticate podetia could 
easily be mistaken for a thalloid exciple which would lead to placing the material in 
the genus Squamarina or in Lecanora. 
Xylographa perminuta (Mull.Arg.) R. W. Rogers, comb. nov. 
Lecanora perminuta Mull.Arg. (1893B:39) 
Typification: Wilson 1694, dead wood, Mt. Macedon [Victoria] (G, holotype). 
Thallus not detectable. Apothecia black or very dark brown, minute (0.1 -0.2 mm 
diameter), irregular, with a poorly developed thalline exciple, more or less adnate to 
the substrate; paraphyses simple; asci 8-spored; spores simple, hyaline, 6-12 x 4-5 
H m. 
Chemistry: no lichen products were demonstrated by T.L.C. 

Page image

Page text

33 
Description of Lectotype: Thallus crustose, thin, yellow-green, granular, margin 
effuse. Apolhecia sessile, to 1.5 mm diameter, with a distinct pale proper margin 
when young, less prominent with age; disk flesh-coloured, usually epruinose, plane 
to slightly convex; paraphyses simple; asci 8-spored; spores simple, hyaline, 18-22 x 
9-1 1 /im. 
Chemistry of Lectotype: isoarthothelin, thyringione. 
Lecidea hyalinescens (Mull.Arg.) R. W. Rogers, comb. nov. 
Lecanora hyalinescens Mull.Arg. (1882:484) 
Typification: White, Twofold Bay, on bark [N.S.W.] (G, holotype). 
Thallus dirty-white to grey, thin, ecorticate. Apothecia sessile to somewhat im- 
mersed, up to 1 mm diameter; margin white and prominent when young, becoming 
hyaline and disappearing with age, devoid of algae; disk initially concave, later 
somewhat convex, pale pinkish-brown to brown; asci 8-spored; spores simple, 
hyaline, 13-15 x 8-10 ^m. 
Chemistry: no lichen products were demonstrated by T.L.C. 
Ochrolechia macrosperma (Mull.Arg.) R. W. Rogers, comb. nov. 
Lecanora macrosperma Mull.Arg. (1893B:40) 
Typification: Wilson 366, on bark, Lakes Entrance [Victoria] (G, holotype). 
Thallus crustose, white or grey, thick, densely isidiate. Apothecia adnate to im- 
mersed, c. 1 mm diameter, thalline margin thick and isidiate; disk deeply sunken 
within the margin, brown, epruinose; paraphyses reticulately branched; asci 
8-spored; spores 38-50 x 18-20 fim, simple, hyaline. 
Chemistry: perlatolic acid. 
Cladonia glaucolivida (Mull.Arg.) R. W. Rogers, comb. nov. 
Placodium glaucolividum Mull.Arg. (1891:388) 
Lecanora glaucolivida (Mull.Arg.) Zahlbr. (1928:624) 
Typification: Bailey 706, on soil, Queensland (G, holotype). Thallus of squamules 
up to 1.5 mm across, grey to yellow-grey, usually irregular, sometimes rosette-like, 
convex or with an ascending tip. Apothecia up to 2 mm diameter but usually much 
smaller, sessile or substipitate, with a well developed margin devoid of algae some- 
times disappearing with age; disk brown or pale pinkish-brown, plane becoming 
somewhat convex, algal layer well developed below the hypothecium; asci 8-spored; 
spores simple, hyaline, 10-12 x 5-7 ^m. 
Chemistry: merochlorophaeic acid, 4-0-methylcryptochlorophaeic acid, traces of 
boninic acid and 2-0-methyl sekikaic acid. 
The type specimen is small and poorly developed. However a recent collection 
(South Nobby, Qld [28°28'S, 153°30'E] on soil on a dry ridge close to the ocean, 
Rogers 2394) shows a fuller development. The short, hollow, corticate podetia could 
easily be mistaken for a thalloid exciple which would lead to placing the material in 
the genus Squamarina or in Lecanora. 
Xylographa perminuta (Mull.Arg.) R. W. Rogers, comb. nov. 
Lecanora perminuta Mull.Arg. (1893B:39) 
Typification: Wilson 1694, dead wood, Mt. Macedon [Victoria] (G, holotype). 
Thallus not detectable. Apothecia black or very dark brown, minute (0.1 -0.2 mm 
diameter), irregular, with a poorly developed thalline exciple, more or less adnate to 
the substrate; paraphyses simple; asci 8-spored; spores simple, hyaline, 6-12 x 4-5 
H m. 
Chemistry: no lichen products were demonstrated by T.L.C. 

Page image

Page text

33 
Description of Lectotype: Thallus crustose, thin, yellow-green, granular, margin 
effuse. Apolhecia sessile, to 1.5 mm diameter, with a distinct pale proper margin 
when young, less prominent with age; disk flesh-coloured, usually epruinose, plane 
to slightly convex; paraphyses simple; asci 8-spored; spores simple, hyaline, 18-22 x 
9-1 1 /im. 
Chemistry of Lectotype: isoarthothelin, thyringione. 
Lecidea hyalinescens (Mull.Arg.) R. W. Rogers, comb. nov. 
Lecanora hyalinescens Mull.Arg. (1882:484) 
Typification: White, Twofold Bay, on bark [N.S.W.] (G, holotype). 
Thallus dirty-white to grey, thin, ecorticate. Apothecia sessile to somewhat im- 
mersed, up to 1 mm diameter; margin white and prominent when young, becoming 
hyaline and disappearing with age, devoid of algae; disk initially concave, later 
somewhat convex, pale pinkish-brown to brown; asci 8-spored; spores simple, 
hyaline, 13-15 x 8-10 ^m. 
Chemistry: no lichen products were demonstrated by T.L.C. 
Ochrolechia macrosperma (Mull.Arg.) R. W. Rogers, comb. nov. 
Lecanora macrosperma Mull.Arg. (1893B:40) 
Typification: Wilson 366, on bark, Lakes Entrance [Victoria] (G, holotype). 
Thallus crustose, white or grey, thick, densely isidiate. Apothecia adnate to im- 
mersed, c. 1 mm diameter, thalline margin thick and isidiate; disk deeply sunken 
within the margin, brown, epruinose; paraphyses reticulately branched; asci 
8-spored; spores 38-50 x 18-20 fim, simple, hyaline. 
Chemistry: perlatolic acid. 
Cladonia glaucolivida (Mull.Arg.) R. W. Rogers, comb. nov. 
Placodium glaucolividum Mull.Arg. (1891:388) 
Lecanora glaucolivida (Mull.Arg.) Zahlbr. (1928:624) 
Typification: Bailey 706, on soil, Queensland (G, holotype). Thallus of squamules 
up to 1.5 mm across, grey to yellow-grey, usually irregular, sometimes rosette-like, 
convex or with an ascending tip. Apothecia up to 2 mm diameter but usually much 
smaller, sessile or substipitate, with a well developed margin devoid of algae some- 
times disappearing with age; disk brown or pale pinkish-brown, plane becoming 
somewhat convex, algal layer well developed below the hypothecium; asci 8-spored; 
spores simple, hyaline, 10-12 x 5-7 ^m. 
Chemistry: merochlorophaeic acid, 4-0-methylcryptochlorophaeic acid, traces of 
boninic acid and 2-0-methyl sekikaic acid. 
The type specimen is small and poorly developed. However a recent collection 
(South Nobby, Qld [28°28'S, 153°30'E] on soil on a dry ridge close to the ocean, 
Rogers 2394) shows a fuller development. The short, hollow, corticate podetia could 
easily be mistaken for a thalloid exciple which would lead to placing the material in 
the genus Squamarina or in Lecanora. 
Xylographa perminuta (Mull.Arg.) R. W. Rogers, comb. nov. 
Lecanora perminuta Mull.Arg. (1893B:39) 
Typification: Wilson 1694, dead wood, Mt. Macedon [Victoria] (G, holotype). 
Thallus not detectable. Apothecia black or very dark brown, minute (0.1 -0.2 mm 
diameter), irregular, with a poorly developed thalline exciple, more or less adnate to 
the substrate; paraphyses simple; asci 8-spored; spores simple, hyaline, 6-12 x 4-5 
H m. 
Chemistry: no lichen products were demonstrated by T.L.C. 

Page image

Page text

33 
Description of Lectotype: Thallus crustose, thin, yellow-green, granular, margin 
effuse. Apolhecia sessile, to 1.5 mm diameter, with a distinct pale proper margin 
when young, less prominent with age; disk flesh-coloured, usually epruinose, plane 
to slightly convex; paraphyses simple; asci 8-spored; spores simple, hyaline, 18-22 x 
9-1 1 /im. 
Chemistry of Lectotype: isoarthothelin, thyringione. 
Lecidea hyalinescens (Mull.Arg.) R. W. Rogers, comb. nov. 
Lecanora hyalinescens Mull.Arg. (1882:484) 
Typification: White, Twofold Bay, on bark [N.S.W.] (G, holotype). 
Thallus dirty-white to grey, thin, ecorticate. Apothecia sessile to somewhat im- 
mersed, up to 1 mm diameter; margin white and prominent when young, becoming 
hyaline and disappearing with age, devoid of algae; disk initially concave, later 
somewhat convex, pale pinkish-brown to brown; asci 8-spored; spores simple, 
hyaline, 13-15 x 8-10 ^m. 
Chemistry: no lichen products were demonstrated by T.L.C. 
Ochrolechia macrosperma (Mull.Arg.) R. W. Rogers, comb. nov. 
Lecanora macrosperma Mull.Arg. (1893B:40) 
Typification: Wilson 366, on bark, Lakes Entrance [Victoria] (G, holotype). 
Thallus crustose, white or grey, thick, densely isidiate. Apothecia adnate to im- 
mersed, c. 1 mm diameter, thalline margin thick and isidiate; disk deeply sunken 
within the margin, brown, epruinose; paraphyses reticulately branched; asci 
8-spored; spores 38-50 x 18-20 fim, simple, hyaline. 
Chemistry: perlatolic acid. 
Cladonia glaucolivida (Mull.Arg.) R. W. Rogers, comb. nov. 
Placodium glaucolividum Mull.Arg. (1891:388) 
Lecanora glaucolivida (Mull.Arg.) Zahlbr. (1928:624) 
Typification: Bailey 706, on soil, Queensland (G, holotype). Thallus of squamules 
up to 1.5 mm across, grey to yellow-grey, usually irregular, sometimes rosette-like, 
convex or with an ascending tip. Apothecia up to 2 mm diameter but usually much 
smaller, sessile or substipitate, with a well developed margin devoid of algae some- 
times disappearing with age; disk brown or pale pinkish-brown, plane becoming 
somewhat convex, algal layer well developed below the hypothecium; asci 8-spored; 
spores simple, hyaline, 10-12 x 5-7 ^m. 
Chemistry: merochlorophaeic acid, 4-0-methylcryptochlorophaeic acid, traces of 
boninic acid and 2-0-methyl sekikaic acid. 
The type specimen is small and poorly developed. However a recent collection 
(South Nobby, Qld [28°28'S, 153°30'E] on soil on a dry ridge close to the ocean, 
Rogers 2394) shows a fuller development. The short, hollow, corticate podetia could 
easily be mistaken for a thalloid exciple which would lead to placing the material in 
the genus Squamarina or in Lecanora. 
Xylographa perminuta (Mull.Arg.) R. W. Rogers, comb. nov. 
Lecanora perminuta Mull.Arg. (1893B:39) 
Typification: Wilson 1694, dead wood, Mt. Macedon [Victoria] (G, holotype). 
Thallus not detectable. Apothecia black or very dark brown, minute (0.1 -0.2 mm 
diameter), irregular, with a poorly developed thalline exciple, more or less adnate to 
the substrate; paraphyses simple; asci 8-spored; spores simple, hyaline, 6-12 x 4-5 
H m. 
Chemistry: no lichen products were demonstrated by T.L.C. 

Page image

Page text

2 
a basally circumscissile calyx and imparipinnate leaves with 3-5(-7) oblong- 
lanceolate leaflets, whereas Plagiocarpus has sessile, mostly digitately 3-foliolate 
leaves, pods a little less than twice as long as broad and subsessile flowers with linear 
bracteoles. Plagiocarpus is clearly closely allied to Templetonia but the combination 
of diagnostic characters distinguishes it from Templetonia. Although the species in 
Templetonia represent a rather heterogeneous assemblage, all of them have in com- 
mon and are distinguished from the other genera in the group by the possession of 
pods which are more than twice as long as broad and usually ovate bracteoles. Ex- 
cept for T. egena and T. battii which are obviously very closely related and T. 
sulcata which clearly is related to these two species, affinities elsewhere in the genus 
are difficult to detect. T. stenophylla appears to be allied to T. neglecta but the re- 
maining species appear fairly isolated and without close allies. 
In habit all species are invariably shrubs or subshrubs with woody rootstocks 
although there is one record (presumably correct) of T. retusa in Western Australia 
growing as a tree up to six metres high. In T. aculeata the stipules are spinescent but 
in all other species they are non-spinescent and, except in T. incana, inconspicuous. 
In T. egena, T. battii and T. sulcata the leaves are reduced to minute scales up to 1 
mm long so that the plants have the appearance of being leafless. In T. drummondii 
the leaves are unifoliolate and in T. hookeri vary from 1-foliolate to digitately or 
pinnately 3-5-foliolate whereas in all remaining species the leaves are simple (T. 
aculeata is occasionally leafless). Despite the occurrence of unifoliolate leaves in T. 
drummondii and in T. hookeri, where pinnately or digitately 3-5-foliolate leaves also 
occur, the two species are not at all closely related. The paired bracteoles which in- 
variably occur at or above the middle of the pedicel are ovate except in T. biloba and 
T. incana where they are linear. In T. retusa and T. incana the flowers are large and 
mostly red throughout although in the former white and yellow variants occur 
sporadically and in the latter some petals are sometimes partly yellow or cream. In 
all other species the flowers are smaller, basically yellow and brown or purplish- 
brown and relatively inconspicuous. The shape and structure of the corolla in T. 
retusa differs from that of the other species and suggests that it is adapted for a 
different means of pollination. 
TAXONOMY 
Templetonia R.Br. in Ait. f . , Hort. Kew., ed. 2, 4: 269 (1812); DC., Prodr. 2: 118 
(1825); G. Don, Gen. Syst. 2: 129 (1832); Benth., FI. Austr. 2: 168 (1864); Benth. & 
Hook.f., Gen. PI. 1: 474 (1865); Taub. in Engl., Pflanzemfam. 3, 3: 217 (1893); 
Diels & Pritzel, Bot. Jahrb. 35: 263 (1904); Hutch., Gen. FI. PI. 1: 349 (1964); 
Polhill, Bot. Syst. 1: 309 (1976). Type Species: T. retusa (Vent.) R.Br. 
Nematophyllum F. Muell., Hook. J. Bot. & Kew Gard. Misc. 9: 20 (1857). 
Shrubs or subshrubs with one to several stems arising from a woody rootstock; 
branches usually ridged or longitudinally striate, terete or sometimes flattened, occa- 
sionally spine-tipped. Leaves alternate or rarely several at a node, simple, 
unifoliolate or rarely digitately to pinnately 3-5-foliolate, or sometimes reduced to 
minute scales, the lower nerves usually strongly ascending, apiculate, pungent or 
bilobed apically, often with a mass of fine glandular processes in the axils; leaflets, 
when present, terete to linear-filiform or ovate to narrow-elliptic or obovate-oblong. 
Stipules usually small and inconspicuous, occasionally spinescent; stipels present in 
unifoliolate and compound leaves. Flowers yellow and brown or purplish-brown, 
red or occasionally red and cream or white or yellow, 1 -several from the axils, 
usually subtended by a few small scales as well as the bract and with a pair of usually 
ovate papery bracteoles near the middle or on the upper part of the pedicel, less 
often the bract and bracteoles linear. Calyx one-quarter to two-thirds as long as the 
corolla, persisting in fruit; upper lobes either largely united or much broader than 
the others, lower lobes often as long as the upper, the lowest often the longest. Cor- 
olla varied in structure; standard narrow-elliptic to orbicular or slightly oblate, 

Page image

Page text

14 
Fig. 7. The known distributions of Templetonia aculeata, T. drummondii and T. hookeri. 
T. drummondii is in some respects superficially similar to T. stenophylla but the 
latter differs in having simple more or less sessile narrow-oblong, oblong or linear- 
oblong leaves, pods on a stipe which exceeds the calyx, and a different distribution. 
7. Templetonia hookeri (F. Muell.) Benth., FI. Austr. 2: 170 (1864). 
Nematophyllum hookeri F. Muell., Hook., J. Bot. & Kew Gard. Misc. 9: 20 (1857). 
Type: Northern Territory, Upper Victoria river and Sturt’s Creek, F. Mueller (MEL 
1516623!, here selected as lectotype). 
Several-stemmed slender shrub up to 3 m high with smooth greyish-brown to 
greenish-yellow bark; branches greenish-yellow to yellowish-grey, terete, in- 
conspicuously sulcate, glabrous to fairly densely appressed-pubescent, unarmed. 
Stipules inconspicuous, up to 1 mm long. Leaves linear-terete to filiform, 1-foliolate 
or digitately to pinnately 3-5-foliolate, 1.8-11.5 cm long, usually rather crowded, 
with a pair of inconspicuous stipellae up to 0.6 mm long at the point of attachment 
of the leaflets, glabrous to sparingly pubescent, with a mass of fine dark glandular 
processes in the axils; leaflets linear-terete to filiform and typically with a short 
recurved tip, articulated at the point of attachment to the petiole or rhachis. Flowers 
usually 1 per axil, pale lemon-yellow, on glabrous to sparingly pubescent filiform 
pedicels 2-2.5 cm long (up to 4 cm long in fruit), the pedicels with a pair of ovate 
papery bracteoles up to 1.5 mm long towards the apex, the bracteoles glabrous ex- 
cept for a fringe of apical cilia or sparingly pubescent throughout. Calyx with 4 
acuminate lobes, the upper lobe up to 10.5 mm long (up to 14 mm in fruit) and 
broader than the others, the two laterals up to 8.5 mm long, and the lowest up to 12 
mm long (18 mm in fruit), the lobes longer than the tube, glabrous to sparingly 
pubescent . Standard orbicular, up to 18 mm long including the claw, 9-11 mm wide, 
emarginate apically; wings up to 12 mm long including a claw up to 2 mm long, up 
to 4.5 mm wide, auricled; keel petals up to 16 mm long including a claw up to 2.5 
mm long, up to 6.5 mm wide, auricled. Stamens up to 16 mm long. Ovary up to 8 
mm long, on a stipe up to 3.5 mm long, glabrous. Pods oblong, sometimes obliquely 
so especially when young, 2. 4-3. 7 x 0.95-1.3 cm, narrowed to an acute beak apically, 
mostly 3-4-seeded, valves yellowish-green when young but ripening to shiny brown, 

Page image

Page text

14 
Fig. 7. The known distributions of Templetonia aculeata, T. drummondii and T. hookeri. 
T. drummondii is in some respects superficially similar to T. stenophylla but the 
latter differs in having simple more or less sessile narrow-oblong, oblong or linear- 
oblong leaves, pods on a stipe which exceeds the calyx, and a different distribution. 
7. Templetonia hookeri (F. Muell.) Benth., FI. Austr. 2: 170 (1864). 
Nematophyllum hookeri F. Muell., Hook., J. Bot. & Kew Gard. Misc. 9: 20 (1857). 
Type: Northern Territory, Upper Victoria river and Sturt’s Creek, F. Mueller (MEL 
1516623!, here selected as lectotype). 
Several-stemmed slender shrub up to 3 m high with smooth greyish-brown to 
greenish-yellow bark; branches greenish-yellow to yellowish-grey, terete, in- 
conspicuously sulcate, glabrous to fairly densely appressed-pubescent, unarmed. 
Stipules inconspicuous, up to 1 mm long. Leaves linear-terete to filiform, 1-foliolate 
or digitately to pinnately 3-5-foliolate, 1.8-11.5 cm long, usually rather crowded, 
with a pair of inconspicuous stipellae up to 0.6 mm long at the point of attachment 
of the leaflets, glabrous to sparingly pubescent, with a mass of fine dark glandular 
processes in the axils; leaflets linear-terete to filiform and typically with a short 
recurved tip, articulated at the point of attachment to the petiole or rhachis. Flowers 
usually 1 per axil, pale lemon-yellow, on glabrous to sparingly pubescent filiform 
pedicels 2-2.5 cm long (up to 4 cm long in fruit), the pedicels with a pair of ovate 
papery bracteoles up to 1.5 mm long towards the apex, the bracteoles glabrous ex- 
cept for a fringe of apical cilia or sparingly pubescent throughout. Calyx with 4 
acuminate lobes, the upper lobe up to 10.5 mm long (up to 14 mm in fruit) and 
broader than the others, the two laterals up to 8.5 mm long, and the lowest up to 12 
mm long (18 mm in fruit), the lobes longer than the tube, glabrous to sparingly 
pubescent . Standard orbicular, up to 18 mm long including the claw, 9-11 mm wide, 
emarginate apically; wings up to 12 mm long including a claw up to 2 mm long, up 
to 4.5 mm wide, auricled; keel petals up to 16 mm long including a claw up to 2.5 
mm long, up to 6.5 mm wide, auricled. Stamens up to 16 mm long. Ovary up to 8 
mm long, on a stipe up to 3.5 mm long, glabrous. Pods oblong, sometimes obliquely 
so especially when young, 2. 4-3. 7 x 0.95-1.3 cm, narrowed to an acute beak apically, 
mostly 3-4-seeded, valves yellowish-green when young but ripening to shiny brown, 

Page image

Page text

36 
Nymphoides montanu H. I. Aston, sp. nov. 
Nymphoides geminata sens. Aston (1973:111), non (R.Br.) Kuntze. 
Nymphoides sp. nov. “G”, Aston in litt. 
Plantae perennes. Stolones fluilantes ad 2 m longi. Laminae foliorum ± circulares, iniegrae, profunde 
cordatae, latissime obtusae, (2.5-)4-l 1 x (2.5-)4-10.5 cm. tnflorescentia laxa, binis floribus 
pedicellatis binisque bracteis ad nodos; internodis ad 5(- 1 0) cm longis. Flores heterostyli, 
5(6)-partiti. Corolla 23-38 rom diametro, flava; lobae alis lateralibus latis perlaciniatis, fimbriaque 
transversa prope lobae basin papillarum tenuium liberarum formata, praeditae. Capsula ellip- 
soidea, (5.5-)6-9 x (3-)4-5 mm. Semina 42-90 per capsulam, ellipsoidea valde autem compressa, 
1.1-1.55 x 0.8-1.15 x 0.5-0. 7 mm (longitudo latitudine sesquilongior, crassitie duplolongior), 
nigrescentia ad nigra maturitate, nitentia, laevia; caruncula basalis circularis, pallida, tenuis, 
inconspicua. 
Stoloniferous perennial. Stolons long and floating with roots suspended from 
the nodes on plants in water, becoming rooted to the substrate when waters 
evaporate; stolons in deeper waters to 2 metres long x 1.5-4 mm diam. with inter- 
nodes c. 10-60 cm long, mostly few-noded and forked once to thrice; stolons on 
stranded plants often reduced to a single node 1-2 cm long. Basal leaves several; 
petioles slender, cylindrical, to 70 cm long; blades ± circular in outline, usually a 
little longer than broad, occasionally a little broader than long, rarely very broad- 
ovate, deeply cordate (the lobes mostly 30-45% of the total blade length and 
separated by a sinus of 0°-40° (-70°) or rarely slightly overlapping), very broad- 
obtuse, often somewhat emarginate, entire or rarely slightly crenate, (2.5-)4-ll x 
(2.5-)4-10.5 cm. Cauline leaves from the stolon nodes similar, becoming progres- 
sively smaller and shorter-petioled toward the stolon extremities, those on stranded 
plants reduced in size (sometimes < 1 cm) and varying from reniform to elliptic and 
from cordate to truncate to tapered at the base. Inflorescence as for the “geminata 
group”, the internodes few-11 in number, each 2-50(- 1 00) mm long; bracts 
lanceolate-ovate, 4-7(-10) mm long; pedicels 20-80(- 1 25) mm long. Flowers 
5(6)-partite. Calyx lobes lanceolate to narrow-ovate, thick-textured with narrow 
translucent margins, (5-)6-8(- 1 0) mm long. Corolla 23-38 mm span, “bright lemon 
yellow” to “bright yellow”. Corolla lobes broad-elliptic; mid-section glabrous except 
for the conspicuous transverse fringe of fine papillae near its base and sometimes a 
few similar papillae along its midline above the fringe; side-wings broad, undulate, 
strongly laciniate, extending from the apex of the lobe almost to the base. Corolla 
tube papillae free within the cluster, sessile. Stamens with filaments c. 0.6 and 1 .7 
mm long in long-styled and short-styled flowers respectively; anthers ± linear-ovate, 
c. 2. 5-3. 5 times as long as broad, 2. 4-3. 5 mm long. Gynoecium (long-styled flower) 
c. 10.5 mm long; ovary free except at the base, ± linear-conical, gradually tapered 
into the style; placentas 2, long, extending down at least the central half of the ovary 
wall; ovules c. 90-170; style c. 2. 5-3. 5 mm long; stigmas 2, each a broad-rhomboid, 
shortly-papillate, laciniate, erect wing c. 3.5 x 2.75 mm. Gynoecium (short-styled 
flower ) c. 6 mm long; style c. 1.5 mm long; stigmas c. 2 x 2.5 mm, condensed, 
deeply-lobed and undulate thus obscuring the basic wings. Capsule ellipsoid, equal 
to or a little longer than the calyx, (5.5-)6-9 x (3-)4-5 mm, often breaking free in the 
water by decay of the pedicel before the seeds are released. Seeds (23-)42-90 per cap- 
sule; body of seed ellipsoid but strongly laterally compressed, 1.1-1.55 mm long x 
0.8-1.15 mm wide x 0.5-0. 7 mm thick, dark grey-black to black when mature, 
shining, smooth; basal caruncle present, circular, pale, thin and generally 
inconspicuous. 
Type Collection: 
Lake Hill, south-west of Nunniong Plains, East Gippsland, Victoria, grid 
W6(-3), 20. i. 1971, Beauglehole & Finck ACB36345 (Holotype: MEL 1504963. 
Isotypes: BRI, CANB, MEL 1504964-965, 'NSW). 
Paratype: 
Morass Creek, about 9 km north of Benambra, at crossing of the Omeo to 

Page image

Page text

39 
distribution and to withstand the ravages of time. However, this collection (ACB 
36345) is deficient in other respects, particularly in having only small, thin-textured 
leaves, some of which (including two on the holotype) are atypically deeply 
emarginate. I have cited, therefore, a paratype (Aston 1852) which complements the 
type collection by illustrating the typical large thick-textured leaves, the 
stoloniferous habit and elongated inflorescences of deepwater plants and also the 
reduced state of plants on mud. 
Collections from the Bentley Plains, Victoria (ACB 36998; Melville 3124) show 
a slight tendency towards a tuberculate seed. This is more pronounced in the latter 
collection where the external surfaces of some of the seed cells form semi-circular 
domes and a very few form small tubercles about once to twice as long as broad. 
These extrusions are confined to the seed edges and only noticeable under 
magnification. 
At some localities both long- and short-styled flowers are found on intermingled 
stolons but at others only one style type is present over an extensive area or 
throughout the population. The latter situation is possibly due to the stoloniferous 
nature of the species and the consequent vegetative spread and formation of large 
clones. 
Nymphoides planosperma H. I. Aston, sp. nov. 
Nymphoides sp. nov. “R”, Aston in litt. 
Planlae annuae. Laminae foliorum sagittata, ± ovate-triangulares, 8-17 x 9-16 mm, sino profundo 
acutoque (ad 60( -70%) totae folii longitudinis), lobae basales elongatae, angustae, 2-6 mm latae; 
laminae infra spongiosae rugosaeque, stellatis trichomis furcatis in cavernulis aeriis. Infloreseentia 
fasciculus pedicellarum densus, ad basin sinu folii ortus. Flores heterostyli, 5-partiti. Corolla 6-10 
mm diametro, alba, tauce fiavo; lobae cum alis latis lateralibus in distali V1-V3, atque fimbria sparsa 
transversa papillarum tenuium prope lobae basin; alae laterales undulatae ad apiceni laciniatae alibi 
integrae. C'apsula ellipsoidea ad late ovoidea, ad Wi longior quam calyx, 1.5-2. 5 x 1.5-2 mm; 
placentae duae, subapicales, minutae. Semina 1-4 per capsulam, anguste-ellipsoidea sed valde com- 
pressa, (I-) 1 .42-2.25 x (0.5-) 0.8-1.05 x (0.35-) 0.45-0.6 mm (longitudo latitudine diplolongior, 
crassitic 3-4 plo longior) nigra maturitate, typice cum superficiebus ± laevibus, cumque margine in- 
crassata, obtusituberculata, rotundata; caruncula crassa, semicircularis, conspicua, in margine 
seminis circa /> longitudinis ab apice. 
Annual. Petiole-like stems few to many, arising from the plant base, flexuose, 
threadlike, 7-34 cm long x < 0.5 mm diam., with scattered, flat, often dark 
callosities; true petiole minute or absent. Leaf blades ± ovate-triangular in outline 
with slightly convex, straight, or slightly concave edges and a usually deep and acute 
basal sinus; sinus (30-)50-60(-70)<7o of total blade length, of 50°-100° (-125°) angle, 
the basal lobes ± elongated and narrow, 2-6 mm wide; blades 8-17 mm x 9-16 mm,’ 
widest across the basal lobes close to their extremities, spongy and rugose beneath 
with deep air cavities and with ± stellate/forked clear-translucent trichomes 
projecting into the cavities from the inside of the upper leaf surface. Inflorescence as 
for the “indica group”; true petiole apparently absent; pedicels subtended by broad- 
obovate to ± rounded, white-translucent, membranous bracts to 2 mm lone. 
Pedicels 5-12, emerging erect through the sinus when in flower, very slender, 5-18"x 
c. 0.2 mm, with scattered flat callosities. Flowers 5-partite. Calyx lobes linear- 
lanceolate to narrow elliptic-lanceolate, slightly mucronate, membranous, 1 -nerved, 
remaining closely appressed to the capsule, with 1-several flat, often dark, callosities 
particularly along the nerve, 1-1 .5(1 .9) mm long. Corolla 6-10 mm span, 3-5 mm 
long, white with a yellow throat. Corolla lobes distally broad-elliptic, basally linear; 
mid-section glabrous except for a sparse transverse fringe of fine papillae'near its 
base; side-wings broad, undulate, laciniate at the apex but otherwise entire, extend- 
ing from the apex down the distal half to two-thirds of the lobe. Corolla tube 
papillae clustered at the apex of a pronounced common stalk. Stamens with 
filaments c. 0.3-0. 5 and 1.2 mm long in long-styled and short-styled flowers respec- 
tively; anthers versatile, ± broad-oblong, only slightly longer than broad, c. 
0.45-0.5 mm long. Gynoecium ( long-styled flower) c. 2.5-3 mm long; ovary 
globular-obovoid, contracted ± abruptly into the style; placentas 2r’minute 

Page image

Page text

42 
Although I have only dissected long-styled and short-styled flowers N. T. 
Sanderson and J. T. Waterhouse report (pers. comm.) three style types from held 
observations — long, medium and short. Medium-styled plants only were found in 
one pool and both long- and short-styled plants were found together in another. The 
medium-styled plants produced 3 or 4 of the smallest known seeds per capsule 
whereas the long- plus short-styled population produced 1 or 2 larger seeds per cap- 
sule. Observed populations are insufficient to determine if this distinction is 
constant. 
Nymphoides quadriloba H. I. Aston, sp. nov. 
Nymphoides sp. nov. “P”, Aston in litt. 
Plantae annuae vel ?perennes. Laminae saepe foliorum hippocrepiformes vei late sagittiformes 
(l-)3-9.5(-l 1) x (0.8-)2-8 cm, late ellipticae ad ± rotundae vel late deltoideae sed cum sino basali 
plerumque lato convexoque; lobae basales obtusae, marginibus interioribus vulgo concavis. 
Inflorescentia fasciculus pedicellorum densus, ad basin sinus folii ortus. Flores heterostyli, 
4(5 )-parl i t i . Corolla (6-)l 1-1 7(- 19) mm diametro, vel alba vel pallide erubescens vel pallide 
malvinus-erubescens, fauce flavo; lobae cum duabus alis latis lateralibus profunde laciniatis, ab 
apice paene usque ad basin, atque cum carina verticali lata laciniata, longitudinali in superficie in- 
teriore; carina plerumque ab apice ad 'A- 2 A lobae longitudinem, nonnumquanr valde deminuta; 
loba et cum fimbria conspicua proxime super basin papillarum tenuium. Capsula ellipsoidea ad 
late-ellipsoidea, 2.5-5 x 1.7-3 trim. Semina (5-)10-44(-6i ) per capsulam, paene globosa sed com- 
pressa (typice superficiebus laevibus convexis cum protuberatione centrali, marginibus dense tuber- 
culis brevibus obtusis velatis; tubercula nonnumquam desunt, nonnunrquam aulem et in 
superficiebus lateralibus et in marginibus tubercula adsunt), 0.67-1.02 x 0.6-0.95 x 0.35-0.57 mm 
(longitudo latitudinem ± aequans, crassitie duplolongior), straminea ad atrofusca vel nigra 
maturitate; caruncula basalis, circularis, plerumque tenuis inconspieuaque. 
Annual, perhaps perennial where water persists. Petiole-like stems few to 
many, arising from the plant base, slender, flexuose, 7 cm (plants on mud) to 85 cm 
(plants in water) long x 1 mm or less diam.; true petiole c. 1-3 mm long. Leaf blades 
very variable, typically horseshoe- or broad arrow-shaped, obtuse to rounded, 
entire-margined, broad-elliptic to ± broad-deltoid in outline but with a shallow to 
deep, often broad, generally convex basal sinus (sinus mostly (25-)40-60To of the 
total blade length and of (30°-) 55°-100°(-130°) angle); basal lobes obtuse, their in- 
ner margins generally concave, their outer margins a continuation of the convex 
curve of the whole leaf edge; leaves ( 1 -)3-9.5(- 1 1) cm long x (0.8-)2-8 cm wide, 
(length = ,>, or < width) green and shining above, not spongy. Juvenile leaves 
sometimes present on mature plants, submerged, near-sessile at the plant base, very 
thin-textured, deltoid to rhomboid. Inflorescence as for the “indica group”. Pedicels 
(8-)14-25(-35), emerging erect through the sinus when in flower, very slender, 17-52 x 
<0.5(-l) mm. Flowers 4(5)-partite. Calyx lobes lanceolate to narrow-ovate, acute, 
thin-textured, greenish or purplish with translucent margins, outcurved at the apex 
in fruit, 2. 5-4. 5 mm long. Corolla (6-) 11-1 7(- 1 9) mm span, white or very pale pink or 
pale mauve-pink except for a yellow throat; colours also grading (see notes below). 
Corolla lobes broad-elliptic, emarginate; mid-section with a broad, laciniate, ver- 
tical keel on its upper surface and with a conspicuous transverse fringe of fine 
papillae just above its base; keel extending longitudinally down the distal one- to 
two-thirds of the lobe length and continuing proximally as a line of individual fine 
papillae, but sometimes (even on the same flower) reduced to a very small keel on the 
distal or near-central portion of the lobe; side-wings broad, undulate, deeply- 
laciniate, extending from the apex almost to the lobe base. Corolla tube papillae 
short, ± thick and blunt, free and sessile or arising from the apex of a short thick 
common stalk. Stamens with filaments c. 0.5-0.75 and 1.2-1. 3 mm long in long- 
styled and short : styled flowers respectively; anthers ± broad-linear to elliptic, c. 1 .5 
times as long as broad, 0.7-1. 3 mm long. Gynoecium (long-styled flower) c. 3-4.5 
mm long; ovary ellipsoid to broad-ellipsoid, contracted into the style but not 
abruptly so; placentas 2, about one-quarter to one-third of the capsule length, posi- 
tioned centrally down the ovary wall; ovules c. (16-)23-50(-62); style c. 1.5-1. 8 mm 
long; stigmas 2, each a broad, papillate, irregularly-shaped and moderately laciniate 
wing c. 1 mm long. Gynoecium (short-styled flower) c. 2-3 mm long; style c. 0.3-0. 6 

Page image

Page text

36 
Nymphoides montanu H. I. Aston, sp. nov. 
Nymphoides geminata sens. Aston (1973:111), non (R.Br.) Kuntze. 
Nymphoides sp. nov. “G”, Aston in litt. 
Plantae perennes. Stolones fluilantes ad 2 m longi. Laminae foliorum ± circulares, iniegrae, profunde 
cordatae, latissime obtusae, (2.5-)4-l 1 x (2.5-)4-10.5 cm. tnflorescentia laxa, binis floribus 
pedicellatis binisque bracteis ad nodos; internodis ad 5(- 1 0) cm longis. Flores heterostyli, 
5(6)-partiti. Corolla 23-38 rom diametro, flava; lobae alis lateralibus latis perlaciniatis, fimbriaque 
transversa prope lobae basin papillarum tenuium liberarum formata, praeditae. Capsula ellip- 
soidea, (5.5-)6-9 x (3-)4-5 mm. Semina 42-90 per capsulam, ellipsoidea valde autem compressa, 
1.1-1.55 x 0.8-1.15 x 0.5-0. 7 mm (longitudo latitudine sesquilongior, crassitie duplolongior), 
nigrescentia ad nigra maturitate, nitentia, laevia; caruncula basalis circularis, pallida, tenuis, 
inconspicua. 
Stoloniferous perennial. Stolons long and floating with roots suspended from 
the nodes on plants in water, becoming rooted to the substrate when waters 
evaporate; stolons in deeper waters to 2 metres long x 1.5-4 mm diam. with inter- 
nodes c. 10-60 cm long, mostly few-noded and forked once to thrice; stolons on 
stranded plants often reduced to a single node 1-2 cm long. Basal leaves several; 
petioles slender, cylindrical, to 70 cm long; blades ± circular in outline, usually a 
little longer than broad, occasionally a little broader than long, rarely very broad- 
ovate, deeply cordate (the lobes mostly 30-45% of the total blade length and 
separated by a sinus of 0°-40° (-70°) or rarely slightly overlapping), very broad- 
obtuse, often somewhat emarginate, entire or rarely slightly crenate, (2.5-)4-ll x 
(2.5-)4-10.5 cm. Cauline leaves from the stolon nodes similar, becoming progres- 
sively smaller and shorter-petioled toward the stolon extremities, those on stranded 
plants reduced in size (sometimes < 1 cm) and varying from reniform to elliptic and 
from cordate to truncate to tapered at the base. Inflorescence as for the “geminata 
group”, the internodes few-11 in number, each 2-50(- 1 00) mm long; bracts 
lanceolate-ovate, 4-7(-10) mm long; pedicels 20-80(- 1 25) mm long. Flowers 
5(6)-partite. Calyx lobes lanceolate to narrow-ovate, thick-textured with narrow 
translucent margins, (5-)6-8(- 1 0) mm long. Corolla 23-38 mm span, “bright lemon 
yellow” to “bright yellow”. Corolla lobes broad-elliptic; mid-section glabrous except 
for the conspicuous transverse fringe of fine papillae near its base and sometimes a 
few similar papillae along its midline above the fringe; side-wings broad, undulate, 
strongly laciniate, extending from the apex of the lobe almost to the base. Corolla 
tube papillae free within the cluster, sessile. Stamens with filaments c. 0.6 and 1 .7 
mm long in long-styled and short-styled flowers respectively; anthers ± linear-ovate, 
c. 2. 5-3. 5 times as long as broad, 2. 4-3. 5 mm long. Gynoecium (long-styled flower) 
c. 10.5 mm long; ovary free except at the base, ± linear-conical, gradually tapered 
into the style; placentas 2, long, extending down at least the central half of the ovary 
wall; ovules c. 90-170; style c. 2. 5-3. 5 mm long; stigmas 2, each a broad-rhomboid, 
shortly-papillate, laciniate, erect wing c. 3.5 x 2.75 mm. Gynoecium (short-styled 
flower ) c. 6 mm long; style c. 1.5 mm long; stigmas c. 2 x 2.5 mm, condensed, 
deeply-lobed and undulate thus obscuring the basic wings. Capsule ellipsoid, equal 
to or a little longer than the calyx, (5.5-)6-9 x (3-)4-5 mm, often breaking free in the 
water by decay of the pedicel before the seeds are released. Seeds (23-)42-90 per cap- 
sule; body of seed ellipsoid but strongly laterally compressed, 1.1-1.55 mm long x 
0.8-1.15 mm wide x 0.5-0. 7 mm thick, dark grey-black to black when mature, 
shining, smooth; basal caruncle present, circular, pale, thin and generally 
inconspicuous. 
Type Collection: 
Lake Hill, south-west of Nunniong Plains, East Gippsland, Victoria, grid 
W6(-3), 20. i. 1971, Beauglehole & Finck ACB36345 (Holotype: MEL 1504963. 
Isotypes: BRI, CANB, MEL 1504964-965, 'NSW). 
Paratype: 
Morass Creek, about 9 km north of Benambra, at crossing of the Omeo to 

Page image

Page text

45 
in a creek. On sand and sandy-humus substrates; rarely grey mud or grey clay. 
Flowers and fruits well in water 5-50 cm deep and where stranded on saturated soil. 
FI. and Fr. recorded 31 January-20 July, with one record 1 September. 
Notes: 
Readily recognised as a member of the “indica group” by the white/pale 
pink/pale mauve flowers (yellow only in the throat) and the clustered inflorescence 
arising from the apparent petiole close against the leaf blade. It differs from all other 
species of that group in having keeled corolla lobes and in the characteristic seed of 
typical populations. The mostly 4-partite flowers, the deeply laciniate margins of the 
corolla-lobe wings and keel, the varied leaf shape with convex basal sinus and, when 
present, the pale pink or mauve colour of the corolla are also important characters. 
The epithet quadriloba refers to the four-lobed corolla which is very noticeable 
in the field. 
Corolla colour varies between and within populations and there is sometimes 
intergrading of colours on the same flower. Corollas of Aston 1944 were wholly 
white except for the yellow throat, while those of the paratype population were “very 
pale pink grading to deeper mauve-pink at base of lobes and upper throat; yellow in 
the throat. Occasionally the deeper mauve-pink absent and corolla then very very 
pale pink (or almost white) with yellow throat”. 
In edge view the seed of typical populations from the Northern Territory is top- 
shaped and distinctive. That of Carpentaria populations (see distribution, also seed 
descriptions) is broadly and evenly biconvex in cross-section and, together with the 
larger caruncle, often similar to seed of N. spongiosa. There is some gradation be- 
tween the two seed types of N. quadriloba and the regional distinction may prove 
more apparent than real when further fully-adequate collections are available. 
Several collections from the Kimberleys which have seeds with more clustered, 
dome-based tubercles possibly belong to N. quadriloba but material seen is inade- 
quate for conclusions. 
Nymphoides spongiosa H. I. Aston, sp. nov. 
Nymphoides sp. nov. “M”, Aston in litt. 
Plantae annuae. Laminae foliorum ellipticae-oblongae ad late ovatae, integrae, profunde cordatae, 
( 1 -)2-5 .5 x (0.8-) 1 .5-4.5 cm, infra spongiosae sed laeves (baud rugosae). Inflorescentia fasciculus 
pedicellorum densus, ad basin sinus folii ortus. Flores heterostyli, (4)5(6)-partiti. Corolla (7-) 10-1 8(-20) 
mm diamelro, alba, fauce tlavo; lobae late ellipticae, alis lateralibus undulatis integris, fimbriaque 
transversa proxime super basin lobae papillarum tenuium formata, praeditae. Ovarium ± globosum, in 
stylam abrupte contractum. Capsula latissime ellipsoidea ad ± globosa, 2.25-4 x 1.75-3 mm. Semina 
(5-)8-14(-25) per capsulam, ± globosa, parce compressa, tuberculis convexis brevissimis dense velata (vel 
tubercula nonnisi in marginibus seminum) 0.65-1.1 x 0.6-0.97 x 0.35-0.7 mm (longitudo latitudinem ae- 
quans, crassitie sesquilongior ad duplongior), straminea ad pallide cinereo-fusca maturitate: caruncula 
basalis, circularis, typice crassa conspicuaque. 
Apparently annual. Petiole-like stems few to many, arising from the plant base, 
slender, flexuose, 3 cm (plants on mud) to 90 cm (plants in water) long x 1 mm or less 
diam.; true petiole minute or apparently absent. Leaf blades elliptic-oblong to 
broad-ovate in outline, deeply cordate (the lobes mostly (30-)40-50% of the total 
blade length and separated by a sinus of 40°-70°(-90° angle), obtuse, entire, 
( 1 -)2-5 . 5 x (0. 8-) 1 .5-4.5 cm, green and shining above, white-translucent and spongy 
beneath; spongy tissue thickest at the centre and grading to thin or absent at the 
blade edges, smooth-surfaced, not rugose. Inflorescence as for the “indica group”; 
pedicels subtended by ± ovate, membranous, translucent bracts 3-6 mm long. 
Pedicels (10-) 12-30, emerging erect through the sinus when in flower, very slender, 
(8-) 1 4-40 x < 0.5 mm. Flowers (4)5(6)-partite. Calyx lobes lanceolate, acute, mem- 
branous, mostly purplish-translucent, usually slightly outcurved at the apex par- 
ticularly in fruit. Corolla (7-) 10-1 8(-20) mm span, white with a yellow throat. Cor- 
olla lobes broad-elliptic; mid-section glabrous except for a conspicuous transverse 
fringe of fine papillae just above its base; side-wings broad, undulate, entire (1-few 

Page image

Page text

48 
The epithet spongiosa refers to the leaf sponginess which is very noticeable in 
the field and also discernible in dried collections. 
Nymphoides subacuta H. I. Aston, sp. nov. 
Nymphoides sp. nov. ‘D\ Aston in litt. 
Planlae annuae vet ?perennes. Laminae foliorum angustissime ad late ovatae. aliquando quasi- 
circulares, integrae, protunde cordatae. acutae vel late obtusae, (l-)3-ll x (0.5-)2-9 cm. Petiolus 
compressus, in sectione oblongus. Inflorescentia laxa, binis floribus pedicellatis binisque bracteis ad 
nodos; internodis 0.2-5(-9) cm longis. Flores heterostyli, (4)5(6)- partiti. Calyx projecturis labifor- 
mibus, incrassatis minutis ad lobarum juncturas praeditus. Corolla (20-)26-40(-45) mm diametro, 
flavo-aurantiaca; lobae alis lateralibus latis perlaciniatis fimbriaque transversa prope lobae basin 
papillarum tenuium liberarum f'ormata praeditae. Papillae liberae, vel in fasuculis ad basin in- 
crassatis semi-connatae, in medium marginemque fimbriam. Capsula ellipsoidea-ovoidea, 3-6 \ 
2.5-4 mm. Semina 2-8 per capsulam, ± globosa, leviter autem compressa, 1.4-1. 9 x 1 .3-1.7 x 1-1.4 
mm (longitudo latitudinem aequans, crassitie l'/r-l'/r longior), nigrescentia-atrolusca maturitate, 
tholiformibus-projecturis velata; tholi de tuberculis tenuibus obtusis densi-apprcssis formal i , 
depressiones inter tholis tuberculis similaribus brevioribus vestitae; caruncula basalis, circularis, 
pallida, crassa, conspicua. 
Annual, perhaps perennial where water persists. Branches several from the 
plant base, slender, fle.xuose, floating, simple or forked once or twice, to 70 cm long, 
their terminal portions developing the inflorescences. Basal leaves several; petioles 
slender, compressed, oblong in cross-section, to 75 cm long; blades narrow- to 
broad-ovate or occasionally near-rounded in outline, deeply cordate (the lobes 
mostly 30-40 a /o of the total blade length and separated by a sinus of 12°-40° (-60°) 
angle or rarely slightly overlapping), acute to broad-obtuse, entire, ( 1 -)3- 1 1 x 
(0.5-)2-9 cm. Cauline leaves similar, becoming progressively smaller and shorter- 
petioled toward the inflorescence. Inflorescence as for the “geminata group”, the m- 
ternodes 2-50(-90) mm long; bracts lanceolate-ovate, c. 2-7 mm long, one bract ot 
the lower node often replaced by a leaf; pedicles 20-70(-100) mm long. Flowers 
(4)5(6)-partite. Calyx lobes narrow-ovate, (3.5-)5-6 mm long, thick-textured with 
narrow translucent margins and basally with a minute, thickened, lip-like projection 
formed at each junction of contiguous lobes. Corolla (20-)26-40(-45) mm span, 
“oranee-yellow” to “deep bright golden-orange Corolla lobes broad-elliptic, mid- 
section glabrous except for a conspicuous transverse fringe of fine papillae at its base 
and sometimes a few papillae along its midline above the fringe; fringe papillae c. 
1-2.5 mm long, all free or else some partially-united to form thick-based clusters of 
shorter (sometimes hair-tipped) papillae, the clusters 1-several at the edges and 
centre of the fringe; side-wings broad, undulate, strongly-laciniate, extending from 
the apex of the lolre almost to the base. Corolla tube papillae tiee within the cluster 
and sessile, or else arising from a common stalk. Stamens with filaments c. 0.3 and 
1 3 mm long in long-styled and short-styled flowers respectively; anthers ± linear- 
ovate c 1 5-2 times as long as broad, i. 5-1. 75 mm long. Gynoecium (long-stylecl 
flower) c. 7.5 mm long; ovary free except at the base, ± linear-conical, gradually 
'tapered into the style; placentas 2, short, extending down perhaps one-quarter ot the 
length of the ovary wall; ovules c. 10; style c. 1 .5 mm long; stigmas 2, each a broad, 
lobed, papillate, ± semicircular, erect wing c. 3 x 3.5 mm, the lobes sometimes 
deep-cut and undulate and simulating additional stigmas. Gynoecium (short-stylecl 
flower) c. 3.5 mm long, style c. 0.75 mm long; stigmas c. 1.25 x 1.8 mm, condensed, 
deeply-lobed and undulate thus obscuring the basic wings. Capsule ellipsoid-ovoid, 
equal to or a little longer than the calyx, 3-6 x 2.5-4 mm, opening irregularly under- 
water or sometimes (on plants stranded on mud) becoming dry and chartaceous and 
splitting at the summit into usually 4 recurved valves. Seeds 2-8 per capsule, body ot 
seed ± globose but slightly laterally compressed, 1.4-1. 9 mm long x 1.3-1. 7 mm 
wide x 1.1-1. 4 mm broad, dark brown-grey-black when mature, covered with 
regular dome-like projections, each dome consisting of closely-appressed slender ob- 
tuse tubercles, the inter-dome depressions densely covered with shorter non- 
appressed but otherwise similar tubercles; basal caruncle present, circular, pale, 
thick and conspicuous. 

Page image

Page text

33 
Description of Lectotype: Thallus crustose, thin, yellow-green, granular, margin 
effuse. Apolhecia sessile, to 1.5 mm diameter, with a distinct pale proper margin 
when young, less prominent with age; disk flesh-coloured, usually epruinose, plane 
to slightly convex; paraphyses simple; asci 8-spored; spores simple, hyaline, 18-22 x 
9-1 1 /im. 
Chemistry of Lectotype: isoarthothelin, thyringione. 
Lecidea hyalinescens (Mull.Arg.) R. W. Rogers, comb. nov. 
Lecanora hyalinescens Mull.Arg. (1882:484) 
Typification: White, Twofold Bay, on bark [N.S.W.] (G, holotype). 
Thallus dirty-white to grey, thin, ecorticate. Apothecia sessile to somewhat im- 
mersed, up to 1 mm diameter; margin white and prominent when young, becoming 
hyaline and disappearing with age, devoid of algae; disk initially concave, later 
somewhat convex, pale pinkish-brown to brown; asci 8-spored; spores simple, 
hyaline, 13-15 x 8-10 ^m. 
Chemistry: no lichen products were demonstrated by T.L.C. 
Ochrolechia macrosperma (Mull.Arg.) R. W. Rogers, comb. nov. 
Lecanora macrosperma Mull.Arg. (1893B:40) 
Typification: Wilson 366, on bark, Lakes Entrance [Victoria] (G, holotype). 
Thallus crustose, white or grey, thick, densely isidiate. Apothecia adnate to im- 
mersed, c. 1 mm diameter, thalline margin thick and isidiate; disk deeply sunken 
within the margin, brown, epruinose; paraphyses reticulately branched; asci 
8-spored; spores 38-50 x 18-20 fim, simple, hyaline. 
Chemistry: perlatolic acid. 
Cladonia glaucolivida (Mull.Arg.) R. W. Rogers, comb. nov. 
Placodium glaucolividum Mull.Arg. (1891:388) 
Lecanora glaucolivida (Mull.Arg.) Zahlbr. (1928:624) 
Typification: Bailey 706, on soil, Queensland (G, holotype). Thallus of squamules 
up to 1.5 mm across, grey to yellow-grey, usually irregular, sometimes rosette-like, 
convex or with an ascending tip. Apothecia up to 2 mm diameter but usually much 
smaller, sessile or substipitate, with a well developed margin devoid of algae some- 
times disappearing with age; disk brown or pale pinkish-brown, plane becoming 
somewhat convex, algal layer well developed below the hypothecium; asci 8-spored; 
spores simple, hyaline, 10-12 x 5-7 ^m. 
Chemistry: merochlorophaeic acid, 4-0-methylcryptochlorophaeic acid, traces of 
boninic acid and 2-0-methyl sekikaic acid. 
The type specimen is small and poorly developed. However a recent collection 
(South Nobby, Qld [28°28'S, 153°30'E] on soil on a dry ridge close to the ocean, 
Rogers 2394) shows a fuller development. The short, hollow, corticate podetia could 
easily be mistaken for a thalloid exciple which would lead to placing the material in 
the genus Squamarina or in Lecanora. 
Xylographa perminuta (Mull.Arg.) R. W. Rogers, comb. nov. 
Lecanora perminuta Mull.Arg. (1893B:39) 
Typification: Wilson 1694, dead wood, Mt. Macedon [Victoria] (G, holotype). 
Thallus not detectable. Apothecia black or very dark brown, minute (0.1 -0.2 mm 
diameter), irregular, with a poorly developed thalline exciple, more or less adnate to 
the substrate; paraphyses simple; asci 8-spored; spores simple, hyaline, 6-12 x 4-5 
H m. 
Chemistry: no lichen products were demonstrated by T.L.C. 

Page image

Page text

33 
Description of Lectotype: Thallus crustose, thin, yellow-green, granular, margin 
effuse. Apolhecia sessile, to 1.5 mm diameter, with a distinct pale proper margin 
when young, less prominent with age; disk flesh-coloured, usually epruinose, plane 
to slightly convex; paraphyses simple; asci 8-spored; spores simple, hyaline, 18-22 x 
9-1 1 /im. 
Chemistry of Lectotype: isoarthothelin, thyringione. 
Lecidea hyalinescens (Mull.Arg.) R. W. Rogers, comb. nov. 
Lecanora hyalinescens Mull.Arg. (1882:484) 
Typification: White, Twofold Bay, on bark [N.S.W.] (G, holotype). 
Thallus dirty-white to grey, thin, ecorticate. Apothecia sessile to somewhat im- 
mersed, up to 1 mm diameter; margin white and prominent when young, becoming 
hyaline and disappearing with age, devoid of algae; disk initially concave, later 
somewhat convex, pale pinkish-brown to brown; asci 8-spored; spores simple, 
hyaline, 13-15 x 8-10 ^m. 
Chemistry: no lichen products were demonstrated by T.L.C. 
Ochrolechia macrosperma (Mull.Arg.) R. W. Rogers, comb. nov. 
Lecanora macrosperma Mull.Arg. (1893B:40) 
Typification: Wilson 366, on bark, Lakes Entrance [Victoria] (G, holotype). 
Thallus crustose, white or grey, thick, densely isidiate. Apothecia adnate to im- 
mersed, c. 1 mm diameter, thalline margin thick and isidiate; disk deeply sunken 
within the margin, brown, epruinose; paraphyses reticulately branched; asci 
8-spored; spores 38-50 x 18-20 fim, simple, hyaline. 
Chemistry: perlatolic acid. 
Cladonia glaucolivida (Mull.Arg.) R. W. Rogers, comb. nov. 
Placodium glaucolividum Mull.Arg. (1891:388) 
Lecanora glaucolivida (Mull.Arg.) Zahlbr. (1928:624) 
Typification: Bailey 706, on soil, Queensland (G, holotype). Thallus of squamules 
up to 1.5 mm across, grey to yellow-grey, usually irregular, sometimes rosette-like, 
convex or with an ascending tip. Apothecia up to 2 mm diameter but usually much 
smaller, sessile or substipitate, with a well developed margin devoid of algae some- 
times disappearing with age; disk brown or pale pinkish-brown, plane becoming 
somewhat convex, algal layer well developed below the hypothecium; asci 8-spored; 
spores simple, hyaline, 10-12 x 5-7 ^m. 
Chemistry: merochlorophaeic acid, 4-0-methylcryptochlorophaeic acid, traces of 
boninic acid and 2-0-methyl sekikaic acid. 
The type specimen is small and poorly developed. However a recent collection 
(South Nobby, Qld [28°28'S, 153°30'E] on soil on a dry ridge close to the ocean, 
Rogers 2394) shows a fuller development. The short, hollow, corticate podetia could 
easily be mistaken for a thalloid exciple which would lead to placing the material in 
the genus Squamarina or in Lecanora. 
Xylographa perminuta (Mull.Arg.) R. W. Rogers, comb. nov. 
Lecanora perminuta Mull.Arg. (1893B:39) 
Typification: Wilson 1694, dead wood, Mt. Macedon [Victoria] (G, holotype). 
Thallus not detectable. Apothecia black or very dark brown, minute (0.1 -0.2 mm 
diameter), irregular, with a poorly developed thalline exciple, more or less adnate to 
the substrate; paraphyses simple; asci 8-spored; spores simple, hyaline, 6-12 x 4-5 
H m. 
Chemistry: no lichen products were demonstrated by T.L.C. 

Page image

Page text

3 
reflexed, with a well developed claw; keel and wing petals short and broad to long 
and narrow, usually with a well developed claw and auricled. SYowe/r-filaments 
joined in a sheath split open on one side; anthers alternately basifixed and dorsifixed, 
the latter usually shorter. Style usually slender, curved, with a small terminal stigma. 
Pods sessile to stipitate, narrow-oblong to obiong-elliptic, more than twice as long 
as broad, (1-) 2-several-seeded, the valves coriaceous, convex, separating along both 
sutures. Seeds elliptic to ovate, compressed, with a small hilum near one end sur- 
rounded by a collar-like often lipped or less often a cap-like ( T . biloba) aril; radicle 
short, straight. 
l. 
1 . 
Key to Species 
Stipules spinescent, spreading or recurved and up to 1 cm long 8. T. aculeata 
Stipules not spinescent 
2 . 
2 . 
Plant leafy, the leaves simple, unifoliolate or digitately to pinnately 3-5-foliolate 
3. Leaves simple 
4. Stipules conspicuous, 4-11 x 2.5-6 mm; stipules, young branchlets, leaves and 
inflorescences clothed with a dense greyish velvety indumentum 2. T. incana 
4. Stipules inconspicuous, up to 2 mm long; stipules, branchlets, leaves and 
inflorescences glabrous to densely pubescent but the indumentum not as above 
5. Stems sparingly to densely clothed with long villous hairs; leaves typically bilobed 
apically and the two lobes diverging somewhat, margins revolute; calyx densely 
clothed with dark brown villous hairs when young 3. T. biloba 
5. Stems glabrous; leaves obtuse, emarginate or slightly mucronate apically but not 
bilobed, margins not revolute; calyx glabrous outside except for hairs on the 
apices of the lobes 
6. Flowers red (very occasionally white or yellow); standard elliptic, 2. 7-3. 4 cm 
long; pods 3.5-8 cm long; leaves broadly obovate to almost rotund or 
narrowly cuneate-oblong to oblanceolate, 0.3-2. 6 cm wide 1 . T. retusa 
6. Flowers yellow and brown or purplish-brown; standard orbicular, 0.95-1.6 
cm long; pods 1.6-3 cm long; leaves narrow-oblong to slightly obovate- or 
linear-oblong, 0.2-0.55 (0.7) cm wide 
7. Stems erect, prostrate or straggling; leaves (0.8) 1. 8-5(7) cm long; pods 
obliquely oblong-elliptic on a stipe which exceeds the calyx; occurs in 
SE. South Australia and the eastern States 4. T. stenophylla 
7. Stems erect; leaves (0.45)0.7-2.2(3.8) cm long; pods oblong, on a stipe 
as long as or just exceeding the calyx; confined to Western Australia .... 
5 . T. neglecta 
3. Leaves unifoliolate or digitately to pinnately 3-5-foliolate 
8. Leaves unifoliolate; petiole distinctly sulcate adaxially; lamina ovate to narrow- elliptic 
or obovate-oblong; flowers on pedicels up to 0.75 cm long 6. T. drummondii 
8. Leaves unitoliolate or digitately to pinnately 3-5-foliolate; petiole not as above; leaflets 
linear-terete to filiform; flowers on filiform pedicels 2-2.5 cm long 7. T. hookeri 
Plant appearing leafless, the leaves reduced to scales up to 1 mm long 
9. Stems terete 
10. Slender shrub to 3 m high, branches lax, not terminating in pungent points; style 
slender, with a small stigma; pods 1.3-2. 6 x 0.6-1 cm; seeds 7.5-10(13.5) mm long, 
margin of aril frilly 9. T. egena 
10. Compact divaricate shrub to 1.4 m high, branches rigid, intricately branched, ter- 
minating in pungent points; style short, thickened, with a large flattened stigma; pods 
1 .2-1 .5 x 0.5-0.65 cm; seeds 4.8-5 mm long, margins of aril deeply incised .10. T. batlli 
9. Stems distinctly flattened 1 1 . 7~. sulcata 
1. Templetonia retusa (Vent.) R.Br. in Ait. f., Hort. Kew ed. 2, 4: 269 (1812); Ker in 
Edwards’s, Bot. Reg. 5: t. 383 (1819); Lodd., Bot. Cab. 6; t. 526 (1821); Sims in 
Curtis’s, Bot. Mag. 49: t 2334 (1822); Meissn. in Lehm., PI. Preiss. 1: 88 (1844-45); 
Benth., FI. Austr. 2: 169 (1864); Diels & Pritzel, Bot. Jahrb. 35: 264 (1904); J. M. 
Black, FI. S. Austr. ed. 2: 446 (1948). Rafnia retusa Vent., Jardin de la Malmaison 
1: t. 53 (1804). Type: Herb. Ventenat (G, holo., MEF, photo!). 

Page image

Page text

4 
Templetonia glauca Sims in Curtis’s Bot. Mag. 46: 2088 (1819); Lodd., Bot. 
Cab. 7: t. 644 (1822); Ker in Edwards’s, Bot. Reg. 10: t. 859 (1825). Type: Curtis’s 
Bot. Mag. t. 2088 (iconotype!). 
Much-branched glabrous and sometimes somewhat glaucous shrub 0.3-4 m 
high or occasionally (fide B. L. Turner 5548) a tree to 6 m high; branches greenish- 
yellow to yellowish-brown, angular and sometimes slightly winged, unarmed. 
Stipules inconspicuous. Leaves simple, extremely variable in size and shape, broadly 
obovate to almost rotund to narrowly cuneate-oblong or oblanceolate, (0.5-) 1 .5-3.5 
(-6) x (0.3-) 0.6-1. 4 (-2.6) cm, slightly to distinctly emarginate apically or minutely 
mucronatc, nearly sessile or articulating on a short thick petiole, thickly coriaceous, 
venation often fairly conspicuous on the lower surface, glabrous, sometimes 
glaucous, with a mass of fine dark glandular processes in the axils. Flowers 1 or 2 per 
axil, large and showy, red or occasionally white or yellow, on glabrous pedicels 0.6-2 
cm long" the pedicels with a pair of ovate bracteoles up to 2.5 x 2 mm near or above 
the middle; bracteoles glabrous or with an apical fringe of hairs. Calyx 0.75-1. 15 cm 
long, the lobes much shorter than the tube, the upper much broader than the others, 
the lowest lobe longest, glabrous except for marginal cilia on the apices of the lobes. 
Standard elliptic, 2. 7-3. 4 cm long including a basal claw up to 0.5 cm long, 1-1 .8 cm 
wide, slightly emarginate apically; wings 2. 5-3. 3 cm long including a claw up to 0.4 
cm long, 0.4-0.65 cm wide, auricled; keel petals lightly united, 2. 6-3. 3 cm long in- 
cluding a claw up to 0.45 cm long, 0.4-0.75 cm wide, auricled. Stamens up to 3.3 cm 
long, anthers alternately basifixed and dorsifixed but not as conspicuously as in most 
other species. Ovary up to 12 mm long, on a stipe up to 5 mm long, glabrous. Pods 
oblong, sometimes obliquely so, 3.5-8 x 0.95-1.6 cm, on a stipe up to 1 cm long 
which usually exceeds the persistent calyx, usually with a distinct apical or lateral 
beak, mostly 4-12-seeded, valves coriaceous, glabrous, compressed. Seeds elliptic, 
5-7 x 3-4 x 2-2.8 mm, yellowish- to reddish-brown, separated by transverse frass-like 
partitions, the small hilum surrounded by a collar-like aril with a raised lateral lip 
(Fig. 1). 
T. retusa occurs in Western and South Australia (and on some of the off-shore 
islands) and is found most frequently on limestone or on sand or loam overlying 
limestone (Fig. 2). 
Representative Specimens Examined: 
Western Australia— Guilderton (mouth of Moore river), 2. vii. 1961 , /4.S. George 2615 (PERTH). 3.2 
km SW. of 'Ml. Ragged, 6.xii. 1960, A.S. George 2061 (PERTH). Fitzgerald River Reserve, ±20 km N. of 
mouth of Fitzgerald river, 24. vii, 1970, G. J. Keighery 718 (PERTH). , 
South Australia- Flinders Range, Parachilna Gorge, 10 km W. of Blinman, 3.x. 196- 1-R.N- 
Lothian 1096 (AD 96312021). Eyre Peninsula, Kirton Point at Port Lincoln, 14. ix. 1970, B. J. Copley 
3090 (AD 97137104). Fowlers Bay, 3.x. 1975, R. J. Chinnock 2736 (AD 97545040). 
Notes: 
T. retusa shows considerable variation in leaf size and shape. In habit it varies 
from a small to a large shrub 0.3-4 m high although one specimen, B. L. Turner 5548 
(PERTH) from 128 km ENE. of Esperance, Western Australia, was described as a 
tree 8-20 feet high. 
T. retusa is widely cultivated on account of its attractive flowers. The corolla is 
usually red but an occasional white or yellow-flowered variant occurs irregulaily 
throughout the distributional range of the species. The red corolla with narrow 
interlocked wing and keel-petals suggests that the species is adapted to different 
pollinators than other members of the genus. Polhill (1976) suggested that the 
flowers are modified to at least facilitate facultative pollination by birds and careful 
field observations are required to confirm this. 
Information on the depredation of T. retusa by the larvae of Uresiphita ormth- 
opt era I is (Guenee) is given by Sims (1980). 
T retusa is probably the best known species in the genus and is easily 
distinguished from all except T. incana by its large red flowers. T. incana differs in 

Page image

Page text

6 
Fig. 2. The known distributions of Teinpletonia incana and T. retusa. 
being densely clothed with a greyish-white spreading velvety indumentum, in having 
differently shaped corollas and leaves, large stipules and in several other ways. 
2. Teinpletonia incana J. H. Ross, Muelleria 4: 247 (1980). Type: Western Australia, 
30.4 km E.N.E. of Jupiter Well, 22° 46' S, 126° 51' E, 28.vii.1967, A. S. George 
9065 (PERTH, holo.! AD!, CANB!, K!, MEL!, PERTH! iso.) 
T. incana is a very distinctive species which is readily distinguished from all 
others in the genus by the dense greyish-white velvety spreading indumentum on the 
young stems, leaves, stipules, pedicels, bracts, bracteoles and calyces, by the large 
simple leaves and the conspicuous stipules. A full account with detailed description 
and illustration is provided in Ross, loc. cit. 247-249, q.v. 
T. incana is fairly widely distributed in sandy soils in the Gibson, Great and 
Little Sandy Deserts in Western Australia. (Fig. 2). 
3. Templetonia biloba (Benth.) Polhill, Bot. Syst. 1: 309 (1976). Bossiaea biloba 
Benth. in Htigel, Enum. PI. Nov. Holl. 36 (1837); Walp., Repert. Bot. Syst. 1: 578 
(1842); Meissn. in Lehm., PI. Preiss. 1: 85 (1844-45); Benth., FI. Austr. 2: 160 
(1864). Type: Western Australia, Albany, King Georges Sound, Htigel (W, holo.!). 
Bossiaea biloba var. stenophylla Meissn. in Lehm., PI. Preiss. 1: 85 (1844-45). 
Type: Western Australia, Swan River, Drummond 264 (MEL 92288!, W!). 
Small shrub or subshrub up to 0.5 m high with several simple or branched 
stems, the stems rigid, ± terete to slightly angular, mostly densely clothed with long 
villous hairs but sometimes only sparingly so, unarmed. Leaves simple, ± sessile, 
the basal articulation usually densely villous, very variable in size and shape from 
linear-cuneate or cuneate-oblong and up to 2.5 cm long x 0.7-1. 5 cm wide to linear 
or linear-oblong and up to 6 cm long x 0.4 cm wide, typically bilobed apically and 
the two lobes diverging somewhat or apex obtuse or only slightly emarginate, the 
midrib projecting slightly and forming a short mucro, margins revolute, mostly 
glabrous apart from hairs on midrib and margins but sometimes densely clothed 
with hairs above and/or below or ± glabrous throughout. Flowers 1 or 2 per axil, 
on sparingly to densely villous pedicels up to 9 mm long, the pedicels with a basal 
linear villous bract up to 3.5 mm long and an apical pair of linear villous bracteoles 

Page image

Page text

28 
types of B. rossii and MEL 20342 from “in planitiebus apricis ad fl. Avoca” is here 
selected as the lectotype. 
Mueller recognised that B. rossii was closely related to T. sulcata but 
distinguished his new species by its smaller stature, branches that lacked pungent 
tips and calyces which were quasi 4-lobed, the upper lobe being broad and shortly 
dentate or emarginate apically. Bentham, Fl. Austr. 2:171 (1864), regarded B. rossii 
as a synonym of T. sulcata and the two have since been considered conspecific. 
Representative Specimens of Taxon with Small Pods: 
Western Australia— Lake Wagin, 1891, Miss Cronin (MEL 92113). 19.2 km SW. of Mt. Ragged, 
6. xi i . 1 960, A. S. George 2046 (PERTH). Manmanning Railway Dam Reserve, Avon location 25363, 
4. xi . 1 980, B. H. Smith (MEL 580087). 
South Australia— Alawoona, ii. 191 3, J. B. Cleland (AD 97402057). Eyre Peninsula, Section 21, 
Hundred of Murlong, 8.xii. 1959, R. L. Specht & C. M. Eardtey 2053 (AD 97404431). Northern Yorke 
Peninsula, ± 5 km S. of Bute, 8.xi. 1 966, B. Copley 874 (AD 96708148). 
New South Wales— Pullet op Nature Reserve, 40 km NW. of Griffith, 30. ix. 1969, J. H. Willis (MEL 
566292). 20 km W. of Balranald, 1 8 . viii. 1 977, W. E. Mu/ham 1222 (NSW 143404). 31 km W. of Euston 
along Sturt Highway towards Mildura, 18. viii. 1979, M. D. Crisp 5728 (MEL 577902). 
Victoria — Hattah Lakes National Park, 25. ix. 1969, G. W. Anderson (MEL 566290). 51.2 km NNW. 
of Underbool P.O., 28. ix. 1972, A. C. Beauglehole 40494 (MEL 528632). Speed, 27. viii. 1979, M. G. 
Corrick 6223 & B. A. Fuhrer (MEL 1515223). 
Representative Specimens of Taxon with Large Pods: 
Western Australia— Hines Hill, W. of Merredin, 6.xii. 1 961 , R. D. Royce 6773 (PERTH). Great 
Eastern Highway, near old Southern Cross cemetery, 19.i.x. 1963, J. H. Willis (MEL 566295). 1 1.2 km E. 
of Winchester, 25. xi. 1972, C. Chapman (PERTH). Koomberkine, 1 3 .xii. 1980, B. H. Smith (MEL 
580089). 
The distinctly flattened stems distinguish T. sulcata from both T. egena and T. 
battii. The occurrence of the two very closely related leafless taxa with flattened 
stems that are currently referred to T. sulcata is reminiscent of the relationship that 
exists between T. egena and T. battii. 
EXCLUDED SPECIES 
Templetonia regina J. Drummond, J. Bot. & Kew Card. Misc. 5: 312 (1853); Ross, 
Muelleria 4: 389-390 (1981) = Brachysema aphyllum Hook., Curtis’s Bot. Mag. t. 
4481 (1849). 
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 
I am most grateful to Dr A. A. Munir, State Herbarium of South Australia, for 
answering a number of enquiries and for photographing several type specimens 
while serving as the Australian Botanical Liaison Officer at Kew Herbarium, Royal 
Botanic Gardens, England; to Mr A. S. George, Bureau of Flora and Fauna, 
Canberra (formerly of the Western Australian Herbarium, Perth) for assistance in 
several ways; to Miss A. M. Podwyszynski, National Herbarium of Victoria, for 
preparing the illustrations that accompany the text; to the Directors of Kew Her- 
barium, the Naturhistorisches Museum, Wien, and of the Australian herbaria for 
the loan of specimens; to the Bureau of Flora and Fauna, Dept, of Home Affairs 
and Environment, Canberra, for a grant under the Australian Biological Resources 
Study Participatory Programme for technical assistance; to Mrs M. A. Powell for 
assisting with the compilation of distribution maps and to Miss T. Munro for typing 
the manuscript. Finally, it is a pleasure to acknowledge the assistance received from 
Mr and Mrs B. H. Smith, Wongan Hills, Western Australia, who so kindly under- 
took field studies on my behalf and provided specimens, field observations and 
colour transparencies which permitted a better appreciation of the taxonomic 
complexity surrounding T. sulcata. 

Page image

Page text

33 
Description of Lectotype: Thallus crustose, thin, yellow-green, granular, margin 
effuse. Apolhecia sessile, to 1.5 mm diameter, with a distinct pale proper margin 
when young, less prominent with age; disk flesh-coloured, usually epruinose, plane 
to slightly convex; paraphyses simple; asci 8-spored; spores simple, hyaline, 18-22 x 
9-1 1 /im. 
Chemistry of Lectotype: isoarthothelin, thyringione. 
Lecidea hyalinescens (Mull.Arg.) R. W. Rogers, comb. nov. 
Lecanora hyalinescens Mull.Arg. (1882:484) 
Typification: White, Twofold Bay, on bark [N.S.W.] (G, holotype). 
Thallus dirty-white to grey, thin, ecorticate. Apothecia sessile to somewhat im- 
mersed, up to 1 mm diameter; margin white and prominent when young, becoming 
hyaline and disappearing with age, devoid of algae; disk initially concave, later 
somewhat convex, pale pinkish-brown to brown; asci 8-spored; spores simple, 
hyaline, 13-15 x 8-10 ^m. 
Chemistry: no lichen products were demonstrated by T.L.C. 
Ochrolechia macrosperma (Mull.Arg.) R. W. Rogers, comb. nov. 
Lecanora macrosperma Mull.Arg. (1893B:40) 
Typification: Wilson 366, on bark, Lakes Entrance [Victoria] (G, holotype). 
Thallus crustose, white or grey, thick, densely isidiate. Apothecia adnate to im- 
mersed, c. 1 mm diameter, thalline margin thick and isidiate; disk deeply sunken 
within the margin, brown, epruinose; paraphyses reticulately branched; asci 
8-spored; spores 38-50 x 18-20 fim, simple, hyaline. 
Chemistry: perlatolic acid. 
Cladonia glaucolivida (Mull.Arg.) R. W. Rogers, comb. nov. 
Placodium glaucolividum Mull.Arg. (1891:388) 
Lecanora glaucolivida (Mull.Arg.) Zahlbr. (1928:624) 
Typification: Bailey 706, on soil, Queensland (G, holotype). Thallus of squamules 
up to 1.5 mm across, grey to yellow-grey, usually irregular, sometimes rosette-like, 
convex or with an ascending tip. Apothecia up to 2 mm diameter but usually much 
smaller, sessile or substipitate, with a well developed margin devoid of algae some- 
times disappearing with age; disk brown or pale pinkish-brown, plane becoming 
somewhat convex, algal layer well developed below the hypothecium; asci 8-spored; 
spores simple, hyaline, 10-12 x 5-7 ^m. 
Chemistry: merochlorophaeic acid, 4-0-methylcryptochlorophaeic acid, traces of 
boninic acid and 2-0-methyl sekikaic acid. 
The type specimen is small and poorly developed. However a recent collection 
(South Nobby, Qld [28°28'S, 153°30'E] on soil on a dry ridge close to the ocean, 
Rogers 2394) shows a fuller development. The short, hollow, corticate podetia could 
easily be mistaken for a thalloid exciple which would lead to placing the material in 
the genus Squamarina or in Lecanora. 
Xylographa perminuta (Mull.Arg.) R. W. Rogers, comb. nov. 
Lecanora perminuta Mull.Arg. (1893B:39) 
Typification: Wilson 1694, dead wood, Mt. Macedon [Victoria] (G, holotype). 
Thallus not detectable. Apothecia black or very dark brown, minute (0.1 -0.2 mm 
diameter), irregular, with a poorly developed thalline exciple, more or less adnate to 
the substrate; paraphyses simple; asci 8-spored; spores simple, hyaline, 6-12 x 4-5 
H m. 
Chemistry: no lichen products were demonstrated by T.L.C. 

Page image

Page text

157 
3. Pappus present 
11. Bracts subtending compound heads c. equal to, or exceeding, the length of the headf 
12. Pappus of 5 or 6 jagged scales, each scale terminating in a single smooth or minutely 
barbellate bristle (Fig. 3k) 8. micropodioides 
12. Pappus a cup of scales or a small ring 
13. Flat capitular bracts with a wing-like extension from the adaxial surface of the midrib 
(fig. 3e) \1. A. drummondii 
13 . Flat capitular bracts lacking a wing-like extension from the adaxial surface of the midrib 
8. micropodioides* 
11. Bracts subtending the compound heads inconspicuous or less than c. ‘/4 the length of the head 
(sometimes reaching c. !4 the length of the head in A. brachypappus) 
14. Leaves (at least the upper ones) conduplicate, often incurved at the apex and with a distinct 
hyaline appendage; pappus of 4-6 bristles, barbellate in the lower Vz, united into a small. 
slightly toothed ring at the base (fig. 3g) 1. ^4. acrohyalinus 
14. Leaves not conduplicate; pappus not as above 
15. Pappus of 2 or 3 jagged scales, each scale terminating in I or 2 terminally subplumose 
bristlesextendingthelengthofthecorolla(fig. 3h) 5. A. tomentosus 
15. Pappus a jagged cup (of ± distinct scales) or a ring 
16. Leaves almost glabrous, succulent and cylindrical when fresh 4. A. glabratus 
16. Leaves conspicuously hairy, usually not succulent 
17. Flat capitular bracts tapering gradually to the base; compound heads ± 
narrowly ellipsoid to ellipsoid 
18. Pappus a small, jagged ring (Cliff Head — Jurien Bay region, Western 
Australia) 2. ^4. milnei* 
18. Pappus cup-shaped, jagged, often appearing as 2-4 distinct scales (SW. 
corner Northern Territory and possibly central Western Australia) 
3. /4. cyathifer 
17. Flat capitular bracts abruptly attenuated in lower V^-Vi (fig. 3d); compound 
heads usually narrowly ovoid to ovoid, sometimes ± narrowly ellipsoid to 
ellipsoid 
19. Leaves usually oblanceolate, sometimes linear or narrowly elliptic, 
1-3(3. 2) cm long, 0. 1-0.5 cm wide; pappus a jagged cup, 0.15-0.7 mm long, 
often with 1 or 2 bristles extending Vi-Vi the length of the floret (fig. 3j) 
(eastern South Australian Queensland, New South Wales, western Victoria) 
6. A. brachypappus 
19. Leaves ± linear, rarely oblanceolate, 0.5-1. 5(1.7) cm long, c.0.1 cm wide; 
pappus ajagged ring 0.1-0. 3 mm long (fig. 3i)(Nullarbor Plain region) 
7. y4. conocephalus 
A number of collections, referred to in the key above as A. milnei*, 
A. micropodioides and >1. drummondii*, are to some extent atypical of the species to 
which they are referred and under which their diagnostic features are outlined. They 
possibly represent distina taxa but further collections are required to substantiate this 
view. 
1. Angianthus acrohyalinus Morrison, J. Bot. 50:167 (1912); Grieve &Blackall,W. Aust. 
Wildfls 812 (1975). Type: “Globe Hill Station and Minderoo, Ashburton River, 
October.'’ Lectotype (here designated): Morrison s,m, Globe Hill, Ashburton River, 
6.X.1905 (PERTH). Syntype: Morrison s.n., Minderoo, Ashburton R., ll.x.1905 (K). 
Annual herb, (6)10-30 cm high. Major axes erect or ascending, flexuose, hairy; stem 
often simple in the smaller plants, to c. 7 cm high, but usually forming major branches at 
basal and/or upper nodes. Leaves alternate, lanceolate, flat to conduplicate, apex often 
incurved, (0.3)l-6(7) cm long, (0.2)0. 3-0. 6(0. 8) cm wide, the lower ones slightly 
mucronate, the rest usually with a distinctive hyaline appendage at the apex, all leaves 
tSince the completion of the manuscript for this revision a collection Newbey 9154 from c. 72 km NNW. of 
Bullfinch, Western Australia, has been drawn to my attention. It appears to represent a distinct species of 
Angianthus. It is an annual, has 2 florets per capitulum, a pappus of 2-3 scales, each of which terminates in a 
single, minutely barbellate awn extending the length of the corolla, and the bracts subtending the compound 
heads are about equal to or exceeding the length of the compound head. It keys out to lead 12 in the key to 
species. 

Page image

Page text

202 
DithyrostegiaamplexicaulisA. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. KewGard. Misc. 3:100 (April 1851). 
— Angianthus amplexicaulis (A. Gray) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:568 (1867); Grieve & 
Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 816 (1975). — Styloncerus amplexicaulis (A. Gray) Kuntze, 
Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). Type: “South-western Australia, Drummond, 1850.” 
Lectotype (here designated): Drummond 57, S.W. Australia, 1850 (K), (see note 1 
below). IsoLECTOTYPEs: GH (ex herb. Klatt), MEL 541220, NSW, PERTH (2 sheets). 
Gamozygis flexuosa Turcz., Bull. Soc. Naturalistes Moscou 24(2):76, t.l (Oct. 
1851). Type: “Nova Hollandia. Drum. V.n.57.” Holotype: ?CW, n.v. (see p.l52). 
Isotypes: GH (ex herb. Klatt), K, MEL 541220, NSW, PERTH (2 sheets). 
Annual herb, 3-10(16) cm high. Leaves 0.5-1. 5(1. 8) cm long, 0.1-0. 5 cm wide. 
Compound heads c. 0.5-1 cm long, c. 0. 3-0.8 cm diam.; bracts subtending compound 
heads c.0.3-0.7 cm long, c. 0. 4-0.8 cm wide. Florets 1; corolla 5-lobed, the lower Vi of 
the tube tapering abruptly to the base, c. 1.2-2 mm long, c. 0.4-0.5 mm diam.; anthers 5, 
each with c. 300 pollen grains. Achenes ± obovoid, c. 2 mm long, c. 1 mm diam., 
densely silky hairy. 
Distribution; See generic treatment. 
Ecology: 
Only 2 collections of this species provide habitat notes. They are “Large saline 
depression . . . very common in upper Arthrocnemum [ = Halosarcia] zone, around base 
of bushes” and “Growing in loam on slightly raised soil near edge of salt lake”. 
Notes: 
1 . The lectotype sheet of D. amplexicaulis bears 8 individual specimens plus original 
drawings of the species. According to Gray (1851) the species was to be illustrated in 
leones Plantarum but this did not eventuate. 
2. A single collection, Evans s.n., PERTH, from Yuin Station contains 4 plants 
which differ from typical D. amplexicaulis. They are dichotomously branched, have 
smaller leaves and compound heads, a less woolly general receptacle and the capitular 
bracts lack long hairs. The collection probably represents a distinct taxon but further 
collections are required to substantiate this view. 
Specimens Examined: 
Western Australia — Drummond s.n. , W. A., s.dat. (PERTH); Short 344, c. 12 km from Carnamah 
on Three Springs road, 15.viii.I977 (AD); Wilson ^88k, 28 km N. of Cleary, 2.1X.1967 (PERTH); Wilson 
8813a, southern margin of Lake Barlee, 25.viii.1970 (AD, PERTH). 
7. Hyalochlamys A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:98,101 (April 1851). Type: 
Hyalochlamys globifera A. Gray. 
[Angianthus auct. non Wendl.: various Australian floras, see synonymy of 
H. globifera.] 
[Styloncerus auct. non Spreng., nom. illeg.: see synonymy of H. globifera.] 
Annual herb. Major axes prostrate with scale-like glandular hairs; stem simple or 
forming major branches from basal nodes. Leaves in a basal rosette, sessile, entire, ± 
oblanceolate to obovate or spathulate, glandular hairy. Compound heads ± spheroid or 
± broadly depressed ovoid; bracts subtending compound heads forming a conspicuous, 
multi-seriate involucre c. the length of the head; outer bracts with leaf-like midribs 
extending above the broad, wing-like, hyaline margins, the lower section of the midrib 
with long hairs, the upper section glandular hairy; inner bracts similar to the outer ones 
but the midrib c. at or below the level of the hyaline margins; general receptacle ± very 
broadly obovoid. Capitula c. 5-20 per compound head, each capitulum with a single 
subtending bract ± resembling the inner bracts of the general involucre but the midrib 
usually more rigid with a ± acute, often pink, hyaline apex as well as hyaline margins. 
Capitular bracts 3(?4), arranged so that 2 outer con^ye bracts surround 1(?2) smaller, 
inner concave bract; outer concave bracts opaque, rigid, with narrow hyaline margins; 
the margins with long hairs, the apex with short, flattened hairs; inner bract c. the length 
or slightly exceeding the length of the achene, hyaline, lacking a distinct midrib and with 

Page image

Page text

209 
Selected Specimens Examined (7/18): 
Western Australia — Chinnock 4160, c. 3.5 km W. of western edge of Lake King, 26.ix.1977 (AD); 
Chinnock 4598, Phillips River, 17 km W. of Ravensthorpe, 8.x. 1979 (AD); Newbey 4342, 16 km N. of 
Needilup, 4.ix.l974 (PERTH); Short 660, Roe Dam, 23. ix. 1977 (AD); Short 678, 1 km E. of Wave Rock, 
25.ix.1977 (AD); Short 949, western edge of Lake Campion, 14.xi.l979 (AD); Short 1071, c. 10 km SW. of 
Pingrup, 23 .xi. 1979 (AD). 
SPECIES OF UNCERTAIN AFFINITY 
In this revision a number of species referred to Angianthus by Bentham (1867) are 
considered to belong to distinctive, segregate genera. However there are three species, 
namely A. axilliflorus, A. burkittii a.nd A, conwa/us" which clearly have no affinities with 
Angianthus s.str. or any of the segregate genera. They may represent monotypic genera 
or have affinities with other members of the Gnaphaliinae not yet examined by the 
author. For the time being it seems appropriate to refer A. burkittii to Gnephosis, the 
genus to which the species was originally referred by Bentham (l.c.). 
Lectotypes have been chosen for the above three species and various attributes of 
each are noted below. 
Angianthus axilliflorus W. V. Fitzg. ex. Ewart & J. White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Viet. 22:315, 
pi. 56, figs. 1-3, {m9){‘axilifloru^)\ W. V. Fitzg., J. Bot. 50:21 (1912); Grieve &Blackall, 
W. Aust. Wildfls 812 (1975) {^axiliflorus'). Type: Cowcowing, W. Australia. Max Koch, 
Oct., 1904. No. 1196.” Lectotype (here designated): Koch 1196, Cowcowing, 1904 (MEL 
541217). IsoLECTOTYPEs: AD, MEL 541218, MEL 541219, NSW (2 sheets), PERTH (see 
note 1 below). 
Notes: 
1. Ewart & White (1909), working in Melbourne, noted that the “species was 
received, marked W. V. Fitzgerald inedit, from both the collector and the Sydney 
Herbarium” (p. 316). All three MEL sheets bear good specimens but MEL 541217, the 
sheet containing the specimens received from NSW and the only one marked with the 
word “ined.”, has been chosen as the lectotype. 
2. The rigid, leaf-like capitulum-subtending bracts and the arrangement of the 
capitular bracts readily distinguish this species from all others included \n Angianthus s.l. 
3. The species is apparently rare. Apart from the type material the only other 
collection of the species seen by the author is Blackall 1276, collected from the edge of a 
salt lake near Newdegate, Western Australia in 1931. 
Angianthus connatus W. V. Fitzg., J. West. Aust. Nat. Hist. Soc. 2:24 (1905); Grieve & 
Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 816 (1975). Type: “Minginew.-W. V. E, September, 1903.” 
Lectotype (here designated): Fitzgerald s.n.,M\n^nt^, W.A., -.ix.l903 (NSW 138682). 
Iso lectotypes: NSW 138683, PERTH (ex W. E. Blackall) (see note 1 below). 
Notes: 
1 . Both of the NSW collections, unlike the PERTH collection, are clearly designated 
as coming from Fitzgerald’s herbarium. Of the two sheets NSW 138682 contains the best 
material and therefore has been designated as the lectotype. The remaining one, NSW 
138683, has the word “type” written on the label, possibly in Fitzgerald’s hand, but there 
is no reason to believe that Fitzgerald did not base his description on all of the material 
available to him. 
2. The species is known only from the type collection. It is readily distinguished 
from other members of Angianthus s.l. by the presence of long hairs at the base of the 
florets or apex of the achenes and the rigid, opaque capitulum-subtending bracts. The 
morphology of the capitular bracts is also unique. 
Gnephosis burkittii Benth., FI. Austr. 3:570 (1867). — Angianthus burkittii (Benth.) 
J. M. Black, FI. S. Aust. 1st ed. 645, pi. 53 (1929), 2nd ed. 925, fig. 1227 (1957)- Hi 
Eichl., Suppl. to J. M. Black’s H. S. Aust. 326 (1965); Willis, Handb. PI. Viet 2*730 

Page image

Page text

167 
hairy toward the apex and often with a dissected wing-like extension from the adaxial 
surface. Florets 2; corolla 5-lobed, the tube tapering ± gradually to a sometimes variably 
swollen base, (1.3)1. 5-2.2 mm long, c. 0.4 mm diam. Achenes ± obovoid, 0.5-0. 8 mm 
long, c. 0.3 mm diam., papillose. Pappus cup-shaped, variably jagged, often with 1 or 2 
bristles extending Vi-V^ the length of the corolla tube, the cup 0.15-0.7 mm high, 
including the bristles the total pappus length up to 1.6 mm long. Fig. 3j. 
Distribution (Fig. 2): 
North-eastern South Australia, western New South Wales and north-west Victoria, 
Common. 
Two collections, Blake 10441 and WhiteB^l 224128, from Yelarbon, Queensland, 
represent a disjunct locality. Unfortunately the condition of the specimens is poor but 
there appears to be no reason to exclude them from A, brachypappus. 
Ecology: 
Commonly occurs on sandy soils in open areas. Collectors’ notes include “Open 
plain, sandy loam”, “Sandridge, very common, blue-bush association” and “Very 
gently undulating gilgaied depressions on brown gibber soils”. 
Selected Specimens Examined (8/66): 
South Australia — Lay 577, Balta Baltana Block, 7.x. 1971 (AD); Symon 9478, W. edge of Simpson 
Desert, NE. of Macumba, 28.ix.1974 (AD); Weber 1443, Andamooka Opal Fields, 8.ix.l968 (AD). 
Victoria — Willis s.n.,C. 1 mile E. of Berribee Tank, 31.viii.l948 (MEL 84413). 
New South Wales — Constable s.n., Mundi Mundi Station, 14.x. 1947 (NSW 4543); LeighS30, 50 miles 
NE. of Hay, 26. ix. 1963 (NSW); Richley F97, Fowler’s Gap, 20. ix. 1973 (AD). 
Queensland — Blake 10441, Yelarbon, 22. ii. 1936 (BRI, GH). 
7. Angianthus conocephalus (J. M. Black) Short, comb, et stat. nov. 
Angianthus brachypappus v?ix. conocephalus J. M. Black, FI. S. Aust. 1st ed. 645, 
fig. 300 (1929), 2nd ed. 924, fig. 1224 (1957), basionym. Type: “Ooldea; Nullarbor 
Plain.” Lectotype (here designated): ? J, M. Black s.n., Ooldea, 25.ix.1920 (AD 
97823002, herb. J, M. Black). Syntype (possible isolectotype): J. M. Black s.n., 
Ooldea, 25.ix.1920 (AD 98103149, herb, J. M. Black). Other Syntypes: J. M. Black 
s.n., Ooldea, 24.ix.1920 (AD 98103149, herb. J, M. Black); J. M. Black s.n., Ooldea, 
growing on edge of Nullarbor Plain, 24.ix.1920 (AD 98103149, herb. J. M. Black); J. M. 
5/6fcA: 5. n., Ooldea, just W. of siding & near rlyine, 23. ix.l920 (AD 98103149, herb. J. M. 
Black); Isings.n., Nullarbor Plain, s. dat (AD 98103149), herb. J. M. Black). 
[Angianthus brachypappus auct. non. F. Muell.: Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. 
Wildns 812 (1975).] 
Annual herb. Major axes usually ascending or decumbent, rarely erect, 3-8 cm long, 
hairy; stem usually not distinct from the major branches which develop from basal 
nodes. Leaves alternate, ± linear, rarely oblanceolate, 0.5-1. 5(1. 7) cm long, c. 0.1 mm 
wide, nor or very slightly mucronate, the upper most ones with a small hyaline appendage 
at the apex, all leaves variably hairy. Compound heads ± ovoid, 0. 8-1.6 cm long, 
0,4-0. 6 cm diam.; bracts subtending compound heads not forming a conspicuous 
involucre but usually several leaf-like, hairy bracts with hyaline apices present, grading 
into capitulum-subtending bracts; general receptacle narrowly oblong, the capitula 
arranged in a spike-like fashion, the minor receptacular appendages small. Capitula 
c. 30-100 per compound head; capitulum-subtending bracts 1(2-4), if more than one then 
the extra one(s) abaxial to, and overlapping the inner, all bracts obovate, 2.3-2. 8 mm 
long, 0.8-1. 2 mm wide, the midrib glabrous or sparsely hairy toward the apex. Capitular 
bracts with the 2 concave ones 2. 3-2.7 mm long, the midrib glabrous; flat bracts 2, 
obovate, abruptly attenuated in the lower Vs, the edge of the bracts incurved so as to 
slightly cover the florets, 2-2.7 mm long, 0.9-1. 4 mm wide, the midrib glabrous or 
sparsely hairy toward the apex. Florets 2; corolla 5-lobed, the tube tapering gradually to 
the base, 1.4-2. 1 mm long, c. 0.4 mm diam. Achenes ± obovoid, 0.4-0.7 mm long, 
c. 0.3 mmdiam., papillose. Pappus a jagged ring, 0. 1-0.3 mm long. Figs: 3d,i. 

Page image

Page text

209 
Selected Specimens Examined (7/18): 
Western Australia — Chinnock 4160, c. 3.5 km W. of western edge of Lake King, 26.ix.1977 (AD); 
Chinnock 4598, Phillips River, 17 km W. of Ravensthorpe, 8.x. 1979 (AD); Newbey 4342, 16 km N. of 
Needilup, 4.ix.l974 (PERTH); Short 660, Roe Dam, 23. ix. 1977 (AD); Short 678, 1 km E. of Wave Rock, 
25.ix.1977 (AD); Short 949, western edge of Lake Campion, 14.xi.l979 (AD); Short 1071, c. 10 km SW. of 
Pingrup, 23 .xi. 1979 (AD). 
SPECIES OF UNCERTAIN AFFINITY 
In this revision a number of species referred to Angianthus by Bentham (1867) are 
considered to belong to distinctive, segregate genera. However there are three species, 
namely A. axilliflorus, A. burkittii a.nd A, conwa/us" which clearly have no affinities with 
Angianthus s.str. or any of the segregate genera. They may represent monotypic genera 
or have affinities with other members of the Gnaphaliinae not yet examined by the 
author. For the time being it seems appropriate to refer A. burkittii to Gnephosis, the 
genus to which the species was originally referred by Bentham (l.c.). 
Lectotypes have been chosen for the above three species and various attributes of 
each are noted below. 
Angianthus axilliflorus W. V. Fitzg. ex. Ewart & J. White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Viet. 22:315, 
pi. 56, figs. 1-3, {m9){‘axilifloru^)\ W. V. Fitzg., J. Bot. 50:21 (1912); Grieve &Blackall, 
W. Aust. Wildfls 812 (1975) {^axiliflorus'). Type: Cowcowing, W. Australia. Max Koch, 
Oct., 1904. No. 1196.” Lectotype (here designated): Koch 1196, Cowcowing, 1904 (MEL 
541217). IsoLECTOTYPEs: AD, MEL 541218, MEL 541219, NSW (2 sheets), PERTH (see 
note 1 below). 
Notes: 
1. Ewart & White (1909), working in Melbourne, noted that the “species was 
received, marked W. V. Fitzgerald inedit, from both the collector and the Sydney 
Herbarium” (p. 316). All three MEL sheets bear good specimens but MEL 541217, the 
sheet containing the specimens received from NSW and the only one marked with the 
word “ined.”, has been chosen as the lectotype. 
2. The rigid, leaf-like capitulum-subtending bracts and the arrangement of the 
capitular bracts readily distinguish this species from all others included \n Angianthus s.l. 
3. The species is apparently rare. Apart from the type material the only other 
collection of the species seen by the author is Blackall 1276, collected from the edge of a 
salt lake near Newdegate, Western Australia in 1931. 
Angianthus connatus W. V. Fitzg., J. West. Aust. Nat. Hist. Soc. 2:24 (1905); Grieve & 
Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 816 (1975). Type: “Minginew.-W. V. E, September, 1903.” 
Lectotype (here designated): Fitzgerald s.n.,M\n^nt^, W.A., -.ix.l903 (NSW 138682). 
Iso lectotypes: NSW 138683, PERTH (ex W. E. Blackall) (see note 1 below). 
Notes: 
1 . Both of the NSW collections, unlike the PERTH collection, are clearly designated 
as coming from Fitzgerald’s herbarium. Of the two sheets NSW 138682 contains the best 
material and therefore has been designated as the lectotype. The remaining one, NSW 
138683, has the word “type” written on the label, possibly in Fitzgerald’s hand, but there 
is no reason to believe that Fitzgerald did not base his description on all of the material 
available to him. 
2. The species is known only from the type collection. It is readily distinguished 
from other members of Angianthus s.l. by the presence of long hairs at the base of the 
florets or apex of the achenes and the rigid, opaque capitulum-subtending bracts. The 
morphology of the capitular bracts is also unique. 
Gnephosis burkittii Benth., FI. Austr. 3:570 (1867). — Angianthus burkittii (Benth.) 
J. M. Black, FI. S. Aust. 1st ed. 645, pi. 53 (1929), 2nd ed. 925, fig. 1227 (1957)- Hi 
Eichl., Suppl. to J. M. Black’s H. S. Aust. 326 (1965); Willis, Handb. PI. Viet 2*730 

Page image

Page text

169 
Ecology; 
Grows on sand or very sandy loam amongst Halosarcia and Melaleuca on the edge 
of saline depressions. 
Notes: 
1. Bentham (1837) based his description of Phyllocalymma micropodioides on a 
collection made by Hiigel in Western Australia. According to Stafleu (1967) the Hiigel 
collections were acquired by the Vienna herbarium (W) in 1839. However a specimen was 
obtained by Bentham and is now housed at K (Bentham, 1863). It follows therefore that 
one should lectotypify. The W sheet of P. micropodioides contains three good individual 
specimens, the K sheet a single specimen. Thus the former sheet has been designated as 
the lectotype. 
2. Pappus characteristics, i.e. the length of the awns and the jagged nature of the 
scales, were used by Steetz (1845) to distinguish Phyllocalymma filaginoides from 
P micropodioides. Such characteristics are however quite variable, even within a single 
plant, and Bentham (1867) reduced the former species to synonymy. There are however a 
number of specimens in which the typical awned scales of A . micropodioides are absent. 
For example the collection Short 1008 contains individuals with a small, jagged, ring-like 
pappus while a pappus is absent in specimens of Short 992 and Short 946. One collection 
contains some individuals which lack a pappus (referred to as Short 1012A) and others 
with a distinct ring-like pappus (referred to as Short 1012), Future investigations may 
show that the latter collections represent a distinct taxon but apart from the variable 
characteristics of the pappus there appear to be no features by which it can be 
distinguished from A. micropodioides. It may be that the pappus variation is under 
simple genetic control. 
3. A. rnicropodioides and A. cornutus exhibit a similar habit but the latter species 
can be readily distinguished by the presence of horn-like basal appendages on the flat 
capitular bracts. Furthermore the pubescent nature of the achene appears to be unique to 
A. micropodioides. 
Selected Specimens Examined (5/19): 
Western Australia — Chinnock 4417 & Mortlock river just east of Meckering 22 xi 1978 (AD)- 
Morrison s.n.. Banks of Swan Estuary, 28.xii.1898 (CANB 209968, BRI 078604, MEL 84466 PERTH)’ 
PreissS6, Swan River Colonia, 1843 (MEL 583144, ex herb. Sond.; MEL 84467, ex herb. Steetz); Short 1024 
c. 13.7 km NW. of Balhdu, 20.xi.l979 (AD); Short 1037, c. 8 km W. of Kalguddering, 20.xi.l979 (AD). ’ 
Specimens Examined, A. micropodioides Variant: 
Western Australia — Short 946, 3.4 km N. of Boodarocking, 13. xi. 1979 (AD); Short 954 Lake 
Campion, 14.xi.l979 (AD); Short 968, 45. 1 km N. of Koorda along main road to Mollerin, 14.X.1979 (AD)- 
S/Jor/ 987, 1 .9 km N. of Latham, 15. xi. 1979 (AD); Short 992, c. 30.4 km S. of Pindar along main road to 
Lake, c. 12 km N. of Carnamah, 19. xi. 1979 (AD); Short 
1021, 1021A, c. 54.5 km from Nugadong along main road to Gunyidi, 19. xi. 1979 (AD). 
9, Angianthus comutus Short, sp. nov. 
[Angianthus milnei auct. non Benth.: Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 814 
(1975) . j 
Herba annua. Axes maiores decumbentes ascendentesve, 3-10(16) cm longi. Folia alterna, linearia vel 
hneari-triangularia, 0. 5-1(1. 2) cm longa, 0.1 cm lata, mucronata, pilosa. Glomerulus ovoidms, 
0.8-1. 2 cm longus, 0. 3-0.6 cm diametro; bracteae glomerulos subtendentes involucrum 
conspicuum longitudine c. 'A-V^ glomeruli partes aequante facientes; receptaculum convexum 
vel oblongum. Capitula c. 3040; bracteae capitula subtendentes 1(2), obovatae ± oblongaeve, 
2.4-3 mm longae, 1. 2-1. 6 mmlatae; costa ad apicem variabi liter pilosa. Bracteae intra capitulum- 
duo concave f 4-2.6 mm longae, costa versus apicem variabiliter pilosa; duo planae, ellipticae ± 
obovataeye, m infima tertia parte attenuatissimae, 2.4-3 mm longae, 0.9-1 .2 mm latae, costa 
versus apicem varie pilosa, ad basin 2 appendicibus propritim cornuatis, c. 0. 2-0.4 mm longis. 
Flosculi 2, corolla 5-lobata. Achenia ± ellipsoidea, papillosa. Pappus carens. 
^ Holotypus (fig. 6): Chinnock 4692, Saline depression 3.8 km E. of Carnegie 
(25 47 S, E). Prostrate herb growing in sand on edge of Arthrocncnium 
[ =Halosarcia] zone. Associated with A/zoon, Chrysocoryne and Gnephosis Abundant 
16.ix.1979 (AD). IsoTYPUs: CANB, PERTH. 

Page image

Page text

181 
Because of confusion with the labels of the MEL collections (see annotations on the 
sheets), the K material, which contains 2 individual specimens in good condition, has 
been designated as the lectotype. The same sheet dso contains Wilhelmi material 
designated as coming from “between the Fountain & Long Lake” but this material has 
been clearly separated from the lectotype. A further label “Victoria, South Australia, 
July 26/55, Mueller” occurs on the sheet but both the location and the name, 
''Chrysocoryne tenella Muell.” ( = C. drummondii A. Gray) suggests that it has been 
erroneously placed with this material. 
Selected Specimens Examined (6/13): 
South Australia — Alcock 2801, Lower Eyre Peninsula, Hundred of Lake Wangary, 14.x. 1969 (AD, 
CANB); Cleland s.n,. Coffin Bay Reserve, I0.xi.l960 (AD 96404182); Lang 1082, c. 33.7 km WNW. of 
Cummins on road to Mt. Hope, 20.x. 1977 (AD); Short 806, c. 34 km NW. of Cummins on road to Mt. Hope, 
26. ix. 1978 (AD); Short 822, c. 13.5 km W. of Yorketown along main Warooka road, 28.x. 1978 (AD); 
Wilhelmi s.n.. Lake Greenly, 1855 (NSW 138697). 
3. Epitriche Turcz., Bull Soc. Imp. Naturalistes Moscou 24(2):74 (Oct. 1851). Type: 
E. cuspidata Turcz. (=E. demissus (A. Gray) Short) 
Skirrhophorus DC. in Lindl. ex DC. sect. Psuedopappus A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. 
Kew Gard. Misc. 3:149 (May 1851). Type: S. demissus A. Gray {=E. demissus 
(A. Gray) Short) 
[Angianthus auct. non Wendl.: see synonymy of E. demissus.] 
[Styloncerus auct. non Spreng.: see synonymy of E. demissus.] 
Annual herb. Major axes erect, glabrous or sparsely hairy; stem simple or forming 
major branches at upper nodes. Leaves opposite, sessile, the base ± stem clasping and 
with hyaline margins, the entire leaf glabrous or sparsely hairy. Compound heads 
broadly depressed ovoid; bracts subtending compound heads forming a conspicuous 
involucre c. equal to or longer than the head; general receptacle an entire, convex, ± 
smooth axis, the capitula distributed evenly over its surface. Capitula c. 10-20 per 
compound head. Capitular bracts 2 or 3 , hyaline, ± flat to concave, with a conspicuous, 
sparsely hairy midrib extending c. Vi the length of the bract, the bracts overlapping one 
another. Florets 1 per capitulum; corolla 5-lobed; style branches truncate; stamens 5, 
with tailed anthers. Achenes ? ± obconical and papillose, the apex beset with long hairs. 
Pappus absent. 
Distribution (Fig. 8): 
A monotypic genus endemic to the south-west of Western Australia. Known only 
from the type collection and Wilson 8314. 
Affinities/Generic Characteristics: 
The lack of collections has made it difficult to ascertain certain characteristics of this 
genus and the full range of variation exhibited by the species is unknown. For example 
characteristics of the achene are difficult to ascertain and the number of capitula per 
compound head has been estimated for only 2 or 3 individuals. 
At least superficially the genus appears to be allied to Angianthus s.str. However the 
apparent lack of minor receptacular appendages, the absence of capitulum-subtending 
bracts and the distinctive ring of hairs at the apex of the achene all suggest that the genus 
should be reinstated. There is some doubt whether or not the hairs at the apex of the 
achene should be regarded as a pappus (see morphology section). 
Epitriche demissus (A. Gray) Short, comb. nov. 
Skirrhophorus demissus A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:149 (May 1851), 
basionym. — Angianthus demissus (A. Gray) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:567 (1867); Greive & 
Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 815 (1975). — Styloncerus demissus {A. Gray) Kuntze, Rev. 
Generum PI. 367 (1891). Type: “South-western Australia, Drummond, 1850.” 
Lectotype (here designated); Drummond 58, S.W. Australia, 1850 (K) (label in Gray’s 
hand, plus drawings). Isolectotypes: GH (ex herb. Klatt), K (ex herb. Benth.), KW, 
MEL 541627, MEL 84428, NSW, PERTH (2 sheets). 

Page image

Page text

176 
Distribution (Fig. 2): 
Restricted to the salt lakes of the Avon River System, Western Australia (Short 
1981a, b). Uncommon. 
Ecology: 
Appears to grow exclusively in sandy soil on the margins of saline depressions. 
Commonly associated with species of Halosarcia and Disphyma. 
Notes: 
1. The lectotype sheet of Skirrhophorus pygmaeus contains drawings of the species 
which, according to Gray (1851), were to be illustrated in leones Plantarum. This did not 
eventuate. The sheet is also clearly inscribed with the words ''Skirrophorus pygmaeus 
n.sp.” in Gray’s hand. It is possible that the sheet could be regarded as the holotype as 
there is no clear indication that Gray saw any of the duplicates. 
2, As pointed out under the respective species A. pygmaeus has close affinities with 
A. preissianus and A. drummondii and, in particular, to a variant of A. drummondii. 
Specimens Examined: 
Western Australia — Chinnock 4158, c. 3.5 km W. of eastern edge of Lake King, 26.ix.1977 (AD); 
Chin nock 4359, Eclipse Lake, ll.xi.l978 (AD); Chinnock 4366, small salt pan 0.7 km beyond western edge of 
Lake King, 12. xi. 1978 (AD, PERTH); Gardner s.n., Mortlock River flats, E. of Meckering, 22.x. 1945 
(PERTH); Pritzel 902, Avon district, -.xi.l901 (NSW); Short 617, 3.4 km E. of Meckering in Mortlock River, 
20.ix.l977 (AD); Short 674, 1 km E. of Wave Rock, 25. ix. 1977 (AD); Wilson 6386a, 3 km E. of Meckering, 
23.xi.1967 (PERTH). 
14. Angianthus preissianus (Steetz) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:566 (1867); K, Hoffman in 
Engler & Prantl., Naturl. Pflanzenfam. 1V5:194, fig. 98A (1890); J. M. Black, FI. S. 
Aust. 1st ed. 645 (1929), 2nd ed. 924 (1957); W. M. Curtis, Stud. FI. Tas. 344 (1963); 
Willis, Handb. PI. Viet. 2:730 (1973); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. WildHs 814 (1975). — 
Skirrhophorus preissianus Steetz in Lehm. PI. Preiss. 1:439 (1845). — Styloncerus 
preissianus (Steetz) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). Type: “In umbrosis madidis 
inter frutices prope lacum ad Woodman’s point, mense Dec. 1838. Herb. Preiss. No. 38.” 
Lectotype (here designated): Preiss 38, In Nova Hollandia, (Swan-River Colonia) in 
umbrosis madidis inter frutices prope lacum ad Woodman’s point, s. dat. (MEL 541608, 
ex herb. Steetz). Isolectotypes: LD, MEL 541609, S (see p.l52). 
Skirrhophorus eriocephalus Hook. f. ex. A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. KewGard. Misc. 
3:148 (1851) (Hook. f. in MSS); Hook, f., FI. Tas. 1:198, pi. 53A (1856). — Angianthus 
eriocephalus (Hook. f. ex A. Gray) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:567 (1867); W. M. Curtis, Stud. 
FI. Tas. 344 (1963). — Styloncerus eriocephalus (Hook. f. ex A. Gray) Kuntze, Rev. 
Generum PI. 367 (1891). Type: “Georgetown, Van Diemen’s Land, Gunn.” Lectotype 
(here designated): Gunn 1973, George Town, 21. xi. 1842 (K). Isolectotypes: HO, NSW, 
NSW p.p. (lacks collector’s no. but cites Georgetown and the dates 21.xi.42& lO.i.43, i.e. 
a mixed collection). Possible Isolectotypes: GH (several collections ex herb. Hook. f. 
but each lacks collection date, collector’s no. and gives the location only as Tasmania or 
“VDL”). 
Annual herb. Major axes erect to prostrate (0.5)4-10(16) cm long, glabrous or 
variably hairy; stem often simple in the smaller, erect plants, sometimes ± lacking (less 
than c. 1 cm high) in the prostrate ones, but usually forming major branches at basal 
and/or upper nodes. Leaves alternate or opposite, usually ± narrowly elliptic or ± 
linear, sometimes semi-succulent to sucedent and ± terete, 0. 5-1(1. 2) cm long, 
c. 0. 1-0.2 cm wide, mucronate, variably hairy. Compound heads broadly ovoid to 
depressed ovoid, 0.4-0.8(l) cm long, 0.4-0.7(l) cm diam.; bracts subtending compound 
heads forming a conspicuous involucre about the length of the head, of c. 15 bracts, the 
outer ones leaf-like, ± elliptic, or ovate to lanceolate, 0.5-1 cm long, 0. 1-0.2 cm wide, 
variably mucronate, hairy, a few inner ones with hyaline apices and grading into 
capitulum-subtending bracts; general receptacle an expanded, convex axis. Capitula 
c. 5-100 per compound head; capitulum-subtending bracts 1(2), if more than one then the 
extra one abaxial to and overlapping the inner, all bracts ± obovate or ± oblong, 
1.7-2. 4(2. 6) mm long, 0.7-1. 5 mm wide, ± white, the midrib glabrous or variably hairy 

Page image

Page text

176 
Distribution (Fig. 2): 
Restricted to the salt lakes of the Avon River System, Western Australia (Short 
1981a, b). Uncommon. 
Ecology: 
Appears to grow exclusively in sandy soil on the margins of saline depressions. 
Commonly associated with species of Halosarcia and Disphyma. 
Notes: 
1. The lectotype sheet of Skirrhophorus pygmaeus contains drawings of the species 
which, according to Gray (1851), were to be illustrated in leones Plantarum. This did not 
eventuate. The sheet is also clearly inscribed with the words ''Skirrophorus pygmaeus 
n.sp.” in Gray’s hand. It is possible that the sheet could be regarded as the holotype as 
there is no clear indication that Gray saw any of the duplicates. 
2, As pointed out under the respective species A. pygmaeus has close affinities with 
A. preissianus and A. drummondii and, in particular, to a variant of A. drummondii. 
Specimens Examined: 
Western Australia — Chinnock 4158, c. 3.5 km W. of eastern edge of Lake King, 26.ix.1977 (AD); 
Chin nock 4359, Eclipse Lake, ll.xi.l978 (AD); Chinnock 4366, small salt pan 0.7 km beyond western edge of 
Lake King, 12. xi. 1978 (AD, PERTH); Gardner s.n., Mortlock River flats, E. of Meckering, 22.x. 1945 
(PERTH); Pritzel 902, Avon district, -.xi.l901 (NSW); Short 617, 3.4 km E. of Meckering in Mortlock River, 
20.ix.l977 (AD); Short 674, 1 km E. of Wave Rock, 25. ix. 1977 (AD); Wilson 6386a, 3 km E. of Meckering, 
23.xi.1967 (PERTH). 
14. Angianthus preissianus (Steetz) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:566 (1867); K, Hoffman in 
Engler & Prantl., Naturl. Pflanzenfam. 1V5:194, fig. 98A (1890); J. M. Black, FI. S. 
Aust. 1st ed. 645 (1929), 2nd ed. 924 (1957); W. M. Curtis, Stud. FI. Tas. 344 (1963); 
Willis, Handb. PI. Viet. 2:730 (1973); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. WildHs 814 (1975). — 
Skirrhophorus preissianus Steetz in Lehm. PI. Preiss. 1:439 (1845). — Styloncerus 
preissianus (Steetz) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). Type: “In umbrosis madidis 
inter frutices prope lacum ad Woodman’s point, mense Dec. 1838. Herb. Preiss. No. 38.” 
Lectotype (here designated): Preiss 38, In Nova Hollandia, (Swan-River Colonia) in 
umbrosis madidis inter frutices prope lacum ad Woodman’s point, s. dat. (MEL 541608, 
ex herb. Steetz). Isolectotypes: LD, MEL 541609, S (see p.l52). 
Skirrhophorus eriocephalus Hook. f. ex. A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. KewGard. Misc. 
3:148 (1851) (Hook. f. in MSS); Hook, f., FI. Tas. 1:198, pi. 53A (1856). — Angianthus 
eriocephalus (Hook. f. ex A. Gray) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:567 (1867); W. M. Curtis, Stud. 
FI. Tas. 344 (1963). — Styloncerus eriocephalus (Hook. f. ex A. Gray) Kuntze, Rev. 
Generum PI. 367 (1891). Type: “Georgetown, Van Diemen’s Land, Gunn.” Lectotype 
(here designated): Gunn 1973, George Town, 21. xi. 1842 (K). Isolectotypes: HO, NSW, 
NSW p.p. (lacks collector’s no. but cites Georgetown and the dates 21.xi.42& lO.i.43, i.e. 
a mixed collection). Possible Isolectotypes: GH (several collections ex herb. Hook. f. 
but each lacks collection date, collector’s no. and gives the location only as Tasmania or 
“VDL”). 
Annual herb. Major axes erect to prostrate (0.5)4-10(16) cm long, glabrous or 
variably hairy; stem often simple in the smaller, erect plants, sometimes ± lacking (less 
than c. 1 cm high) in the prostrate ones, but usually forming major branches at basal 
and/or upper nodes. Leaves alternate or opposite, usually ± narrowly elliptic or ± 
linear, sometimes semi-succulent to sucedent and ± terete, 0. 5-1(1. 2) cm long, 
c. 0. 1-0.2 cm wide, mucronate, variably hairy. Compound heads broadly ovoid to 
depressed ovoid, 0.4-0.8(l) cm long, 0.4-0.7(l) cm diam.; bracts subtending compound 
heads forming a conspicuous involucre about the length of the head, of c. 15 bracts, the 
outer ones leaf-like, ± elliptic, or ovate to lanceolate, 0.5-1 cm long, 0. 1-0.2 cm wide, 
variably mucronate, hairy, a few inner ones with hyaline apices and grading into 
capitulum-subtending bracts; general receptacle an expanded, convex axis. Capitula 
c. 5-100 per compound head; capitulum-subtending bracts 1(2), if more than one then the 
extra one abaxial to and overlapping the inner, all bracts ± obovate or ± oblong, 
1.7-2. 4(2. 6) mm long, 0.7-1. 5 mm wide, ± white, the midrib glabrous or variably hairy 

Page image

Page text

205 
0 kms 300 
Fig. 15. Distribution and floret 
characteristics of Siloxerus. 
a and # — S. humifusus. 
b and O — S. filifolius, 
c and A — 5. pygmaens. 
Distribution (Fig. 15): 
South-west of Western Australia. 
Affinities/Generic Characteristics: 
Siloxerus contains 3 species. It is readily distinguished from all other members of 
Angianthus s.L by the presence of paleae, a hairy general receptacle, the ± obovoid, 
purple, papillose achenes and the more or less rigid nature of both the capitular and 
receptacular bracts. Unlike other members of Angianthus s.l. the capitula in members of 
this genus are somewhat ill-defined. 
The genus has no obvious affinities with other members of the ‘'Angianthus group'' 
(sensu Merxmuller et al., 1977) and any affinities with other members of the 
Gnaphaliinae are yet to be determined. 
Evolution/Reproductive Biology: 
All species, as evidenced by approximate P/O determinations of c. 200 (Short 
1981a, b), are inbreeders. They have close affinities with one another and indeed 
5. humifusus may be a polyploid directly derived from S. filifolius (see note 1 under 
S. humifusus). 
Key to Species of Siloxerus 
1. Stem apparently absent; compound heads depressed ovoid, c. 0.4-0.6 cm long, 0.6-1. 1 cmdiam 
3. 5. pygmaeus 
1. Stem simple or branching, the major axes decumbent to erect, 1-7(9) cm long; compound heads ellipsoid 
to broadly ellipsoid or ovoid to broadly depressed ovoid, c. 0.6-2. 9 cm long, c. 0.5-1. 5 cm diam. 
2. Pappusc. !/2 or rarelythelength of the floret; capitular bractsandpaleae(2)2.5-4.5(6.3) mm long 
2. 5. humifusus 
2. Pappus c. equal to or slightly exceeding the length of the Horet; capitular bracts and paleae 
1.25-1.9 mm long I ^ filifolius 
1. Siloxerus filifolius (Benth.) Ostenf., Biol. Meddel. Kongel. Danske Vidensk. Selsk 
3:136 (1921). — Gnaphalodes filifolium Benth., FI. Austr. 3:578 (1867). — Angianthus 
filifolius (Benth.) C. A. Gardner, Enum. PI. Austr, Occ. 135 (1931); Grieve & Blackall 
W. Aust. Wildfls 811 (1975). Type: “Murray river, Oldfield.” Holotype: Oldfields n ’ 
Tufts, low wet places, Murray R., W. Aust., s. dat. (K). Isotype: MEL 84436 (see note 1)’ 

Page image

Page text

203 
long hairs on the upper margins. Florets 1 per capitulum; corolla (4)5-lobed; style 
branches truncate; stamens (4)5, with tailed anthers. Achene ± obpyriform, with a 
distinct, whitish carpopodium, the entire fruit pinkish-brown, smooth. Pappus 
absent. Fig. if. 
Distribution (Fig. 14): 
A monotypic genus restricted to the south-west of Western Australia between 
latitudes c. 29^ and c. 34°S and west of longitude c. 122°E. 
Affinities/Generic Characteristics: 
The affinities of this genus are obscure. It has no obvious relationships with other 
members of Angianthus s.l. 
Hyalochlamys is readily distinguished from other members of Angianthus s,L by the 
unique morphology of the bracts of both the general involucre and the capitula and the 
achene morphology. The presence of scale-like glandular hairs on the leaves and axes, 
plus the prostrate habit, provide useful characters for readily distinguishing the species. 
Evolution/Reproductive Biology: 
The abundance of individuals in saline regions, plus the presence of scale-like hairs 
typical of salinity tolerant plants, suggest the evolution of the genus in the salt lake 
regions of Western Australia or strand habitats. 
A pollen-ovule ratio of 151, determined for a single specimen (Short 615), suggests 
that the only species is an inbreeder (see Short 1981a, b). 
Hyalochlamys globiferaA. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. KewGard. Misc. 3:101 (April 1851). — 
Angianthus globifer (A. Gray) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:567 (1867); Grieve & Blackall, W. 
Aust. Wildfls 815 (1975). — Styloncerus globifer (A. Gray) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 
367 (1891). Type: “Swan River, Drummond.” Lectotype ^ere designated): Drummond 
204, Sw. river, s. dat. (K). Isolectotypes: PERTH, GH (ex herb. Klatt), GH (lacks 
collector’s number but label appears to be in Gray’s hand). Possible Iso lectotype: MEL 
541626 (ex herb. O. W. Sonder), lacks collector’s number. 
Annualherb. Major axes 0.5-2.5 cm long. LeavesO,S-\,2 cm long, 0.1-0.2 cm wide. 
Compound heads c. 0.4-0. 8 cm high, 0. 4-0.8 cm diam.; bracts subtending compound 
heads 0. 5-0.7 cm long, 0.4-0. 6 cm wide. Capitular bracts 3(?4), the two concave bracts 
3-4.5 mm long, the inner bracts c. the length or slightly exceeding the length of the 
achene. Florets 1; corolla (4)5-lobed, the tube tapering gradually to an expanded base 
covering ± the top of the achene, 1.7-1. 9 mm long, c. 0.2 mm diam.; anthers (4)5, each 
with c. 30 pollen grains. Achenes ± obpyriform, 1. 1-1.3 mm long, 0.5-0.6 mm diam. 
Distribution: See generic treatment. 
Ecology: 
Commonly grows on the margins of salt lakes but is also found in shallow 
depressions at the base of granite outcrops. Collectors’ notes include “Growing in upper 
Arthrocnemum [ = Halosarcia] zone extending to Melaleuca and Eucalyptus regions 
around salty depression. Sandy loam”, “Growing on sandy rises with Angianthus, 
Aizoonglabrum, Stipa, FrankeniainHakea/MelaleucasQvuh'' and “Sandy loam at base 
of granite”. 
Selected Specimens Examined (6/29): 
Western Australia — Chinnock 4412 & Wilson^ Mortlock River just east of Meckering 22 xi 1978 
(AD); Short 636, southern nmrgins of Lake Brown, 22.ix.1977 (AD); Short 661, Roe Dam, 23.ix.’l977 (AD)- 
Short 684, Pumta Rock, 26.ix.1977 (AD); Tolken 6519A, NE. end of Lake Johnston, 9.x. 1979 (AD)- Wilson 
8807, Lake Barlee, 25.viii.1970 (PERTH). 
8. Pogonolepis Steetz in Lehm. PI. Preiss. 1:440 (1845). — Skirrhophorus DC in Lindl 
ex DC. sea. Pogonolepis A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:149 (1851) 
Type: Pogonolepis stricta Steetz. 
[Angianthus auct. non Wendl.: as to A. strictus (Steetz) Benth. & A. lanigerus 

Page image

Page text

207 
(AD); Demarz 5351, Orleans Farm, 16.X.1974 (KP, PERTH); Short 1056, c. 10 km from Jarrahwood along 
road to Nannup, 22. xi. 1979 (AD); Short 1058, c. 41 km from Kojonup along main Boyup Brook road, 
23. xi. 1979 (AD); Willis s.n.. North Twin Peak Island, 20.xi.l950 (MEL). 
2. Siloxems humifusus Labill., PL Nov. Holl. 2:57 (1806); Less., Syn. generum Comp. 
270 (1832). — Styloncerus humifusus (Labill.) Spreng., Syst. Veg. 3:451 (1826); DC., 
Prod. 6:149 (1838); Steetz in Lehm. PI. Preiss. 1:435 (1845). — Ogcerostylus humifusus 
(Labill.) Cass., Diet. Sci. Nat. 49:222 (1827); Steud., Nomen. Bot. 2nd ed. 2:242 (1841) 
{"Oxerostylus') (n.v.). — Angianthus humifusus (Labill.) Benth., H. Austr. 3:563 (1867); 
Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 811 (1975). Type: “Habitat in terra Van-Leuwin.” 
Holotype: ILabillardiere s.n., habitat in terra van-Leuwin, s. dat. (FI). 
Styloncerus cylindraceus Steetz in Lehm., PI. Preiss. 1:435 (1845). Type: “In sinu 
regis Georgii III. mense Nov. 1840. Herb. Preiss. No. 41.” Lectotype (here designated): 
Preiss 41, In Nova Hollandia, (Swan-River Colonia) in sinu regis Georgii III, s. dat. 
(MEL 541624, ex herb. Steetz). Isolectotypes: LD, MEL 54151 (ex herb O. W. Sonder), 
S.(Seep.l52). 
Styloncerus suberectus Steetz in Lehm. PI. Preiss. 1:436 (1845). Type: “In arenosis 
terrae in ferioris, mense Dec. 1839. Herb. Preiss. no. 42.” Lectotype (here designated): 
Preiss 42, in arenosis terrae inferioris (Swan River Colonia), s. dat. (MEL 541622, ex 
herb. Steetz). Isolectotypes: LD, MEL 541623 (herbO. W. Sonder). (Seep. 152). 
Angianthus humifusus var. grandiflorus Btnih,, FI. Austr. 3:563 (1867), type as for 
S. suberectus. 
Annual herb. Major axes decumbent to erect, 2-7(9) cm long, glabrous or variably 
hairy; stem simple or forming major branches at basal and upper nodes. Leaves often 
opposite at the base of the major axes, the upper ones alternate, all leaves ± linear or 
lanceolate, (c. 1)1. 5-3 cm long, c. 0.1-0.15 cm wide, glabrous or sparsely hairy, at least 
the upper ones mucronate. Compound heads ± broadly ellipsoid or ovoid to broadly 
depressed ovoid, c. 0.6-2(2.9) cm long, (c. 0.5)0.7-1.2(1.3) cm diam. Capitulum with 
c.8-10 capitular bracts and paleae, all bracts oblanceolate to obovate, 
(c. 2)2.5-4.5(6.3) mm long, (0.7)0.9-1.7(1.9) mm wide, crenulate near the apex, white or 
pale pink. Florets c. 5; corolla 4 or 5-lobed, the tube distinctly swollen in the lower Vi, 
(c. 0.85)1-2(2.25) mm long, c. 0.3-0.5 mm diam. Achenes ± obovoid, c. 0.7-0.95 mm 
long, c. 0.25-0.4 mm diam., variably papillose. Pappus of 5-7 jagged scales fused at the 
base, c. 0.95-1.7 mmlong,c. Vi or rarely the length of the floret. Fig. 15. 
Distribution (Fig. 15): 
South-west of Western Australia, within an approximately 200 km wide coastal 
belt. 
Ecology: 
Grows in a variety of habitats. Collectors’ notes include “Recently dried muddy 
depression in sandy swamp under Acacia cyanophyM\ “Rush marsh . . . under shrubs 
of Astartaea fascicularis with Cotula coronopifolia and Schoenus trachycarpus^\ 
''Eucalyptus-Xanthorrhoea community on deep grey sands. Growing c. 10 cm from 
Siloxerus filifolius'^ and “Growing in open Eucalyptus woodland on brown sandy loam 
covered by coarse gravel. Growing with Siloxerus fdifolius^\ 
Notes: 
1. S. humifusus is primarily distinguishable from S. filifolius on differences in size 
of various organs, the achenes, capitular bracts, paleae, pappus scales and florets of 
S. humifusus being approximately twice the length of the same organs in the latter 
species. Such features suggest that S. humijmus may be of polyploid origin. 
2. Bentham (1867) recognised two varieties of Angianthus humifusus, var. minor 
Benth. and var. grandiflorus Benth. The former variety is recognised here as a distinct 
species, Siloxerus filifolius. The latter variety was based on Preiss 42, the type collection 
of Styloncerus suberectus Steetz, which possesses larger capitular bracts and paleae 
(c. 4-6.3 mm long) than those of Preiss 41, (c. 3.7-4.2 mm long), the type of Styloncerus 
cylindraceus Steetz. Furthermore in Preiss 42 the pappus is about one-half the length of 

Page image

Page text

204 
Ewart & J. White, used in various works.] 
[Siloxerus auct. non Labill.: as to S. strictus (Steetz) Ostenf.] 
[Skirrhophorus auct. non DC. in Lindl. ex DC.: as to S. strictus (Steetz) A. Gray 
and S. muellerianus Sond.J 
[Styloncerus auct. non Spreng., nom. illeg.: as to S. strictus (Steetz) Kuntze] 
Annual herbs. Major axes decumbent, ascending or erect, variably hairy; stem 
simple or forming major branches at basal and/or upper nodes. Leaves usually alternate 
(sometimes opposite), sessile, entire, glabrous or sparsely hairy, mucronate. Compound 
heads ± broadly obovoid; bracts subtending compound heads forming a conspicuous, 
multi-seriate involucre c. the len^h of the head, the outer bracts leaf-like, the inner ones 
primarily hyaline and with papillae at the apex; general receptacle a small, ± flat, 
glabrous axis. Capitulaz. 5-40 per compound head. Capitular bracts 2-2>,cAhQ\eng\h of 
the florets, ± hyaline, whitish, with papillae at the apex. Florets 1 per capitulum; corolla 
5-lobed; style branches truncate; stamens 5, with tailed anthers. Achenes ± ovoid or ± 
obpyramidal, covered with mucilagenous cells, brown. Pappus absent. Fig. li. 
Chromosome numbers: n=4, 5, 6, 7, c. 10, c. 12. 
The taxonomy of Pogonolepis is yet to be resolved. For comments see Muelleria 
4:404-405 (Short, 1981a). 
Three species normally referred to Angianthus, i.e. A. lanigerus, A. muellerianus 
(==P. muelleriana (Sond.) Short) and A. strictus ( = P. stricta Steetz) belong to 
Pogonolepis. The new combination transferring A. lanigerus to Pogonolepis is made 
below. 
Pogonolepis lanigera (Ewart & J. White) Short, comb. nov. 
Basionym: Angianthus strictus var. lanigerus Ewart & J. White, Proc. Roy. Soc. 
Viet. 22:92 (1909). Synonym: Angianthus lanigerus (Ewart & J. White) Ewart & 
J. White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Viet. 23:288 (1911). 
9. Siloxerus Labill., PI. Nov. HoU. 2:57 (1806); Less., Syn. generum Comp. 270 (1832); 
Ostenfeld, Biol. Meddel. Kongel. Danske Vidensk. Selsk. 3:134, p.p. (as to S. humifusus 
& S. filifolius only). — Styloncerus Spreng., Syst. veg. 3:356, 451 (1826), nom. illeg. — 
OgcerostylusCdiS,^., Diet. Sc. Nat. 49:221 (1827), nom. /7/e^. ; Stuedel, Nom. Bot. 2nd. ed. 
242 (1841) {'Oxerostylus'). Type: Siloxerus humifususLdbiW. 
Chamaesphaerion A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:176 (June 1851). 
Type: Chamaesphaerion pygmaeum A. Gray ( = 5. pygmaeus (A. Gray) Short). 
Gyrostephium Turez., Bull. Soc. Naturalistes Moscou 24(2):76 (Oct. 1851). Type: 
Gyrostephium rhizocephalum Turez. ( = S. pygmaeus (A. Gray) Short). 
[Angianthus auct. non Wendl.: see synonymy of S. humifusus & S. filifolius.] 
[Chthonocephalus auct. non Steetz: see synonymy of S. pygmaeus.] 
[Gnaphalodes auct. non A. Gray, nom, illeg., later homonym of Gnaphalodes 
Miller (see Hj. Eichler, Taxon 12:295 (1963): as to Gnaphalodes fdifolium Benth. 
{=^Siloxerus filifolius).] 
Annual herbs. Major axes ± absent or if present then decumbent to erect, glabrous 
or hairy; stem simple and minute or forming major branches at basal and/or upper 
nodes. Leaves in a basal rosette or, if major axes present then opposite to alternate, all 
leaves entire, sessile, glabrous or sparsely hairy, apex mucronate, the base often with 
hyaline margins. Compound heads ± ellipsoid to broadly ellipsoid or ± lanceoloid to 
depressed ovoid; bracts subtending compound heads conspicuous, leaf-like, at least c. *4 
to Vi the length of the head, often c. equal to or exceeding the length of the head; general 
receptacle of a single hairy axis which lacks minor receptacular axes, the axis becoming 
hollow with age. Capitula ± evenly distributed over the general receptacle, ± indistinct 
and lacking subtending bracts. Capitular bracts c. 5-15, mainly hyaline but the 
uppermost portion opaque and often crenulate, with a green, ± glabrous midrib which 
extends c. Vi-Vi the length of the bract, the bracts arranged in ± 1 or 2 indistinct whorls. 
Paleae resembling capitular bracts, one bract per floret. Florets A~\5Q.2) per capitulum; 
corolla 3-5-lobed; style branches truncate; stamens 3-5, with tailed anthers. Achenes ± 
obovoid, sparsely to densely papillose, purple. Pappus of 5-7 variably jagged scales 
joined at the base or a jagged ring lacking distinct scales. Fig. 15. 

Page image

Page text

168 
Distribution (Fig. 2): 
Nullarbor Plain region. Common, 
Ecology: 
Occurs on both clay and loam soils. Collectors’ notes include “Common on clayey 
soils”, “Fine sandy loam over calcrete” and “In loam over limestone”. 
Note: 
l.A. conocephalus was originally described by Black (1929) as a variety of 
A. brachypappus. The var. conocephalus was considered to have a conical compound 
head and var. brachypappus a cylindrical head. However the shape of the compound 
head is quite variable. On the other hand both species exhibit distinct differences in habit 
and leaf morphology and usually pappus morphology. They are also allopatric. 
Selected Specimens Examined (5/23): 
Western Australia — ApHn 1656, Forrest, 31.viii.1962 (PERTH); Chinnock 1151, 30 km S. of 
Rawlinna, 19.ix.l973 (AD); George 8495, 30 miles NW. of Reid, 14.x. 1966 (PERTH). 
South Australia — Chinnock 1183, 15 km E. of Koonalda homestead, 21.ix.l973 (AD); Ising 1529, 
Hughes, 8.ix.l920 (AD). 
8. Angianthus micropodioides (Benth.) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:565 (1867) {^micropo ides'); 
Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 812 (1975) {'micropoides'). — Phyllocalymma 
micropodioides Benth., Enum. PI. Hueg. 62 (1837); Steetz in Lehm. PI. Preiss. 1:436 
(1845). — Styloncerus micropodioides (Benth.) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891) 
{'micropodes'). Type: “Swan River. (Hiigel.).” Lectotype (here designated): Hugel s.n., 
Swan River, s. dat. (W). Isolectotype: K (see note 1 below). 
Phyllocalymma filaginoides Steetz in Lehm. PI. Preiss. 1:437 (1845); Steetz in 
Walper’s Repert. Bot. Syst. 6:229(1846). — Angianthus micropodioides filaginoides 
Ewart & J. White, Proc. Roy. Soc. Viet. 22:92 (1909) {'micropoides'). Type: “In solo 
arenoso — turfoso inter frutices ad fluvii Cygnorum ripam prope oppidulum Perth, 
mense Januario 1839. Herb. Preiss. No. 37.” Lectotype (here designated): Preiss 37, In 
Nova Hollandia, (Swan-River Colonia) in solo arenoso turfoso inter frutices ad flumis 
Cygnorum ripam leg. cl. Preiss, s. dat. (MEL 541603). Isolectotypes: LD, MEL 541604, 
MEL 541605 (ex herb. O. W. Sonder), MEL 583143 (ex herb O. W. Sonder), S, GH (ex 
herb. Klatt), (see p.l52). 
Annual herb. Major axes ascending to erect, 4-15 cm long, hairy; stem sometimes 
simple to c. 10 cm high, but usually forming major branches at basal and/or upper 
nodes. Leaves alternate, ± linear or lanceolate, 0.5-1. 5(2.8) cm long, 0.05-0.1 cm wide, 
distinctly mucronate, variably hairy. Compound heads ± depressed ovoid to broadly 
depressed ovoid, 0.4-0.6 cm long, 0.4-0.5 cm diam., axillary or terminal; bracts 
subtending compound heads forming a conspicuous involucre exceeding the length of the 
head, ofc. 10 leaf-like bracts, ± lanceolate to ± ovoid, 0.5-1. 5 cmlong, c. 0.1 cm wide, 
mucronate, hairy; general receptacle a small convex axis. Capitula c. 10-30 per 
compound head; capitulum-subtending bracts 1, ± oblong or ovate, 2. 1-2.8 mm long, 
0.8-1. 3(1. 5) mm wide, the midrib variably hairy toward the apex. Capitular bracts with 
the two concave ones 2. 4-3.1 mm long, the midrib hairy; flat bracts 2, obovate, ± 
abruptly attenuated in the lower Vi, 2. 4-3.1 mm long, (0.75)0.9-1.25 mm wide, the 
midrib usually variably hairy toward the apex, rarely glabrous. Florets 2; corolla 5-lobed, 
the tube tapering gradually towards the base in immature florets, a more abrupt taper in 
the lower V 3 of mature florets which have variably swollen bases, 1.4-1. 9 mm long, 
c. 0.5 mm diam. Achenes ± obovoid, 0.8-1 mm long, 0. 5-0.6 mm diam., pubescent. 
Pappus of 5 or 6 jagged scales fused at the base, each sc^e terminating in a single smooth 
or minutely barbellate bristle, the total pappus c. ‘73-^3 the length of the corolla 
tube. Fig. 3k. 
Distribution (Fig. 2): 
Western Australia, particularly in the South West Drainage Division (Mulcahy & 
Bettenay, 1972), between latitudes c.28°30'S and 32°S and west of longitude c.l22°E. 
Locally common. 

Page image

Page text

169 
Ecology; 
Grows on sand or very sandy loam amongst Halosarcia and Melaleuca on the edge 
of saline depressions. 
Notes: 
1. Bentham (1837) based his description of Phyllocalymma micropodioides on a 
collection made by Hiigel in Western Australia. According to Stafleu (1967) the Hiigel 
collections were acquired by the Vienna herbarium (W) in 1839. However a specimen was 
obtained by Bentham and is now housed at K (Bentham, 1863). It follows therefore that 
one should lectotypify. The W sheet of P. micropodioides contains three good individual 
specimens, the K sheet a single specimen. Thus the former sheet has been designated as 
the lectotype. 
2. Pappus characteristics, i.e. the length of the awns and the jagged nature of the 
scales, were used by Steetz (1845) to distinguish Phyllocalymma filaginoides from 
P micropodioides. Such characteristics are however quite variable, even within a single 
plant, and Bentham (1867) reduced the former species to synonymy. There are however a 
number of specimens in which the typical awned scales of A . micropodioides are absent. 
For example the collection Short 1008 contains individuals with a small, jagged, ring-like 
pappus while a pappus is absent in specimens of Short 992 and Short 946. One collection 
contains some individuals which lack a pappus (referred to as Short 1012A) and others 
with a distinct ring-like pappus (referred to as Short 1012), Future investigations may 
show that the latter collections represent a distinct taxon but apart from the variable 
characteristics of the pappus there appear to be no features by which it can be 
distinguished from A. micropodioides. It may be that the pappus variation is under 
simple genetic control. 
3. A. rnicropodioides and A. cornutus exhibit a similar habit but the latter species 
can be readily distinguished by the presence of horn-like basal appendages on the flat 
capitular bracts. Furthermore the pubescent nature of the achene appears to be unique to 
A. micropodioides. 
Selected Specimens Examined (5/19): 
Western Australia — Chinnock 4417 & Mortlock river just east of Meckering 22 xi 1978 (AD)- 
Morrison s.n.. Banks of Swan Estuary, 28.xii.1898 (CANB 209968, BRI 078604, MEL 84466 PERTH)’ 
PreissS6, Swan River Colonia, 1843 (MEL 583144, ex herb. Sond.; MEL 84467, ex herb. Steetz); Short 1024 
c. 13.7 km NW. of Balhdu, 20.xi.l979 (AD); Short 1037, c. 8 km W. of Kalguddering, 20.xi.l979 (AD). ’ 
Specimens Examined, A. micropodioides Variant: 
Western Australia — Short 946, 3.4 km N. of Boodarocking, 13. xi. 1979 (AD); Short 954 Lake 
Campion, 14.xi.l979 (AD); Short 968, 45. 1 km N. of Koorda along main road to Mollerin, 14.X.1979 (AD)- 
S/Jor/ 987, 1 .9 km N. of Latham, 15. xi. 1979 (AD); Short 992, c. 30.4 km S. of Pindar along main road to 
Lake, c. 12 km N. of Carnamah, 19. xi. 1979 (AD); Short 
1021, 1021A, c. 54.5 km from Nugadong along main road to Gunyidi, 19. xi. 1979 (AD). 
9, Angianthus comutus Short, sp. nov. 
[Angianthus milnei auct. non Benth.: Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 814 
(1975) . j 
Herba annua. Axes maiores decumbentes ascendentesve, 3-10(16) cm longi. Folia alterna, linearia vel 
hneari-triangularia, 0. 5-1(1. 2) cm longa, 0.1 cm lata, mucronata, pilosa. Glomerulus ovoidms, 
0.8-1. 2 cm longus, 0. 3-0.6 cm diametro; bracteae glomerulos subtendentes involucrum 
conspicuum longitudine c. 'A-V^ glomeruli partes aequante facientes; receptaculum convexum 
vel oblongum. Capitula c. 3040; bracteae capitula subtendentes 1(2), obovatae ± oblongaeve, 
2.4-3 mm longae, 1. 2-1. 6 mmlatae; costa ad apicem variabi liter pilosa. Bracteae intra capitulum- 
duo concave f 4-2.6 mm longae, costa versus apicem variabiliter pilosa; duo planae, ellipticae ± 
obovataeye, m infima tertia parte attenuatissimae, 2.4-3 mm longae, 0.9-1 .2 mm latae, costa 
versus apicem varie pilosa, ad basin 2 appendicibus propritim cornuatis, c. 0. 2-0.4 mm longis. 
Flosculi 2, corolla 5-lobata. Achenia ± ellipsoidea, papillosa. Pappus carens. 
^ Holotypus (fig. 6): Chinnock 4692, Saline depression 3.8 km E. of Carnegie 
(25 47 S, E). Prostrate herb growing in sand on edge of Arthrocncnium 
[ =Halosarcia] zone. Associated with A/zoon, Chrysocoryne and Gnephosis Abundant 
16.ix.1979 (AD). IsoTYPUs: CANB, PERTH. 

Page image

Page text

198 
Distribution (See Short 1981a, fig. 4): 
Western Australia, occurring on salt lakes in both the Eucla and South West 
Drainage Divisions. Locally common. 
Ecology: 
Restricted to saline depressions. Collectors’ notes include “. . . west side of lake. 
Sandy edge of clay pan” and “Brown sand to very sandy loam. Very common amongst 
Arthrocnemum \ = Halosarcid\” . 
Notes: 
1. The specific epithet alludes to the conspicuous, generally trifid midrib of the 
capitulum-subtending bracts. 
Specimens Examined: 
Western Australia — Short 989, saline depression 34.5 km N. of Perenjori, 15. xi. 1979 (AD)- Wilson 
6083, near Mollerin, 2.ix.l967 (PERTH); Wilson 8813, Lake Barlee, southern margin, 25.viii.1970 (PERTH)- 
Wilson 8853, near Lake Barlee HS on west side of Lake, 26.viii.l^0 (PERTH). 
5. Chrysocoryne uniflora Turcz., Bull. Soc. Naturalistes N0scou 24 (1):188 (March 1851) 
Type: “Nova Hollandia. Drum coll. 111. n.ll6.” Possible Holotype- KW (see p 152) 
Isotypes: GH (ex herb. Klatt), K, MEL 541599, NSW. Possible Isotypes: GH, K, MEL 
84468, MEL 541598, MEL 541600 (all collections by Drummond but lack collector’s 
number). 
Chrysocoryne myosuroides A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:152 (May 
1851). — Angianthus myosuroides (A. Gray) Benth., El. Austr. 3:563 (1867); Hoffman 
in Engler & Prantl, Naturl. Pflanzenfam. IV (5):194, fig. 98B (1890); Grieve & BlackaU, 
W. Aust. Wildfls 813 (1975), ?p.p. (as to mixed collns of C. tridens & C. uniflora in 
PERTH). — Styloncerus myosuroides (A. Gray) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891) 
i^myosurodes’). Type: “Swan River, Drummond, 1845.” Lectotype (here designated): 
Drummond 116, Sw.riv. , 1845 (K) (see note 1 below). Isolectotypes: GH (ex herb. KlattX 
MEL 541599, NSW. Possible Isolectotypes: K, MEL 84468, MEL 541598, MEL 
541600, GH (all collections by Drummond but lack collector’s number). 
Annual herb, 4-8(c. 14) cm high. Major axes erect, with scale-like glandular hairs; 
stem r^ely simple, usually forming major branches at basal and/or upper nodes. Leaves 
opposite at the base, the upper ones alternate, all leaves narrowly elliptic to + elliptic, 
oblanceolate to obovate or ± lanceolate, 0.2-0.5(0.8) cm long, c. 0.05-0.2 cm wide, a 
small hyaline appendage sometimes present at the apex, all leaves densely covered in 
scale-like glandular hairs. Compound heads cylindrical to narrowly oblong, 
c. 1.5-3. 5(4.4) cm long, 0.15-0.2(0.25) cm diam., with a single head occurring at the apex 
of an unbranched major axis or with (2)4-10(14) heads occurring on minor axes which 
branch from the upper nodes of a major axis. Capitula c. 50-150 per compound head; 
capitulum-subtending bracts ± widely elliptic or widely obovate to depressed widely 
obovate, 1.7-2.05 mm long, 1.75-2.05 mm wide; midrib entire, glabrous or variably 
villous, sometimes with a few scale-like glandular hairs. Capitular bracts 2, concave, 
1.4-1. 8 mm long, 0.4-().7 mm wide, the upper margins variably dilate, the hairs less than 
c. 0.1 mm long; midrib not conspicuous. Florets 1 or 2 per capitulum, the upper most 
capitula of a compound head with 1 floret, the lower ones usually with 2 florets; corolla 
5-lobed, the tube tapering gradually to a thickened base, 0.75-1 mm long, 0.23-0.4 mm 
diam.; anthers 5, each with c. 250-350 pollen grains. Achenes ± obovoid, 0.4-0. 5 mm 
long, 0.25-c. 0.35 mm diam., papillose, purplish. Pappus absent. Fig. 9. 
Chromosome number: not known. 
Distribution (See Short 1981a, fig. 4): 
South-west of Western Australia. Salt lakes of the Murchison and South West 
Drainage Divisions. Locally common. 
Ecology: 
Restricted to the margins of saline depressions. Grows in sand or sandy loam and 
associated with Halosarcia spp. and Melaleuca. 

Page image

Page text

180 
Fig. 8. Distribution of Pleuropappus phyllo- 
calymmeus (South Australia), Cephalo- 
sorus carpesioides and Epitriche demissus 
(Western Australia). 
Pleuropappus phyllocalymmeusR Muell., Trans & Proc. Viet. Inst. Advancem. Sci. 37 
(1855). — Angianthus phyllocalymmeus (F. Muell.) Druce, Bot. Soc. Exch. Club Brit. 
Isles 4:604 (1917); Domin, Mem. Soc. Sc. Boheme 2:121 (1923) i!;phyllocalymneus')\ 
J. M, Black, FI. S. Aust. 1st ed. 645 (1929), 2nd ed. 924 (1957); Hj. Eichl., Suppl. to 
J. M. Black’s FI. S. Aust. 326 (1965). — Angianthus pleuropappus Benth., FI. Austr. 
3:563 (1867) nom, illeg. — Styloncerus phyllocalymmeus (F. Muell.) Kuntze, Rev. 
Generum PI. 367 (1891) phyllocalymneus^). Type: “On sterile plains of the Port Lincoln 
district. — C. Wilhelmiy Lectotype (here designated): Wilhelmis.n,, Port Lincoln, s. 
dat. (K). Probable Isolectotypes: MEL 541617-541619, MEL 84469 (see note 1). 
Annual herb, 4-8(15) cm high. Leaves 0. 7-1(1. 3) cm long, c. 0.1 cm wide. 
Compound heads O.S-l,5{2) cm long, c. 0. 3-0.5 cm diam.; bracts subtending compound 
heads c. 10, the outer ones leaf-like, narrowly elliptic or lanceolate, 0.5-1 cm long, 
0.1-0.15 cm wide, ± mucronate, hairy, the inner ones with hyaline apices and grading 
into capitulum-subtending bracts. Capitula 40-100 per compound head; capitulum- 
subtending bracts ovate or elliptic, 1. 8-2.2 mm long, 1-1.2 mm wide. Capitular bracts 
with the two outer concave ones c. 2 mm long; flat bracts abruptly attenuated in lower 
‘A- Vi and the edges sometimes incurved so as to slightly cover the florets, 2-2.3 mm long, 
0.9-1. 3 mm wide. Florets 2; corolla 5-lobed, the tube usually tapering gradually to the 
base but sometimes an abrupt taper occurring in the lower Vs, 1. 3-1.7 mm long, 
c. 0.5 mm diam. Achene obliquely attached to the floret, ellipsoid, 0.7-0.8 mm long, 
0.3-0.4 mm diam., papillose. Pappus an oblique jagged scale about the length of the 
corolla tube. 
Distribution: See generic treatment. 
Ecology: 
Grows exclusively in sandy or clay loam on the margins of saline depressions. 
Associated with Halosarcia. 
Note: 
1. Following his description of P. phyllocalymmeus Mueller (1855, p.37) cited a 
single collection, “On sterile plains of the Port Lincoln district. — C. WilhelmiP None 
of the Wilhelmi collections from MEL & K are designated in this manner but a K 
collection is recorded as coming from “Port Lincoln”. 

Page image

Page text

180 
Fig. 8. Distribution of Pleuropappus phyllo- 
calymmeus (South Australia), Cephalo- 
sorus carpesioides and Epitriche demissus 
(Western Australia). 
Pleuropappus phyllocalymmeusR Muell., Trans & Proc. Viet. Inst. Advancem. Sci. 37 
(1855). — Angianthus phyllocalymmeus (F. Muell.) Druce, Bot. Soc. Exch. Club Brit. 
Isles 4:604 (1917); Domin, Mem. Soc. Sc. Boheme 2:121 (1923) i!;phyllocalymneus')\ 
J. M, Black, FI. S. Aust. 1st ed. 645 (1929), 2nd ed. 924 (1957); Hj. Eichl., Suppl. to 
J. M. Black’s FI. S. Aust. 326 (1965). — Angianthus pleuropappus Benth., FI. Austr. 
3:563 (1867) nom, illeg. — Styloncerus phyllocalymmeus (F. Muell.) Kuntze, Rev. 
Generum PI. 367 (1891) phyllocalymneus^). Type: “On sterile plains of the Port Lincoln 
district. — C. Wilhelmiy Lectotype (here designated): Wilhelmis.n,, Port Lincoln, s. 
dat. (K). Probable Isolectotypes: MEL 541617-541619, MEL 84469 (see note 1). 
Annual herb, 4-8(15) cm high. Leaves 0. 7-1(1. 3) cm long, c. 0.1 cm wide. 
Compound heads O.S-l,5{2) cm long, c. 0. 3-0.5 cm diam.; bracts subtending compound 
heads c. 10, the outer ones leaf-like, narrowly elliptic or lanceolate, 0.5-1 cm long, 
0.1-0.15 cm wide, ± mucronate, hairy, the inner ones with hyaline apices and grading 
into capitulum-subtending bracts. Capitula 40-100 per compound head; capitulum- 
subtending bracts ovate or elliptic, 1. 8-2.2 mm long, 1-1.2 mm wide. Capitular bracts 
with the two outer concave ones c. 2 mm long; flat bracts abruptly attenuated in lower 
‘A- Vi and the edges sometimes incurved so as to slightly cover the florets, 2-2.3 mm long, 
0.9-1. 3 mm wide. Florets 2; corolla 5-lobed, the tube usually tapering gradually to the 
base but sometimes an abrupt taper occurring in the lower Vs, 1. 3-1.7 mm long, 
c. 0.5 mm diam. Achene obliquely attached to the floret, ellipsoid, 0.7-0.8 mm long, 
0.3-0.4 mm diam., papillose. Pappus an oblique jagged scale about the length of the 
corolla tube. 
Distribution: See generic treatment. 
Ecology: 
Grows exclusively in sandy or clay loam on the margins of saline depressions. 
Associated with Halosarcia. 
Note: 
1. Following his description of P. phyllocalymmeus Mueller (1855, p.37) cited a 
single collection, “On sterile plains of the Port Lincoln district. — C. WilhelmiP None 
of the Wilhelmi collections from MEL & K are designated in this manner but a K 
collection is recorded as coming from “Port Lincoln”. 

Page image

Page text

183 
It is readily distinguished by the opposite, petiolate leaves which occur in at least the lower 
half of the plant. Achene morphology and the morphology, number and arrangement of 
capitular bracts are unique. 
Cephalosorus carpesioides (Turcz.) Short, comb. nov. 
Piptostemma carpesioides Tmvqz., Bull. Soc. Naturalistes Moscou 24(1):192 (March 
1851), basionym. Type: “Nova Hollandia. Drum. coll. IV. n. 200.” Possible Holotype: 
KW (see p.l52). Isotypes: GH (ex herb. Klatt), K, MEL 541595, MEL 541596. 
Cephalosorus phyllocephalus A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:152 (May 
1851). — Angianthus phyllocephalus {A. Gray) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:565 (1865); Grieve & 
Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 812 (1975). — Styloncerus phyllocephalus (A. Gray) Kuntze, 
Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). Type: “Swan River, Drummond, 1846, 1848.” Lectotype 
(here designated): Drummond 200, S.W. Australia, 1848 (K). Isolectotypes: GH (ex 
herb. Klatt), MEL 541595, MEL 541596 (see note 2 below). 
Cephalosorus brevipapposus F. Muell., Fragm. 3:159 (1863). — Skirrhophorus 
phyllocephalus F. Muell., l.c., pro syn., (? as to collections of F. Muell.). Type: “Ad 
flumen Murchison; Oldfield. Ad sinum Champion Bay; Walcott'' Lectotype (here 
designated): Oldfield s.n., Murchison R., W.A., s. dat. (MEL 541597). Probable 
Isolectotype: PERTH (ex MEL, referred to as Angianthus phyllocephalus on label). 
Syntype: None seen, the only specimens of this species seen from Champion Bay were 
collected by Oldfield. No Walcott specimens of the species have been seen. 
Annual herb, 15-25(29) cm high. Leaves opposite and distinctly petiolate in at least 
the lower half of the plant, the uppermost ones frequently ± sessile and alternate; petiole 
± absent to c. 2 cm long, variably hairy; laminae ± elliptic or oblanceolate to obovate, 
1-2. 5(3. 4) cm long, 0.4-l(1.3) mm wide, sometimes with a very small mucro at the apex, 
almost glabrous (particularly the lower surface) to densely hairy. Compound heads 
0.5-1. 4 cm high, 0.7-1. 5 cm diam.; bracts subtending compound head c. 10-20, the outer 
ones ± ovate or ± obovate, 0. 5-1(1. 4) cm long, 0. 3-0.8 cm wide. Capitulac. 30-60 per 
compound head. Capitular bracts 3. 3-4.2 mm long, (0. 7)1-1. 8 mm wide. Florets 1; 
corolla tube with a conspicuously swollen base, the tube 1.5-2 mm long, 0.5-0.8 mm 
diam. Achenes ± obovoid, 1.9-2.5 mm long, 0.9-1 mm diam. Pappus a jagged cup 
c. 0.7 mm long. 
Distribution: See generic treatment. 
Ecology: 
Little information is available. Collectors’ notes include “Common on rocky 
ironstone knoll” and “Ironstone gravel”. 
Note: 
1. The lectotype sheet of C. phyllocephalus contains three good, entire specimens, 
plus drawings of the species. According to Gray (1851) the species was to be illustrated in 
Incones Plantarum but this did not eventuate. A label attached to the sheet has the words 
''Cephalosorus phyllocephalus n. gen.” in Gray’s hand. 
Specimens Examined: 
Western Australia — Alpin 56, 1-2 miles North of Carnamah, 4.ix.l958 (PERTH); Burns 24, Port 
Gregory road, 20. ix. 1970 (PERTH); Gardner 12831, Arrino, 27. ix. 1960 (PERTH); ?Mueller s.n.. Port 
Gregory, -.x.1877 (MEL 84472); ?Mueller s.n., upper Irwin River, s. dat. (MEL 84473); Oldfield s.n.. 
Champion Bay, s. dat. (MEL 84471). Paust 1267, 1 mile N. of Northampton-Port Gregory road on Yerina 
Springs road, 6.X.1972 (PERTH); Wilson 3829, 15 km N. of Badgingarra, 2.ix.l965 (AD, GH, PERTH). 
(To be continued in Muelleria 5(3): 185) 

Page image

Page text

174 
2. A. microcephalus is readily distinguished from other species of Angianthus by 
the presence of only 1 floret per capitulum and the absence of 2 inner flat bracts within 
each capitulum. In all other respects the species is typical of Angianthus. 
Specimens Examined: 
Western Australia ~ Cannon 317, Hamelin Pod Station, 24.ix.1974 (PERTH); George 11439, Dirk 
Hartog Is., 3.ix.l972 (PERTH); Short 442, c. 3 km N. of Eagle Bluff, Peron Peninsula, 2i.viii.l977 ’(AD)* 
D. G. W. M3B23, Roderick River, Boolardy, 28.x. 1953 (PERTH). 
12. Angianthus drummondu (Turcz.) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:566 (1867); Grieve & Blackall, 
W. Aust. Wildfls 814 (1975). — Skirrhophorus drummondii Turcz., Bull. Soc. Imp. 
Naturalistes Moscou 24(1):188 (1851) {^Scirrhophorus^). — Styloncerus drummondii 
(Turcz.) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 (1891). Type: “Nova HoUandia. Drum. 
Ill.n.l23.” Possible Holotype: KW (see p.l52). Isotypes: K, MEL 541210, NSW, 
PERTH. 
Angianthus platycephalus Benth., FI. Austr. 3:566 (1867); Grieve & Blackall, W. 
Aust. Widifls 814 (1975). — Styloncerus platycephalus (Benth.) Kuntze, Rev. Generum 
PL 367 (1891). Type: “Tone River, Oldfield.” Holotype: Oldfield 85, Wet places. 
Tone R., W. Aust., s. dat (K), (see note 1 below). Isotypes: MEL 541607, PERTH. 
Possible Isotype: MEL 541606 (lacks colleaor’s number). 
Annual herb. Major axes ± decumbent or ascending to erect, 2-7 cm long, variably 
hairy; stem simple or forming major branches at basal nodes. Leaves alternate or 
opposite, ± linear, c. 0.5-1 cm long, c. 0.1 cm wide, variably mucronate, hairy. 
Compound heads ± broadly ovoid, 0.4-0.6 cm long, 0. 5-0.7 cm diam.; bracts 
subtending compound heads forming a conspicuous involucre about the length, or 
exceeding the length, of the head, of c. 10 bracts, the outer ones leaf-like, ± linear or 
oblanceolate or ± elliptic, 0.5-1 cm long, 0,1-0. 3 cm wide, variably mucronate, hairy; 
general receptacle a small convex or slightly elongate axis. Capitula c. 20-60 per 
compound head; capitulum-subtending bracts 1(?2), ± oblong or obovate, c. 2 mm 
long, c. 1 mm wide, the midrib glabrous or variably hairy toward the apex. Capitular 
bracts with the two concave ones c. 2 mm long, the midrib variably hairy toward the 
apex; flat bracts 2, obovate, ± gradually tapering toward the base, c. 2 mm long, 
c. 1 mm wide, the midrib glabrous or variably hairy toward the apex and with an entire 
wing-like extension from the adaxial surface. Florets 2; corolla 5-lobed, the tube tapering 
gradually to the base, c. 1.8 mm long, c. 0.8 mm diam. Achenes ± obovoid, c. 0.8 mm 
long, c. 0.3 mm diam., papillose. Pappus a very small jagged ring, c. 0.1 mm long. 
Distribution (Fig. 2): 
An uncommon species restricted to the south west of Western Australia. Specimens 
referred to as a variant of A. drummondii are similarly restricted. 
Ecology: 
The only information available comes from the holotype collection of 
A. platycephalus. The plants on the sheet are growing in clumps of moss and the label 
records them as growing “in wet places”. 
Specimens referred to as a variant of A. drummondii favour saline regions. 
Collectors’ notes include “sandy loam in Arthrocnemum Halosarcia]/ Melaleuca 
zone around salty depression” and “on sandy island . . . Growing with Arthrocnemum 
[=Halosarcia] & Frankenia'\ 
Notes: 
1. The K collection of Oldfield 85 is regarded as the holotype of A. platycephalus. 
There is no indication that Bentham saw any of the MEL material, usually indicated by 
the initial ‘B’ on the herbarium labels, and the PERTH collection is a fragment of the K 
type material acquired this century by C. A, Gardner. 
2. Bentham (1867) regarded A. platycephalus and A. drummondii as distinct 
species, the former having a small jagged ring-like pappus, the latter none. However a 
small, jagged, ring-like pappus is discernible in the type material of A. drummondii and 
apart from minor habit differences (erect axes in Drummond 123 and more or less 

Page image

Page text

180 
Fig. 8. Distribution of Pleuropappus phyllo- 
calymmeus (South Australia), Cephalo- 
sorus carpesioides and Epitriche demissus 
(Western Australia). 
Pleuropappus phyllocalymmeusR Muell., Trans & Proc. Viet. Inst. Advancem. Sci. 37 
(1855). — Angianthus phyllocalymmeus (F. Muell.) Druce, Bot. Soc. Exch. Club Brit. 
Isles 4:604 (1917); Domin, Mem. Soc. Sc. Boheme 2:121 (1923) i!;phyllocalymneus')\ 
J. M, Black, FI. S. Aust. 1st ed. 645 (1929), 2nd ed. 924 (1957); Hj. Eichl., Suppl. to 
J. M. Black’s FI. S. Aust. 326 (1965). — Angianthus pleuropappus Benth., FI. Austr. 
3:563 (1867) nom, illeg. — Styloncerus phyllocalymmeus (F. Muell.) Kuntze, Rev. 
Generum PI. 367 (1891) phyllocalymneus^). Type: “On sterile plains of the Port Lincoln 
district. — C. Wilhelmiy Lectotype (here designated): Wilhelmis.n,, Port Lincoln, s. 
dat. (K). Probable Isolectotypes: MEL 541617-541619, MEL 84469 (see note 1). 
Annual herb, 4-8(15) cm high. Leaves 0. 7-1(1. 3) cm long, c. 0.1 cm wide. 
Compound heads O.S-l,5{2) cm long, c. 0. 3-0.5 cm diam.; bracts subtending compound 
heads c. 10, the outer ones leaf-like, narrowly elliptic or lanceolate, 0.5-1 cm long, 
0.1-0.15 cm wide, ± mucronate, hairy, the inner ones with hyaline apices and grading 
into capitulum-subtending bracts. Capitula 40-100 per compound head; capitulum- 
subtending bracts ovate or elliptic, 1. 8-2.2 mm long, 1-1.2 mm wide. Capitular bracts 
with the two outer concave ones c. 2 mm long; flat bracts abruptly attenuated in lower 
‘A- Vi and the edges sometimes incurved so as to slightly cover the florets, 2-2.3 mm long, 
0.9-1. 3 mm wide. Florets 2; corolla 5-lobed, the tube usually tapering gradually to the 
base but sometimes an abrupt taper occurring in the lower Vs, 1. 3-1.7 mm long, 
c. 0.5 mm diam. Achene obliquely attached to the floret, ellipsoid, 0.7-0.8 mm long, 
0.3-0.4 mm diam., papillose. Pappus an oblique jagged scale about the length of the 
corolla tube. 
Distribution: See generic treatment. 
Ecology: 
Grows exclusively in sandy or clay loam on the margins of saline depressions. 
Associated with Halosarcia. 
Note: 
1. Following his description of P. phyllocalymmeus Mueller (1855, p.37) cited a 
single collection, “On sterile plains of the Port Lincoln district. — C. WilhelmiP None 
of the Wilhelmi collections from MEL & K are designated in this manner but a K 
collection is recorded as coming from “Port Lincoln”. 

Page image

Page text

171 
one then the extra one abaxial to and overlapping the inner, all bracts obovate or ± 
oblong, 2.4-3 mm long, 1. 2-1.6 mm wide, the midrib variably hairy toward the apex. 
Capitular bracts with the two concave ones 2.4-2. 6 mm long, the midrib variably hairy 
toward the apex; flat bracts 2, elliptic or obovate, abruptly attenuated in the lower VS , the 
edge of the bracts often incurved so as to slightly cover the florets, 2.4-3 mm long, 
0.9-1 .2 mm wide, the midrib variably hairy toward the apex and with 2 distinct horn-like 
appendages, c. 0. 2-0.4 mm long, at the base. Florets 2; corolla 5-lobed, the tube either 
tapering ± gradually to a swollen base or with an abrupt taper in the lower V 3 , the entire 
tube 1.5-1. 8 mm long, 0. 5-0.6 mm diam. Achenes ± ellipsoid, c. 0.6 mm long, 
c. 0.3 mm diam., papillose. absent. Figs.: 3f, 6. 
Distribution (Fig. 2): 
Restricted to a small area in the vicinity of Carnegie, Leonora and Wiluna, Western 
Australia. A single collection, Short 1112, from Dundas Rocks, may be referrable to this 
species. Uncommon. 
Ecology: 
Apart from the holotype collection the only habitat information is “low rocky ridge 
in ironstone wash area”. 
Note: 
1. The specific epithet alludes to the horn-like basal appendages which are found on 
the flat capitular bracts. The affinities of this species appear to be with 
A. micropodioides (see note 3 under that species) and possibly A. conocephalus. It is 
readily distinguished from the latter species by the well developed general involucre. The 
involucre is inconspicuous in A. conocephalus. 
Specimens Examined: 
Western Australia — Beauglehole 59466 & Errey 3166, 19 km S. of Wiluna, 13. ix. 1978 (ACB, AD); 
Blackall s.n.,Yandi\ Station, -.ix. 1939 (PERTH); Blackalls.n.,nQai Leonora., -.ix.l939 (PERTH); Short 1112, 
salt lake at base of Dundas Rocks 25. viii. 1970 (AD); Wilson8940, 18 km S. of Wiluna, 28. viii. 1970 (PERTH). 
10. Angianthus prostratus Short, sp. nov. 
Herba annua. Axesmaiores prostrati decumbentesve, 5-20(23) cm longi, pilosi, ramismaioribusenodis 
basalibus efficientibus; caulis non clams. Folia alterna, sublinearia oblanceolatave, 0. 5-1(2) cm 
longa, 0.05-0.1(0.2) cm lata, mucronata, pilosa. Glomeruli latissime ovoidei usque late 
depresseque ovoidei, 0.5-1 cm longi, 0.5-i.l cm diametro; bracteae glomerulos subtendentes 
involucrum clarum longitudini glomeruli aequales longioresve facientes; receptaculum latissime 
ovoideum. Capitula 20-30; bractea capitulum subtendens 1, elliptica vel ita anguste, 
2.5-3(3.3) mm longa, 0. 9-1.1 mm lata; costa dare pilosa in dimidio superiore, pilis bractea circa 
tertia parte longioribus. Bracteae intra capitulum-. duo concavae 2. 6-3. 2(3. 4) mm longae, costa 
dense pilosa, pilis bractea circa tertia usque dimidia parte longioribus; planae 2, subobovatae 
usque oblanceolatae, 2. 3-3(3. 3) mm longae, 0.7-1 mm latae, ± gradatim attenuatae, costain 
dimidio superiore varie pilosa, pilis bractea circa tertia usque dimidia parte longioribus, raro e 
pagine adaxiali appendicem aliformem integrem efficiens. Flosculi 2; corolla 5-lobata. Achenia 
subobovoidea, 0.7-0. 9 mm longa, c. 0.5 mm diametro, varie papillosa, ad apicem circulo 
pilorum parvorum. Pappus carens. 
Holotypus (fig. 7): Aplin 2297, 10 miles south of Leonora on road to Menzies, 
17.viii.l963 (PERTH). 
Annual herb. Major axes prostrate or decumbent, 5-20(23) cm long, hairy; stem not 
distinct from the major branches which develop from basal nodes. Leaves alternate, ± 
linear or oblanceolate, 0. 5-1(2) cm long, 0.05-0.1(0.2) cm wide, mucronate, hairy. 
Compound heads very broadly to broadly depressed ovoid, 0.5-1 cm long, 0.5-1. 1 cm 
diam.; bracts subtending compound heads forming a conspicuous involucre about equal 
to or exceeding the length of the head, of c. 10 bracts, the outer ones leaf-like, ± linear or 
oblanceolate, 0.5-1 cm long, 0.05-0.2 cm wide, mucronate, hairy, sometimes a few inner 
ones with hyaline apices; general receptacle ± very broadly ovoid. Capitula 20-30 per 
compound head; capitulum-subtending bract 1, narrowly elliptic to ± elliptic, 
2.5- 3(3.3) mm long, 0.9-1. 1 mm wide, the midrib conspicuously hairy in the upper Vi, 
the single hairs c. /a the length of the bract. Capitular bracts with the two concave ones 
2.6- 3. 2(3.4) mm long, the midrib densely hairy, the single hairs c. /3-V2 the length of the 

Page image

Page text

193 
heads ± narrowly oblong to oblong, c. 0.5-2 cm long, c. 0.25-0.4(0.45) cm diam. 
Capitulac. 50-250 per compound head; capitnlum-subtending bract ± widely to ± very 
widely obovate, sometimes ± circular, (1.8)2-2.6(2.85) mm long, (1.35)1.7-2.2(2.4) mm 
wide, the margins sometimes ciliate, the hairs c. 0. 1-0.3 mm long; midrib entire, variably 
villous and with a few scale-like glandular hairs. Capitular bracts 2-4(c. 10); the majority 
of capitula with 2 concave bracts, (1.2)1.4-1.65(1.75) mm long, (0.35)0.5-0.75 mm wide, 
with ciliate margins, the hairs c. 0.1-0. 3 mm long, with a conspicuous glabrous or hairy 
midrib extending c. V^-Va the length of the bract, 1 or 2 flat bracts commonly occur 
within the concave bracts, the bracts 1-1.4 mm long, (c. 0.05)0.3-0.6(0.8) mm wide, with 
distinctly divided margins in the upper of the bract, the hairs c. 0.1-0.3 mm long, the 
midrib ± inconspicuous and sometimes with a few ^andular hairs at the base; a few 
basal capitula often with 6-10 concave and flat bracts arranged in ± 2 or 3 whorls, the 
bracts resembling those of the upper capitula. Florets (2)3-5(6) per capitulum; corolla 3, 4 
or 5-lobed, the tube tapering ± gradually to a thickened base, c. 0.6-0.7 mm long, 
c. 0.2-0.35 mm diam., often with a few glandular hairs along the tube; anthers 3, 4 or 5, 
each with c. 15-40 pollen grains. Achenes ± obovoid, c. 0.4 mm long, 0.35 mm diam., 
purplish. Pappus absent. Figs: 9; lOg-h; 11. 
Chromosome no.: n = c. 12. 
Distribution (See Short 1981a, fig. 4): 
South-west of Western Australia. Apparently confined to salt lakes of the Avon 
drainage system. Locally common. 
Ecology: 
Grows in saline sandy soils on the margins of salt lakes. Commonly associated with 
Melaleuca and Halosarcia spp. 
Notes: 
1. The specific epithet alludes to the many-flowered capitula in this species. Other 
inbreeding species, and usually the outbreeding C. pusilla as well, have fewer florets per 
capitulum. 
2. The number and arrangement of capitular bracts is variable within any single 
compound head. In some compound heads examined there appears to be a trend from 
c. 6-10 bracts per capitulum at the base of the heads to 2 bracts per capitulum toward the 
apex. The majority of capitula have 2 distinctly concave bracts within which 1 or 2 
tother flat bracts may occur. When 2 inner bracts occur there is often a distinct 
difference in size and it is common to see bracts no more than 4 or 5 cells wide. 
Specimens Examined: 
Western Australia — Chinnock4364, Western edge of Lake King, 12.xi.l978 (AD, PERTH); Keighery 
1337, W’n edge of Lake King, 8.x. 1974 (KP); Short 1046, c. 4.6 km E. of Meckering in East Branch of 
Mortlock River, 20. xi. 1979 (AD). 
3. Chrysocoryne dnimmondii A. Gray, Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 3:152 (1851). 
Type: ‘‘Swan River, Drummond”. Lectotype (here designated): Drummond 16, Swan 
River, s. dat. (K). Syntypes or Possible Isolectotypes: K, MEL 541601, MEL 84756 
(see note 1 below). 
Chrysocoryne tenella F. Muell., Trans & Proc. Viet. Inst. Advancem. Sci. 130 
(1855); F. Muell., Hook. J. Bot. Kew Gard. Misc. 8:149 (1856). — Angianthus tenellus 
(F. Muell.) Benth., FI. Austr. 3:564 (1867); J. M. Black, FI. S. Aust. 1st. ed. 646 (1929), 
2nd. ed. 925 (1957); Willis, Handb. PI. Viet. 2:730 (1973); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. 
Wildfls 813 (1975). — Styloncerus tenellus (F. Muell.) Kuntze, Rev. Generum PI. 367 
(1891). — Siloxerus tenellus Muell.) Ostenf., Biol. Meddel. Kongel. DanskeVidensk. 
Selsk. 3:138 (1921), nom. illeg. Type: “In flats subject to inundations by winter rains, 
between the Long Lake and the Fountain, on Spencer’s Gulf. C. Wilhelmi.” Lectotype 
(here designated): Wilhelmi s.n., between the Fountain & Long Lake, s. dat. (K). 
Probable Isolectotype or Syntype: MEL 541620 (see note 2 below). 
[Crossolepis pusilla auct. non Benth.: Hook., Ic. PI. 5: t. 413 (1841) (see note under 
generic treatment of Chrysocoryne),] 

Page image

Page text

160 
the midrib sparsely hairy toward the apex and sometimes with a few glandular hairs; flat 
bracts 2, ± oblanceolate, obovate or narrowly elliptic, gradually tapering toward the 
base, 2. 3-3. 5 mm long, 0. 6-1.1 mm wide, the midrib usually sparsely hairy toward the 
apex, glandular hairs sometimes present. Florets 2; corolla 5-lobed, the tube tapering 
gradually into a variably swollen base, sometimes a ± abrupt taper in the lower Vi, 
1.7-2. 3 mm long, 0.3-0.5 mm diam. Achenes obovoid, 0. 6-0.9 mm long, c. 0.3 mm 
diam., papillose. Pa/?/7w;yabsent. Fig. 3. 
Chromosome number: n = 13 (Turner, 1970 — as tomentosus\ T5382), 
Distribution (Fig. 2): 
North-west Western Australia between latitudes 21°S and 2S°S and west of longitude 
c.ll9°E. Common. 
Ecology: 
Occurs on the margins of saline depressions or in open scrubland, shrubland or 
tussock grassland formations. Collectors' notes include “Wattle scrub on stony plateau”, 
“In red sand on Spinifex plain” and “Reddish loam, with limestone rock. Chenopod, 
Acacia dominants”. 
Notes: 
\. A. milnei in many respects resembles A. tomentosus and A. acrohyalinus and 
commonly grows with the latter. However it is readily distinguished from them by the 
absence of a pappus and by the presence of the distinctive lamina and hairs on the midrib 
of the capitulum-subtending bract. The conduplicate leaves of A. acrohyalinus are 
distinctly different from those of A. milnei. 
2. Collections from the Cliff Head-Jurien Bay region (see list below) lack the 
distinctive lamina and long hairs on the capitulum-subtending bracts and at least one 
collection. Burns 128, contains some florets with a small, jagged, ring-like pappus. Their 
distribution falls outside that of typical A. milnei and collection data suggest that the 
populations tend to grow in saline regions. It appears that the collections represent a 
distinct taxon, possibly a subspecies of A. milnei. More collections should be examined 
before any formal status, if any, is conferred upon this taxon. 
Selected Specimens Examined (8/20): 
Western Australia — Beard 6020, 10 miles W. of Gascoyne Junction, 18.viii.l970 (NSW, PERTH); 
Demarz 4689, Lake Austin, 23.x. 1973 (KP, PERTH); Gardner 6007, No. 2 tank between Geraldton and Shark 
Bay, 17.ix.l941 (PERTH); Gardner 7836, Tuckanarra, 13.x. 1945 (PERTH); George 1125, 20 miles E. of 
Onslow, 27.viii.1960 (PERTH); Short 483A, c. 3 km N. of Lyndon River on Minilya-Cape Range road, 
27.viii.1977 (AD); Speck 678, 15 miles E. of Berringarra, 6.ix.l957 (CANB, PERTH); Turner 5382, 50 miles 
SE. of Gascoyne Junction, 22.viii.1965 (PERTH). 
Specimens Examined, A. milnei variant 
Western Australia — Burns 128, Cliff Head, S. of Dongarra, 25.x. 1967 (PERTH); Keighery578, 3 km 
E. of Jurien Bay, 20.X.1975 (KP); Paust 1158, 3.2 km NE. of Jurien Bay, 3.X.1972 (PERTH); Short 1012, 
c. 2.1 km from Jurien Bay, I9.xi.l979 (AD). 
3. Angianthus cyathifer Short, sp. nov. 
[Angianthus tomentosus met. non Wendl.: Chippendale, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Aust. 
84:103 (1961).] 
Herba annua. Axes maiores plerumque ascendentes decumbentesve, raro erecti, (4)8-18(24) cm longi, 
variepilosi; caulis plerumque ramis maioribus vix clarus. altema, sublinearia velelliptica vei 
ita anguste, (0.3)0.5-2.5 cm longa, c. 0.1 cm lata, pilosa interdum paulum mucronata, mucrone 
foliorum superiorum hyalino. Glomeruli ellipsoidei vel ita subanguste, 1.2-2.5(2.9) cm longi, 
c. 0.5 cm diametro; bracteae glomerulos subtendentes paulum clarae; receptaculum 
cylindraceum usque subanguste oblongum. Capitula c. 100-500; bracteae capitulum 
subtendentes l(2-?3), ± ellipticae, obovataevel ± oblongae, (1.7)2.1-2.7 mm longae, 0.8-1.3 mm 
latae; costa plerumque pilosa, interdum pilos glandulosos ferens. Bracteae intra capitulum: duo 
concave (1.7)2-2.7 mm longae, costa ad apicem pilosa, interdum pilos glandulosos ferenti; duo 
planae anguste ellipticae usque ellipticae obovataeve, (1.65)2.2-2.6 mm longae, 0.6-1 mm latae, 
gradatim attenuatae, costa plerumque glabra, interdum pilos glandulosos ferenti. Flosculi 2; 
corolla5-lobata./lc/7e/;/fl'subobovoidea, 0.5-0.75 mm longa, c. 0.2-0.3 mm diametro, papillosa. 
Pappus subeyathiformis, laceratus saepe 2-4 squamis Claris ad basem coniunctis similis, 
0.2-0.55 mm longus. 

Page image

Page text

210 
(1973); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 813 (1975). Type: “Lake Gillies, Burkitt.” 
Lectotype (here designated): Burkitt s.n.y Lake Gillies, s. dat. (MEL 541211). 
Isolectotype: K (see note 1 below). 
Angianthus whitei J. M. Black, Trans & Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Aust. 37:122, pi. 4 
(1913). Type: “Corunna Station, Eyre Peninsula, August, 1912.’’ Lectotype (here 
designated): White s,n,, Corunna Statn., W. of Pt. Augt., near Lake Gilles, 27.viii.1912 
(AD 98103150). Isolectotypes: MEL 541611, NSW 7831/13. 
Notes: 
1. Both of the sheets containing type material of G. burkittii were seen by Bentham. 
The MEL sheet contains by far the better collection and thus has been chosen as the 
lectotype. 
2. The reddish, prostrate or ascending major axes, the woolly compound heads and 
the pappus of 8-12 barbed bristles readily distinguish this species from others included in 
Angianthus s.l. The capitular bracts are also unique to this species. 
NAMES OF UNCERTAIN APPLICATION 
Bentham (1867) described as new a species he called Angianthus plumiger. His 
description was based on collections made by Oldfield from the Swan and Murchison 
rivers. It could be expected that type specimens of this species would be housed in K 
and/or BM but apparently no collections of this taxon exist in either institution (A. A. 
Munir & J. Lewis, pers. comms, 1980). No specimens have been located in E or any 
Australian herbaria. From the description it seems that the name should not be applied to 
any species, old or new, described in the current revision of Angianthus sJ. 
Cassini (1820) described as new the genus Hirnellia and attributed to it a single 
species H, cotuloides Cass. De Candolle (1838) regarded //. cotuloides as a possible 
synonym of Angianthus tomentosus but it was not listed as such by Bentham (1867) and 
subsequent workers on the Australian flora. It has not been possible to view type material 
but from the published description it appears that the name is not a synonym of 
A. tomentosus. 
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 
Work on this paper was primarily carried out when I was the recipient of a 
Commonwealth Postgraduate Research Award at the Flinders University of South 
Austredia. I sincerely thank my supervisor. Dr B. A. Barlow, for his general advice 
throughout the project and for his comments on the original manuscript. 
Many other people, in particular the staff at AD and my colleagues in MEL, have 
contributed to my studies by collecting various species and by providing constructive 
criticism of the manuscript. I thank them all, especially the following: Dr W. R. Barker 
for the translation of descriptions of new species into Latin, for collections of various 
species and for general comments relating to terminology, typification and descriptive 
format; Mr R. J. Chinnock for his collections, for testing the keys and for allowing me 
to accompany him on an extensive field trip to Western Australia in 1977; Dr Hj . Eichler 
for originally suggesting the project and for providing publication dates of the Bull. Soc. 
Imp. Naturalistes Moscow, Miss H. I. Aston and Dr J. H. Ross for comments on the 
manuscript. 
I also thank Miss A. M. Podwyszynski for the illustrations. 
Much of my working time from January 1977 to January 1980 was spent at AD and 
I thank Dr J. P. Jessop for making available the facilities of that institute. 
Field work in 1977 was made possible by the generosity of the Board of the Adelaide 
Botanic Gardens which allowed me to accompany Mr Chinnock to Western Australia. 
Thanks are also due to Ms D. Nicholas and Mr M. Tippett for field assistance in Western 
Australia in 1979, this trip being partly financed by the Flinders University Research 
Committee. 
Finally I thank Ms T. Munro and Ms M. James for typing the manuscript. 

Page image

Page text

210 
(1973); Grieve & Blackall, W. Aust. Wildfls 813 (1975). Type: “Lake Gillies, Burkitt.” 
Lectotype (here designated): Burkitt s.n.y Lake Gillies, s. dat. (MEL 541211). 
Isolectotype: K (see note 1 below). 
Angianthus whitei J. M. Black, Trans & Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Aust. 37:122, pi. 4 
(1913). Type: “Corunna Station, Eyre Peninsula, August, 1912.’’ Lectotype (here 
designated): White s,n,, Corunna Statn., W. of Pt. Augt., near Lake Gilles, 27.viii.1912 
(AD 98103150). Isolectotypes: MEL 541611, NSW 7831/13. 
Notes: 
1. Both of the sheets containing type material of G. burkittii were seen by Bentham. 
The MEL sheet contains by far the better collection and thus has been chosen as the 
lectotype. 
2. The reddish, prostrate or ascending major axes, the woolly compound heads and 
the pappus of 8-12 barbed bristles readily distinguish this species from others included in 
Angianthus s.l. The capitular bracts are also unique to this species. 
NAMES OF UNCERTAIN APPLICATION 
Bentham (1867) described as new a species he called Angianthus plumiger. His 
description was based on collections made by Oldfield from the Swan and Murchison 
rivers. It could be expected that type specimens of this species would be housed in K 
and/or BM but apparently no collections of this taxon exist in either institution (A. A. 
Munir & J. Lewis, pers. comms, 1980). No specimens have been located in E or any 
Australian herbaria. From the description it seems that the name should not be applied to 
any species, old or new, described in the current revision of Angianthus sJ. 
Cassini (1820) described as new the genus Hirnellia and attributed to it a single 
species H, cotuloides Cass. De Candolle (1838) regarded //. cotuloides as a possible 
synonym of Angianthus tomentosus but it was not listed as such by Bentham (1867) and 
subsequent workers on the Australian flora. It has not been possible to view type material 
but from the published description it appears that the name is not a synonym of 
A. tomentosus. 
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 
Work on this paper was primarily carried out when I was the recipient of a 
Commonwealth Postgraduate Research Award at the Flinders University of South 
Austredia. I sincerely thank my supervisor. Dr B. A. Barlow, for his general advice 
throughout the project and for his comments on the original manuscript. 
Many other people, in particular the staff at AD and my colleagues in MEL, have 
contributed to my studies by collecting various species and by providing constructive 
criticism of the manuscript. I thank them all, especially the following: Dr W. R. Barker 
for the translation of descriptions of new species into Latin, for collections of various 
species and for general comments relating to terminology, typification and descriptive 
format; Mr R. J. Chinnock for his collections, for testing the keys and for allowing me 
to accompany him on an extensive field trip to Western Australia in 1977; Dr Hj . Eichler 
for originally suggesting the project and for providing publication dates of the Bull. Soc. 
Imp. Naturalistes Moscow, Miss H. I. Aston and Dr J. H. Ross for comments on the 
manuscript. 
I also thank Miss A. M. Podwyszynski for the illustrations. 
Much of my working time from January 1977 to January 1980 was spent at AD and 
I thank Dr J. P. Jessop for making available the facilities of that institute. 
Field work in 1977 was made possible by the generosity of the Board of the Adelaide 
Botanic Gardens which allowed me to accompany Mr Chinnock to Western Australia. 
Thanks are also due to Ms D. Nicholas and Mr M. Tippett for field assistance in Western 
Australia in 1979, this trip being partly financed by the Flinders University Research 
Committee. 
Finally I thank Ms T. Munro and Ms M. James for typing the manuscript. 

Page image

Page text

ASPLENIUM TERRESTRE AND TWO ASPLENIUM HYBRIDS: 
NEW FERN RECORDS FOR AUSTRALIA 
by 
P. J. Brownsey* 
ABSTRACT 
The presence of Asplenium terrestre Brownsey in the Australian fern flora is recorded for the first time. 
It occurs in Tasmania and parts of Victoria where it has previously been confused with A . bulbiferum Forst. f. 
and A . flaccidum Forst f. A natural hybrid between A. terrestre and A . bulbiferum is also recorded, and 
Australian specimens previously referred to A. scleroprium Hombr. are thought to belong to another hybrid 
combination, A. flaccidum x obtusatum Forst f. 
NEW RECORDS 
Asplenium terrestre Brownsey, New Zealand J. Bot. 15: 71 (1977) 
Asplenium terrestre was first described in a revision of the New Zealand species of 
Asplenium (Brownsey 1977a). Plants belonging to this species were previously included 
within y4. flaccidum Forst. f. In New Zealand, A. terrestre is an octoploid species which 
c^ be distinguished morphologically from the tetraploid A. flaccidum by its more 
highly divided frond and its more prominently ridged spore pattern. It also differs from 
A. flaccidum in growing on the ground and having a more or less erect frond, whereas 
A. flaccidum is commonly epiphytic and has limp, pendulous fronds. In New Zealand, 
both A. terrestre and A. flaccidum have two distinct habit-forms, recognised at the 
subspecific level, which are characteristic of forest and coastal habitats respectively. The 
distinguishing features of all four taxa are fully described and illustrated in my original 
paper (Brownsey 1977a). 
When first recognising terrestre as being distinct from A. flaccidum I regarded it 
as a species endemic to New Zealand. However, subsequent investigation of collections in 
AD, HO, MEL, NSW and WELT, together with some field observations in Tasmania, 
has shown that A . terrestre is also present in the Australian flora in addition to the more 
widespread A. flaccidum. 
The plants found in Australia match very closely A. terrestre subsp. terrestre from 
New Zealand and can be distinguished from^. flaccidum suhsp. flaccidum by the same 
morphological characteristics as in the latter region. I have seen no Australian specimens 
referable to either A, terrestre subsp. maritimum Brownsey or A. flaccidum subsp. 
haurakiense Brownsey which appear to be New Zealand endemics. Unfortunately it has 
not yet been possible to obtain chromosome counts from plants of Australian 
A. terrestre but the range of mean spore sizes from five Tasmanian populations was 
found to be 42-45 x 28-31 /^m which is consistent with New Zealand material. Curiously, 
the range for four Tasmanian populations of A. flaccidum was found to be 
42-48 X 27-30/im which is larger than for subsp. flaccidum in New Zealand 
(36-44 x 23-27 /.an), though within the range for subsp. haurakiense (43-49x26-31 /mi). 
It is obviously desirable that chromosome counts should be obtained from Australian 
material to confirm that the New Zealand and Australian species are the same. 
A . terrestre is confined in Australia to Tasmania, some of the Bass Strait islands and 
a few localities in southern Victoria. In Tasmania it appears to be more common than 
A. flaccidum, which is restricted to the northern half of the island. Unlike A. flaccidum 
which is normally epiphytic, A . terrestre grows on the ground, on damp rock faces, or at 
the bases of trees. It occurs in wet forest habitats and becomes progressively rarer 
♦National Museum, Private Bag, Wellington, New Zealand. 
Muelleria5(^): 219-221 (1983). 
219 

Page image

Page text

141 
Platylobium ovatum Andx., Bot. Repos. 4:1.266 (1802), non sensuDC. (1825) = Bossiaea 
heterophylla Vent., Descr. Plant. Nouv. 1:7, t.7 (1800). 
Platylobium reticulatum Sieb. ex Spreng., Syst. Veg. ed. 16, 3:231 (1826) = Mirbelia 
platyloboides (DC.) J. Thompson, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 83:123 (1959). 
Platylobium scolopendrium Andr., Bot. Repos. 3:t.l91 (1801)=Bossiaea scolopendria 
(Andr.) Sm., Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. 9:303 (1808). 
Platylobium spinosum Turcz., BuU. Soc. Nat. Mosc. 26:284 (1853) = Bossiaea spinosa 
(Turcz.) Domin, Vestn. Krai. Ceske Spolecn. Nauk., Tr. Mat.-Prir. 1919-22, 2:39 
(1923). 
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 
I am most grateful to Mr M. I. H. Brooker, CSIRO Division of Forest Research, 
Canberra, for photographing several type specimens in BM, K and LINN while serving 
as Australian Botanical Liaison Officer at Kew Herbarium, Royal Botanic Gardens, 
England, ^d to his successor. Dr M. D. Crisp, National Botanic Gardens, Canberra, 
for providing details of the type material of P. formosum and P. parviflorum housed in 
LINN; to Mrs A. T. Lee, National Herbarium of New South Wales, for answering a 
nuiTiber of enquiries and for several valuable discussions; to Miss A. M. Podwyszynski, 
National Herbarium of Victoria, for preparing the illustrations that accompany the text; 
to the Directors/Curators of AD, BRI, CANB, HO, NEU, NSW, NY and W for the 
loan of specimens or for working facilities in their institutions; and to Mrs R. Parsons for 
typing the manuscript. 
REFERENCES 
Audas, J. W. (1921). Through the Balangum Ranges and at Rose’s Gap (Grampians). K/cr. Nor. 38:4-8- 11-16 
Bentham, G. (1864). ‘Flora Australiensis’. Vol. 2 (Lovell Reeve & Co.: London). 
Ferguson L K. & Skvarla, J. J. (1981). The pollen morphology of the subfamily Papilionoideae (Legumi- 
nosae). In R. M. Polhill & P. H. Raven (eds) ‘Advances in Legume Systematics’. 2:859-896 (Royal 
Botanic Gardens: Kew). 
Lee, A. T. (1970). Taxonomic notes on Platylobium, Bossiaea and Templetonia in New South Wales Contrib 
N.S.W. Natl. Herb. ^\96-\05. 
Polhm, R M. (1976). Genisteae (Adans.) Benth. and related tribes (Leguminosae). In V. H. Heywood (ed.) 
Bot. Syst.’ 1:143-368. (Academic Press: London). 
Polhill, R. M. (1981). Tribe 26. Bossiaeeae (Benth.) Hutch. In R. M. Polhill & P. H. Raven (eds) ‘Advances in 
Legume Systematics’. 1:393-395. (Royal Botanic Gardens: Kew). 
Stafleu, F. A. & Cowan, R. S. (1976). ‘Taxonomic Literature’. Vol. 1. (Bohn, Scheltema & Holkema* 
Utrecht). 
Manuscript received 21 April 1982. 

Page image

Page text

141 
Platylobium ovatum Andx., Bot. Repos. 4:1.266 (1802), non sensuDC. (1825) = Bossiaea 
heterophylla Vent., Descr. Plant. Nouv. 1:7, t.7 (1800). 
Platylobium reticulatum Sieb. ex Spreng., Syst. Veg. ed. 16, 3:231 (1826) = Mirbelia 
platyloboides (DC.) J. Thompson, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W. 83:123 (1959). 
Platylobium scolopendrium Andr., Bot. Repos. 3:t.l91 (1801)=Bossiaea scolopendria 
(Andr.) Sm., Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond. 9:303 (1808). 
Platylobium spinosum Turcz., BuU. Soc. Nat. Mosc. 26:284 (1853) = Bossiaea spinosa 
(Turcz.) Domin, Vestn. Krai. Ceske Spolecn. Nauk., Tr. Mat.-Prir. 1919-22, 2:39 
(1923). 
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 
I am most grateful to Mr M. I. H. Brooker, CSIRO Division of Forest Research, 
Canberra, for photographing several type specimens in BM, K and LINN while serving 
as Australian Botanical Liaison Officer at Kew Herbarium, Royal Botanic Gardens, 
England, ^d to his successor. Dr M. D. Crisp, National Botanic Gardens, Canberra, 
for providing details of the type material of P. formosum and P. parviflorum housed in 
LINN; to Mrs A. T. Lee, National Herbarium of New South Wales, for answering a 
nuiTiber of enquiries and for several valuable discussions; to Miss A. M. Podwyszynski, 
National Herbarium of Victoria, for preparing the illustrations that accompany the text; 
to the Directors/Curators of AD, BRI, CANB, HO, NEU, NSW, NY and W for the 
loan of specimens or for working facilities in their institutions; and to Mrs R. Parsons for 
typing the manuscript. 
REFERENCES 
Audas, J. W. (1921). Through the Balangum Ranges and at Rose’s Gap (Grampians). K/cr. Nor. 38:4-8- 11-16 
Bentham, G. (1864). ‘Flora Australiensis’. Vol. 2 (Lovell Reeve & Co.: London). 
Ferguson L K. & Skvarla, J. J. (1981). The pollen morphology of the subfamily Papilionoideae (Legumi- 
nosae). In R. M. Polhill & P. H. Raven (eds) ‘Advances in Legume Systematics’. 2:859-896 (Royal 
Botanic Gardens: Kew). 
Lee, A. T. (1970). Taxonomic notes on Platylobium, Bossiaea and Templetonia in New South Wales Contrib 
N.S.W. Natl. Herb. ^\96-\05. 
Polhm, R M. (1976). Genisteae (Adans.) Benth. and related tribes (Leguminosae). In V. H. Heywood (ed.) 
Bot. Syst.’ 1:143-368. (Academic Press: London). 
Polhill, R. M. (1981). Tribe 26. Bossiaeeae (Benth.) Hutch. In R. M. Polhill & P. H. Raven (eds) ‘Advances in 
Legume Systematics’. 1:393-395. (Royal Botanic Gardens: Kew). 
Stafleu, F. A. & Cowan, R. S. (1976). ‘Taxonomic Literature’. Vol. 1. (Bohn, Scheltema & Holkema* 
Utrecht). 
Manuscript received 21 April 1982.